10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Nov 2025
    1. Because AI is a relatively recent development, research on AI-assisted writing is still in its early stages. There is limited empirical data on the long-term effects of AI on student learning and cognitive development.

      It might be early to fully come to a conclusion but we will eventually get one over the years to come and academic integrity of students.

    2. using AI for mechanical improvements while relying on traditional methods to develop argumentation and analytical reasoning. Such an approach is likely to yield the best learning outcomes for students.

      can make you really smart but there are people that dont rely on it at all and still come up with amazing arguments/ papers

    3. Effective instructors can identify students’ weaknesses, offer detailed explanations, and foster improvements through various writing assignments. This personalized approach helps students refine their writing over time and foster a deeper understanding of the principles of strong writing [21].

      I think how it should be, what if your good at one thing but lack in another skill? If you use A.I its going to correct everything and make you believe you are doing it wrong.

    4. Additionally, there are several concerns about plagiarism and the authenticity of AI writing. Most AI tools utilize information from internet sources but often fail to verify factual accuracy or properly credit sources [28].

      they could come up with anything that pops up in their search result and generate content that can be totally false.

    5. Specifically, this paper will explore the following topics: (1) the impact of AI writing tools on students’ ability to develop independent writing skills and critical thinking; (2) the benefits and limitations of AI-assisted writing tools in improving grammar, coherence, and argumentation; (3) the perceptions of students and educators regarding the effectiveness of AI writing tools in higher education; (4) the ethical concerns raised by AI-assisted writing, including issues related to plagiarism, originality, and academic integrity; (5) the comparison between AI-based writing tools and traditional instructional methods in terms of learning outcomes and skill improvement; and (6) the best practices for integrating AI tools into writing curricula to optimize student learning outcomes.

      another part about what's talked about in this article but in better depth

    6. As a result, they are now increasingly regarded as critical parts of the writing process, particularly for writers who may face challenges with the linguistic and structural aspects of writing [17,18].

      it may help them, but it won't teach them.

    7. The findings reveal that although AI tools can be detrimental to the development of writing skills, they can foster self-directed learning and improvement when carefully integrated into coursework.

      "Studies from the SANRA found A.I to be destructive towards the development of students writing abilities. But can be beneficial if used correctly and sparingly." (Ab)

    1. Linguistic diversity is an essential aspect of cultural heritage, yet AI technologies often fail toadequately represent the languages of marginalized groups, in particular Indigenous and minoritylanguages. There remains a major linguistic imbalance in digital content, with English constitutingover 50% of online material, while seven other languages account for another 30% (Snene, 2024).In contrast, over 30 languages spoken by millions of people represent just 0.2 to 2% of digitalcontent, and thousands of languages are barely represented at all (Snene, 2024). AI-generatedcontent may deepen the marginalization of underrepresented languages and the culturalexpressions they convey (Special Rapporteur in the field of cultural rights, 2025, para. 48).The exclusion of Indigenous and minority languages from AI systems has profound implications. Firstly,it restricts digital access for speakers of these languages, reinforcing linguistic inequalities.Secondly, it accelerates the decline of endangered languages, as younger generations may be lessinclined to use them if they are absent from digital spaces. The preservation of linguistic diversity maydepend on its integration into technology, particularly educational technologies.

      AI systems often ignore many languages, especially those spoken by Indigenous and minority groups. English is everywhere online, but lots of other languages barely show up. This makes it hard for people who speak these languages to access information and can cause their languages to fade away.

    2. AI technologies can enrich cultural and creativeindustries, but can also lead to an increased concentration of supply of cultural content, data, marketsand income in the hands of only a few actors, with potential negative implications for the diversity andpluralism of languages, media, cultural expressions, participation and equality” (

      Potentially AI can be a fantastic booster for creativity, but we need to be mindful of how it might centralize power and potentially limit the rich tapestry of human expression.

    3. perspectives and knowledge systems of marginalized groups, particularly Indigenous Peoples andminorities, are often underrepresented or entirely absent (Foka and Griffin, 2024). As underlined in theRecommendation on the Ethics of Artificial Intelligence, “AI technologies can enrich cultural and creativeindustries, but can also lead to an increased concentration of supply of cultural content, data, marketsand income in the hands of only a few actors, with potential negative implications for the diversity andpluralism of languages, media, cultural expressions, participation and equality” (UNESCO, 2021b, para.3c). Nonetheless, there are several promising initiatives that aim to enrich AI-training data sets withIndigenous and local knowledge, thereby fostering more inclusive learning technologies. The Papa Reoproject in New Zealand is an example of the efforts being undertaken to enrich AI-training data sets withIndigenous knowledge. Through collaboration with Māori communities, Te Hiku Media has developeda te reo Māori language data set to train speech recognition tools that respect cultural context andpromote linguistic inclusion (Papa Reo, n.d.).

      Some projects, like Papa Reo in New Zealand, are working to add Indigenous knowledge into AI systems

    4. educationserves not only to transmit culture, but also to shape cultural identities and promote interculturalunderstanding.

      To me this shows education is not just about passing on knowledge; it also plays a crucial role in shaping how individuals perceive their own cultural identity. Moreover, it enhances their ability to appreciate and interact respectfully with other cultures.

    1. THE VHS TAPES waited inside a small pull-out cabinet. Thin adhesive panels on the cabinet’s sides gave the chipboardthe appearance of polished, solid wood. The heavy inner drawer rolled smoothly on its track to reveal the row of tapes,each with a hand-lettered label—some in my mother’s careful italics but many in the large block letters of my father’shand. As a long-haul truck driver in the pre-GPS early ’90s, my father was responsible for manually logging his trips inan oversize ledger when he got home. Those block letters spelled out maps like secret codes: I-77 S PICK UP, 460 E, I 77But his writing on these tapes looked very different:N DETROIT. FRANKENSTEIN. DRACULA. THE MUMMY. THEWOLF MAN.

      To Taylor the VHS tapes are like a secret world. She ties the horror movies to a connection with her father and they foreshadow themes of this work.

    Tags

    Annotators

    1. words come out from the depth of truth;

      Words have power, but they should be backed the power of truth, not by lies and deceit. That singular truth being that each of us is just as human as the next, if not for the "walls" dividing us in the prior line. He is also specifically utilizing the language, and thus words, of the Empire that oppresses his people as a tool to appeal to them.

    1. My long two-pointed ladder's sticking through a tree Toward heaven still, And there's a barrel that I didn't fill Beside it, and there may be two or three Apples I didn't pick upon some bough. But I am done with apple-picking now.

      Frost uses the natural image of the ladder “sticking through a tree” and reaching “toward heaven” to suggest a spiritual or emotional search, which reflects Romantic ideas about finding meaning through nature. The unfinished apples and the barrel he “didn’t fill” symbolize human imperfection and the limits of personal ambition, an inner reflection that Romantic writers valued. His choice to stop apple-picking shows a moment of emotional awareness and self-understanding shaped by his experience in the natural world.

    1. Thy world, where guile, and hate, and doubt, And cold suspicion never rise; Where thou, and I, and Liberty, Have undisputed sovereignty.

      Our speaker is "othered" in these lines. She indicates how she is treated unfairly, but imagination allows her to live her life in peace. We can see how Brontë is reflected in this, a she is often referred to as "reclusive" and "solitary," contributing to the idea that she is more than likely part of the queer community. As Claire O'Callaghan states in her essay about Brontë, "Emily's reserve- ... does not correspond with typical gender norms and implies subversion."

    2. If but within our bosom’s bound We hold a bright, untroubled sky,

      Bronte continues contrast the reality with the one speaker brings to life with the spirit of imagination with light and dark imagery. As the world around her is filled with "danger, and guilt, and darkness" she is able to keep in her "bosom" or heart a "bright, untroubled sky," where the readers can feel warmth versus the coldness that reality holds.

    1. Seed suggests that work created now in the relentless bombardment of visual stimulus in the age of the internet has been forever changed,” explains Ashton. “We still have ties with the era of historical realism but we can’t ignore what’s going on right now.

      Technique is nothing without inspiration.

    1. Little has been published, particularly from the North American perspective, aboutIndigenous Knowledge organization (and specifically in the area of developing localthesauri), but there are some published works that have discussed various aspects ofthe issues involved.

      Indigenous approaches to organizing knowledge remain underrepresented in mainstream LIS scholarship. This also implicitly situates projects like AIATSIS or Māori Subject Headings as important but not fully transferable models, reinforcing the urgency for North American frameworks grounded in local cultural contexts.

    1. COUNTY ATTORNEY: (looking around) I guess we'll go upstairs first—and then out to the barn and around there, (to the SHERIFF) You're convinced that there was nothing important here—nothing that would point to any motive. SHERIFF: Nothing here but kitchen things.

      foreshadow. eluding to the end.

    1. AI-driven tools, particularly those offering personalized phonics exercises and interactive readingcomprehension activities, contributed to faster literacy development. The adaptive learningalgorithms identified individual student weaknesses and adjusted content accordingly, allowing fortargeted interventions

      more great evidence showing that AI tools help with childhood literacy development. again it feels like the biggest strength is having a teacher be able to identify student weaknesses faster. it feels like it gives the instructors more reach in the amount of students they can handle and not only helping but improve student literacy development.

    1. As of now, thewidespread adoption of ChatGPT is inevitable, but if usedrecklessly and without proper oversight, it poses a threat to theacademic publishing industry. To prevent this, it is necessaryto take a more thoughtful and diligent approach to modeltraining and invest in AI output detection systems. WhileChatGPT has the potential to revolutionize the field, we stillneed to prepare to use it effectively and comprehensively.

      We need guardrails on ChatGPT.

    1. He then declared that the existence of witchcraft refutes the opinion of some people, whom he declined to name, ‘who say that demons do not exist, except in the imagination of the common people’. The ignorant and naiïve allow their imaginations to run rampant, and therefore ‘some figures can appear to the senses exactly as a man has thought of them, and then it is believed that he is seeing demons’. Vinet replied that the existence of demons is not imaginary: it is proved not only by the experiences of witches, but, moreover, by ‘the true faith, through which we believe that angels fell from heaven and are now demons’.15

      saying common ppl are dumb and can be manipulated

    2. but even the uneducated sometimes expressed scepticism, particularly when they refused official calls to denounce witches in their communities

      proof that common people were not afraid of witches

    Annotators

  2. drive.google.com drive.google.com
    1. I kept shouting, 'I want some respect! I want some respect!' Ishouted it all day and all night. And nobody gave me any respect. Iwas asking directly for it, and people just kept walking around me.Avoiding me. Not even looking at me. Not even acknowledging m

      He keep asking for respect, but nobody listens to him. People ignore him and act like he doesn’t exist, which shows how lonely and powerless he feels.

    2. Corliss couldn't help herself. She loved her mother, but her motherwas a bipolar storyteller who told lies during her manic phases andheavily exaggerated during her depressed times. Those lies and ex~aggerations were often flattering to Corliss, so it was hard to com~pletely resent them

      Corliss loves her mother, but her mother often tells lies or exaggerates because of her bipolar disorder. Since these stories usually make Corliss look good, she can’t really hate them.

    1. In a sample of Spanish–English bilingual 5-year-olds in the U.S., we found children who were nearly balanced bilinguals and children who were strongly English dominant, but the English dominant children did not have stronger English skills than the balanced children. Because this study treated profiles of dual language skill as the outcome, it was able to identify factors that support children’s development of strong skills in two languages

      Once again, studies reveal that bilingual children are performing the same as monolingual children.

    1. Only a human can take their yearsof real-world experience and translate it into a deepassessment of doctrinal concepts. The absence of thisdepth of scrutiny is indicative of AI-generated text.

      AI can write a well structured paper but lacks the knowledge to write a deep understanding of the topic.

    2. AI writing systems are trained to produce plau-sible-sounding text but can introduce errors with157MILITARY REVIEW September-October 2025AI-ASSISTED WRITINGauthoritative confidence.

      AI can make even the most error filled paper sound believable.

    3. AI-generated writing often appears grammaticallyflawless yet devoid of the individual perspective, per-sonal, or professional voice expected of a human being.

      If the writing looks well polished but lacks depth or individuality its most likely AI generated.

    1. The English DPCT included the stimuli developed by Ellis Weismer (1996), adapted from a task used by Campbell and McNeil (1985). It consisted of 20 commands to manipulate tokens (circles and squares) or objects (toy house, truck, shoe, star, and boat). The commands contained 8-9 words with a range of 9 to 10 syllables per sentence. For the Spanish DPCT, similar but not identical commands were constructed. The Spanish commands preserved syntactic structure and were 8-10 words long, with a range of 15 to 18 syllables per sentence. Examples are found in Appendix B. Two bilingual speakers (one male, one female) recorded the two language versions of the task. Psyscope was used to combine the sentences and to create the competing condition (i.e., 2 sentences presented at the same time) for both the English and the Spanish tasks.

      I wonder if the comparison was accurate with the differing female and male voices.

    1. word processors, it seems intuitive that students would spend more timeon the quality of writing content. Spelling, grammar, diction, andpunctuation are all easily corrected on a computer.

      Tech makes writing easier but also sloppier.

    1. Resumability is not a word, but it’s an important concept to me. When I say Resumability, I’m talking about the ability to quickly interrupt and later resume a task.

      [[Steven Garrity]] coining 'resumability' , where a device just continues on where you were previously. Mentions e-readers as such devices (and paper books with a bookmark), a smartphone and apps like Slack. The latter is not true I think, it scrolls fwd to newest.

      Thinking about resumability in terms of notes / pkm. Obsidian is always where I was previously e.g. A type of ratchet for task execution.

    1. For routing strategy, we formulate an RL-based reward function considering not only the energy efficiency parameters but also the anticipated and post-failure reliability parameters to ensure real time responsiveness and optimize energy consumption.

      Cette partie ........

    1. If you don’t have a setup, there are many times when you get the inspiration, the idea, but you have no tools, no place to put it together. And the idea just sits there and festers. Over time, it will go away. You didn’t fulfill it—and that’s just a heartache.

      Quote David Lynch https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catching_the_Big_Fish continued.

      Not having a set-up ready when an idea hits means no agency. Mentions festering a type of powerlessness, vgl [[%I Networked Agency]] wrt methods and tools for various things. Also vgl making note of any idea in 3Ideeenkweekkas

    1. Lynch's idea that "ideas are like fish. If you want to catch little fish, you can stay in the shallow water. But if you want to catch the big fish, you've got to go deeper". To Lynch, going deeper means experiencing a deeper, more expanded state of consciousness, a transcendental or fourth state of consciousness,[2] an experience he has during meditation but believes is rare in ordinary daily life.[6] According to Lynch, this experience expands artistic capacity.[4]

      Source of title Catching the Big Fish. Aside from the meditation angle, this points to practice / reflection, ratchets, and [[Holding questions 20091015123253]] etc.

    1. See (asmentioned in countless interviews) Meat Boy isn’t made of animalmeat, he’s simply a boy without skin whose name is Meat Boy.”

      Bro, how is that? This deflection attempt is so gibberish it's laughable. To be frank, Peta does pick up at games that have little to do with its cause, when they could be, idk, mocking any game that has actual fishing or hunting on it... but the response seems very inmature to me. Perhaps they could have collaborated!

    2. The food bar can be replenished by eating anyof the game’s many varieties of food, of which more than half con-sist of some kind of animal flesh. Supernatural foods aside, the mostnourishing items, alongside salmon, are all cooked red meats: mut-ton, pork chop, and, of course, steak. Most of the vegetables appearon the tier below, whilst fruit sits yet further down the hierarchy,alongside raw meats and just one step up from cakes and cookies,raw fish, and rotten flesh.

      And... there's surprisingly little green food variety. There are cakes but no rice? No legumes? There are no tomatoes!

    3. That gargantuan hunk of meat, dominating the meagrefruit and vegetable matter beneath, leaves us in no doubt as to theprincipal part of this meal.

      The second icon, yes, it reminds me of Minecraft hunger bars, which were not represented by energy, but rather by chicken wings.

    4. The act ofreading, Bull argues, always engages the emotions of readers, and thesuccess of any text will depend to a large extent on a reader’s sym-pathetic involvement with it. This includes identification with thegoals and objectives of the text’s characters or types. Those charac-ters or types may well be very different from the reader in terms ofage, or race, or gender, or class, but the goals and objectives, suchas escaping death or achieving personal fulfillment, for instance,are most often ones that can be shared by every reader, in that theyreflect rational self-interest. When we read, Bull suggests, we are“reading for victory.”

      Not just reading, though, we do things instrumentally, as we are biological machines. Reading is tough, so we scrutinise it severly. Watching TV isn't tough, so the usefulness dilutes and becomes not so present.

    Annotators

    1. The contraction “nothing’s,” the colloquial phrase “common guy,” and the ver-nacular expression “punked,” are neither unusual nor sensational. Yet, when theseexamples get compared to the advice giving about code switching, you get a glar-ing contradiction.

      Young points out the contradiction: professionals are allowed to use everyday / vernacular language, but students are told they must use “standard English only.” Good evidence for a language + power section.

    2. Middle class aspirations and an academic career have rubbed offon me, fo sho, but all hell or Texas gotta freeze over befo yousee me copping out on a genuine respect and love for my nativetongue. [...] That’s from the heart, you know. But I don’t expecta lot of folks to feel me. (3)

      Example – College writing scholar Kermit Campbell using blended dialect (“fo sho,” “befo”) inside an academic book. This is code meshing in published scholarship and proves that serious academic writing can include home language and still be legitimate.

    3. But dont nobody’s language, dialect, or style make them “vulnerable to preju-dice.” It’s ATTITUDES. It be the way folks with some power perceive other people’slanguage.

      Young: It’s not the language itself that’s the problem — it’s the attitudes of people in power. Good for explaining how students’ home dialects get treated as defective.

    1. Translanguaging treats the hybridsense-making practices of emergent bilinguals asadditive for language development, and stronglycounters subtractive English- only pedagogies (Gar-cía, 2011a; García & Kleifgen, 2010).

      Key term – translanguaging: Here, Alvarez defines translanguaging as the hybrid, flexible ways emergent bilinguals use all their languages together. He frames it as additive (a strength) and says it challenges English-only teaching. This helps my project because it shows how home-language practices aren’t “wrong,” but actually support learning.

    1. __________________________________________________________________

      Like I said before this a decision between two people as a couple you both need to make decisions together it, they also need to think about their money and how this can affect both of them and their careers. The pros are that the husband is studying more and continuing to grow but a con could be waiting for too long life isnt gonna stop sometimes you need to multitasks you cant stop something for your job once you have a baby your family has to come first.

    2. __________________________________________________________________

      The issue is that they both work the related issues is that they both want to have a family very soon but one wants to continue their career A requirement in order to solve the issue is to have passion for both you can have a family and continue to study and grow in your career you just have to want to do it

    1. a clear and unproblematic definition of citizenship

      Key source for their critique From this perspective, citizenship is no longer seen as "merely" a status that can be achieved... but it is conceptualized as a "practice"

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Review report for 'Sterols regulate ciliary membrane dynamics and hedgehog signaling in health and disease', Lamazière et al.

      Reviewer #1

      In this manuscript, Lamazière et al. address an important understudied aspect of primary cilium biology, namely the sterol composition in the ciliary membrane. It is known that sterols especially play an important role in signal transduction between PTCH1 and SMO, two upstream components of the Hedgehog pathway, at the primary cilium. Moreover, several syndromes linked to cholesterol biosynthesis defects present clinical phenotypes indicative of altered Hh signal transduction. To understand the link between ciliary membrane sterol composition and Hh signal transduction in health and disease, the authors developed a method to isolate primary cilia from MDCK cells and coupled this to quantitative metabolomics. The results were validated using biophysical methods and cellular Hh signaling assays. While this is an interesting study, it is not clear from the presented data how general the findings are: can cilia be isolated from different mammalian cell types using this protocol? Is the sterol composition of MDCK cells expected to the be the same in fibroblasts or other cell types? Without this information, it is difficult to judge whether the conclusions reached in fibroblasts are indeed directly related to the sterol composition detected in MDCK cells. Below is a detailed breakdown of suggested textual changes and experimental validations to strengthen the conclusions of the manuscript.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for their helpful comments

      Major comments:

      • It appears that the comparison has been made between ciliary membranes and the rest of the cell's membranes, which includes many other membranes besides the plasma membrane. This significantly weakens the conclusions on the sterol content specific to the cilium, as it may in fact be highly similar to the rest of the plasma membrane. It is for example known that lathosterol is biosynthesized in the ER, and therefore the non-presence in the cilium may reflect a high abundance in the ER but not necessarily in the plasma membrane.

      The reviewer is correct that we compared the sterol composition of the primary ciliary membrane to the average of the remaining cellular membranes. We agree that this broader reference fraction contains multiple intracellular membranes, including ER- and Golgi-derived compartments, and therefore does not isolate the plasma membrane specifically. We would like to emphasize that our study did not aim to compare the cilium directly to the plasma membrane, nor did we claim that the comparison was in any way related to the plasma membrane. It is also worth noting that previous studies in other ciliated organisms have reported a higher cholesterol content in cilia compared to the plasma membrane, suggesting that the two membranes may not be compositionally identical despite their continuity. However, we concur that determining the sterol composition of the MDCK plasma membrane would provide valuable context and enable a comparison with the membrane continuous with the ciliary membrane. Hence, we are willing to try isolating plasma membrane in the same cellular contexts.

      • While the protocol to isolate primary cilium from MDCK cells is a valuable addition to the methods available, it would be good to at least include a discussion on its general applicability. Have the authors tried to use this protocol on fibroblasts for example?

      Thank you for the reviewer's positive comment on the value of the ciliary isolation protocol. Indeed, we have attempted to apply the same approach to other ciliated cell types, namely IMCD3 and MEF cells. In the case of IMCD3 cells, we were able to isolate primary cilia using the same general strategy; however, we are still refining the preparation, as the overall yield is lower than in MDCK cells and the amount of material obtained is currently insufficient for comprehensive biochemical analyses. With MEF (fibroblast) cells, the procedure proved even more challenging, as the yield of isolated cilia was extremely low. This difficulty is likely due to the shorter length of fibroblast cilia and to their positioning beneath the cell body, which probably makes them more resistant to detachment. Overall, these observations suggest that while the protocol can be adapted to other cell types, its efficiency depends on cellular architecture. We have added a discussion of these aspects in the revised manuscript to clarify the method's current scope and limitations (lines 492-502).

      • Some of the conclusions in the introduction (lines 75-80) seem to be incorrectly phrased based on the data: in basal conditions, ciliary membranes are already enriched in cholesterol and desmosterol, and the treatment lowers this in all membranes.

      We agree, this was modified in the revised manuscript (lines 75-80).

      • There seems to be little effect of simvastatin on overall cholesterol levels. Can the authors comment on this result? How would the membrane fluidity be altered when mimicking simvastatin-induced composition? Since the effect on Hh signaling appears to be the biggest (Figure 5B) under simvastatin treatment, it would be interesting to compare this against that found for AY9944 treatment. Also, the authors conclude that the effects of simvastatin treatment on ciliary membrane sterol composition are the mildest, however, one could argue that they are the strongest as there is a complete lack of desmosterol.

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. Regarding the modest overall effect of simvastatin on cholesterol levels, we would like to note that MDCK cells are an immortalized epithelial cell line with high metabolic plasticity. Such cancer-like cell types are known to exhibit enhanced de novo lipogenesis, particularly under culture conditions with ample glucose availability. This compensatory lipid biosynthesis can partially counterbalance pharmacological inhibition of the cholesterol biosynthetic pathway. Because simvastatin acts upstream in the pathway (at HMG-CoA reductase), its inhibition primarily reduces early intermediates rather than fully depleting end-product cholesterol, explaining the relatively mild changes observed in total cholesterol content.

      Concerning desmosterol, we agree with the reviewer that its complete loss under simvastatin treatment is a striking finding that deserves further discussion. Interestingly, our data show that simvastatin treatment produces the strongest inhibition of pathway activation (as measured by SMO activation), but the weakest effect on signal transduction downstream of constitutively active SMOM2. This dichotomy suggests that the absence of desmosterol may preferentially affect the activation step of Hedgehog signaling at the ciliary membrane, without equally impacting downstream propagation. We have expanded the Result section to highlight this potential role of desmosterol in the activation phase of Hedgehog signaling and to contrast it with the effects observed under AY9944 treatment (lines 463-469).

      It is not clear to me why the authors have chosen to use SAG to activate the Hh pathway, as this is a downstream mode of activation and bypasses PTCH1 (and therefore a potentially sterol-mediated interaction between the two proteins). It would be very informative to compare the effect of sterol modulation on the ability of ShhN vs SAG to activate the pathway.

      Our study aims to demonstrate that the sterol composition of the ciliary membrane plays an essential role in the proper functioning of the Hedgehog (Hh) signaling pathway, comparable in importance to that of oxysterols and free cholesterol. Because ShhN itself is covalently modified by cholesterol, and Smoothened (SMO) can be directly activated by both oxysterols and cholesterol, we reasoned that using a non-native SMO agonist such as SAG would allow us to specifically assess defects arising from alterations in membrane-bound sterols. In this way, pathway activation by SAG provides a more direct readout of the functional contribution of ciliary membrane sterols to SMO activity, independent of potential confounding effects related to ShhN processing, secretion, or PTCH1-mediated regulation.

      • The conclusions about the effect of tamoxifen on SMO trafficking in MEFs should be validated in human patient cells before being able to conclude that there is a potential off-target effect (line 438). Also, if that is the case, the experiment of tamoxifen treatment of EBP KO cells should give an additional effect on SMO trafficking. Also, could the CDPX2 phenotypes in patients be the result of different cell types being affected than the fibroblast used in this study?

      We agree that carrying the proposed experiment would be a good way to assess a potential off-target effect. However, such validation is beyond the scope of the present study, as this comment on off-target effect was aimed primarily to propose a mechanistic hypothesis to explain the differences observed in Hedgehog pathway activation between patient-derived fibroblasts and tamoxifen-treated MEFs. We leaned towards this hypothesis because drug treatments are known for their overall variable specificity, but we agree other hypotheses are possible, and among them the difference in cell type, as both are fibroblasts but from different origin. We rephrased this passage in the revised manuscript (lines 447-448 ).

      Regarding the reviewer's third point, we fully agree that the CDPX2 phenotype in patients is unlikely to arise solely from fibroblast dysfunction. Nevertheless, fibroblasts are the only patient-derived cells currently available to us, and they provide a useful model for assessing ciliary signaling. It is reasonable to expect that similar defects could occur in other, more physiologically relevant cell types.

      • For the experiments with the SMO-M2 mutant, it would be useful to show the extent of pathway activation by the mutant compared to SAG or ShhN treatment of non-transfected cells. Moreover, it will be necessary to exclude any direct effects of the compound treatment on the ability of this mutant to traffic to the primary cilium, which can easily be done using fluorescence microscopy as the mutant is tagged with mCherry.

      The SmoM2 mutant is indeed a well-characterized constitutively active form of Smoothened that has been extensively studied by us and others. It is well established that this mutant correctly localizes to the primary cilium and robustly activates the Hedgehog pathway in MEFs (see Eguether et al., Dev. Cell, 2014 or Eguether et al, mol.biol.cell, 2018). In our study, we have already included supporting evidence for pathway activation in Supplementary Figure S1b, showing Gli1 expression levels in untreated MEFs transfected with SmoM2, which illustrates the extent of its activation compared to ligand-induced conditions.

      In line with the reviewer's recommendation, we will additionally include microscopy data showing SmoM2 localization in MEFs treated with the different sterol modulators. These data should confirm that the observed effects are not due to altered ciliary trafficking of the mutant protein but instead reflect changes in downstream signaling or membrane composition.

      Minor comments:

      Line 74: 'in patients', should be rephrased to 'patient-derived cells'

      This was modified in the revised manuscript

      Figure 2A: What do the '+/-' indicate? They seem to be erroneously placed.

      We apologize for the oversight, the figures initially submitted with the manuscript inadvertently included some earlier versions, which explains several of the discrepancies noted by the reviewers. This issue has been corrected in the revised submission, and all figures have now been updated to reflect the finalized data.

      Figure 2B: no label present for which bar represents cilia/other membranes

      We apologize for the oversight, the figures initially submitted with the manuscript inadvertently included some earlier versions, which explains several of the discrepancies noted by the reviewers. This issue has been corrected in the revised submission, and all figures have now been updated to reflect the finalized data.

      Figure 2C: this representation is slightly deceptive, since the difference between cells and cilia for lanosterol is not significantly different as shown in figure 2A.

      This representation has been removed in the revised figures.

      Figure 3A: it would be useful to also show where 8-DHC is in the biosynthetic pathway.

      This has been modified in the revised figures.

      Line 373: the title should be rephrased as it infers that DHCR7 was blocked in model membranes, which is not the case.

      This has been modified in the revised manuscript.

      Lines 377-384: this paragraph seems to be a mix of methods and some explanation, but should be rephrased for clarity.

      We believe the technical information within this paragraph are useful for the understanding of the reader. We would rather leave as is unless recommended by other reviewers or editorial staff.

      Line 403: 'which could explain the resulting defects in Hedgehog signaling': how and what defects? At this point in the study no defects in Hh signaling have been shown.

      This has been modified in the revised manuscript.

      Figure 4D: 'd' is missing

      We apologize for the oversight, the figures initially submitted with the manuscript inadvertently included some earlier versions, which explains several of the discrepancies noted by the reviewers. This issue has been corrected in the revised submission, and all figures have now been updated to reflect the finalized data.

      Line 408: SAG treatment resulted in slightly shorter cilia: this is not the case for just SAG treated cilia, but only for the combination of SAG + AY9944. However, in that condition there appears to be a subpopulation of very short cilia, are those real?

      This is correct, this is not the case for untreated cilia, but the short population is real, not only in AY9944 but also in Tamoxifen and Simvastatin. Again, the relevance and significance of minor cilia length change is unclear and we are not trying to draw any other conclusion from this than saying that the ciliary compartment is modified.

      Figure 5b: it would be good to add that all conditions contained SAG.

      This has been modified in the revised figures.

      Figure 5D: Since it is shown in Fig 5C that there are no positive cilia -SAG, there is no point to have empty graphs in Fig 5D on the left side, nor can any statistics be done. Similarly for 5K.

      We think this is still worth having in the figure. As the reviewer noted in one of his next comment, there are cases where Smoothened or Patched can be abnormally distributed (see also Eguether et al, mol biol cell, 2018). This shows that we checked all conditions for presence or absence of Smo and that there is no signal to be found. We would rather leave it as is unless asked otherwise by editorial staff.

      Figure 5E: it is not clearly indicated what is visualized in the inserts, sometimes it's a box, sometimes a line and they seem randomly integrated into the images.

      We apologize for the oversight - the figures initially submitted with the manuscript inadvertently included some earlier versions, which explains several of the discrepancies noted by the reviewers. This issue has been corrected in the revised submission, and all figures have now been updated to reflect the finalized data.

      Figure 5H: is this the intensity in just SMO positive cilia? If yes, this should be indicated, and the line at '0' for WT-SAG should be removed. I am also surprised there is then ns found for WT vs SLO, since in WT there are no positive cilia, but in SLO there are a few, so it appears to be more of a black-white situation. Perhaps it would be useful to split the data from different experiments to see if it consistently the case that there is a low percentage of SMO positive cilia in SLO cells.

      Yes, as in the rest of figure 5, the fluorescence intensity of Smo is only taken into account in SMO positive cells. This is now indicated in figure legend (lines 890, 898, 903 ). As for Smo positive, this is a good suggestion. We checked and for cilia in non-activated SLO patients, there are 8 positive cilia over a total of 240 counted cilia, mainly from one of the experiments. We could remove the data or leave as is given that the result is not significant.

      Fig S1: panels are inverted compared to mentioning in the text.

      We apologize for the oversight, the figures initially submitted with the manuscript inadvertently included some earlier versions, which explains several of the discrepancies noted by the reviewers. This issue has been corrected in the revised submission, and all figures have now been updated to reflect the finalized data.

      Methods-pharmacological treatments: there appear to be large differences in concentrations chosen to treat MDCK versus MEF cells - can the authors comment on these choices and show that the enzymes are indeed inhibited at the indicated concentrations?

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. The concentrations of the pharmacological treatments were optimized separately for MDCK and MEF cells based on cell-type-specific tolerance. For each compound, we used the highest concentration that produced no detectable cytotoxicity or morphological changes. These conditions ensured that the treatments were effective (as seen by changes in sterol composition in MDCK cilia and Hh pathway phenotypes in treated MEFs) and compatible with cell viability and ciliation. Although we did not directly assay enzymatic inhibition in each case, the selected concentrations are consistent with those previously reported to inhibit the targeted enzymes in similar cellular contexts.

      Compound

      Typical Concentration Range in Mammalian Cell Culture

      Typical Exposure Duration

      Example Cell Types

      Representative Peer-Reviewed References

      AY9944 (DHCR7 inhibitor)

      1-10 µM widely used; 1 µM for minimal on-target effects; 2.5-10 µM for robust sterol shifts

      24-72 h; some sterol studies up to several days

      HEK293, fibroblasts, neuronal cells, macrophages

      Kim et al., J Biol Chem, 2001 - used 1 µM in dose-response experiments.; Haas et al., Hum Mol Genet, 2007 - 1 µM in cell-based assays.; Recent macrophage sterol study - 2.5-10 µM to induce 7-DHC accumulation.

      Simvastatin (HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor)

      0.1-10 µM common; 1-10 µM most widely used for robust pathway inhibition

      24-72 h

      Diverse mammalian lines, including liver, fibroblasts, epithelial cells

      Bytautaite et al., Cells (2020) - discusses common in-vitro ranges (1-10 µM).; Mullen et al., 2011 - used 10 µM simvastatin, noting it is a standard in-vitro concentration.

      Tamoxifen (modulator of sterol metabolism)

      1-20 µM; 1-5 µM for mild/longer treatments; 10-20 µM in cancer/cilia signaling studies

      24-72 h (longer treatments often at 1-5 µM)

      MDCK, MEFs, MCF-7, diverse epithelial lines

      Schlottmann et al., Cells (2022) - used 5-25 µM in sterol-related cell studies.; MCF-7 literature - 0.1-1 µM for estrogenic signaling, higher (5-10 µM) for metabolic/sterol pathway effects.; Additional cancer cell work indicating similar ranges.

      This information has been clarified in the revised Methods section (lines 222-224).

      (optional): it would be interesting to include a gamma-tubulin staining on the cilium prep to see if there is indeed a presence of the basal body as suggested by the proteomics data.

      Thank you, we will try this.

      There are many spelling mistakes and inconsistencies throughout the manuscript and its figures (mix of French and English for example) so careful proofreading would be warranted. Moreover, there are many mentionings of 'Hedgehog defects' or 'Hedgehog-linked', where in fact it is a defect in or link to the Hedgehog pathway, not the protein itself. This should be corrected.

      We thank the reviewer for noting these issues. We apologize for the inconsistencies observed in the initial submission, as mentioned previously, some of the figures inadvertently included earlier versions, which may have contributed to the errors identified. All figures have now been carefully revised and updated in the resubmitted manuscript.

      Regarding the text, we are surprised to hear about the spelling inconsistencies, as the manuscript was professionally proofread prior to submission (documentation can be provided upon request). Nevertheless, we have conducted an additional round of thorough proofreading to ensure consistency throughout the text and figures.

      Finally, we have corrected all instances of "Hedgehog defects" or "Hedgehog-linked" to the more accurate phrasing "Hedgehog pathway defect" or "Hedgehog pathway-linked," as suggested by the reviewer throughout the manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      The study of ciliary membrane composition is highly relevant to understand signal transduction in health and disease. As such, the topic of this manuscript is significant and timely. However, as indicated above, there are limitations to this study, most notably the comparison of ciliary membrane versus all cellular membranes (rather than the plasma membrane), which weakens the conclusions that can be drawn. Moreover, cell-type dependency should be more thoroughly addressed. There certainly is a methodological advance in the form of cilia isolation from MDCK cells, however, it is unclear how broadly applicable this is to other mammalian cell types.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for their helpful comments and we appreciate the reviewer's recognition of the relevance and timeliness of studying ciliary membrane composition in the context of signaling regulation. We fully acknowledge that our comparison was made between the primary ciliary membrane and the total cellular membrane fraction, which encompasses multiple intracellular membranes. Our intent, however, was to obtain a global overview of how the ciliary membrane differs from the average membrane environment within the cell, thereby highlighting features that are unique to the cilium as a signaling organelle. This approach provides valuable baseline information that complements, rather than replaces, future targeted comparisons with the plasma membrane. As mentioned in this reply, we aim at carrying out these experiments before publication. Regarding cell-type dependency, we concur that ciliary lipid composition may vary between cell types, reflecting differences in their functional specialization. Our method was intentionally established in MDCK cells, which are epithelial and highly ciliated, to ensure sufficient yield and reproducibility. We have initiated trials with other mammalian cell types, including IMCD3 and MEF cells, and while yields remain limited, preliminary results indicate that the approach is adaptable with further optimization. Thus, our current work establishes a robust and reproducible proof of concept in a mammalian model, providing the first detailed sterol fingerprint of a mammalian primary cilium.

      We believe this constitutes a significant methodological and conceptual advance, as it opens the way for systematic exploration of ciliary lipid composition across diverse mammalian systems and pathological contexts.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Overview Accumulating evidence suggests that sterols play critical roles in signal transduction within the primary cilium, perhaps most notably in the Hedgehog cascade. However, the precise sterol composition of the primary cilium, and how it may change under distinct biological conditions, remains unknown, in part because of the lack of reproducible, widely accepted procedures to purify primary cilia from mammalian cultured cells. In the present study, the authors have designed a method to isolate the cilium from the MDCK cells efficiently and then utilized this procedure in conjunction with mass spectrometry to systematically analyze the sterol composition of the ciliary membrane, which they then compare to the sterol composition of the cell body. By analyzing this sterol profiling. the authors claim that the cilium has a distinct sterol composition from the cell body, including higher levels of cholesterol and desmosterol but lower levels of 8-DHC and & Lathosterol. This manuscript further demonstrates that alteration of sterol composition within cilia modulates Hedgehog signaling. These results strengthen the link between dysregulated Hedgehog signaling and defects in cholesterol biosynthesis pathways, as observed in SLOS and CDPX2.

      While the ability to isolate primary cilia from cultured MDCK cells represents an important technical achievement, the central claim of the manuscript - that cilia have a different sterol composition from the cell body - is not adequately supported by the data, and more rigorous comparisons between the ciliary membrane and key organellar membranes (such as plasma membrane) are required to make this claim. Moreover, although the authors have repeatedly mention that the ciliary sterol composition is "tightly regulated" there is no evidence provided to support such claim. At best, the data suggest that the cilium and cell body may differ in sterol composition (though even that remains uncertain), but no underlying regulatory mechanisms are demonstrated. In addition, much of the 2nd half of the paper represents a rehash of experiments with sterol biosynthesis inhibitors that have already been published in the literature, making the conceptual advance modest at best. Lastly, the link between CDPX2 and defective Hedgehog signaling is tenuous.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for their helpful comments

      Major comments

      Figure 1. C) Although the isolation of cilium from the MDCK cells using dibucaine treatment seems to be very efficient, the quality control of their fractionation procedure to monitor the isolation is limited to a single western blot of the purified cilia vs. cell body samples, with no representative data shown from the sucrose gradient fractionation steps. Given that prior studies (including those from the Marshall lab cited in this manuscript) found that 1) sucrose gradient fractionation was essential to obtain relatively pure ciliary fractions, and 2) the ciliary fractions appear to spread over many sucrose concentrations in those prior studies , the authors should have included the comparison of the fractionation profile from the sucrose gradient while isolating the primary cilium. This additional information would have further clarified and supported the efficiency of their proposed method.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful comments regarding the quality control of our ciliary fractionation. We would like to clarify several important methodological aspects that distinguish our approach from those used in the studies cited (including those from the Marshall lab). In the cited work, the authors used a continuous sucrose gradient ranging from 30 % to 45 %, which allowed visualization of the distribution of ciliary proteins across the gradient. In contrast, we employed a discontinuous sucrose gradient (25 % / 50 %) optimized for higher recovery and reproducibility in our hands. In our preparation, the primary cilia consistently localize at the interface between the 25 % and 50 % layers. We systematically collect five 1 mL fractions from this interface and use fractions 1-3 for downstream analyses, as fractions 4-5 are typically already depleted of ciliary material. This targeted collection ensures good enrichment and low contamination, while avoiding unnecessary dilution of the limited ciliary sample. We also note that the prior studies the reviewer refers to were optimized for proteomic analyses, and therefore used actin as a marker of contamination from the cell body. In our case, the downstream application is lipidomic profiling, for which such protein-based contamination markers are not directly informative, since no reliable lipid marker exists to differentiate between organelle membranes. For this reason, we limited the protein-level validation to a semi-quantitative assessment of ciliary enrichment using ARL13B Western blotting, which robustly reports the presence and enrichment of ciliary membranes. Finally, to complement this targeted validation, we performed proteomic analysis followed by Gene Ontology (GO) Enrichment Analysis using the PANTHER database. This analysis evaluates the overrepresentation of proteins associated with ciliary structures and functions relative to the background frequency in the Canis lupus familiaris proteome. The resulting enrichment profile confirms that the isolated material is highly enriched in ciliary components and somewhat depleted of non-ciliary contaminants, thereby serving as an unbiased and global assessment of sample specificity and purity. We believe that, together, these methodological choices provide a rigorous and quantitative validation of our fractionation efficiency and support the robustness of the cilia isolation protocol used in this study.

      1. D) The authors presented proteomic data for the peptides analyzed from the isolated cilia in the form of GO term analysis; however, they did not provide examples of different proteins enriched within their fractionation procedure, aside from Arl13b shown in the blot. Including a summary table with representative proteins identified in the isolated ciliary fraction, along with the relative abundance or percentage distribution of these proteins, would make the data more informative.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. As mentioned in the manuscript, our proteomic dataset includes numerous hallmark components of the cilium, such as 18 IFT proteins, 4 BBS proteins, and several Hedgehog pathway components (including SuFu and Arl13b), as well as axonemal (Tubulin, Kinesin, Dynein) and centrosomal proteins (Centrin, CEPs, γ-Tubulin, and associated factors). This composition demonstrates that the isolated fraction is highly enriched in bona fide ciliary components while retaining a small proportion of basal body proteins, which is expected given their physical continuity. Importantly, our dataset shows a 70% overlap with the ciliary proteome published by Ishikawa et al. and a 41% overlap with the CysCilia consortium's list of potential ciliary proteins, which supports both the specificity and reliability of our isolation procedure. Regarding the suggestion to present relative protein abundances, we would like to clarify that defining "relative to what" is challenging in this context. The stoichiometry of ciliary proteins is largely unknown, and relative abundance normalized to total protein content can be misleading, as ciliary structural and signaling components differ greatly in copy number and membrane association. For this reason, we chose to highlight in the text proteins such as BBS and IFTs, which are known to be of low abundance within the cilium; their detection supports the depth and specificity of our proteomic coverage. In addition, we performed an unbiased Gene Ontology (GO) Enrichment Analysis using the PANTHER database, which provides a systematic and quantitative overview of the biological processes and cellular components overrepresented in our dataset relative to the canine proteome. This analysis with regard to purity wa already discussed in the submitted manuscript discussion. To further address the reviewer's comment, we will include as a supplemental table in the revised manuscript, a summary table listing representative ciliary proteins identified in our fraction, including those overlapping with the CysCilia (Gold ans potential lists), CiliaCarta and Ishikawa/Marshall proteomes. This addition should make the dataset more transparent and informative while preserving scientific rigor.

      Figure 2.

      The authors represented the comparison of sterol content within the cilia versus whole cell (as cell membranes). Since different organelles have a very diverse degree of cholesterol contents within them, for instance plasma membrane itself is around 50 mol% cholesterol levels while organelles like ER have barely any cholesterol. Thus, comparing these two samples and claiming a 2.5-fold increase in cholesterol levels is misleading. A more appropriate comparison would be between isolated primary cilia and isolated plasma membranes (procedures to isolate plasma membranes have been described previously, e.g., Naito et al., eLife 2019; Das et al, PNAS 2013. The absence of such controls makes it difficult to fully validate the reported magnitude of sterols enrichment in cilia relative to the cell surface.

      As already discussed above for reviewer 1, we would like to emphasize that our study did not aim to compare the cilium directly to the plasma membrane, nor did we claim that the comparison was in any way related to the plasma membrane. Our intent, was to obtain a global overview of how the ciliary membrane differs from the average membrane environment within the cell, thereby highlighting features that are unique to the cilium as a signaling organelle. This approach provides valuable baseline information that complements, rather than replaces, future targeted comparisons with the plasma membrane. However, we concur that determining the sterol composition of the MDCK plasma membrane would provide valuable context and enable a comparison with the membrane continuous with the ciliary membrane. Hence, we are willing to try isolating plasma membrane in the same cellular contexts, and we thank the reviewer for the proposed literature.

      Also, because dibucaine was used here to isolate MDCK cilia, a control experiment to exclude possible effects of the dibucaine treatment on sterol biosynthesis would be helpful.

      Thank you for this comment, we will verify this point by quantifying by GC-MS the sterol content of whole MDCK cells with and without 15 minutes-dibucaine treatments.

      Figure 3.

      Tamoxifen is a potent drug for nuclear hormone receptor activity and thus can independently influence various cellular processes. As several experiments in the later sections of the manuscript rely on tamoxifen treatment of cells, it is important that the authors include appropriate controls for tamoxifen treatment, to confirm that the observed effects do not stem from effects on nuclear hormone receptor activity. This would ensure that the observed effects can be confidently attributed to the experimental manipulation rather than to the intrinsic effects of tamoxifen.

      The reviewer is right, tamoxifen, like many drugs, has pleiotropic effects in different cell processes. Aware of this possible issue, we turned to a genetic model creating a CRISPR-CAS9 mediated knock down of EBP, the enzyme targeted by tamoxifen. We showed in figure 5 that the results between tamoxifen treated cells and CRIPSR EBP cells were in accordance with one another, showing that, for hedgehog signaling, the effect of tamoxifen recapitulates the effect of the enzyme KO.

      Figure4. The authors present the results of spectroscopy studies to analyze generalized polarization (GP) of liposomes in vitro , but only processed data are shown, and the raw spectra are not provided. The authors need to present representative spectra to enable the readers to interact the raw data from the experiments.

      This has been added to new supplemental figure 1 and corresponding figure legend (lines 898-904)

      Figure5. B) The experiment shown Gli1 mRNA levels following treatment with inhibitors of cholesterol biosynthesis, but similar findings have already been reported previously (e.g., Cooper et al, Nature Genetics 2003; Blassberg et al, Hum Mol Genet 2016), and the present results do not provide a significant conceptual advance over those earlier studies.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and for highlighting the importance of earlier studies on Hedgehog (Hh) signaling and cholesterol metabolism. While we fully agree that confirming and extending established findings has intrinsic scientific value, we respectfully disagree with the assertion that our work does not provide conceptual novelty.

      The seminal work by Cooper et al. (Nature Genetics, 2003) indeed laid the foundation for linking sterol metabolism to Hedgehog signaling, and we cite it as such. However, that study was conducted in chick embryos, a model that is relatively distant from mammalian systems and human pathophysiology. Moreover, their approach relied heavily on cyclodextrin-mediated cholesterol depletion, which is non-specific and extracts multiple sterols from membranes (discussed in this article lines 512-516). In contrast, our study employs pharmacological inhibitors targeting specific enzymes in the sterol biosynthetic pathway, thereby allowing us to modulate distinct steps and intermediates in a controlled and mechanistically informative manner. We also extend these analyses to patient-derived fibroblasts and CRISPR-engineered cells, providing direct human and genetic validation of the observed effects. Importantly, we complement these cellular studies with biochemical characterization of isolated ciliary membranes from MDCK cells, enabling a direct assessment of how specific sterol alterations affect ciliary composition and Hh pathway function - an angle not addressed in prior work.

      Regarding Blassberg et al. (Hum. Mol. Genet., 2016), we agree that part of our findings recapitulates their observations on SMO-related signaling defects, which we view as an important confirmation of reproducibility. However, their study primarily sought to distinguish whether Hh pathway impairment in SLOS results from 7-DHC accumulation or cholesterol depletion, concluding that cholesterol deficiency was the main cause. Our results expand on this by demonstrating that perturbations extend beyond these two sterols, and that additional intermediates in the biosynthetic pathway also impact ciliary membrane composition and signaling competence. Furthermore, our experiments using the constitutively active SmoM2 mutant show that Hh signaling defects are not restricted to SMO activation per se, revealing a broader disruption of the signaling machinery within the cilium.

      Finally, neither of the above studies examined CDPX2 patient-derived cells or the consequences of EBP enzyme deficiency on Hh signaling. Our finding that this pathway is altered in this genetic context represents, to our knowledge, a novel link between CDPX2 and Hedgehog pathway dysfunction.

      Taken together, our work builds upon and extends previous findings by integrating cell-type-specific, biochemical, and patient-based analyses to provide a more comprehensive and mechanistically detailed view of how sterol composition of the ciliary membrane regulates Hedgehog signaling.

      In addition, the authors analyze the effect of these inhibitors on SAG stimulation, but the experiment lacks the control for Gli mRNA levels in the absence of SAG treatment. Without this control, it is impossible to know where the baseline in the experiment is and how large the effects in question really are.

      Below, we provide the data expressed using the ΔΔCt method (NT + SAG normalized to NT - SAG), which more clearly illustrates the magnitude of the effect in question. As similar qPCR-based Hedgehog pathway activation assays in MEFs have been published previously (see Eguether et al., Dev. Cell 2014; Eguether et al., Mol. Biol. Cell 2018), our goal here was not to re-establish the assay itself but to highlight the comparative effects across experimental conditions. In addition, one of the datasets was obtained using a new batch of SAG, which exhibited stronger pathway activation across all conditions (visible as higher overall expression levels). To ensure valid statistical comparisons across experiments and to focus on relative rather than absolute activation, we therefore chose to present the data as fold change values, which provides a more robust and statistically consistent measure for cross-condition analysis.

      J-K) The data represented in these panels for SAG treatment as fraction of Smo and its fluorescence intensity for the same sample appears to be inconsistent between the two graphs. Under SAG treatment for EBP mutants shows higher Smo fluorescence intensity while Smo positive cilia seems to be less than the wild type control cells. If the number of Smo+ cilia (quantified by eye) differs between conditions, shouldn't the quantification of Smo intensity within cilia show a similar difference?

      We thank the reviewer for this careful observation. The apparent discrepancy arises because the two panels quantify different parameters. In panel (j), we counted the percentage of cilia positive for SMO (i.e., cilia in which SMO was detected above background). In contrast, panel (k) reports the fluorescence intensity of SMO, but this measurement was performed only within the SMO-positive cilia identified in panel (j). This distinction has now been explicitly clarified in the figure legend, as also suggested by Reviewer 1.

      Taken together, these two analyses indicate that although fewer cilia display detectable SMO accumulation in the EBP mutant cells, the amount of SMO present within those cilia that do recruit it is comparable to wild-type levels (as reflected by the non-significant difference in fluorescence intensity). This interpretation helps explain the partial functional preservation of Hedgehog signaling in this condition and contrasts with cases such as AY9944 treatment, where both the number of SMO-positive cilia and the SMO intensity are reduced.

      1. I) The rationale for using SmoM2 in the analysis of cholesterol metabolism-related diseases such as SLOS and CDPX2 is unclear. The SmoM2 variant is primarily associated with cancer rather than cholesterol biosynthesis defects and its relevance either of these disorders is not immediately apparent.

      We thank the reviewer for this pertinent observation. We fully agree that SmoM2 was originally identified as an oncogenic mutation and is not directly associated with cholesterol biosynthesis disorders. However, our rationale for using this mutant was mechanistic rather than pathological. SmoM2 is a constitutively active form of SMO that triggers pathway activation independently of upstream components such as PTCH1 or ligand-mediated regulation.

      By using SmoM2, we aimed to determine whether the signaling defects observed under conditions that alter sterol metabolism (e.g., treatment with AY9944 or tamoxifen) occur upstream or downstream of SMO activation. The results demonstrate that, even when SMO is constitutively active, the Hedgehog pathway remains impaired under AY9944 treatment-and to a lesser extent with tamoxifen-indicating that these sterol perturbations disrupt the pathway beyond the level of SMO activation itself. In contrast, cells treated with simvastatin maintain normal pathway responsiveness, reinforcing the specificity of this effect.

      This experiment is therefore central to our study, as it reveals that sterol imbalance can hinder Hedgehog signaling even in the presence of an active SMO, providing new insight into how membrane composition influences downstream signaling competence.

      Minor corrections

      1. Line 385 seems to be a bit confusing which mentions cilia were treated with AY9944 - do the authors mean that cells were been treated with the drugs before isolation of cilia, or were the purified cilia actually treated with the drugs?

      Thank you, this has been modified in the revised manuscript

      The authors should add proper label in Figure 2 panel b for the bars representing the cilia and cell membranes.

      We apologize for the oversight, the figures initially submitted with the manuscript inadvertently included some earlier versions, which explains several of the discrepancies noted by the reviewers. This issue has been corrected in the revised submission, and all figures have now been updated to reflect the finalized data.

      Panels in Figure S1 should be re-arranged according to the figure legend and figure reference in line 450.

      We apologize for the oversight, the figures initially submitted with the manuscript inadvertently included some earlier versions, which explains several of the discrepancies noted by the reviewers. This issue has been corrected in the revised submission, and all figures have now been updated to reflect the finalized data.

      Legend for the Figure S1b should be corrected as data sets in graph represents 7 points while technical replicates in legend shows 6 experimental values.

      Thank you, this has been modified in the revised manuscript

      The labels for drug in Figure 3 and 5 should be corrected from tamoxifene to tamoxifen and simvastatine to simvastatin.

      We apologize for the oversight, the figures initially submitted with the manuscript inadvertently included some earlier versions, which explains several of the discrepancies noted by the reviewers. This issue has been corrected in the revised submission, and all figures have now been updated to reflect the finalized data.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      In the present study, the authors have designed a method to isolate the cilium from the MDCK cells efficiently and then utilized this procedure in conjunction with mass spectrometry to systematically analyze the sterol composition of the ciliary membrane, which they then compare to the sterol composition of the cell body. By analyzing this sterol profiling. the authors claim that the cilium has a distinct sterol composition from the cell body, including higher levels of cholesterol and desmosterol but lower levels of 8-DHC and & Lathosterol. This manuscript further demonstrates that alteration of sterol composition within cilia modulates Hedgehog signaling. These results strengthen the link between dysregulated Hedgehog signaling and defects in cholesterol biosynthesis pathways, as observed in SLOS and CDPX2.

      While the ability to isolate primary cilia from cultured MDCK cells represents an important technical achievement, the central claim of the manuscript - that cilia have a different sterol composition from the cell body - is not adequately supported by the data, and more rigorous comparisons between the ciliary membrane and key organellar membranes (such as plasma membrane) are required to make this claim. Moreover, although the authors have repeatedly mention that the ciliary sterol composition is "tightly regulated" there is no evidence provided to support such claim. At best, the data suggest that the cilium and cell body may differ in sterol composition (though even that remains uncertain), but no underlying regulatory mechanisms are demonstrated. In addition, much of the 2nd half of the paper represents a rehash of experiments with sterol biosynthesis inhibitors that have already been published in the literature, making the conceptual advance modest at best. Lastly, the link between CDPX2 and defective Hedgehog signaling is tenuous.

      We thank the reviewer for this detailed summary and for acknowledging the technical advance represented by our method for isolating primary cilia from MDCK cells. However, we respectfully disagree with several aspects of the reviewer's assessment of our work.

      As we elaborated in our responses to earlier comments, particularly regarding Figure 5, we disagree with the characterization of part of our study as a "rehash", a somewhat derogatory word, of previously published experiments. Our approach differs from earlier studies by relying on specific pharmacological modulation of defined enzymes in the sterol biosynthesis pathway, rather than using non-specific agents such as cyclodextrins, and by linking these manipulations to direct biochemical measurements of ciliary sterol composition. This strategy allows, for the first time, a targeted and physiologically relevant examination of how specific sterol perturbations affect Hedgehog signaling.

      Regarding our statement that ciliary sterol composition is "tightly regulated," we acknowledge that we have not yet explored the underlying molecular mechanisms of this regulation. Nevertheless, the experimental evidence supporting this statement lies in the variation of ciliary sterol composition across multiple treatments that strongly perturb cellular sterols. Despite broad cellular changes, the ciliary sterol profile remains very resilient for some parameters, an observation that, in our view, strongly supports the idea of a selective or regulated process maintaining ciliary sterol identity. This conclusion does not depend on comparison with other membrane compartments.

      We also respectfully disagree that the observed differences between cilia and the cell body (which doesn't equal to plasma membrane) are "uncertain." The consistent enrichment in cholesterol and desmosterol, combined with the relative depletion in 8-DHC and lathosterol, were detected across independent replicates using robust lipidomic profiling and are statistically supported. These findings are, to our knowledge, the first quantitative demonstration of a sterol fingerprint specific to a mammalian cilium.

      Finally, while we agree that the mechanistic link between CDPX2 and defective Hedgehog signaling warrants further exploration, the data we present, combining pharmacological inhibition (tamoxifen), CRISPR-mediated EBP knockout, and SMOM2 activation assays, all consistently indicate a functional impairment of the Hedgehog pathway under EBP deficiency. This is further reinforced by clinical reports describing Hedgehog-related phenotypes in CDPX2 patients. We therefore believe that our work provides a solid experimental and conceptual basis for connecting EBP dysfunction to Hedgehog signaling defects.

      In summary, our study introduces a validated and reproducible method for mammalian cilia isolation, provides the first detailed sterol composition profile of primary cilia, and establishes a functional link between ciliary sterol imbalance and Hedgehog pathway modulation. We believe these findings represent a meaningful conceptual advance and a valuable resource for the field

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Lamaziere et al. describe an improved protocol for isolating primary cilia from MDCK cells for downstream lipidomics analysis. Using this protocol, they characterize sterol profile of MDCK cilia membrane under standard growth conditions and following pharmacological perturbations that are meant to mimic SLOS and CDPX2 disorders in humans. The authors then assess the impact of the same pharmacological manipulations on Shh pathway activity and validate their findings from these experiments using orthogonal genetic approaches. Major and minor concerns that require attention prior to publication are outlined below.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for their comments

      Major 1.Since the extent of contamination of the cilia preps with non-cilia membranes is unclear, and variability between replicates is not reported, it makes interpretation of changes in cilia membrane sterol composition in response to pharmacological manipulations somewhat difficult to interpret. Discussing reproducibility of cilia sterol composition between replicates (and including corresponding data) could alleviate these concerns to some extent.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We would like to clarify that variability between replicates is indeed reported throughout the manuscript. In Figures 2 and 3, all data are presented as mean {plus minus} SEM, as indicated in the figure legends. Specifically, the data in Figure 2 are derived from six independent experiments, reflecting the central dataset used for comparative analyses, while the data in Figure 3 are based on three independent experiments.

      We also note that the overall variability between replicates is low, further supporting the reproducibility of our ciliary sterol composition measurements. This consistency across independent biological replicates provides confidence that the differences observed between cilia and the cell body are robust and not due to stochastic contamination or technical variation.

      2.An abundant non-ciliary membrane protein (rather than GAPDH) may be a more appropriate loading control in Fig. 1C.

      This is a valuable comment and we will find a non-ciliary membrane protein to complement this experiment.

      3.Fig. 2b - which bar corresponds to cells and which one to cilia? What do numbers inside bars represent? Please label accordingly.

      We apologize for the oversight, the figures initially submitted with the manuscript inadvertently included some earlier versions, which explains several of the discrepancies noted by the reviewers. This issue has been corrected in the revised submission, and all figures have now been updated to reflect the finalized data.

      4.Fig. 3b-d, right panels - please define what numbers inside bars represent

      Thank you, this was done in the revised manuscript. The numbers are reports of absolute quantification.

      5.The font in Figs 2, 3, and 4 is very small and difficult to read. Please make the font and/or panels bigger to improve readability.

      We did our best to enlarge font despite space limitations, but we are willing to work with editorial staff to improve readability as suggested.

      6.It would help to have a diagram of the key steps in the cholesterol synthesis pathway for reference early in the paper rather than in figure 3.

      We thank the reviewer for his comment, but we don't understand why this would be helpful as we only use sterol modulators involving the pathway's enzyme in fig3. We are open to discussion with editorial staff about moving it up to fig2. If they feel this is needed

      7.The authors need to discuss why/how global inhibition of enzymes (e.g. via AY9944 treatment) in a cell could cause reduction in cholesterol levels only in the cilium and not in other cell membranes (see also point 1). Yet, tamoxifen treatment lowers cholesterol across the board.

      We thank the reviewer for these insightful comments. Regarding the modest overall effect of simvastatin on cholesterol levels, we would like to note that MDCK cells are an immortalized epithelial cell line with high metabolic plasticity. Such cancer-like cell types are known to exhibit enhanced de novo lipogenesis, particularly under culture conditions with ample glucose availability. This compensatory lipid biosynthesis can partially counterbalance pharmacological inhibition of the cholesterol biosynthetic pathway. Because simvastatin acts upstream in the pathway (at HMG-CoA reductase), its inhibition primarily reduces early intermediates rather than fully depleting end-product cholesterol, explaining the relatively mild changes observed in total cholesterol content. . This has been added in a new paragraph in the revised manuscript (lines 371-378).

      8.Fig. 5c, g, and j - statistical analyses are missing and need to be added in support of conclusions drawn in the text of the manuscript.

      Thank you, this has been done in the revised manuscript

      9.The decrease in the fraction of Smo+ cilia observed in EBP KO cells is mild (panel j, no statistics), and there is possibly a clone-specific effect here as well (statistical analysis is needed to determine if EBP139 is indeed different from WT and whether EBP139 and 141 are different from each other). Similarly, Smo fluorescence intensity after SAG treatment (panel k) is the same in WT and EBP KO cells, while there is a marked difference in intraciliary Smo intensity after tamoxifen treatment. The author's conclusion "...we were able to show that results with human cells aligned with our tamoxifen experiments" (line 436) should be modified to more accurately reflect the presented data. Ditto conclusions on lines 440-442, 530-531. In fact, it is the lack of Hh phenotypes in CDPX2 patients that is consistent with the EBP KO data presented in the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for this detailed comment. We have now performed the requested statistical analyses and incorporated them into the revised manuscript.

      The new analyses confirm that both EBP139 and EBP141 CRISPR KO clones show a statistically significant reduction in the fraction of Smo⁺ cilia compared to WT cells. They also reveal that the two clones differ significantly from each other, consistent with the expected clonal variability inherent to independently derived CRISPR lines.

      Despite this variability, several lines of evidence support our conclusion that the EBP KO phenotypes align with the effects observed after tamoxifen treatment:

      1- Directionally consistent reduction in Smo⁺ cilia:

      Although the magnitude of the decrease differs between clones, both clones display a significant reduction compared to WT, paralleling the reduction observed in tamoxifen-treated cells. This directional consistency is the key point for comparing pharmacological and genetic perturbations.

      2-Converging evidence from SmoM2 experiments:

      Tamoxifen treatment also reduces pathway output in the context of SmoM2 overexpression. This supports the interpretation that both EBP inhibition (tamoxifen) and EBP loss (CRISPR KO) impair Hedgehog signaling at the level of ciliary function, albeit more mildly than AY9944/SLOS-like perturbations.

      3-Interpretation of Smo intensity (panel k):

      As clarified in the revised text, the fluorescence intensities in panel K correspond only to cilia that are Smo-positive. The absence of a difference in intensity therefore does not contradict the observed reduction in the number of Smo⁺ cilia. Rather, it explains why the phenotype is milder than that observed for SLOS/AY9944: when Smo is able to enter the cilium, its enrichment level is comparable to WT.

      4- Clinical relevance for CDPX2:

      While Hedgehog-related phenotypes in CDPX2 patients may be milder or under-reported, several documented features, such as polydactyly (10% of cases), as well as syndactyly and clubfoot, are classically associated with ciliary/Hedgehog signaling defects. This clinical pattern is consistent with the milder yet detectable defects we observe in EBP KO cells.

      Minor •Line 310: 'intraflagellar' rather than 'intraciliary' transport particle B is a more conventional term

      We agree that intraflagellar is more conventional than intraciliary, but in this case, this is how the GO term is labeled in the database. In our opinion, it should stay as is.

      • Fig. 2c - typos in the color key, is grey meant to be "cells" and blue "cilia"? Individual panels are not referenced in the text

      This panel has been removed thanks to comment from reviewer 1 and 3 finding it misleading.

      • Lines 357-358: "Notably, AY9944 treatment led to a greater reduction in cholesterol content as well as a greater increase in 7-DHC and 8-DHC in cilia than in the other cell membranes" - the authors need to support this statement with appropriate statistical analysis

      We respectfully believe there may be a misunderstanding in the reviewer's concern. In all cases, our comparisons are made between treated vs. untreated conditions within each compartment (cell bulk vs. ciliary membrane), and the statistical significance of these differences is already reported as determined by a Mann-Whitney test. In every case, the changes observed are greater in cilia than in the cell body. The statement in the manuscript simply summarizes this quantitative observation. However, if the reviewer feels that an additional statistical test directly comparing the magnitude of the two compartment-specific changes would strengthen the claim, we are willing to include this analysis. Alternatively, if preferred, we can remove the sentence entirely, as the comparison is already clearly visible in Figure 3b.

      • Line 473 - unclear what is meant by "olfactory cilia are mainly sensory and not primary". Primary cilia are sensory.

      We agree, primary cilia are sensory, but still different from cilia belonging to sensory epithelia like retina photoreceptors or olfactory cilia. Nevertheless, this statement was modified in revised manuscript

      • Line 551: 'data not shown'. Please include the data that you would like to discuss or remove discussion of these data from the manuscript.

      The data is not shown because there is nothing to show, as we discussed in that sentence, use of cholesterol probe resulted in the disappearance of primary cilia altogether. We are willing to work with editorial staff to find a better way of expressing this idea.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      Overall, the manuscript expands our knowledge of cilia membrane composition and reports an interesting link between SLOS and Shh signaling defects, which could at least in part explain SLOS patients' symptoms. The findings reported in the manuscript could be of interest to a broad audience of cell biologists and geneticists.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for his recognition of the importance of this work

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Overview

      Accumulating evidence suggests that sterols play critical roles in signal transduction within the primary cilium, perhaps most notably in the Hedgehog cascade. However, the precise sterol composition of the primary cilium, and how it may change under distinct biological conditions, remains unknown, in part because of the lack of reproducible, widely accepted procedures to purify primary cilia from mammalian cultured cells. In the present study, the authors have designed a method to isolate the cilium from the MDCK cells efficiently and then utilized this procedure in conjunction with mass spectrometry to systematically analyze the sterol composition of the ciliary membrane, which they then compare to the sterol composition of the cell body. By analyzing this sterol profiling. the authors claim that the cilium has a distinct sterol composition from the cell body, including higher levels of cholesterol and desmosterol but lower levels of 8-DHC and & Lathosterol. This manuscript further demonstrates that alteration of sterol composition within cilia modulates Hedgehog signaling. These results strengthen the link between dysregulated Hedgehog signaling and defects in cholesterol biosynthesis pathways, as observed in SLOS and CDPX2.

      While the ability to isolate primary cilia from cultured MDCK cells represents an important technical achievement, the central claim of the manuscript - that cilia have a different sterol composition from the cell body - is not adequately supported by the data, and more rigorous comparisons between the ciliary membrane and key organellar membranes (such as plasma membrane) are required to make this claim. Moreover, although the authors have repeatedly mention that the ciliary sterol composition is "tightly regulated" there is no evidence provided to support such claim. At best, the data suggest that the cilium and cell body may differ in sterol composition (though even that remains uncertain), but no underlying regulatory mechanisms are demonstrated. In addition, much of the 2nd half of the paper represents a rehash of experiments with sterol biosynthesis inhibitors that have already been published in the literature, making the conceptual advance modest at best. Lastly, the link between CDPX2 and defective Hedgehog signaling is tenuous.

      Major comments

      Figure 1.

      C) Although the isolation of cilium from the MDCK cells using dibucaine treatment seems to be very efficient, the quality control of their fractionation procedure to monitor the isolation is limited to a single western blot of the purified cilia vs. cell body samples, with no representative data shown from the sucrose gradient fractionation steps. Given that prior studies (including those from the Marshall lab cited in this manuscript) found that 1) sucrose gradient fractionation was essential to obtain relatively pure ciliary fractions, and 2) the ciliary fractions appear to spread over many sucrose concentrations in those prior studies , the authors should have included the comparison of the fractionation profile from the sucrose gradient while isolating the primary cilium. This additional information would have further clarified and supported the efficiency of their proposed method. D) The authors presented proteomic data for the peptides analyzed from the isolated cilia in the form of GO term analysis; however, they did not provide examples of different proteins enriched within their fractionation procedure, aside from Arl13b shown in the blot. Including a summary table with representative proteins identified in the isolated ciliary fraction, along with the relative abundance or percentage distribution of these proteins, would make the data more informative.

      Figure 2.

      The authors represented the comparison of sterol content within the cilia versus whole cell (as cell membranes). Since different organelles have a very diverse degree of cholesterol contents within them, for instance plasma membrane itself is around 50 mol% cholesterol levels while organelles like ER have barely any cholesterol. Thus, comparing these two samples and claiming a 2.5-fold increase in cholesterol levels is misleading. A more appropriate comparison would be between isolated primary cilia and isolated plasma membranes (procedures to isolate plasma membranes have been described previously, e.g., Naito et al., eLife 2019; Das et al, PNAS 2013. The absence of such controls makes it difficult to fully validate the reported magnitude of sterols enrichment in cilia relative to the cell surface. Also, because dibucaine was used here to isolate MDCK cilia, a control experiment to exclude possible effects of the dibucaine treatment on sterol biosynthesis would be helpful.

      Figure 3.

      Tamoxifen is a potent drug for nuclear hormone receptor activity and thus can independently influence various cellular processes. As several experiments in the later sections of the manuscript rely on tamoxifen treatment of cells, it is important that the authors include appropriate controls for tamoxifen treatment, to confirm that the observed effects do not stem from effects on nuclear hormone receptor activity. This would ensure that the observed effects can be confidently attributed to the experimental manipulation rather than to the intrinsic effects of tamoxifen.

      Figure4.

      The authors present the results of spectroscopy studies to analyze generalized polarization (GP) of liposomes in vitro , but only processed data are shown, and the raw spectra are not provided. The authors need to present representative spectra to enable the readers to interact the raw data from the experiments.

      Figure5.

      B) The experiment shown Gli1 mRNA levels following treatment with inhibitors of cholesterol biosynthesis, but similar findings have already been reported previously (e.g., Cooper et al, Nature Genetics 2003; Blassberg et al, Hum Mol Genet 2016), and the present results do not provide a significant conceptual advance over those earlier studies. In addition, the authors analyze the effect of these inhibitors on SAG stimulation, but the experiment lacks the control for Gli mRNA levels in the absence of SAG treatment. Without this control, it is impossible to know where the baseline in the experiment is and how large the effects in question really are. J-K) The data represented in these panels for SAG treatment as fraction of Smo and its fluorescence intensity for the same sample appears to be inconsistent between the two graphs. Under SAG treatment for EBP mutants shows higher Smo fluorescence intensity while Smo positive cilia seems to be less than the wild type control cells. If the number of Smo+ cilia (quantified by eye) differs between conditions, shouldn't the quantification of Smo intensity within cilia show a similar difference? I) The rationale for using SmoM2 in the analysis of cholesterol metabolism-related diseases such as SLOS and CDPX2 is unclear. The SmoM2 variant is primarily associated with cancer rather than cholesterol biosynthesis defects and its relevance either of these disorders is not immediately apparent.

      Minor corrections

      1. Line 385 seems to be a bit confusing which mentions cilia were treated with AY9944 - do the authors mean that cells were been treated with the drugs before isolation of cilia, or were the purified cilia actually treated with the drugs?
      2. The authors should add proper label in Figure 2 panel b for the bars representing the cilia and cell membranes.
      3. Panels in Figure S1 should be re-arranged according to the figure legend and figure reference in line 450.
      4. Legend for the Figure S1b should be corrected as data sets in graph represents 7 points while technical replicates in legend shows 6 experimental values.
      5. The labels for drug in Figure 3 and 5 should be corrected from tamoxifene to tamoxifen and simvastatine to simvastatin.

      Significance

      In the present study, the authors have designed a method to isolate the cilium from the MDCK cells efficiently and then utilized this procedure in conjunction with mass spectrometry to systematically analyze the sterol composition of the ciliary membrane, which they then compare to the sterol composition of the cell body. By analyzing this sterol profiling. the authors claim that the cilium has a distinct sterol composition from the cell body, including higher levels of cholesterol and desmosterol but lower levels of 8-DHC and & Lathosterol. This manuscript further demonstrates that alteration of sterol composition within cilia modulates Hedgehog signaling. These results strengthen the link between dysregulated Hedgehog signaling and defects in cholesterol biosynthesis pathways, as observed in SLOS and CDPX2.

      While the ability to isolate primary cilia from cultured MDCK cells represents an important technical achievement, the central claim of the manuscript - that cilia have a different sterol composition from the cell body - is not adequately supported by the data, and more rigorous comparisons between the ciliary membrane and key organellar membranes (such as plasma membrane) are required to make this claim. Moreover, although the authors have repeatedly mention that the ciliary sterol composition is "tightly regulated" there is no evidence provided to support such claim. At best, the data suggest that the cilium and cell body may differ in sterol composition (though even that remains uncertain), but no underlying regulatory mechanisms are demonstrated. In addition, much of the 2nd half of the paper represents a rehash of experiments with sterol biosynthesis inhibitors that have already been published in the literature, making the conceptual advance modest at best. Lastly, the link between CDPX2 and defective Hedgehog signaling is tenuous.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Review report for 'Sterols regulate ciliary membrane dynamics and hedgehog signaling in health and disease', Lamazière et al.

      In this manuscript, Lamazière et al. address an important understudied aspect of primary cilium biology, namely the sterol composition in the ciliary membrane. It is known that sterols especially play an important role in signal transduction between PTCH1 and SMO, two upstream components of the Hedgehog pathway, at the primary cilium. Moreover, several syndromes linked to cholesterol biosynthesis defects present clinical phenotypes indicative of altered Hh signal transduction. To understand the link between ciliary membrane sterol composition and Hh signal transduction in health and disease, the authors developed a method to isolate primary cilia from MDCK cells and coupled this to quantitative metabolomics. The results were validated using biophysical methods and cellular Hh signaling assays. While this is an interesting study, it is not clear from the presented data how general the findings are: can cilia be isolated from different mammalian cell types using this protocol? Is the sterol composition of MDCK cells expected to the be the same in fibroblasts or other cell types? Without this information, it is difficult to judge whether the conclusions reached in fibroblasts are indeed directly related to the sterol composition detected in MDCK cells. Below is a detailed breakdown of suggested textual changes and experimental validations to strengthen the conclusions of the manuscript.

      Major comments:

      • It appears that the comparison has been made between ciliary membranes and the rest of the cell's membranes, which includes many other membranes besides the plasma membrane. This significantly weakens the conclusions on the sterol content specific to the cilium, as it may in fact be highly similar to the rest of the plasma membrane. It is for example known that lathosterol is biosynthesized in the ER, and therefore the non-presence in the cilium may reflect a high abundance in the ER but not necessarily in the plasma membrane.
      • While the protocol to isolate primary cilium from MDCK cells is a valuable addition to the methods available, it would be good to at least include a discussion on its general applicability. Have the authors tried to use this protocol on fibroblasts for example?
      • Some of the conclusions in the introduction (lines 75-80) seem to be incorrectly phrased based on the data: in basal conditions, ciliary membranes are already enriched in cholesterol and desmosterol, and the treatment lowers this in all membranes.
      • There seems to be little effect of simvastatin on overall cholesterol levels. Can the authors comment on this result? How would the membrane fluidity be altered when mimicking simvastatin-induced composition? Since the effect on Hh signaling appears to be the biggest (Figure 5B) under simvastatin treatment, it would be interesting to compare this against that found for AY9944 treatment. Also, the authors conclude that the effects of simvastatin treatment on ciliary membrane sterol composition are the mildest, however, one could argue that they are the strongest as there is a complete lack of desmosterol.
      • It is not clear to me why the authors have chosen to use SAG to activate the Hh pathway, as this is a downstream mode of activation and bypasses PTCH1 (and therefore a potentially sterol-mediated interaction between the two proteins). It would be very informative to compare the effect of sterol modulation on the ability of ShhN vs SAG to activate the pathway.
      • The conclusions about the effect of tamoxifen on SMO trafficking in MEFs should be validated in human patient cells before being able to conclude that there is a potential off-target effect (line 438). Also, if that is the case, the experiment of tamoxifen treatment of EBP KO cells should give an additional effect on SMO trafficking. Also, could the CDPX2 phenotypes in patients be the result of different cell types being affected than the fibroblast used in this study?
      • For the experiments with the SMO-M2 mutant, it would be useful to show the extent of pathway activation by the mutant compared to SAG or ShhN treatment of non-transfected cells. Moreover, it will be necessary to exclude any direct effects of the compound treatment on the ability of this mutant to traffic to the primary cilium, which can easily be done using fluorescence microscopy as the mutant is tagged with mCherry.

      Minor comments:

      Line 74: 'in patients', should be rephrased to 'patient-derived cells'

      Figure 2A: What do the '+/-' indicate? They seem to be erroneously placed.

      Figure 2B: no label present for which bar represents cilia/other membranes

      Figure 2C: this representation is slightly deceptive, since the difference between cells and cilia for lanosterol is not significantly different as shown in figure 2A.

      Figure 3A: it would be useful to also show where 8-DHC is in the biosynthetic pathway.

      Line 373: the title should be rephrased as it infers that DHCR7 was blocked in model membranes, which is not the case.

      Lines 377-384: this paragraph seems to be a mix of methods and some explanation, but should be rephrased for clarity.

      Line 403: 'which could explain the resulting defects in Hedgehog signaling': how and what defects? At this point in the study no defects in Hh signaling have been shown.

      Figure 4D: 'd' is missing

      Line 408: SAG treatment resulted in slightly shorter cilia: this is not the case for just SAG treated cilia, but only for the combination of SAG + AY9944. However, in that condition there appears to be a subpopulation of very short cilia, are those real?

      Figure 5b: it would be good to add that all conditions contained SAG.

      Figure 5D: Since it is shown in Fig 5C that there are no positive cilia -SAG, there is no point to have empty graphs in Fig 5D on the left side, nor can any statistics be done. Similarly for 5K.

      Figure 5E: it is not clearly indicated what is visualized in the inserts, sometimes it's a box, sometimes a line and they seem randomly integrated into the images.

      Figure 5H: is this the intensity in just SMO positive cilia? If yes, this should be indicated, and the line at '0' for WT-SAG should be removed. I am also surprised there is then ns found for WT vs SLO, since in WT there are no positive cilia, but in SLO there are a few, so it appears to be more of a black-white situation. Perhaps it would be useful to split the data from different experiments to see if it consistently the case that there is a low percentage of SMO positive cilia in SLO cells. Fig S1: panels are inverted compared to mentioning in the text.

      Methods-pharmacological treatments: there appear to be large differences in concentrations chosen to treat MDCK versus MEF cells - can the authors comment on these choices and show that the enzymes are indeed inhibited at the indicated concentrations?

      (optional): it would be interesting to include a gamma-tubulin staining on the cilium prep to see if there is indeed a presence of the basal body as suggested by the proteomics data.

      There are many spelling mistakes and inconsistencies throughout the manuscript and its figures (mix of French and English for example) so careful proofreading would be warranted. Moreover, there are many mentionings of 'Hedgehog defects' or 'Hedgehog-linked', where in fact it is a defect in or link to the Hedgehog pathway, not the protein itself. This should be corrected.

      Significance

      The study of ciliary membrane composition is highly relevant to understand signal transduction in health and disease. As such, the topic of this manuscript is significant and timely. However, as indicated above, there are limitations to this study, most notably the comparison of ciliary membrane versus all cellular membranes (rather than the plasma membrane), which weakens the conclusions that can be drawn. Moreover, cell-type dependency should be more thoroughly addressed. There certainly is a methodological advance in the form of cilia isolation from MDCK cells, however, it is unclear how broadly applicable this is to other mammalian cell types.

    1. I view cultural rhetorics as a space where communal practices like stories are valued as homegrown, community-centering, and land-based theories

      "Story as theory" - not just data, but a way of knowing

    1. But starting in fifth grade, as she grewolder and mastered code-switching, Alexis was tracked into more “acceler-ated,” “advanced,” and eventually “honors” classes. Alexis saw fewer andfewer Black students around her in the increasingly segregated “advanced”tracks in middle and high school. Linguistic segregation and physical seg-regation merged

      Students who aren't able to "master" code-switching as easily and conform to SAE won't excel the way other students do thus merging linguistic segregation and physical segregation.

    1. https://reddit.com/r/typewriters/comments/1p42tr1/typewriter_ribbon/

      It's a small metal ring/hub that fits onto the ribbon spindle. You can call around to repair shops for replacements (which may be the cheapest route) https://site.xavier.edu/polt/typewriters/tw-repair.html. Ribbons Unlimited https://ribbonsunlimited.com also sells these hubs with ribbon attached, but it's more expensive to do this, but once you've got them, you can buy ribbon by itself for much cheaper in the future and just wind the new ribbon onto existing spool hubs.

      Here's some useful videos which might help you out: - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iTFM54VKKc4 - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xWQTa4b7jPs (This one has some advice about using a Remington without the spools.)

    1. Do you speak more than one language? Perhaps you are taught French or German at school, or English is your second language, and you speak a different tongue at home. But have you ever thought that you also speak different forms of language? For example, you probably speak to your friends in a way that you would never speak to, say, an interviewer in an interview.

      English is the second language in the country?

    1. Funny. Cryptographers club held elections, but cannot access results as one of the three keys needed to see results was lost by one of the people involved. They did not design for human failure / lapses in operational precision. Typical. Vgl the cartoon with laptop w unbreakable login and person taking a bat to the one who knows the login.

    1. passport also carried not just your yeah you're a real person but also you're a real person and this seems to be your expertise right

      Passport show expertise

    1. Jorge Arango talks about his writing process. He actually co-authored a book on Information Architecture in 2015. This vid more about his latest. uses lots of paper notebooks Mentions 3 (obvious) phases in his non-fiction writing research structuring writing Says all three req diff tools. (he uses Obsidian f research)

      Stage 1 research, vague idea about what topic, (s paper notebooks, index/sequence them) His book duly noted is on this phase.

      Stage 2 structuring. mistake to go directly to writing. (vgl [[A System for Writing by Bob Doto]] ) Mentions author Robert Caro who had book structure on his wall story book like, vgl what I do when writing reports w wall of post its for structure. Limitation is size of wall. But physcial movement helpt. He does this type of wall in [[Tinderbox]] !!!! canvas, with the sticky notes having metadata. His chapter and heading structure emerges from it! Prevents getting lost in the details. Shows him what is missing too (looping back to research phase sometimes). It's not writing but getting a sense of the narrative flow of the entire thing. Seems like outlining of talks, but a book is bigger and thus the outlining is more filled out with links to material

      What question would a reader have entering chapter 2 after reading chapter 1, and go from there. Has opening story/anecdote for each chapter. Mwah. Uses the story board view like how the periodic table suggested the existence of atoms that had not been discovered yet. Dmitri Mendleev.

      Stage 3 writing After structuring the writing tools come into play. He used Scrivener, avoiding having a monolithic text. Now Ulysses, in markdown. Uses word count targets in these tools for sections/chapters

      set up supportive environments for each pahse structure first but keep flexible, don't make it a linear process, but structure ulnocks the writing swith modalities - walking, free form in [[Tinderbox]] or another tool, to avoid getting stuck.

    1. lymph is not actively pumped by the heart, but is pulled into the lymphatic capillaries by a pressure gradient (capillary action) and is forced through the vessels by similar mechanisms that help venous blood return to the heart: the contraction of skeletal muscles during body movements and the pressure gradients created by breathing.

      Lymph isn’t actively pumped by the heart but due to pressure gradient caused by skeletal muscle contraction and breathing. This pressure gradient causes the vessels to open

    1. Identifying If Environmental Change Is Needed

      Recognizing how your environment affects your emotions allows you to make small adjustments or temporary changes to test whether a bigger shift is needed, but if altering your surroundings or relationships isn't enough, professional treatment may still be necessary.

    1. he "roots" of this musical and cultural form is not a project of finite space andtime, but one of a circular nature that flows in and around Africa, the Americas, andworldwide. Whether representin the Bronx, Somalia, or aboriginal Australia, hip-hopmusic, culture, and language cross the globe.

      I think this sentence is really strong and it connect the topic of hip-hop to the world and the people in it, but also shows how hip-hop is an amalgamation of different cultures and meanings.

    2. "Dusty footphilosopher means the one that's poor, lives in poverty but lives in a dignified mannerand philosophizes about the universe and talks about things that well-read people talkabout, but they've never read or traveled on a plane"

      the term "Dusty feet" philosophers might be an odd phrase but it's meant to represent the discovery of knowledge and insight from places that you might not expect. and in a way you can almost look at it the same way Ashanti Young explains code meshing, the "Dusty feet" philosopher is code meshing in a way, for example, African American Standard (AASE) English might look odd to someone who was taught American standard English (ASE) for years might looks at AASE and think there doing it wrong but grammatically and structurally they both follow the same rules and are both just as good, much like a "Dusty foot philosopher" who might look rough on the outside but is well educated and just as good as any other person.

    1. such tiny event

      This doesn't seem to me to be a tiny event at all, but I see what they mean. The appearance of these presses opening up possibilities that were not even considered before, which is exciting.

    2. punctum books

      I found out that apparently a punctum is "a small, distinct point," or according to Oxford Reference "A term used by Barthes to refer to an incidental but personally poignant detail in a photograph which ‘pierces’ or ‘pricks’ a particular viewer, constituting a private meaning unrelated to any cultural code." I like this a lot as a press name!

    1. While this concept may seem too futuristic for regulatory bodies to fully comprehend today, work is already underway in this direction. We are contemplating these types of innovations, and I see immense potential and a promising future for such advancements.

      Reiterating point above but this is highly interesting and aligns with what were thinking of talking about

    1. We found that Chat-GPT oversimplified many items in this list, which mayresults in misleading guidance for academic authorsand scholars

      This shows a major concern: AI-generated advice can appear correct but actually mislead writers, which is why human judgment remains central in ethical AI use.

    2. "Issues with AI assisted writing" margin note Usefulness vs. risk: AI can help, but only if humans critically evaluate and revise the content.

      Medical context: These issues are especially serious in healthcare writing, where misinformation could cause harm.

      Citation danger: AI is weakest at references, with extremely high error/fabrication rates.

      Ethical responsibility: Humans remain fully accountable for verifying accuracy and ensuring originality.

    3. other articles (i.e. double plagiarism) [5].‘AI Hallucination’ is a phenomenon where the genera-tive AI tool offers convincing, but completely fabricated,nonsensical, or factually inaccurate content in responseto prompts provided by the user [13–15].

      AI can sound confident even when it is completely wrong. This is especially dangerous in medical writing, where accuracy is essential.

    4. "What do the journals and publishers say?" Margin notes: Hybrid research approach: Authors combine literature search + ChatGPT to gather initial perspectives. Shows real-world use of AI in research.

      Publishers’ priorities: Integrity, ethical practice, and preventing misconduct shape AI guidelines.

      Central principle = transparency: Full disclosure of AI use is essential; hiding it is unethical.

      AI ≠ author: AI can create content but cannot take accountability → cannot qualify as an author.

      Human creativity still primary: AI can support technical tasks but cannot replace intellectual contribution.

      Evolving policies: AI guidelines are new and changing; scholars must stay informed.

    5. Another core principle reflected in these statements isthat, despite their ability to generate novel and new text,generative AI tools do not meet the generally agreedstandards of authorship of academic research

      This sentence reinforces one of the strongest uniform rules across journals: AI cannot be listed as an author. It can assist, but it cannot take responsibility or be accountable for the work.

    Annotators

    1. This policy has fueled a multibillion-dollar private tutoring industry but also deepened inequality between urban and rural learners

      This was most likely a prevalent thing in ancient times, as simply having the access to the tools to learn was the difference in social class

    2. English dominance, if left unchecked, erodes not only minority languages but also the cognitive and cultural identities they embody.

      If English gets to a point where only people with advanced educational resources can fluently understand it, it is at risk of dissolving

    1. Personally, I love this; Image annotations.

      This can be used as an effective analysis tool. Visual stimulus is powerful and for many individuals constitutes a deeper connection to fundamental learning. Balanced learning across the three basic modes; written, auditory and visual is implied in academics and the workplace but the reality is that one mode is dominant. Recognizing that mode and enhancing reaps far more advantage than forcing an inferior mode. @Byrnesz

    1. Call: lm(formula = EFFECT_CARE_COMM ~ COMMUNITY + GROWTH, data = selectdata)

      im fine with you guys keeping these outputs but ideally they should go into some other nicer looking table

    2. Wilcoxon rank sum test with continuity correction data: selectdata$EFFECT_CARE_COMM and selectdata$EFFECT_FEAR_POLICE W = 2644, p-value = 3.19e-09 alternative hypothesis: true location shift is not equal to 0

      this output isn't awful but since you're reporting the findings already i would say there's no need for this

    1. "Discussion" Margin Notes: Benefits: AI enhances efficiency and quality but is framed as a complement to human work.

      Drawbacks/Risks: Potential for plagiarism, misuse, misinformation, and bias if ethical guidelines are ignored.

      Relevancy to paper: Strong support for discussing both ethical obligations and practical applications of AI in writing.

    2. The study concludes that while AI cansignificantly support scientific writing, its adoption should be accompanied bystringent human oversight and adherence to ethical guidelines to maintainacademic integrity.Key Words: Artificial intelligence,writing, dentistry, communicationbarriers, ethics.

      This quote is saying that AI improves scientific writing but also introduces risks that require strong human oversight.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, participants completed two different tasks. A perceptual choice task in which they compared the sizes of pairs of items and a value-different task in which they identified the higher value option among pairs of items with the two tasks involving the same stimuli. Based on previous fMRI research, the authors sought to determine whether the superior frontal sulcus (SFS) is involved in both perceptual and value-based decisions or just one or the other. Initial fMRI analyses were devised to isolate brain regions that were activated for both types of choices and also regions that were unique to each. Transcranial magnetic stimulation was applied to the SFS in between fMRI sessions and it was found to lead to a significant decrease in accuracy and RT on the perceptual choice task but only a decrease in RT on the value-different task. Hierarchical drift diffusion modelling of the data indicated that the TMS had led to a lowering of decision boundaries in the perceptual task and a lower of non-decision times on the value-based task. Additional analyses show that SFS covaries with model derived estimates of cumulative evidence, that this relationship is weakened by TMS.

      Strengths:

      The paper has many strengths, including the rigorous multi-pronged approach of causal manipulation, fMRI and computational modelling, which offers a fresh perspective on the neural drivers of decision making. Some additional strengths include the careful paradigm design, which ensured that the two types of tasks were matched for their perceptual content while orthogonalizing trial-to-trial variations in choice difficulty. The paper also lays out a number of specific hypotheses at the outset regarding the behavioural outcomes that are tied to decision model parameters and well justified.

      Weaknesses:

      In my previous comments (1.3.1 and 1.3.2) I noted that key results could be potentially explained by cTBS leading to faster perceptual decision making in both the perceptual and value-based tasks. The authors responded that if this were the case then we would expect either a reduction in NDT in both tasks or a reduction in decision boundaries in both tasks (whereas they observed a lowering of boundaries in the perceptual task and a shortening of NDT in the value task). I disagree with this statement. First, it is important to note that the perceptual decision that must be completed before the value-based choice process can even be initiated (i.e. the identification of the two stimuli) is no less trivial than that involved in the perceptual choice task (comparison of stimulus size). Given that the perceptual choice must be completed before the value comparison can begin, it would be expected that the model would capture any variations in RT due to the perceptual choice in the NDT parameter and not as the authors suggest in the bound or drift rate parameters since they are designed to account for the strength and final quantity of value evidence specifically. If, in fact, cTBS causes a general lowering of decision boundaries for perceptual decisions (and hence speeding of RTs) then it would be predicted that this would manifest as a short NDT in the value task model, which is what the authors see.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to test whether a TMS-induced reduction in excitability of the left Superior Frontal Sulcus influenced evidence integration in perceptual and value-based decisions. They directly compared behaviour-including fits to a computational decision process model---and fMRI pre and post TMS in one of each type of decision-making task. Their goal was to test domain-specific theories of the prefrontal cortex by examining whether the proposed role of the SFS in evidence integration was selective for perceptual but not value-based evidence.

      Strengths:

      The paper presents multiple credible sources of evidence for the role of the left SFS in perceptual decision making, finding similar mechanisms to prior literature and a nuanced discussion of where they diverge from prior findings. The value-based and perceptual decision-making tasks were carefully matched in terms of stimulus display and motor response, making their comparison credible.

      Weaknesses:

      -I was confused about the model specification in terms of the relationship between evidence level and drift rate. While the methods (and e.g. supplementary figure 3) specify a linear relationship between evidence level and drift rate, suggesting, unless I misunderstood, that only a single drift rate parameter (kappa) is fit. However, the drift rate parameter estimates in the supplementary tables (and response to reviewers) do not scale linearly with evidence level.

      -The fit quality for the value-based decision task is not as good as that for the PDM, and this would be worth commenting on in the paper.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, participants completed two different tasks. A perceptual choice task in which they compared the sizes of pairs of items and a value-different task in which they identified the higher value option among pairs of items with the two tasks involving the same stimuli. Based on previous fMRI research, the authors sought to determine whether the superior frontal sulcus (SFS) is involved in both perceptual and value-based decisions or just one or the other. Initial fMRI analyses were devised to isolate brain regions that were activated for both types of choices and also regions that were unique to each. Transcranial magnetic stimulation was applied to the SFS in between fMRI sessions and it was found to lead to a significant decrease in accuracy and RT on the perceptual choice task but only a decrease in RT on the value-different task. Hierarchical drift-diffusion modelling of the data indicated that the TMS had led to a lowering of decision boundaries in the perceptual task and a lower of non-decision times on the value-based task. Additional analyses show that SFS covaries with model-derived estimates of cumulative evidence and that this relationship is weakened by TMS.

      Strengths:

      The paper has many strengths including the rigorous multi-pronged approach of causal manipulation, fMRI and computational modelling which offers a fresh perspective on the neural drivers of decision making. Some additional strengths include the careful paradigm design which ensured that the two types of tasks were matched for their perceptual content while orthogonalizing trial-to-trial variations in choice difficulty. The paper also lays out a number of specific hypotheses at the outset regarding the behavioural outcomes that are tied to decision model parameters and are well justified.

      Weaknesses:

      (1.1) Unless I have missed it, the SFS does not actually appear in the list of brain areas significantly activated by the perceptual and value tasks in Supplementary Tables 1 and 2. Its presence or absence from the list of significant activations is not mentioned by the authors when outlining these results in the main text. What are we to make of the fact that it is not showing significant activation in these initial analyses?

      You are right that the left SFS does not appear in our initial task-level contrasts. Those first analyses were deliberately agnostic to evidence accumulation (i.e., average BOLD by task, irrespective of trial-by-trial evidence). Consistent with prior work, SFS emerges only when we model the parametric variation in accumulated perceptual evidence.

      Accordingly, we ran a second-level GLM that included trial-wise accumulated evidence (aE) as a parametric modulator. In that analysis, the left SFS shows significant aE-related activity specifically during perceptual decisions, but not during value-based decisions (SVC in a 10-mm sphere around x = −24, y = 24, z = 36).

      To avoid confusion, we now:

      (i) explicitly separate and label the two analysis levels in the Results; (ii) state up front that SFS is not expected to appear in the task-average contrast; and (iii) add a short pointer that SFS appears once aE is included as a parametric modulator. We also edited Methods to spell out precisely how aE is constructed and entered into GLM2. This should make the logic of the two-stage analysis clearer and aligns the manuscript with the literature where SFS typically emerges only in parametric evidence models.

      (1.2) The value difference task also requires identification of the stimuli, and therefore perceptual decision-making. In light of this, the initial fMRI analyses do not seem terribly informative for the present purposes as areas that are activated for both types of tasks could conceivably be specifically supporting perceptual decision-making only. I would have thought brain areas that are playing a particular role in evidence accumulation would be best identified based on whether their BOLD response scaled with evidence strength in each condition which would make it more likely that areas particular to each type of choice can be identified. The rationale for the authors' approach could be better justified.

      We agree that both tasks require early sensory identification of the items, but the decision-relevant evidence differs by design (size difference vs. value difference), and our modelling is targeted at the evidence integration stage rather than initial identification.

      To address your concern empirically, we: (i) added session-wise plots of mean RTs showing a general speed-up across the experiment (now in the Supplement); (ii) fit a hierarchical DDM to jointly explain accuracy and RT. The DDM dissociates decision time (evidence integration) from non-decision time (encoding/response execution).

      After cTBS, perceptual decisions show a selective reduction of the decision boundary (lower accuracy, faster RTs; no drift-rate change), whereas value-based decisions show no change to boundary/drift but a decrease in non-decision time, consistent with faster sensorimotor processing or task familiarity. Thus, the TMS effect in SFS is specific to the criterion for perceptual evidence accumulation, while the RT speed-up in the value task reflects decision-irrelevant processes. We now state this explicitly in the Results and add the RT-by-run figure for transparency.

      (1.2.1) The value difference task also requires identification of the stimuli, and therefore perceptual decision-making. In light of this, the initial fMRI analyses do not seem terribly informative for the present purposes as areas that are activated for both types of tasks could conceivably be specifically supporting perceptual decision-making only.

      Thank you for prompting this clarification.

      The key point is what changes with cTBS. If SFS supported generic identification, we would expect parallel cTBS effects on drift rate (or boundary) in both tasks. Instead, we find: (a) boundary decreases selectively in perceptual decisions (consistent with SFS setting the amount of perceptual evidence required), and (b) non-decision time decreases selectively in the value task (consistent with speed-ups in encoding/response stages). Moreover, trial-by-trial SFS BOLD predicts perceptual accuracy (controlling for evidence), and neural-DDM model comparison shows SFS activity modulates boundary, not drift, during perceptual choices.

      Together, these converging behavioral, computational, and neural results argue that SFS specifically supports the criterion for perceptual evidence accumulation rather than generic visual identification.

      (1.2.2) I would have thought brain areas that are playing a particular role in evidence accumulation would be best identified based on whether their BOLD response scaled with evidence strength in each condition which would make it more likely that areas particular to each type of choice can be identified. The rationale for the authors' approach could be better justified.

      We now more explicitly justify the two-level fMRI approach. The task-average contrast addresses which networks are generally more engaged by each domain (e.g., posterior parietal for PDM; vmPFC/PCC for VDM), given identical stimuli and motor outputs. This complements, but does not substitute for, the parametric evidence analysis, which is where one expects accumulation-related regions such as SFS to emerge. We added text clarifying that the first analysis establishes domain-specific recruitment at the task level, whereas the second isolates evidence-dependent signals (aE) and reveals that left SFS tracks accumulated evidence only for perceptual choices. We also added explicit references to the literature using similar two-step logic and noted that SFS typically appears only in parametric evidence models.

      (1.3) TMS led to reductions in RT in the value-difference as well as the perceptual choice task. DDM modelling indicated that in the case of the value task, the effect was attributable to reduced non-decision time which the authors attribute to task learning. The reasoning here is a little unclear.

      (1.3.1) Comment: If task learning is the cause, then why are similar non-decision time effects not observed in the perceptual choice task?

      Great point. The DDM addresses exactly this: RT comprises decision time (DT) plus non-decision time (nDT). With cTBS, PDM shows reduced DT (via a lower boundary) but stable nDT; VDM shows reduced nDT with no change to boundary/drift. Hence, the superficially similar RT speed-ups in both tasks are explained by different latent processes: decision-relevant in PDM (lower criterion → faster decisions, lower accuracy) and decision-irrelevant in VDM (faster encoding/response). We added explicit language and a supplemental figure showing RT across runs, and we clarified in the text that only the PDM speed-up reflects a change to evidence integration.

      (1.3.2) Given that the value-task actually requires perceptual decision-making, is it not possible that SFS disruption impacted the speed with which the items could be identified, hence delaying the onset of the value-comparison choice?

      We agree there is a brief perceptual encoding phase at the start of both tasks. If cTBS impaired visual identification per se, we would expect longer nDT in both tasks or a decrease in drift rate. Instead, nDT decreases in the value task and is unchanged in the perceptual task; drift is unchanged in both. Thus, cTBS over SFS does not slow identification; rather, it lowers the criterion for perceptual accumulation (PDM) and, separately, we observe faster non-decision components in VDM (likely familiarity or motor preparation). We added a clarifying sentence noting that item identification was easy and highly overlearned (static, large food pictures), and we cite that nDT is the appropriate locus for identification effects in the DDM framework; our data do not show the pattern expected of impaired identification.

      (1.4) The sample size is relatively small. The authors state that 20 subjects is 'in the acceptable range' but it is not clear what is meant by this.

      We have clarified what we mean and provided citations. The sample (n = 20) matches or exceeds many prior causal TMS/fMRI studies targeting perceptual decision circuitry (e.g., Philiastides et al., 2011; Rahnev et al., 2016; Jackson et al., 2021; van der Plas et al., 2021; Murd et al., 2021). Importantly, we (i) use within-subject, pre/post cTBS differences-in-differences with matched tasks; (ii) estimate hierarchical models that borrow strength across participants; and (iii) converge across behavior, latent parameters, regional BOLD, and connectivity. We now replace the vague phrase with a concrete statement and references, and we report precision (HDIs/SEs) for all main effects.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to test whether a TMS-induced reduction in excitability of the left Superior Frontal Sulcus influenced evidence integration in perceptual and value-based decisions. They directly compared behaviour - including fits to a computational decision process model - and fMRI pre and post-TMS in one of each type of decision-making task. Their goal was to test domain-specific theories of the prefrontal cortex by examining whether the proposed role of the SFS in evidence integration was selective for perceptual but not value-based evidence.

      Strengths:

      The paper presents multiple credible sources of evidence for the role of the left SFS in perceptual decision-making, finding similar mechanisms to prior literature and a nuanced discussion of where they diverge from prior findings. The value-based and perceptual decision-making tasks were carefully matched in terms of stimulus display and motor response, making their comparison credible.

      Weaknesses:

      (2.1) More information on the task and details of the behavioural modelling would be helpful for interpreting the results.

      Thank you for this request for clarity. In the revision we explicitly state, up front, how the two tasks differ and how the modelling maps onto those differences.

      (1) Task separability and “evidence.” We now define task-relevant evidence as size difference (SD) for perceptual decisions (PDM) and value difference (VD) for value-based decisions (VDM). Stimuli and motor mappings are identical across tasks; only the evidence to be integrated changes.

      (2) Behavioural separability that mirrors task design. As reported, mixed-effects regressions show PDM accuracy increases with SD (β=0.560, p<0.001) but not VD (β=0.023, p=0.178), and PDM RTs shorten with SD (β=−0.057, p<0.001) but not VD (β=0.002, p=0.281). Conversely, VDM accuracy increases with VD (β=0.249, p<0.001) but not SD (β=0.005, p=0.826), and VDM RTs shorten with VD (β=−0.016, p=0.011) but not SD (β=−0.003, p=0.419).

      (3 How the HDDM reflects this. The hierarchical DDM fits the joint accuracy–RT distributions with task-specific evidence (SD or VD) as the predictor of drift. The model separates decision time from non-decision time (nDT), which is essential for interpreting the different RT patterns across tasks without assuming differences in the accumulation process when accuracy is unchanged.

      These clarifications are integrated in the Methods (Experimental paradigm; HDDM) and in Results (“Behaviour: validity of task-relevant pre-requisites” and “Modelling: faster RTs during value-based decisions is related to non-decision-related sensorimotor processes”).

      (2.2) The evidence for a choice and 'accuracy' of that choice in both tasks was determined by a rating task that was done in advance of the main testing blocks (twice for each stimulus). For the perceptual decisions, this involved asking participants to quantify a size metric for the stimuli, but the veracity of these ratings was not reported, nor was the consistency of the value-based ones. It is my understanding that the size ratings were used to define the amount of perceptual evidence in a trial, rather than the true size differences, and without seeing more data the reliability of this approach is unclear. More concerning was the effect of 'evidence level' on behaviour in the value-based task (Figure 3a). While the 'proportion correct' increases monotonically with the evidence level for the perceptual decisions, for the value-based task it increases from the lowest evidence level and then appears to plateau at just above 80%. This difference in behaviour between the two tasks brings into question the validity of the DDM which is used to fit the data, which assumes that the drift rate increases linearly in proportion to the level of evidence.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these concerns, and we address each of them point by point:

      2.2.1. Comment: It is my understanding that the size ratings were used to define the amount of perceptual evidence in a trial, rather than the true size differences, and without seeing more data the reliability of this approach is unclear.

      That is correct—we used participants’ area/size ratings to construct perceptual evidence (SD).

      To validate this choice, we compared those ratings against an objective image-based size measure (proportion of non-black pixels within the bounding box). As shown in Author response image 3, perceptual size ratings are highly correlated with objective size across participants (Pearson r values predominantly ≈0.8 or higher; all p<0.001). Importantly, value ratings do not correlate with objective size (Author response image 2), confirming that the two rating scales capture distinct constructs. These checks support using participants’ size ratings as the participant-specific ground truth for defining SD in the PDM trials.

      Author response image 1.

      Objective size and value ratings are unrelated. Scatterplots show, for each participant, the correlation between objective image size (x-axis; proportion of non-black pixels within the item box) and value-based ratings (y-axis; 0–100 scale). Each dot is one food item (ratings averaged over the two value-rating repetitions). Across participants, value ratings do not track objective size, confirming that value and size are distinct constructs.

      Author response image 2.

      Perceptual size ratings closely track objective size. Scatterplots show, for each participant, the correlation between objective image size (x-axis) and perceptual area/size ratings (y-axis; 0–100 scale). Each dot is one food item (ratings averaged over the two perceptual ratings). Perceptual ratings are strongly correlated with objective size for nearly all participants (see main text), validating the use of these ratings to construct size-difference evidence (SD).

      (2.2.2) More concerning was the effect of 'evidence level' on behaviour in the value-based task (Figure 3a). While the 'proportion correct' increases monotonically with the evidence level for the perceptual decisions, for the value-based task it increases from the lowest evidence level and then appears to plateau at just above 80%. This difference in behaviour between the two tasks brings into question the validity of the DDM which is used to fit the data, which assumes that the drift rate increases linearly in proportion to the level of evidence.

      We agree that accuracy appears to asymptote in VDM, but the DDM fits indicate that the drift rate still increases monotonically with evidence in both tasks. In Supplementary figure 11, drift (δ) rises across the four evidence levels for PDM and for VDM (panels showing all data and pre/post-TMS). The apparent plateau in proportion correct during VDM reflects higher choice variability at stronger preference differences, not a failure of the drift–evidence mapping. Crucially, the model captures both the accuracy patterns and the RT distributions (see posterior predictive checks in Supplementary figures 11-16), indicating that a monotonic evidence–drift relation is sufficient to account for the data in each task.

      Author response image 3.

      HDDM parameters by evidence level. Group-level posterior means (± posterior SD) for drift (δ), boundary (α), and non-decision time (τ) across the four evidence levels, shown (a) collapsed across TMS sessions, (b) for PDM (blue) pre- vs post-TMS (light vs dark), and (c) for VDM (orange) pre- vs post-TMS. Crucially, drift increases monotonically with evidence in both tasks, while TMS selectively lowers α in PDM and reduces τ in VDM (see Supplementary Tables for numerical estimates).

      (2.3) The paper provides very little information on the model fits (no parameter estimates, goodness of fit values or simulated behavioural predictions). The paper finds that TMS reduced the decision bound for perceptual decisions but only affected non-decision time for value-based decisions. It would aid the interpretation of this finding if the relative reliability of the fits for the two tasks was presented.

      We appreciate the suggestion and have made the quantitative fit information explicit:

      (1) Parameter estimates. Group-level means/SDs for drift (δ), boundary (α), and nDT (τ) are reported for PDM and VDM overall, by evidence level, pre- vs post-TMS, and per subject (see Supplementary Tables 8-11).

      (2) Goodness of fit and predictive adequacy. DIC values accompany each fit in the tables. Posterior predictive checks demonstrate close correspondence between simulated and observed accuracy and RT distributions overall, by evidence level, and across subjects (Supplementary Figures 11-16).

      Together, these materials document that the HDDM provides reliable fits in both tasks and accurately recovers the qualitative and quantitative patterns that underlie our inferences (reduced α for PDM only; selective τ reduction in VDM).

      (2.4) Behaviourally, the perceptual task produced decreased response times and accuracy post-TMS, consistent with a reduced bound and consistent with some prior literature. Based on the results of the computational modelling, the authors conclude that RT differences in the value-based task are due to task-related learning, while those in the perceptual task are 'decision relevant'. It is not fully clear why there would be such significantly greater task-related learning in the value-based task relative to the perceptual one. And if such learning is occurring, could it potentially also tend to increase the consistency of choices, thereby counteracting any possible TMS-induced reduction of consistency?

      Thank you for pointing out the need for a clearer framing. We have removed the speculative label “task-related learning” and now describe the pattern strictly in terms of the HDDM decomposition and neural results already reported:

      (1) VDM: Post-TMS RTs are faster while accuracy is unchanged. The HDDM attributes this to a selective reduction in non-decision time (τ), with no change in decision-relevant parameters (α, δ) for VDM (see Supplementary Figure 11 and Supplementary Tables). Consistent with this, left SFS BOLD is not reduced for VDM, and trialwise SFS activity does not predict VDM accuracy—both observations argue against a change in VDM decision formation within left SFS.

      (2) PDM: Post-TMS accuracy decreases and RTs shorten, which the HDDM captures as a lower decision boundary (α) with no change in drift (δ). Here, left SFS BOLD scales with accumulated evidence and decreases post-TMS, and trialwise SFS activity predicts PDM accuracy, all consistent with a decision-relevant effect in PDM.

      Regarding the possibility that faster VDM RTs should increase choice consistency: empirically, consistency did not change in VDM, and the HDDM finds no decision-parameter shifts there. Thus, there is no hidden counteracting increase in VDM accuracy that could mask a TMS effect—the absence of a VDM accuracy change is itself informative and aligns with the modelling and fMRI.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Garcia et al., investigated whether the human left superior frontal sulcus (SFS) is involved in integrating evidence for decisions across either perceptual and/or value-based decision-making. Specifically, they had 20 participants perform two decision-making tasks (with matched stimuli and motor responses) in an fMRI scanner both before and after they received continuous theta burst transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) of the left SFS. The stimulation thought to decrease neural activity in the targeted region, led to reduced accuracy on the perceptual decision task only. The pattern of results across both model-free and model-based (Drift diffusion model) behavioural and fMRI analyses suggests that the left SLS plays a critical role in perceptual decisions only, with no equivalent effects found for value-based decisions. The DDM-based analyses revealed that the role of the left SLS in perceptual evidence accumulation is likely to be one of decision boundary setting. Hence the authors conclude that the left SFS plays a domain-specific causal role in the accumulation of evidence for perceptual decisions. These results are likely to add importance to the literature regarding the neural correlates of decision-making.

      Strengths:

      The use of TMS strengthens the evidence for the left SFS playing a causal role in the evidence accumulation process. By combining TMS with fMRI and advanced computational modelling of behaviour, the authors go beyond previous correlational studies in the field and provide converging behavioural, computational, and neural evidence of the specific role that the left SFS may play.

      Sophisticated and rigorous analysis approaches are used throughout.

      Weaknesses:

      (3.1) Though the stimuli and motor responses were equalised between the perception and value-based decision tasks, reaction times (according to Figure 1) and potential difficulty (Figure 2) were not matched. Hence, differences in task difficulty might represent an alternative explanation for the effects being specific to the perception task rather than domain-specificity per se.

      We agree that RTs cannot be matched a priori, and we did not intend them to be. Instead, we equated the inputs to the decision process and verified that each task relied exclusively on its task-relevant evidence. As reported in Results—Behaviour: validity of task-relevant pre-requisites (Fig. 1b–c), accuracy and RTs vary monotonically with the appropriate evidence regressor (SD for PDM; VD for VDM), with no effect of the task-irrelevant regressor. This separability check addresses differences in baseline RTs by showing that, for both tasks, behaviour tracks evidence as designed.

      To rule out a generic difficulty account of the TMS effect, we relied on the within-subject differences-in-differences (DID) framework described in Methods (Differences-in-differences). The key Task × TMS interaction compares the pre→post change in PDM with the pre→post change in VDM while controlling for trialwise evidence and RT covariates. Any time-on-task or unspecific difficulty drift shared by both tasks is subtracted out by this contrast. Using this specification, TMS selectively reduced accuracy for PDM but not VDM (Fig. 3a; Supplementary Fig. 2a,c; Supplementary Tables 5–7).

      Finally, the hierarchical DDM (already in the paper) dissociates latent mechanisms. The post-TMS boundary reduction appears only in PDM, whereas VDM shows a change in non-decision time without a decision-relevant parameter change (Fig. 3c; Supplementary Figs. 4–5). If unmatched difficulty were the sole driver, we would expect parallel effects across tasks, which we do not observe.

      (3.2) No within- or between-participants sham/control TMS condition was employed. This would have strengthened the inference that the apparent TMS effects on behavioural and neural measures can truly be attributed to the left SFS stimulation and not to non-specific peripheral stimulation and/or time-on-task effects.

      We agree that a sham/control condition would further strengthen causal attribution and note this as a limitation. In mitigation, our design incorporates several safeguards already reported in the manuscript:

      · Within-subject pre/post with alternating task blocks and DID modelling (Methods) to difference out non-specific time-on-task effects.

      · Task specificity across levels of analysis: behaviour (PDM accuracy reduction only), computational (boundary reduction only in PDM; no drift change), BOLD (reduced left-SFS accumulated-evidence signal for PDM but not VDM; Fig. 4a–c), and functional coupling (SFS–occipital PPI increase during PDM only; Fig. 5).

      · Matched stimuli and motor outputs across tasks, so any peripheral sensations or general arousal effects should have influenced both tasks similarly; they did not.

      Together, these converging task-selective effects reduce the likelihood that the results reflect non-specific stimulation or time-on-task. We will add an explicit statement in the Limitations noting the absence of sham/control and outlining it as a priority for future work.

      (3.3) No a priori power analysis is presented.

      We appreciate this point. Our sample size (n = 20) matched prior causal TMS and combined TMS–fMRI studies using similar paradigms and analyses (e.g., Philiastides et al., 2011; Rahnev et al., 2016; Jackson et al., 2021; van der Plas et al., 2021; Murd et al., 2021), and was chosen a priori on that basis and the practical constraints of cTBS + fMRI. The within-subject DID approach and hierarchical modelling further improve efficiency by leveraging all trials.

      To address the reviewer’s request for transparency, we will (i) state this rationale in Methods—Participants, and (ii) ensure that all primary effects are reported with 95% CIs or posterior probabilities (already provided for the HDDM as pmcmcp_{\mathrm{mcmc}}pmcmc). We also note that the design was sensitive enough to detect RT changes in both tasks and a selective accuracy change in PDM, arguing against a blanket lack of power as an explanation for null VDM accuracy effects. We will nevertheless flag the absence of a formal prospective power analysis in the Limitations.

      Recommendations for the Authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Some important elements of the methods are missing. How was the site for targeting the SFS with TMS identified? The methods described how M1 was located but not SFS.

      Thank you for catching this omission. In the revised Methods we explicitly describe how the left SFS target was localized. Briefly, we used each participant’s T1-weighted anatomical scan and frameless neuronavigation to place a 10-mm sphere at the a priori MNI coordinates (x = −24, y = 24, z = 36) derived from prior work (Heekeren et al., 2004; Philiastides et al., 2011). This sphere was transformed to native space for each participant. The coil was positioned tangentially with the handle pointing posterior-lateral, and coil placement was continuously monitored with neuronavigation throughout stimulation. (All of these procedures mirror what we already report for M1 and are now stated for SFS as well.)

      Where to revise the manuscript:

      Methods → Stimulation protocol. After the first sentence naming cTBS, insert:<br /> “The left SFS target was localized on each participant’s T1-weighted anatomical image using frameless neuronavigation. A 10-mm radius sphere was centered at the a priori MNI coordinates x = −24, y = 24, z = 36 (Heekeren et al., 2004; Philiastides et al., 2011), then transformed to native space. The MR-compatible figure-of-eight coil was positioned tangentially over the target with the handle oriented posterior-laterally, and its position was tracked and maintained with neuronavigation during stimulation.”

      It is not clear how participants were instructed that they should perform the value-difference task. Were they told that they should choose based on their original item value ratings or was it left up to them?

      We agree the instruction should be explicit. Participants were told_: “In value-based blocks, choose the item you would prefer to eat at the end of the experiment.”_ They were informed that one VDM trial would be randomly selected for actual consumption, ensuring incentive-compatibility. We did not ask them to recall or follow their earlier ratings; those ratings were used only to construct evidence (value difference) and to define choice consistency offline.

      Where to revise the manuscript:

      Methods → Experimental paradigm.

      Add a sentence to the VDM instruction paragraph:

      “In value-based (LIKE) blocks, participants were instructed to choose the item they would prefer to consume at the end of the experiment; one VDM trial was randomly selected and implemented, making choices incentive-compatible. Prior ratings were used solely to construct value-difference evidence and to score choice consistency; participants were not asked to recall or match their earlier ratings.”

      Line 86 Introduction, some previous studies were conducted on animals. Why it is problematic that the studies were conducted in animals is not stated. I assume the authors mean that we do not know if their findings will translate to the human brain? I think in fairness to those working with animals it might be worth an extra sentence to briefly expand on this point.

      We appreciate this and will clarify that animal work is invaluable for circuit-level causality, but species differences and putative non-homologous areas (e.g., human SFS vs. rodent FOF) limit direct translation. Our point is not that animal studies are problematic, but that establishing causal roles in humans remains necessary.

      Revision:

      Introduction (paragraph discussing prior animal work). Replace the current sentence beginning “However, prior studies were largely correlational”

      “Animal studies provide critical causal insights, yet direct translation to humans can be limited by species-specific anatomy and potential non-homologies (e.g., human SFS vs. frontal orienting fields in rodents). Therefore, establishing causal contributions in the human brain remains essential.”

      Line 100-101: "or whether its involvement is peripheral and merely functionally supporting a larger system" - it is not clear what you mean by 'supporting a larger system'

      We meant that observed SFS activity might reflect upstream/downstream support processes (e.g., attentional control or working-memory maintenance) rather than the computation of evidence accumulation itself. We have rephrased to avoid ambiguity.

      Revision:

      Introduction. Replace the phrase with:

      “or whether its observed activity reflects upstream or downstream support processes (e.g., attention or working-memory maintenance) rather than the accumulation computation per se.”

      The authors do have to make certain assumptions about the BOLD patterns that would be expected of an evidence accumulation region. These assumptions are reasonable and have been adopted in several previous neuroimaging studies. Nevertheless, it should be acknowledged that alternative possibilities exist and this is an inevitable limitation of using fMRI to study decision making. For example, if it turns out that participants collapse their boundaries as time elapses, then the assumption that trials with weaker evidence should have larger BOLD responses may not hold - the effect of more prolonged activity could be cancelled out by the lower boundaries. Again, I think this is just a limitation that could be acknowledged in the Discussion, my opinion is that this is the best effort yet to identify choice-relevant regions with fMRI and the authors deserve much credit for their rigorous approach.

      Agreed. We already ground our BOLD regressors in the DDM literature, but acknowledge that alternative mechanisms (e.g., time-dependent boundaries) can alter expected BOLD–evidence relations. We now add a short limitation paragraph stating this explicitly.

      Revision:

      Discussion (limitations paragraph). Add:

      “Our fMRI inferences rest on model-based assumptions linking accumulated evidence to BOLD amplitude. Alternative mechanisms—such as time-dependent (collapsing) boundaries—could attenuate the prediction that weaker-evidence trials yield longer accumulation and larger BOLD signals. While our behavioural and neural results converge under the DDM framework, we acknowledge this as a general limitation of model-based fMRI.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor points

      I suggest the proportion of missed trials should be reported.

      Thank you for the suggestion. In our preprocessing we excluded trials with no response within the task’s response window and any trials failing a priori validity checks. Because non-response trials contain neither a choice nor an RT, they are not entered into the DDM fits or the fMRI GLMs and, by design, carry no weight in the reported results. To keep the focus on the data that informed all analyses, we now (i) state the trial-inclusion criteria explicitly and (ii) report the number of analysed (valid) trials per task and run. This conveys the effective sample size contributing to each condition without altering the analysis set.

      Revision:

      Methods → (at the end of “Experimental paradigm”): “Analyses were conducted on valid trials only, defined as trials with a registered response within the task’s response window and passing pre-specified validity checks; trials without a response were excluded and not analysed.”

      Results → “Behaviour: validity of task-relevant pre-requisites” (add one sentence at the end of the first paragraph): “All behavioural and fMRI analyses were performed on valid trials only (see Methods for inclusion criteria).”

      Figure 4 c is very confusing. Is the legend or caption backwards?

      Thanks for flagging. We corrected the Figure 4c caption to match the colouring and contrasts used in the panel (perceptual = blue/green overlays; value-based = orange/red; ‘post–pre’ contrasts explicitly labeled). No data or analyses were changed, just the wording to remove ambiguity.

      Revision:

      Figure 4 caption (panel c sentence). Replace with:

      “(c) Post–pre contrasts for the trialwise accumulated-evidence regressor show reduced left-SFS BOLD during perceptual decisions (green overlay), with a significantly stronger reduction for perceptual vs value-based decisions (blue overlay). No reduction is observed for value-based decisions.”

      Even if not statistically significant it may be of interest to add the results for Value-based decision making on SFS in Supplementary Table 3.

      Done. We now include the SFS small-volume results for VDM (trialwise accumulated-evidence regressor) alongside the PDM values in the same table, with exact peak, cluster size, and statistics.

      Revision:

      Supplementary Table 3 (title):

      “Regions encoding trialwise accumulated evidence (parametric modulation) during perceptual and value-based decisions, including SFS SVC results for both tasks.”

      Model comparisons: please explain how model complexity is accounted for.

      We clarify that model evidence was compared using the Deviance Information Criterion (DIC), which penalizes model fit by an effective number of parameters (pD). Lower DIC indicates better out-of-sample predictive performance after accounting for model complexity.

      Revision:

      Methods → Hierarchical Bayesian neural-DDM (last paragraph). Add:

      “Model comparison used the Deviance Information Criterion (DIC = D̄ + pD), where pD is the effective number of parameters; thus DIC penalizes model complexity. Lower DIC denotes better predictive accuracy after accounting for complexity.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The following issues would benefit from clarification in the manuscript:

      - It is stated that "Our sample size is well within acceptable range, similar to that of previous TMS studies." The sample size being similar to previous studies does not mean it is within an acceptable range. Whether the sample size is acceptable or not depends on the expected effect size. It is perfectly possible that the previous studies cited were all underpowered. What implications might the lack of an a priori power analysis have for the interpretation of the results?

      We agree and have revised our wording. We did not conduct an a priori power analysis. Instead, we relied on a within-participant design that typically yields higher sensitivity in TMS–fMRI settings and on convergence across behavioural, computational, and neural measures. We now acknowledge that the absence of formal power calculations limits claims about small effects (particularly for null findings in VDM), and we frame those null results cautiously.

      Revision:

      Discussion (limitations). Add:

      “The within-participant design enhances statistical sensitivity, yet the absence of an a priori power analysis constrains our ability to rule out small effects, particularly for null results in VDM.”

      - I was confused when trying to match the results described in the 'Behaviour: validity of task-relevant pre-requisites' section on page 6 to what is presented in Figure 1. Specifically, Figure 1C is cited 4 times but I believe two of these should be citing Figure 1B?

      Thank you—this was a citation mix-up. The two places that referenced “Fig. 1C” but described accuracy should in fact point to Fig. 1B. We corrected both citations.

      Revision:

      Results → Behaviour: validity… Change the two incorrect “Fig. 1C” references (when describing accuracy) to “Fig. 1B”.

      - Also, where is the 'SD' coefficient of -0.254 (p-value = 0.123) coming from in line 211? I can't match this to the figure.

      This was a typographical error in an earlier draft. The correct coefficients are those shown in the figure and reported elsewhere in the text (evidence-specific effects: for PDM RTs, SD β = −0.057, p < 0.001; for VDM RTs, VD β = −0.016, p = 0.011; non-relevant evidence terms are n.s.). We removed the erroneous value.

      Revision:

      Results → Behaviour: validity… (sentence with −0.254). Delete the incorrect value and retain the evidence-specific coefficients consistent with Fig. 1B–C.

      - It is reported that reaction times were significantly faster for the perceptual relative to the value-based decision task. Was overall accuracy also significantly different between the two tasks? It appears from Figure 3 that it might be, But I couldn't find this reported in the text.

      To avoid conflating task with evidence composition, we did not emphasize between-task accuracy averages. Our primary tests examine evidence-specific effects and TMS-induced changes within task. For completeness, we now report descriptive mean accuracies by task and point readers to the figure panels that display accuracy as a function of evidence (which is the meaningful comparison in our matched-evidence design). We refrain from additional hypothesis testing here to keep the analyses aligned with our preregistered focus.

      Revision:

      Results → Behaviour: validity… Add:

      “For completeness, group-mean accuracies by task are provided descriptively in Fig. 3a; inferential tests in the manuscript focus on evidence-specific effects and TMS-induced changes within task.”

    1. But there's a caveat, due to how cn is utilized it is possible for a component consumer to pass new overriding styles using the className attribute. This could open the component for modification. Therefore, when you are building your own component library with shadcn/ui decide whether you should allow that behavior or not.

      This could be a good thing, and allowable in certain contexts. Marketing sites for example. Often brand wants to push a DS beyond its stated definitions, and as such, this 'abuse' of 'cn' could be considered acceptable practice in these bleeding-edge cases of marketing/brand expression

    2. December 11, 2023

      This article is a little outdated but as per my read through, the only aspect I have found that is truly 'out of date' is the way forms are implemented as that has been recently changed. The method mentioned in the article is still valid but being sunsetted as of the time I'm making this comment.

    3. These reusable components that are unstyled but encapsulate their behavior set are known as Headless UI components

      Starting from so-called 'Headless UI components' seems to me a 'no-brainer' especially when tools like ShadCN is not only built on top of tech that Agentic dev tools are familiar with, ShadCN itself is also something Agents (in my experience) are well versed in.

    1. cor.mtest <- function(mat, ...) { mat <- as.matrix(mat) n <- ncol(mat) p.mat <- matrix(NA, n, n) diag(p.mat) <- 0 for(i in 1:(n-1)) { for(j in (i+1):n) { tmp <- cor.test(mat[,i], mat[,j], ...) p.mat[i,j] <- p.mat[j,i] <- tmp$p.value } } colnames(p.mat) <- rownames(p.mat) <- colnames(mat) return(p.mat) } p.mat <- cor.mtest(cor_data)

      I don't know what this part is doing, I assume you want to returns a matrix of p-values, but I don't think you need p-values in a matrix table. Cause I can tell from your plot, If p < .05, it show the correlation, but If p > .05, it won't show anything.

      If your goal is to evaluate the relationships between all variables, it may be more informative to display the full correlation matrix without masking non-significant values. In that case, you can remove the significance filter so the plot shows every correlation.

    2. polar

      if you want, you can add another layer "geom_jitter()", adds a small amount of random variation to the location of each point, so we can clearly visualizes data density.

      (But maybe ask Dr.Shane before you add this)

    1. Because the children have shifted their emotional attachments from their parents to the mechanistic nursery, it becomes both caregiver and an instrument of destruction. The nursery remains a safe, happy place for the children, but it becomes something entirely different for the parents.

      This is the thesis. The nursery is the villain from this perspective. This Thesis also aligns with my own essay in terms of emotional detachment from the parents.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Yin and colleagues addresses a long-standing question in the field of cortical morphogenesis, regarding factors that determine differential cortical folding across species and individuals with cortical malformations. The authors present work based on a computational model of cortical folding evaluated alongside a physical model that makes use of gel swelling to investigate the role of a two-layer model for cortical morphogenesis. The study assesses these models against empirically derived cortical surfaces based on MRI data from ferret, macaque monkey, and human brains.

      The manuscript is clearly written and presented, and the experimental work (physical gel modeling as well as numerical simulations) and analyses (subsequent morphometric evaluations) are conducted at the highest methodological standards. It constitutes an exemplary use of interdisciplinary approaches for addressing the question of cortical morphogenesis by bringing together well-tuned computational modeling with physical gel models. In addition, the comparative approaches used in this paper establish a foundation for broad-ranging future lines of work that investigate the impact of perturbations or abnormalities during cortical development.

      The cross-species approach taken in this study is a major strength of the work. However, correspondence across the two methodologies did not appear to be equally consistent in predicting brain folding across all three species. The results presented in Figures 4 (and Figures S3 and S4) show broad correspondence in shape index and major sulci landmarks across all three species. Nevertheless, the results presented for the human brain lack the same degree of clear correspondence for the gel model results as observed in the macaque and ferret. While this study clearly establishes a strong foundation for comparative cortical anatomy across species and the impact of perturbations on individual morphogenesis, further work that fine-tunes physical modeling of complex morphologies, such as that of the human cortex, may help to further understand the factors that determine cortical functionalization and pathologies.

      We thank the reviewer for positive opinions and helpful comments. Yes, the physical gel model of the human brain has a lower similarity index with the real brain. There are several reasons.

      First, the highly convoluted human cortex has a few major folds (primary sulci) and a very large number of minor folds associated with secondary or tertiary sulci (on scales of order comparable to the cortical thickness), relative to the ferret and macaque cerebral cortex. In our gel model, the exact shapes, positions, and orientations of these minor folds are stochastic, which makes it hard to have a very high similarity index of the gel models when compared with the brain of a single individual.

      Second, in real human brains, these minor folds evolve dynamically with age and show differences among individuals. In experiments with the gel brain, multiscale folds form and eventually disappear as the swelling progresses through the thickness. Our physical model results are snapshots during this dynamical process, which makes it hard to have a concrete one-to-one correspondence between the instantaneous shapes of the swelling gel and the growing human brain.

      Third, the growth of the brain cortex is inhomogeneous in space and varying with time, whereas, in the gel model, swelling is relatively homogeneous.

      We agree that further systematic work, based on our proposed methods, with more fine-tuned gel geometries and properties, might provide a deeper understanding of the relations between brain geometry, and growth-induced folds and their functionalization and pathologies. Further analysis of cortical pathologies using computational and physical gel models can be found in our companion paper (Choi et al., 2025), also published in eLife:

      G. P. T. Choi, C. Liu, S. Yin, G. Séjourné, R. S. Smith, C. A. Walsh, L. Mahadevan, Biophysical basis for brain folding and misfolding patterns in ferrets and humans. eLife, 14, RP107141, 2025. doi:10.7554/eLife.107141

      Reviewer# 2 (Public review):

      This manuscript explores the mechanisms underlying cerebral cortical folding using a combination of physical modelling, computational simulations, and geometric morphometrics. The authors extend their prior work on human brain development (Tallinen et al., 2014; 2016) to a comparative framework involving three mammalian species: ferrets (Carnivora), macaques (Old World monkeys), and humans (Hominoidea). By integrating swelling gel experiments with mathematical differential growth models, they simulate sulcification instability and recapitulate key features of brain folding across species. The authors make commendable use of publicly available datasets to construct 3D models of fetal and neonatal brain surfaces: fetal macaque (ref. [26]), newborn ferret (ref. [11]), and fetal human (ref. [22]).

      Using a combination of physical models and numerical simulations, the authors compare the resulting folding morphologies to real brain surfaces using morphometric analysis. Their results show qualitative and quantitative concordance with observed cortical folding patterns, supporting the view that differential tangential growth of the cortex relative to the subcortical substrate is sufficient to account for much of the diversity in cortical folding. This is a very important point in our field, and can be used in the teaching of medical students.

      Brain folding remains a topic of ongoing debate. While some regard it as a critical specialization linked to higher cognitive function, others consider it an epiphenomenon of expansion and constrained geometry. This divergence was evident in discussions during the Strungmann Forum on cortical development (Silver¨ et al., 2019). Though folding abnormalities are reliable indicators of disrupted neurodevelopmental processes (e.g., neurogenesis, migration), their relationship to functional architecture remains unclear. Recent evidence suggests that the absolute number of neurons varies significantly with position-sulcus versus gyrus-with potential implications for local processing capacity (e.g., https://doi.org/10.1002/cne.25626). The field is thus in need of comparative, mechanistic studies like the present one.

      This paper offers an elegant and timely contribution by combining gel-based morphogenesis, numerical modelling, and morphometric analysis to examine cortical folding across species. The experimental design - constructing two-layer PDMS models from 3D MRI data and immersing them in organic solvents to induce differential swelling - is well-established in prior literature. The authors further complement this with a continuum mechanics model simulating folding as a result of differential growth, as well as a comparative analysis of surface morphologies derived from in vivo, in vitro, and in silico brains.

      We thank the reviewer for the very positive comments.

      I offer a few suggestions here for clarification and further exploration:

      Major Comments

      (1) Choice of Developmental Stages and Initial Conditions

      The authors should provide a clearer justification for the specific developmental stages chosen (e.g., G85 for macaque, GW23 for human). How sensitive are the resulting folding patterns to the initial surface geometry of the gel models? Given that folding is a nonlinear process, early geometric perturbations may propagate into divergent morphologies. Exploring this sensitivity-either through simulations or reference to prior work-would enhance the robustness of the findings.

      The initial geometry is one of the important factors that decides the final folding pattern. The smooth brain in the early developmental stage shows a broad consistency across individuals, and we expect the main folds to form similarly across species and individuals.

      Generally, we choose the initial geometry when the brain cortex is still relatively smooth. For the human, this corresponds approximately to GW23, as the major folds such as the Rolandic fissure (central sulcus), arise during this developmental stage. For the macaque brain, we chose developmental stage G85, primarily because of the availability of the dataset corresponding to this time, which also corresponds to the least folded.

      We expect that large-scale folding patterns are strongly sensitive to the initial geometry but fine-scale features are not. Since our goal is to explain the large-scale features, we expect sensitivity to the initial shape.

      Below are some references of other researchers that are consistent with this idea. Figure 4 from Wang et al. shows some images of simulations obtained by perturbing the geometry of a sphere to an ellipsoid. We see that the growth-induced folds mostly maintain their width (wavelength), but change their orientations.

      Reference:

      Wang, X., Lefévre, J., Bohi, A., Harrach, M.A., Dinomais, M. and Rousseau, F., 2021. The influence of biophysical parameters in a biomechanical model of cortical folding patterns. Scientific Reports, 11(1), p.7686.

      Related results from the same group show that slight perturbations of brain geometry, cause these folds also tend to change their orientations but not width/wavelength (Bohi et al., 2019).

      Reference:

      Bohi, A., Wang, X., Harrach, M., Dinomais, M., Rousseau, F. and Lefévre, J., 2019, July. Global perturbation of initial geometry in a biomechanical model of cortical morphogenesis. In 2019 41st Annual International Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society (EMBC) (pp. 442-445). IEEE.

      Finally, a systematic discussion of the role of perturbations on the initial geometries and physical properties can be seen in our work on understanding a different system, gut morphogenesis (Gill et al., 2024).

      We have added the discussion about geometric sensitivity in the section Methods-Numerical Simulations:

      “Small perturbations on initial geometry would affect minor folds, but the main features of major folds, such as orientations, width, and depth, are expected to be conserved across individuals [49, 50]. For simplicity, we do not perturb the fetal brain geometry obtained from datasets.”

      (2) Parameter Space and Breakdown Points

      The numerical model assumes homogeneous growth profiles and simplifies several aspects of cortical mechanics. Parameters such as cortical thickness, modulus ratios, and growth ratios are described in Table II. It would be informative to discuss the range of parameter values for which the model remains valid, and under what conditions the physical and computational models diverge. This would help delineate the boundaries of the current modelling framework and indicate directions for refinement.

      Exploring the valid parameter space is a key problem. We have tested a series of growth parameters and will state them explicitly in our revision. In the current version, we chose the ones that yield a relatively high similarity index to the animal brains. More generally, folding patterns are largely regulated by geometry as well as physical parameters, such as cortical thickness, modulus ratios, growth ratios, and inhomogeneity. In our previous work on a different system, gut morphogenesis, where similar folding patterns are seen, we have explored these features (Gill et al., 2024).

      Reference:

      Gill, H.K., Yin, S., Nerurkar, N.L., Lawlor, J.C., Lee, C., Huycke, T.R., Mahadevan, L. and Tabin, C.J., 2024. Hox gene activity directs physical forces to differentially shape chick small and large intestinal epithelia. Developmental Cell, 59(21), pp.2834-2849.

      (3) Neglected Regional Features: The Occipital Pole of the Macaque

      One conspicuous omission is the lack of attention to the occipital pole of the macaque, which is known to remain smooth even at later gestational stages and has an unusually high neuronal density (2.5× higher than adjacent cortex). This feature is not reproduced in the gel or numerical models, nor is it discussed. Acknowledging this discrepancy-and speculating on possible developmental or mechanical explanationswould add depth to the comparative analysis. The authors may wish to include this as a limitation or a target for future work.

      Yes, we have added that the omission of the Occipital Pole of the macaque is one of our paper’s limitations. Our main aim in this paper is to explore the formation of large-scale folds, so the smooth region is not discussed. But future work could include this to make the model more complete.

      The main text has been modified in Methods, Numerical simulations:

      “To focus on fold formation, we did not discuss the relatively smooth region, such as the Occipital Pole of the macaque.”

      and also in the caption of Figure 4: “... The occipital pole region of macaque brains remains smooth in real and simulated brains.”

      (4) Spatio-Temporal Growth Rates and Available Human Data

      The authors note that accurate, species-specific spatio-temporal growth data are lacking, limiting the ability to model inhomogeneous cortical expansion. While this may be true for ferret and macaque, there are high-quality datasets available for human fetal development, now extended through ultrasound imaging (e.g., https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-023-06630-3). Incorporating or at least referencing such data could improve the fidelity of the human model and expand the applicability of the approach to clinical or pathological scenarios.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the very useful datasets that exist for the exploration of inhomogeneous growth driven folding patterns. We have referred to this paper to provide suggestions for further work in exploring the role of growth inhomogeneities.

      We have referred to this high-quality dataset in our main text, Discussion:

      “...the effect of inhomogeneous growth needs to be further investigated by incorporating regional growth of the gray and white matter not only in human brains [29, 31] based on public datasets [45], but also in other species.”

      A few works have tried to incorporate inhomogeneous growth in simulating human brain folding by separating the central sulcus area into several lobes (e.g., lobe parcellation method, Wang, PhD Thesis, 2021). Since our goal in this paper is to explain the large-scale features of folding in a minimal setting, we have kept our model simple and show that it is still capable of capturing the main features of folding in a range of mammalian brains.

      Reference:

      Xiaoyu Wang. Modélisation et caractérisation du plissement cortical. Signal and Image Processing. Ecole nationale superieure Mines-Télécom Atlantique, 2021. English. 〈NNT : 2021IMTA0248〉.

      (5) Future Applications: The Inverse Problem and Fossil Brains

      The authors suggest that their morphometric framework could be extended to solve the inverse growth problem-reconstructing fetal geometries from adult brains. This speculative but intriguing direction has implications for evolutionary neuroscience, particularly the interpretation of fossil endocasts. Although beyond the scope of this paper, I encourage the authors to elaborate briefly on how such a framework might be practically implemented and validated.

      For the inverse problem, we could use the following strategies:

      a. Perform systematic simulations using different geometries and physical parameters to obtain the variation in morphologies as a function of parameters.

      b. Using either supervised training or unsupervised training (physics-informed neural networks, PINNs) to learn these characteristic morphologies and classify their dependence on the parameters using neural networks. These can then be trained to determine the possible range of geometrical and physical parameters that yield buckled patterns seen in the systematic simulations.

      c. Reconstruct the 3D surface from fossil endocasts. Using the well-trained neural network, it should be possible to predict the initial shape of the smooth brain cortex, growth profile, and stiffness ratio of the gray and white matter.

      As an example in this direction, supervised neural networks have been used recently to solve the forward problem to predict the buckling pattern of a growing two-layer system (Chavoshnejad et al., 2023). The inverse problem can then be solved using machine-learning methods when the training datasets are the folded shape, which are then used to predict the initial geometry and physical properties.

      Reference:

      Chavoshnejad, P., Chen, L., Yu, X., Hou, J., Filla, N., Zhu, D., Liu, T., Li, G., Razavi, M.J. and Wang, X., 2023. An integrated finite element method and machine learning algorithm for brain morphology prediction. Cerebral Cortex, 33(15), pp.9354-9366.

      Conclusion

      This is a well-executed and creative study that integrates diverse methodologies to address a longstanding question in developmental neurobiology. While a few aspects-such as regional folding peculiarities, sensitivity to initial conditions, and available human data-could be further elaborated, they do not detract from the overall quality and novelty of the work. I enthusiastically support this paper and believe that it will be of broad interest to the neuroscience, biomechanics, and developmental biology communities.

      Note: The paper mentions a companion paper [reference 11] that explores the cellular and anatomical changes in the ferret cortex. I did not have access to this manuscript, but judging from the title, this paper might further strengthen the conclusions.

      The companion paper (Choi et al., 2025) has also been submitted to eLife and can be found here:

      G. P. T. Choi, C. Liu, S. Yin, G. Séjourné, R. S. Smith, C. A. Walsh, L. Mahadevan, Biophysical basis for brain folding and misfolding patterns in ferrets and humans. eLife, 14, RP107141, 2025. doi:10.7554/eLife.107141

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      This study was conducted and presented to the highest methodological standards. It is clearly written, and the results are thoroughly presented in the main manuscript and supplementary materials. Nevertheless, I would present the following minor points and comments for consideration by the authors prior to finalizing their work:

      We thank the reviewer for positive opinions and helpful comments.

      (1) Where did the MRI-based cortical surface data come from? Specifically, it would be helpful to include more information regarding whether the surfaces were reconstructed based on individual- or group-level data. It appears the surfaces were group-level, and, if so, accounting for individual-level cortical folding may be a fruitful direction for future work.

      The surface data come from public database, which are stated in the Methods Section. “We used a publicly available database for all our 3d reconstructions: fetal macaque brain surfaces are obtained from Liu et al. (2020); newborn ferret brain surfaces are obtained from Choi et al. (2025); and fetal human brain surfaces are obtained from Tallinen et al. (2016).”

      These surfaces are reconstructed based on group-level data. Specifically, the macaque atlas images are constructed for brains at gestational ages of 85 days (G85, N \=18_, 9 females), 110 days (G110, _N \=10_, 7 females) and 135 days (G135, _N \=16_,_ 7 females). And yes, future work may focus on individual-level cortical folding, and we expect that more specific results could be found.

      (2) One methodological approach for assessing consistency of cortical folding within species might be an evaluation of cross-hemispheric symmetry. I would find this particularly interesting with respect to the gel models, as it could complement the quantification of variation with respect to the computationally derived and real surfaces.

      Yes, the cross-hemispheric symmetry comparison can be done by our morphometric analysis method. We have added the results of ferret brain’s left-right symmetry for gel models, simulations, and real surfaces in the supplementary material. A typical conformal mapping figure and the similarity index table are shown here.

      (3) Was there a specific reason to reorder the histogram plots in Figure 4c to macaque, ferret, human rather than to maintain the order presented in Figure 4a/b of ferret, macaque, human? I appreciate that this is a minor concern, and all subplots are indeed properly titled, but consistent order may improve clarity.

      We have reordered the histogram plots to make all the figure orders consistent.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Please consider revising the caption of Figure 1 (or equivalent figures) to explicitly state whether features such as the macaque occipital flatness were reproduced or not.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the macaque occipital flatness.

      Author response table 1.

      Left-right similarity index evaluated by comparing the shape index of ferret brains, calculated with vector P-NORM p\=2,

      Author response image 1.

      Left-right similarity index of ferret brains

      Occipital Pole of the macaque remains relatively smooth in both real brains and computational models. But our main aim in this paper is to explore the large-scale folds formation, so the smooth region is not discussed in depth. But future work could include this to make the model more complete.

      (2) Some figures could benefit from clearer labelling to distinguish between in vivo, in vitro, and in silico results.

      We have supplemented some texts in panels to make the labelling clearer.

      (3) The manuscript would benefit from a short paragraph in the Discussion reflecting on how future incorporation of regional heterogeneities might improve model fidelity.

      We have added a sentence in the Discussion Section about improving the model fidelity by considering regional heterogeneities.

      “Future more accurate models incorporating spatio-temporal inhomogeneous growth profiles and mechanical properties, such as varying stiffness, would make the folding pattern closer to the real cortical folding. This relies on more in vivo measurements of the brain’s physical properties and cortical expansion.”

      (4) Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses.

      (5) Clarify and justify the selection of developmental stages: The authors should explain why particular gestational stages (e.g., G85 for macaque, GW23 for human) were chosen as starting points for the physical and computational models. A discussion of how sensitive the folding patterns are to the initial geometry would help assess the robustness of the model. If feasible, a brief sensitivity analysis-varying initial age or surface geometry-would strengthen the conclusions.

      The initial geometry is one of the important factors that decides the final folding pattern. The smooth brain in the early developmental stage shows a broad consistency across individuals, and we expect the main folds to form similarly across species and individuals.

      Generally, we choose the initial geometry when the brain cortex is still relatively smooth. For the human, this corresponds approximately to GW23, as the major folds such as the Rolandic fissure (central sulcus), arise during this developmental stage. For the macaque brain, we chose developmental stage G85, primarily because of the availability of the dataset corresponding to this time, which also corresponds to the least folded.

      We expect that large-scale folding patterns are strongly sensitive to the initial geometry but fine-scale features are not. Since our goal is to explain the large-scale features, we expect sensitivity to the initial shape.

      We have added the discussion about geometric sensitivity in the section Methods-Numerical Simulations: “Small perturbations on initial geometry would affect minor folds, but the main features of major folds, such as orientations, width, and depth, are expected to be conserved across individuals [49, 50]. For simplicity, we do not perturb the fetal brain geometry obtained from datasets.”

      (6) Explore parameter boundaries more explicitly: The paper would benefit from a clearer account of the ranges of mechanical and geometric parameters (e.g., growth ratios, cortical thickness) for which the model holds. Are there specific conditions under which the physical and numerical models diverge? Identifying breakdown points would help readers understand the model’s limitations and applicability.

      Exploring the valid parameter space is a key problem. We have tested a series of growth parameters and will state them explicitly in our revision. In the current version, we chose the ones that yield a relatively high similarity index to the animal brains. More generally, folding patterns are largely regulated by geometry as well as physical parameters, such as cortical thickness, modulus ratios, and growth ratios and inhomogeneity. In our previous work on a different system, gut morphogenesis, where similar folding patterns are seen, we have explored these features (Gill et al., 2024).

      (7) Address species-specific cortical peculiarities: A striking omission is the flat occipital pole of the macaque, which is not reproduced in the physical or computational models. Given its known anatomical and cellular distinctiveness, this discrepancy warrants discussion. Even if not explored experimentally, the authors could speculate on what developmental or mechanical conditions would be needed to reproduce such regional smoothness.

      Please refer to our answer to the public reviewer 2, question (3). From our results, the formation of smooth Occipital Pole might indicate that the spatio-temporal growth rate of gray and white matter are consistent in this region, such that there’s no much differential growth.

      (8) Consider integration of available human growth data: While the authors note the lack of spatiotemporal growth data across species, such datasets exist for human fetal brain development, including those from MRI and ultrasound studies (e.g., Nature 2023). Incorporating these into the human model-or at least discussing their implications-would enhance biological relevance.

      Yes, some datasets for fetal human brains have provided very comprehensive measurements on brain shapes at many developmental stages. This can surely be implemented in our current model by calculating the spatio-temporal growth rate from regional cortical shapes at different stages.

      (9) Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      a) The manuscript is generally well-written, but certain sections would benefit from more explicit linksbetween the biological phenomena and the modeling framework. For instance, the Introduction and Discussion could more clearly articulate how mechanical principles interface with genetic or cellular processes, especially in the context of evolution and developmental variation.

      We have briefly discussed the gene-regulated cellular process and the induced changes of mechanical properties and growth rules in SI, table S1. In the main text, to be clearer, we have added a sentence:

      “Many malformations are related to gene-regulated abnormal cellular processes and mechanical properties, which are discussed in SI”

      b) The Discussion could better acknowledge limitations and future directions, including regional dif-ferences in folding, inter-individual variability, and the model’s assumptions of homogeneous material properties and growth.

      In the discussion section, we have pointed out four main limitations and open directions based on our current model, including the discussion on spatiotemporal growth and property. To be more complete, we have supplemented other limitations on the regional differences in folding and the interindividual variability. In the main text, we added the following sentence:

      “In addition to the homogeneity assumption, we have not investigated the inter-individual variability and regional differences in folding. More accurate and specific work is expected to focus on these directions.”

      c) The authors briefly mention the potential for addressing the inverse growth problem. Expanding this idea in a short paragraph - perhaps with hypothetical applications to fossil brain reconstructions-would broaden the paper’s appeal to evolutionary neuroscientists.

      We have stated general steps in the response to public reviewer 2, question (5).

      (10) Minor corrections to the text and figures:

      a) Figures:

      Label figures more clearly to distinguish between in vivo, in vitro, and in silico brain representations.– Ensure that the occipital pole of the macaque is visible or annotated, especially if it lacks the expected smoothness.

      Add scale bars where missing for clarity in morphometric comparisons.

      We thank the reviewer for suggestions to improve the readability of our manuscript.

      The in vivo (real), in vitro (gel), and in silico (simulated) results are both distinguished by their labels and different color scheme: gray-white for real brain, pink-white for gel model, and blue-white for simulations, respectively.

      The occipital pole of the macaque brain remains relatively smooth in our computational model but notin our physical gel model. We have clarified this in the main text: “To focus on fold formation, we did not discuss the relatively smooth region, such as the Occipital Pole of the macaque.”

      All the brain models are rescaled to the same size, where the distance between the anterior-most pointof the frontal lobe and the posterior-most point of the occipital lobe is two units.

      b) Text:

      Consider revising figure captions to explicitly mention whether specific regional features (e.g., flatoccipital pole) were observed or absent in models.

      In Table II (and relevant text), ensure parameter definitions are consistent and explained clearly for across-disciplinary audience.

      Add citations to recent human fetal growth imaging work (e.g., ultrasound-based studies) to support claims about available data.

      We have added some descriptions of the characters of the folding pattern in the caption of Figure 4,including major folds and smooth regions.

      “Three or four major folds of each brain model are highlighted and served as landmarks. The occipital pole region of macaque brains remains smooth in real and simulated brains.”

      We have clarified the definition of growth ratio gMsub>g</sub>/g<sub>w</sub> and stiffness ratio µ<sub>g</sub>/µ<sub>w</sub> between gray matter and white matter, and the normalized cortical thickness h/L in Table 2.

      We have referred to a high-quality dataset of fetal brain imaging work, the ultrasound-imaging method(Namburete et al. 2023), in our main text, Discussion:

      “...the effect of inhomogeneous growth needs to be further investigated by incorporating regional growth of the gray and white matter not only in human brains [29, 31] based on public datasets [45], but also in other species.”

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to show how structural and functional brain organization develops during childhood and adolescence using two large neuroimaging datasets. It addresses whether core principles of brain organization are stable across development, how they change over time, and how these changes relate to cognition and psychopathology. The study finds that brain organization is established early and remains stable but undergoes gradual refinement, particularly in higher-order networks. Structural-functional coupling is linked to better working memory but shows no clear relationship with psychopathology.

      Comments on revisions:

      Follow-up: I would like to thank the authors for their thoughtful and comprehensive revisions. The additional analyses addressing developmental differences in structure-function coupling between CALM and NKI are valuable and clearly strengthen the manuscript. I particularly appreciate the inclusion of the neurotypical subgroup within CALM to disentangle neurotypicality from potential site-related effects, as well as the expanded discussion of these findings in the context of individual variability and equifinality.

      Regarding my earlier comment on the use of COMBAT, I realize that "exclusion" may have been a poor choice of wording. What I meant was that harmonization procedures like COMBAT can, in some cases, weaken extremes or reduce variability by shrinking values toward the mean, rather than literally excluding participants from the analysis. Nevertheless, I appreciate the authors' careful consideration of this point and their additional analysis examining sample coverage following motion-based exclusions.

      Overall, I am satisfied with the revisions, and I believe the manuscript has been substantially improved.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Lack of Sensitivity Analyses for some Key Methodological Decisions: Certain methodological choices in this manuscript diverge from approaches used in previous works. In these cases, I recommend the following: (i) The authors could provide a clear and detailed justification for these deviations from established methods, and (ii) supplementary sensitivity analyses could be included to ensure the robustness of the findings, demonstrating that the results are not driven primarily by these methodological changes. Below, I outline the main areas where such evaluations are needed:

      This detailed guidance is incredibly valuable, and we are grateful. Work of this kind is in its relative infancy, and there are so many design choices depending on the data available, questions being addressed, and so on. Help us navigate that has been extremely useful. In our revised manuscript we are very happy to add additional justification for design choices made, and wherever possible test the impact of those choices. It is certainly the case that different approaches have been used across the handful of papers published in this space, and, unlike in other areas of systems neuroscience, we have yet to reach the point where any of these approaches are established. We agree with the reviewer that wherever possible these design choices should be tested. 

      Use of Communicability Matrices for Structural Connectivity Gradients: The authors chose to construct structural connectivity gradients using communicability matrices, arguing that diffusion map embedding "requires a smooth, fully connected matrix." However, by definition, the creation of the affinity matrix already involves smoothing and ensures full connectedness. I recommend that the authors include an analysis of what happens when the communicability matrix step is omitted. This sensitivity test is crucial, as it would help determine whether the main findings hold under a simpler construction of the affinity matrix. If the results significantly change, it could indicate that the observations are sensitive to this design choice, thereby raising concerns about the robustness of the conclusions. Additionally, if the concern is related to the large range of weights in the raw structural connectivity (SC) matrix, a more conventional approach is to apply a log-transformation to the SC weights (e.g., log(1+𝑆𝐶<sub>𝑖𝑗</sub>)), which may yield a more reliable affinity matrix without the need for communicability measures.

      The reason we used communicability is indeed partly because we wanted to guarantee a smooth fully connected matrix, but also because our end goal for this project was to explore structure-function coupling in these low-dimensional manifolds.  Structural communicability – like standard metrics of functional connectivity – includes both direct and indirect pathways, whereas streamline counts only capture direct communication. In essence we wanted to capture not only how information might be routed from one location to another, but also the more likely situation in which information propagates through the system. 

      In the revised manuscript we have given a clearer justification for why we wanted to use communicability as our structural measure (Page 4, Line 179):

      “To capture both direct and indirect paths of connectivity and communication, we generated weighted communicability matrices using SIFT2-weighted fibre bundle capacity (FBC). These communicability matrices reflect a graph theory measure of information transfer previously shown to maximally predict functional connectivity (Esfahlani et al., 2022; Seguin et al., 2022). This also foreshadowed our structure-function coupling analyses, whereby network communication models have been shown to increase coupling strength relative to streamline counts (Seguin et al., 2020)”.

      We have also referred the reader to a new section of the Results that includes the structural gradients based on the streamline counts (Page 7, line 316):

      “Finally, as a sensitivity analysis, to determine the effect of communicability on the gradients, we derived affinity matrices for both datasets using a simpler measure: the log of raw streamline counts. The first 3 components derived from streamline counts compared to communicability were highly consistent across both NKI  (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.791, r<sub>s</sub> = 0.866, r<sub>s</sub> = 0.761) and the referred subset of CALM (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.951, r<sub>s</sub> = 0.809, r<sub>s</sub> = 0.861), suggesting that in practice the organisational gradients are highly similar regardless of the SC metric used to construct the affinity matrices”. 

      Methodological ambiguity/lack of clarity in the description of certain evaluation steps: Some aspects of the manuscript’s methodological description are ambiguous, making it challenging for future readers to fully reproduce the analyses based on the information provided. I believe the following sections would benefit from additional detail and clarification:

      Computation of Manifold Eccentricity: The description of how eccentricity was computed (both in the results and methods sections) is unclear and may be problematic. The main ambiguity lies in how the group manifold origin was defined or computed. (1) In the results section, it appears that separate manifold origins were calculated for the NKI and CALM groups, suggesting a dataset-specific approach. (2) Conversely, the methods section implies that a single manifold origin was obtained by somehow combining the group origins across the three datasets, which seems contradictory. Moreover, including neurodivergent individuals in defining the central group manifold origin in conceptually problematic. Given that neurodivergent participants might exhibit atypical brain organization, as suggested by Figure 1, this inclusion could skew the definition of what should represent a typical or normative brain manifold. A more appropriate approach might involve constructing the group manifold origin using only the neurotypical participants from both the NKI and CALM datasets. Given the reported similarity between group-level manifolds of neurotypical individuals in CALM and NKI, it would be reasonable to expect that this combined origin should be close to the origin computed within neurotypical samples of either NKI or CALM. As a sanity check, I recommend reporting the distance of the combined neurotypical manifold origin to the centres of the neurotypical manifolds in each dataset. Moreover, if the manifold origin was constructed while utilizing all samples (including neurodivergent samples) I think this needs to be reconsidered. 

      This is a great point, and we are very happy to clarify. Separate manifolds were calculated for the NKI and CALM participants, hence a dataset-specific approach. Indeed, in the long-run our goal was to explore individual differences in these manifolds, relative to the respective group-level origins, and their intersection across modalities, so manifold eccentricity was calculated at an individual level for subsequent analyses. At the group level, for each modality, we computed 3 manifold origins: one for NKI, one for the referred subset of CALM, and another for the neurotypical portion of CALM. Crucially, because the manifolds are always normal, in each case the manifold origin point is near-zero (extremely near-zero, to the 6<sup>th</sup> or 7<sup>th</sup> decimal place). In other words, we do indeed calculate the origin separately each time we calculate the gradients, but the origin is zero in every case. As a result, differences in the origin point cannot be the source of any differences we observe in manifold eccentricity between groups or individuals. We have updated the Methods section with the manifold origin points for each dataset and clarified our rationale (Page 16, Line 1296):

      “Note that we used a dataset-specific approach when we computed manifold eccentricity for each of the three groups relative to their group-level origin: neurotypical CALM (SC origin = -7.698 x 10<sup>-7</sup>, FC origin = 6.724 x 10<sup>-7</sup>), neurodivergent CALM (SC origin = -6.422 x 10 , FC origin = 1.363 x 10 ), and NKI (SC origin = -7.434 x 10 , FC origin = 4.308 x 10<sup>-6</sup>). Eccentricity is a relative measure and thus normalised relative to the origin. Because of this normalisation, each time gradients are constructed the manifold origin is necessarily near-zero, meaning that differences in manifold eccentricity of individual nodes, either between groups or individuals, are stem from the eccentricity of that node rather than a difference in origin point”. 

      We clarified the computation of the respective manifold origins within the Results section, and referred the reader to the relevant Methods section (Page 9, line 446):

      “For each modality (2 levels: SC and FC) and dataset (3 levels: neurotypical CALM, neurodivergent CALM, and NKI), we computed the group manifold origin as the mean of their respective first three gradients. Because of the normal nature of the manifolds this necessarily means that these origin points will be very near-zero, but we include the exact values in the ‘Manifold Eccentricity’ methodology sub-section”. 

      Individual-Level Gradients vs. Group-Level Gradients: Unlike previous studies that examined alterations in principal gradients (e.g., Xia et al., 2022; Dong et al., 2021), this manuscript focuses on gradients derived directly from individual-level data. In contrast, earlier works have typically computed gradients based on grouped data, such as using a moving window of individuals based on age (Xia et al.) or evaluating two distinct age groups (Dong et al.). I believe it is essential to assess the sensitivity of the findings to this methodological choice. Such an evaluation could clarify whether the observed discrepancies with previous reports are due to true biological differences or simply a result of different analytical strategies.

      This is a brilliant point. The central purpose of our project was to test how individual differences in these gradients, and their intersection across modalities, related to differences in phenotype (e.g. cognitive difficulties). These necessitated calculating gradients at the level of individuals and building a pipeline to do so, given that we could find no other examples. Nonetheless, despite this different goal and thus approach, we had expected to replicate a couple of other key findings, most prominently the ‘swapping’ of gradients shown by Dong et al. (2021). We were also surprised that we did not find this changing in order. The reviewer is right and there could be several design features that produce the difference, and in the revised manuscript we test several of them. We have added the following text to the manuscript as a sensitivity analysis for the Results sub-section titled “Stability of individual-level gradients across developmental time” (Page 7, Line 344 onwards):

      “One possibility is that our observation of gradient stability – rather than a swapping of the order for the first two gradients (Dong et al., 2021) – is because we calculated them at an individual level. To test this, we created subgroups and contrasted the first two group-level structural and functional gradients derived from children (younger than 12 years old) versus those from adolescents (12 years old and above), using the same age groupings as prior work (Dong et al., 2021). If our use of individually calculated gradients produces the stability, then we should observe the swapping of gradients in this sensitivity analysis. Using baseline scans from NKI, the primary structural gradient in childhood (N = 99) as shown in Figure 1f, this was highly correlated (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.995) with those derived from adolescents (N = 123). Likewise, the secondary structural gradient in childhood was highly consistent in adolescence (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.988). In terms of functional connectivity, the principal gradient in childhood (N = 88) was highly consistent in adolescence (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.990, N = 125). The secondary gradient in childhood was again highly similar in adolescence (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.984). The same result occurred in the CALM dataset: In the baseline referred subset of CALM, the primary and secondary communicability gradients derived from children (N = 258) and adolescents (N = 53) were near-identical (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.991 and r<sub>s</sub> = 0.967, respectively). Alignment for the primary and secondary functional gradients derived from children (N = 130) and adolescents (N = 43) were also near-identical (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.972 and r<sub>s</sub> = 0.983, respectively). These consistencies across development suggest that gradients of communicability and functional connectivity established in childhood are the same as those in adolescence, irrespective of group-level or individual-level analysis. Put simply, our failure to replicate the swapping of gradient order in Dong et al. (2021) is not the result of calculating gradients at the level of individual participants.”

      Procrustes Transformation: It is unclear why the authors opted to include a Procrustes transformation in this analysis, especially given that previous related studies (e.g., Dong et al.) did not apply this step. I believe it is crucial to evaluate whether this methodological choice influences the results, particularly in the context of developmental changes in organizational gradients. Specifically, the Procrustes transformation may maximize alignment to the group-level gradients, potentially masking individual-level differences. This could result in a reordering of the gradients (e.g., swapping the first and second gradients), which might obscure true developmental alterations. It would be informative to include an analysis showing the impact of performing vs. omitting the Procrustes transformation, as this could help clarify whether the observed effects are robust or an artifact of the alignment procedure. (Please also refer to my comment on adding a subplot to Figure 1). Additionally, clarifying how exactly the transformation was applied to align gradients across hemispheres, individuals, and/or datasets would help resolve ambiguity. 

      The current study investigated individual differences in connectome organisation, rather than group-level trends (Dong et al., 2021). This necessitates aligning individual gradients to the corresponding group-level template using a Procrustes rotation. Without a rotation, there is no way of knowing if you are comparing  ‘like with like’: the manifold eccentricity of a given node may appear to change across individuals simply due to subtle differences in the arbitrary orientation of the underlying manifolds. We also note that prior work examining individual differences in principal alignment have used Procrustes (Xia et al., 2022), who demonstrated emergence of the principal gradient across development, albeit with much smaller effects than Dong and colleagues (2021). Nonetheless, we agree, the Procrustes rotation could be another source of the differences we observed with the previous paper (Dong et al. 2021). We explored the impact of the Procrustes rotation on individual gradients as our next sensitivity analysis. We recalculated everyone’s gradients without Procrustes rotation. We then tested the alignment of each participant with the group-level gradients using Spearman’s correlations, followed by a series of generalised linear models to predict principal gradient alignment using head motion, age, and sex. The expected swapping of the first and second functional gradient (Dong et al., 2021) would be represented by a decrease in the spatial similarity of each child’s principal functional gradient to the principal childhood group-level gradient, at the onset of adolescence (~age 12). However, there is no age effect on this unrotated alignment, suggesting that the lack of gradient swapping in our data does not appear to be the result of the Procrustes rotation. When you use unrotated individual gradients the alignment is remarkably consistent across childhood and adolescence. Alignment is, however, related to head motion, which is often related to age. To emphasise the importance of motion, particularly in relation to development, we conducted a mediation analysis between the relationship between age and principal alignment (without correcting for motion), with motion as a mediator, within the NKI dataset. Before accounting for motion, the relationship between age and principal alignment is significant, but this can be entirely accounted for by motion. In our revised manuscript we have included this additional analysis in the Results sub-section titled “Stability of individual-level gradients across developmental time”, following on from the above point about the effect of group-level versus individual-level analysis (Page 8, Line 400):

      “A second possible discrepancy between our results and that of prior work examining developmental change in group-level functional gradients (Dong et al., 2021) was the use of Procrustes alignment. Such alignment of individual-level gradients to group-level templates is a necessary step to ensure valid comparisons between corresponding gradients across individuals, and has been implemented in sliding-window developmental work tracking functional gradient development (Xia et al., 2022). Nonetheless, we tested whether our observation of stable principal functional and communicability gradients may be an artefact of the Procrustes rotation. We did this by modelling how individual-level alignment without Procrustes rotation to the group-level templates varies with age, head motion, and sex, as a series of generalised linear models. We included head motion as the magnitude of the Procrustes rotation has been shown to be positively correlated with mean framewise displacement (Sasse et al., 2024), and prior group-level work (Dong et al., 2021) included an absolute motion threshold rather than continuous motion estimates. Using the baseline referred CALM sample, there was no significant relationship between alignment and age (β = -0.044, 95% CI = [-0.154, 0.066], p = 0.432) after accounting for head motion and sex. Interestingly, however head motion was significantly associated with alignment ( β = -0.318, 95% CI = [-0.428, -.207], p = 1.731 x 10<sup>-8</sup>), such that greater head motion was linked to weaker alignment. Note that older children tended to have exhibit less motion for their structural scans (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.335, p < 0.001). We observed similar trends in functional alignment, whereby tighter alignment was significantly predicted by lower head motion (β = -0.370, 95% CI = [-0.509, -0.231], p = 1.857 x 10<sup>-7</sup>), but not by age (β= 0.049, 95% CI = [-0.090, 0.187], p = 0.490). Note that age and head motion for functional scans were not significantly related (r<sub>s</sub> = -0.112, p = 0.137). When repeated for the baseline scans of NKI, alignment with the principal structural gradient was not significantly predicted by either scan age (β = 0.019, 95% CI = [-0.124, 0.163], p = 0.792) or head motion (β = -0.133, 95% CI = [-0.175, 0.009], p = 0.067) together in a single model, where age and motion were negatively correlated (r<sub>s</sub> = -0.355, p < 0.001). Alignment with the principal functional gradient was significantly predicted by head motion (β = -0.183, 95% CI = [-0.329, -0.036], p = 0.014) but not by age (β= 0.066, 95% CI = [-0.081, 0.213], p = 0.377), where age and motion were also negatively correlated (r<sub>s</sub> = -0.412, p < 0.001). Across modalities and datasets, alignment with the principal functional gradient in NKI was the only example in which there was a significant correlation between alignment and age (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.164, p = 0.017) before accounting for head motion and sex. This suggests that apparent developmental effects on alignment are minimal, and where they do exist they are removed after accounting for head motion. Put together this suggests that the lack of order swapping for the first two gradients is not the result of the Procrustes rotation – even without the rotation there is no evidence for swapping”.

      “To emphasise the importance of head motion in the appearance of developmental change in alignment, we examined whether accounting for head motion removes any apparent developmental change within NKI. Specifically, we tested whether head motion mediates the relationship between age and alignment (Figure 1X), controlling for sex, given that higher motion is associated with younger children (β= -0.429, 95% CI = [0.552, -0.305], p = 7.957 x 10<sup>-11</sup>), and stronger alignment is associated with reduced motion (β = -0.211, 95% CI = [-0.344, -0.078], p = 2.017 x 10<sup>-3</sup>). Motion mediated the relationship between age and alignment (β = 0.078, 95% CI = [0.006, 0.146], p = 1.200 x 10<sup>-2</sup>), accounting for 38.5% variance in the age-alignment relationship, such that the link between age and alignment became non-significant after accounting for motion (β = 0.066, 95% CI = [-0.081, 0.214], p = 0.378). This firstly confirms our GLM analyses, where we control for motion and find no age associations. Moreover, this suggests that caution is required when associations between age and gradients are observed. In our analyses, because we calculate individual gradients, we can correct for individual differences in head motion in all our analyses. However, other than using an absolute motion threshold and motion-matched child and adolescent groups, individual differences in motion were not accounted for by prior work which demonstrated a flipping of the principal functional gradients with age (Dong et al., 2021)”. 

      We further clarify the use of Procrustes rotation as a separate sub-section within the Methods (Page 25, Line 1273):

      “Procrustes Rotation

      For group-level analysis, for each hemisphere we constructed an affinity matrix using a normalized angle kernel and applied diffusion-map embedding. The left hemisphere was then aligned to the right using a Procrustes rotation. For individual-level analysis, eigenvectors for the left hemisphere were aligned with the corresponding group-level rotated eigenvectors. No alignment was applied across datasets. The only exception to this was for structural gradients derived from the referred CALM cohort. Specifically, we aligned the principal gradient of the left hemisphere to the secondary gradient of the right hemisphere: this was due to the first and second gradients explaining a very similar amount of variance, and hence their order was switched”. 

      SC-FC Coupling Metric: The approach used to quantify nodal SC-FC coupling in this study appears to deviate from previously established methods in the field. The manuscript describes coupling as the "Spearman-rank correlation between Euclidean distances between each node and all others within structural and functional manifolds," but this description is unclear and lacks sufficient detail. Furthermore, this differs from what is typically referred to as SC-FC coupling in the literature. For instance, the cited study by Park et al. (2022) utilizes a multiple linear regression framework, where communicability, Euclidean distance, and shortest path length are independent variables predicting functional connectivity (FC), with the adjusted R-squared score serving as the coupling index for each node. On the other hand, the Baum et al. (2020) study, also cited, uses Spearman correlation, but between raw structural connectivity (SC) and FC values. If the authors opt to introduce a novel coupling metric, it is essential to demonstrate its similarity to these previous indices. I recommend providing an analysis (supplementary) showing the correlation between their chosen metric and those used in previous studies (e.g., the adjusted R-squared scores from Park et al. or the SC-FC correlation from Baum et al.). Furthermore, if the metrics are not similar and results are sensitive to this alternative metric, it raises concerns about the robustness of the findings. A sensitivity analysis would therefore be helpful (in case the novel coupling metric is not like previous ones) to determine whether the reported effects hold true across different coupling indices.

      This is a great point, and we are happy to take the reviewer’s recommendation. There are multiple different ways of calculating structure-function coupling. For our set of questions, it was important that our metric incorporated information about the structural and functional manifolds, rather than being a separate approach that is unrelated to these low-dimensional embeddings. Put simply, we wanted our coupling measure to be about the manifolds and gradients outlined in the early sections of the results. We note that the multiple linear regression framework was developed by Vázquez-Rodríguez and colleagues (2019), whilst the structure-function coupling computed in manifold space by Park and colleagues (2022) was operationalised as a linear correlation between z-transformed functional connectomes and structural differentiation eigenvectors. To clarify how this coupling was calculated, and to justify why we developed a new coupling method based on manifolds rather than borrow an existing approach from the literature, we have revised the manuscript to make this far clearer for readers (Page 13, line 604):

      “To examine the relationship between each node’s relative position in structural and functional manifold space, we turned our attention to structure-function coupling. Whilst prior work typically computed coupling using raw streamline counts and functional connectivity matrices, either as a correlation (Baum et al., 2020) or through a multiple linear regression framework (Vázquez-Rodríguez et al., 2019), we opted to directly incorporate low-dimensional embeddings within our coupling framework. Specifically, as opposed to correlating row-wise raw functional connectivity with structural connectivity eigenvectors (Park et al., 2022), our metric directly incorporates the relative position of each node in low-dimensional structural and functional manifold spaces. Each node was situated in a low-dimensional 3D space, the axes of which were each participant’s gradients, specific to each modality. For each participant and each node, we computed the Euclidean distance with all other nodes within structural and functional manifolds separately, producing a vector of size 200 x 1 per modality. The nodal coupling coefficient was the Spearman correlation between each node’s Euclidean distance to all other nodes in structural manifold space, and that in functional manifold space. Put simply, a strong nodal coupling coefficient suggests that that node occupies a similar location in structural space, relative to all other nodes, as it does in functional space”. 

      We also agree with the reviewer’s recommendation to compare this to some of the more standard ways of calculating coupling. We compare our metric with 3 others (Baum et al., 2020; Park et al., 2022; VázquezRodríguez et al., 2019), and find that all metrics capture the core developmental sensorimotor-to-association axis (Sydnor et al., 2021). Interestingly, manifold-based coupling measures captured this axis more strongly than non-manifold measures. We have updated the Results accordingly (Page 14, Line 638):

      “To evaluate our novel coupling metric, we compared its cortical spatial distribution to three others (Baum et al., 2020; Park et al., 2022; Vázquez-Rodríguez et al., 2019), using the group-level thresholded structural and functional connectomes from the referred CALM cohort. As shown in Figure 4c, our novel metric was moderately positively correlated to that of a multi-linear regression framework (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.494, p<sub>spin</sub> = 0.004; Vázquez-Rodríguez et al., 2019) and nodal correlations of streamline counts and functional connectivity (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.470, p<sub>spin</sub> = 0.005; Baum et al., 2020). As expected, our novel metric was strongly positively correlated to the manifold-derived coupling measure (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.661, p<sub>spin</sub> < 0.001; Park et al., 2022), more so than the first (Z(198) = 3.669, p < 0.001) and second measure (Z(198) = 4.012, p < 0.001). Structure-function coupling is thought to be patterned along a sensorimotor-association axis (Sydnor et al., 2021): all four metrics displayed weak-tomoderate alignment (Figure 4c). Interestingly, the manifold-based measures appeared most strongly aligned with the sensorimotor-association axis: the novel metric was more strongly aligned than the multi-linear regression framework (Z(198) = -11.564, p < 0.001) and the raw connectomic nodal correlation approach (Z(198) = -10.724, p < 0.001), but the previously-implemented structural manifold approach was more strongly aligned than the novel metric  (Z(198) = -12.242, p < 0.001). This suggests that our novel metric exhibits the expected spatial distribution of structure-function coupling, and the manifold approach more accurately recapitulates the sensorimotor-association axis than approaches based on raw connectomic measures”.

      We also added the following to the legend of Figure 4 on page 15:

      “d. The inset Spearman correlation plot of the 4 coupling measures shows moderate-to-strong correlations (p<sub>spin</sub> < 0.005 for all spatial correlations). The accompanying lollypop plot shows the alignment between the sensorimotor-to-association axis and each of the 4 coupling measures, with the novel measure coloured in light purple (p<sub>spin</sub> < 0.007 for all spatial correlations)”. 

      Prediction vs. Association Analysis: The term “prediction” is used throughout the manuscript to describe what appear to be in-sample association tests. This terminology may be misleading, as prediction generally implies an out-of-sample evaluation where models trained on a subset of data are tested on a separate, unseen dataset. If the goal of the analyses is to assess associations rather than make true predictions, I recommend refraining from the term “prediction” and instead clarifying the nature of the analysis. Alternatively, if prediction is indeed the intended aim (which would be more compelling), I suggest conducting the evaluations using a k-fold cross-validation framework. This would involve training the Generalized Additive Mixed Models (GAMMs) on a portion of the data and training their predictive accuracy on a held-out sample (i.e. different individuals). Additionally, the current design appears to focus on predicting SC-FC coupling using cognitive or pathological dimensions. This is contrary to the more conventional approach of predicting behavioural or pathological outcomes from brain markers like coupling. Could the authors clarify why this reverse direction of analysis was chosen? Understanding this choice is crucial, as it impacts the interpretation and potential implications of the findings. 

      We have replaced “prediction” with “association” across the manuscript. However, for analyses corresponding to Figure 5, which we believe to be the most compelling, we conducted a stratified 5-fold cross-validation procedure, outlined below, repeated 100 times to account for random variation in the train-test splits. To assess whether prediction accuracy in the test splits was significantly greater than chance, we compared our results to those derived from a null dataset in which cognitive factor 2 scores had been permuted across participants. To account for the time-series element and block design of our data, in that some participants had 2 or more observations, we permuted entire participant blocks of cognitive factor 2 scores, keeping all other variables, including covariates, the same. Included in our manuscript are methodological details and results pertaining to this procedure. Specifically, the following has been added to the Results (Page 16, Line 758):

      “To examine the predictive value of the second cognitive factor for global and network-level structure-function coupling, operationalised as a Spearman rank correlation coefficient, we implemented a stratified 5-fold crossvalidation framework, and predictive accuracy compared with that of a null data frame with cognitive factor 2 scores permuted across participant blocks (see ‘GAMM cross-validation’ in the Methods). This procedure was repeated 100 times to account for randomness in the train-test splits, using the same model specification as above. Therefore, for each of the 5 network partitions in which an interaction between the second cognitive factor and age was a significant predictor of structure-function coupling (global, visual, somato-motor, dorsal attention, and default-mode), we conducted a Welch’s independent-sample t-test to compare 500 empirical prediction accuracies with 500 null prediction accuracies. Across all 5 network partitions, predictive accuracy of coupling was significantly higher than that of models trained on permuted cognitive factor 2 scores (all p < 0.001). We observed the largest difference between empirical (M = 0.029, SD = 0.076) and null (M = -0.052, SD = 0.087) prediction accuracy in the somato-motor network [t (980.791) = 15.748, p < 0.001, Cohen’s d = 0.996], and the smallest difference between empirical (M = 0.080, SD = 0.082) and null (M = 0.047, SD = 0.081) prediction accuracy in the dorsal attention network [t (997.720) = 6.378, p < 0.001, Cohen’s d = 0.403]. To compare relative prediction accuracies, we ordered networks by descending mean accuracy and conducted a series of Welch’s independent sample t-tests, followed by FDR correction (Figure 5X). Prediction accuracy was highest in the default-mode network (M = 0.265, SD = 0.085), two-fold that of global coupling (t(992.824) = 25.777, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 5.457 x 10<sup>-112</sup>, Cohen’s d = 1.630, M = 0.131, SD = 0.079). Global prediction accuracy was significantly higher than the visual network (t (992.644) = 9.273, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 1.462 x 10<sup>-19</sup>, Cohen’s d = 0.586, M = 0.083, SD = 0.085), but visual prediction accuracy was not significantly higher than within the dorsal attention network (t (997.064) = 0.554, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.580, Cohen’s d = 0.035, M = 0.080, SD = 0.082). Finally, prediction accuracy within the dorsal attention network was significantly stronger than that of the somato-motor network [t (991.566) = 10.158, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 7.879 x 10<sup>-23</sup>, Cohen’s d = 0.642 M = 0.029, SD = 0.076]. Together, this suggests that out-of-sample developmental predictive accuracy for structure-function coupling, using the second cognitive factor, is strongest in the higher-order default-mode network, and lowest in the lower-order somatosensory network”. 

      We have added a separate section for GAMM cross-validation in the Methods (Page 27, Line 1361):

      GAMM cross-validation

      “We implemented a 5-fold cross validation procedure, stratified by dataset (2 levels: CALM or NKI). All observations from any given participant were assigned to either the testing or training fold, to prevent data leakage, and the cross-validation procedure was repeated 100 times, to account for randomness in data splits. The outcome was predicted global or network-level structure-function coupling across all test splits, operationalised as the Spearman rank correlation coefficient. To assess whether prediction accuracy exceeded chance, we compared empirical prediction accuracy with that of GAMMs trained and tested on null data in which cognitive factor 2 scores were permuted across subjects. The number of observations formed 3 exchangeability blocks (N = 320 with one observation, N = 105 with two observations, and N = 33 with three observations), whereby scores from a participant with two observations were replaced by scores from another participant with two observations, with participant-level scores kept together, and so on for all numbers of observations. We compared empirical and null prediction accuracies using independent sample t-tests as, although the same participants were examined, the shuffling meant that the relative ordering of participants within both distributions was not preserved. For parallelisation and better stability when estimating models fit on permuted data, we used the bam function from the mgcv R package (Wood, 2017)”. 

      We also added a justification for why we predicted coupling using behaviour or psychopathology, rather than vice versa (Page 27, Line 1349):

      “When using our GAMMs to test for the relationship between cognition and psychopathology and our coupling metrics, we opted to predict structure-function coupling using cognitive or psychopathological dimensions, rather than vice versa, to minimise multiple comparisons. In the current framework, we corrected for 8 multiple comparisons within each domain. This would have increased to 16 multiple comparison corrections for predicting two cognitive dimensions using network-level coupling, and 24 multiple comparison corrections for predicting three psychopathology dimensions. Incorporating multiple networks as predictors within the same regression framework introduces collinearity, whilst the behavioural dimensions were orthogonal: for example, coupling is strongly correlated between the somato-motor and ventral attention networks (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.721), between the default-mode and frontoparietal networks (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.670), and between the dorsal attention and fronto-parietal networks (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.650)”. 

      Finally, we noticed a rounding error in the ages of the data frame containing the structure-function coupling values and the cognitive/psychopathology dimensions. We rectified this and replaced the GAMM results, which largely remained the same. 

      In typical applications of diffusion map embedding, sparsification (e.g., retaining only the top 10  of the strongest connections) is often employed at the vertex-level resolution to ensure computational feasibility. However, since the present study performs the embedding at the level of 200 brain regions (a considerably coarser resolution), this step may not be necessary or justifiable. Specifically, for FC, it might be more appropriate to retain all positive connections rather than applying sparsification, which could inadvertently eliminate valuable information about lower-strength connections. Whereas for SC, as the values are strictly non-negative, retaining all connections should be feasible and would provide a more complete representation of the structural connectivity patterns. Given this, it would be helpful if the authors could clarify why they chose to include sparsification despite the coarser regional resolution, and whether they considered this alternative approach (using all available positive connections for FC and all non-zero values for SC). It would be interesting if the authors could provide their thoughts on whether the decision to run evaluations at the resolution of brain regions could itself impact the functional and structural manifolds, their alteration with age, and or their stability (in contrast to Dong et al. which tested alterations in highresolution gradients).

      This is another great point. We could retain all connections, but we usually implement some form of sparsification to reduce noise, particularly in the case of functional connectivity. But we nonetheless agree with the reviewer’s point. We should check what impact this is having on the analysis. In brief, we found minimal effects of thresholding, suggesting that the strongest connections are driving the gradient (Page 7, Line 304):

      “To assess the effect of sparsity on the derived gradients, we examined group-level structural (N = 222) and functional (N = 213) connectomes from the baseline session of NKI. The first three functional connectivity gradients derived using the full connectivity matrix (density = 92%) were highly consistent with those obtained from retaining the strongest 10% of connections in each row (r<sub>1</sub> = 0.999, r<sub>2</sub> = 0.998, r<sub>3</sub> < 0.999, all p < 0.001). Likewise, the first three communicability gradients derived from retaining all streamline counts (density = 83%) were almost identical to those obtained from 10% row-wise thresholding (r<sub>1</sub> = 0.994, r<sub>2</sub> = 0.963, r<sub>3</sub> = 0.955, all p < 0.001). This suggests that the reported gradients are driven by the strongest or most consistent connections within the connectomes, with minimal additional information provided by weaker connections. In terms of functional connectivity, such consistency reinforces past work demonstrating that the sensorimotor-toassociation axis, the major axis within the principal functional connectivity gradient, emerges across both the top- and bottom-ranked functional connections (Nenning et al., 2023)”.

      Furthermore, we appreciate the nudge to share our thoughts on whether the difference between vertex versus nodal metrics could be important here, particularly regarding thresholds. To combine this point with R2’s recommendation to expand the Discussion, we have added the following paragraph (Page 19, Line 861): 

      “We consider the role of thresholding, cortical resolution, and head motion as avenues to reconcile the present results with select reports in the literature (Dong et al., 2021; Xia et al., 2022). We would suggest that thresholding has a greater effect on vertex-level data, rather than parcel-level. For example, a recent study revealed that the emergence of principal vertex-level functional connectivity gradients in childhood and adolescence are indeed threshold-dependent (Dong et al., 2024). Specifically, the characteristic unimodal organisation for children and transmodal organisation for adolescents only emerged at the 90% threshold: a 95% threshold produced a unimodal organisation in both groups, whilst an 85% threshold produced a transmodal organisation in both groups. Put simply, the ‘swapping’ of gradient orders only occurs at certain thresholds. Furthermore, our results are not necessarily contradictory to this prior report (Dong et al., 2021): developmental changes in high-resolution gradients may be supported by a stable low-dimensional coarse manifold. Indeed, our decision to use parcellated connectomes was partly driven by recent work which demonstrated that vertex-level functional gradients may be derived using biologically-plausible but random data with sufficient spatial smoothing, whilst this effect is minimal at coarser resolutions (Watson & Andrews, 2023). We observed a gradual increase in the variance of individual connectomes accounted for by the principal functional connectivity gradient in the referred subset of CALM, in line with prior vertex-level work demonstrating a gradual emergence of the sensorimotor-association axis as the principal axis of connectivity (Xia et al., 2022), as opposed to a sudden shift. It is also possible that vertex-level data is more prone to motion artefacts in the context of developmental work. Transitioning from vertex-level to parcel-level data involves smoothing over short-range connectivity, thus greater variability in short-range connectivity can be observed in vertex-level data. However, motion artefacts are known to increase short-range connectivity and decrease long-range connectivity, mimicking developmental changes (Satterthwaite et al., 2013). Thus, whilst vertexlevel data offers greater spatial resolution in representation of short-range connectivity relative to parcel-level data, it is possible that this may come at the cost of making our estimates of the gradients more prone to motion”.

      Evaluating the consistency of gradients across development: the results shown in Figure 1e are used as evidence suggesting that gradients are consistent across ages. However, I believe additional analyses are required to identify potential sources of the observed inconsistency compared to previous works. The claim that the principal gradient explains a similar degree of variance across ages does not necessarily imply that the spatial structure remains the same. The observed variance explanation is hence not enough to ascertain inconsistency with findings from Dong et al., as the spatial configuration of gradients may still change over time. I suggest the following additional analyses to strengthen this claim. Alignment to group-level gradients: Assess how much of the variance in individual FC matrices is explained by each of the group-level gradients (G1, G2, and G3, for both FC and SC). This analysis could be visualized similarly to Figure 1e, with age on the x-axis and variance explained on the y-axis. If the explained variance varies as a function of age, it may indicate that the gradients are not as consistent as currently suggested. 

      This is another great suggestion. In the additional analyses above (new group-level analyses and unrotated gradient analyses) we rule-out a couple of the potential causes of the different developmental trends we observe in our data – namely the stability of the gradients over time. The suggested additional analysis is a great idea, and we have implemented it as follows (Page 8, Line 363):

      “To evaluate the consistency of gradients across development, across baseline participants with functional connectomes from the referred CALM cohort (N = 177), we calculated the proportion of variance in individuallevel connectomes accounted for by group-level functional gradients. Specifically, we calculated the proportion of variance in an adjacency matrix A accounted for by the vector v<sub>i</sub> as the fraction of the square of the scalar projection of v<sub>i</sub> onto A, over the Frobenius norm of A. Using a generalised linear model, we then tested whether the proportion of variance explained varies systematically with age, controlling for sex and headmotion. The variance in individual-level functional connectomes accounted for by the group-level principal functional gradient gradually increased with development (β= 0.111, 95% CI = [0.022, 0.199], p = 1.452 x 10<sup>-2</sup>, Cohen’s d = 0.367), as shown in Figure 1g, and decreased with higher head motion ( β = -10.041, 95% CI = [12.379, -7.702], p = 3.900 x 10<sup>-17</sup>), with no effect of sex (β= 0.071, 95% CI = [-0.380, 0.523], p = 0.757). We observed no developmental effects on the variance explained by the second (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.112, p = 0.139) or third (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.053, p = 0.482) group-level functional gradient. When repeated with the baseline functional connectivity for NKI (N = 213), we observed no developmental effects (β = 0.097, 95% CI = [-0.035, 0.228], p = 0.150) on the variance explained by the principal functional gradient after accounting for motion (β= -3.376, 95% CI = [8.281, 1.528], p = 0.177) and sex (β = -0.368, 95% CI = [-1.078, 0.342], p = 0.309). However, we observed significant developmental correlations between age and variance (r<sub>s</sub> = 0.137, p = 0.046) explained before accounting for head motion and sex. We observed no developmental effects on the variance explained by the second functional gradient (r<sub>s</sub> = -0.066, p = 0.338), but a weak negative developmental effect on the variance explained by the third functional gradient (r<sub>s</sub> = -0.189, p = 0.006). Note, however, the magnitude of the variance accounted for by the third functional gradient was very small (all < 1%). When applied to communicability matrices in CALM, the proportion of variance accounted for by the group-level communicability gradient was negligible (all < 1%), precluding analysis of developmental change”. 

      “To further probe the consistency of gradients across development, we examined developmental changes in the standard deviation of gradient values, corresponding to heterogeneity, following prior work examining morphological (He et al., 2025) and functional connectivity gradients (Xia et al., 2022). Using a series of generalised linear models within the baseline referred subset of CALM, correcting for head motion and sex, we found that gradient variation for the principal functional gradient increased across development (= 0.219, 95% CI = [0.091, 0.347], p = 0.001, Cohen’s d = 0.504), indicating greater heterogeneity (Figure 1h), whilst gradient variation for the principal communicability gradient decreased across development (β = -0.154, 95% CI = [-0.267, -0.040], p = 0.008, Cohen’s d = -0.301), indicating greater homogeneity (Figure 1h). Note, a paired t-test on the 173 common participants demonstrated a significant effect of modality on gradient variability (t(172) = -56.639, p = 3.663 x 10<sup>-113</sup>), such that the mean variability of communicability gradients (M = 0.033, SD = 0.001) was less than half that of functional connectivity (M = 0.076, SD = 0.010). Together, this suggests that principal functional connectivity and communicability gradients are established early in childhood and display age-related refinement, but not replacement”. 

      The Issue of Abstraction and Benefits of the Gradient-Based View: The manuscript interprets the eccentricity findings as reflecting changes along the segregation-integration spectrum. Given this, it is unclear why a more straightforward analysis using established graph-theory metrics of segregationintegration was not pursued instead. Mapping gradients and computing eccentricity adds layers of abstraction and complexity. If similar interpretations can be derived directly from simpler graph metrics, what additional insights does the gradient-based framework offer? While the manuscript argues that this approach provides “a more unifying account of cortical reorganization”, it is not evident why this abstraction is necessary or advantageous over traditional graph metrics. Clarifying these benefits would strengthen the rationale for using this method. 

      This is a great point, and something we spent quite a bit of time considering when designing the analysis. The central goal of our project was to identify gradients of brain organisation across different datasets and modalities and then test how the organisational principles of those modalities align. In other words, how do structural and functional ‘spaces’ intersect, and does this vary across the cortex? That for us was the primary motivation for operationalising organisation as nodal location within a low-dimensional manifold space (Bethlehem et al., 2020; Gale et al., 2022; Park et al., 2021), using a simple composite measure to achieve compression, rather than as a series of graph metrics. The reason we subsequently calculated those graph metrics and tested for their association was simply to help us interpret what eccentricity within that lowdimensional space means. Manifold eccentricity was moderately positively correlated to graph-theory metrics of integration, leaving a substantial portion of variance unaccounted for, but that association we think is nonetheless helpful for readers trying to interpret eccentricity. However, since ME tells us about the relative position of a node in that low-dimensional space, it is also likely capturing elements of multiple graph theory measures. Following the Reviewer’s question, this is something we decided to test. Specifically, using 4 measures of segregation, including two new metrics requested by the Reviewer in a minor point (weighted clustering coefficient and normalized degree centrality), we conducted a dominance analysis (Budescu, 1993) with normalized manifold eccentricity of the group-level referred CALM structural connectome. We also detail the use of gradient measures in developmental contexts, and how they can be complementary to traditional graph theory metrics. 

      We have added the following to the Results section (Page 10, Lines 472 onwards): 

      “To further contextualise manifold eccentricity in terms of integration and segregation beyond simple correlations, we conducted a multivariate dominance analysis (Budescu, 1993) of four graph theory metrics of segregation as predictors of nodal normalized manifold eccentricity within the group-level referred CALM structural and functional connectomes (Figure 2c). A dominance analysis assesses the relative importance of each predictor in a multilinear regression framework by fitting 2<sup>n</sup> – 1 models (where n is the number of predictors) and calculating the relative increase in adjusted R2 caused by adding each predictor to the model across both main effects and interactions. A multilinear regression model including weighted clustering coefficient, within-module degree Z-score, participation coefficient and normalized degree centrality accounted for 59% of variance in nodal manifold eccentricity in the group-level CALM structural connectome. Withinmodule degree Z score was the most important predictor (40.31% dominance), almost twice that of the participation coefficient (24.03% dominance) and normalized degree centrality (24.05% dominance) which made roughly equal contributions. The least important predictor was the weighted clustering coefficient (11.62% dominance). When the same approach was applied for the group-level referred CALM functional connectome, the 4 predictors accounted for 52% variability. However, in contrast to the structural connectome, functional manifold eccentricity seemed to incorporate the same graph theory metrics in different proportions. Normalized degree centrality was the most important predictor (47.41% dominance), followed by withinmodule degree Z-score (24.27%), and then the participation coefficient (15.57%) and weighted clustering coefficient (12.76%) which made approximately equal contributions. Thus, whilst structural manifold eccentricity was dominated most by within-module degree Z-score and least by the weighted clustering coefficient, functional manifold eccentricity was dominated most by normalized degree centrality and least by the weighted clustering coefficient. This suggests that manifold mapping techniques incorporate different aspects of integration dependent on modality. Together, manifold eccentricity acts as a composite measure of segregation, being differentially sensitive to different aspects of segregation, without necessitating a priori specification of graph theory metrics. Further discussion of the value of gradient-based metrics in developmental contexts and as a supplement to traditional graph theory analyses is provided in the ‘Manifold Eccentricity’ methodology sub-section”. 

      We added further justification to the manifold eccentricity Methods subsection (Page 26, line 1283):

      “Gradient-based measures hold value in developmental contexts, above and beyond traditional graph theory metrics: within a sample of over 600 cognitively-healthy adults aged between 18 and 88 years old, sensitivity of gradient-based within-network functional dispersion to age were stronger and more consistent across networks compared to segregation (Bethlehem et al., 2020). In the context of microstructural profile covariance, modules resolved by Louvain community detection occupied distinct positions across the principal two gradients, suggesting that gradients offer a way to meaningfully order discrete graph theory analyses (Paquola et al., 2019)”. 

      We added the following to the Introduction section outlining the application of gradients as cortex-wide coordinate systems (Page 3, Line 121):

      “Using the gradient-based approach as a compression tool, thus forgoing the need to specify singular graph theory metrics a priori, we operationalised individual variability in low-dimensional manifolds as eccentricity (Gale et al., 2022; Park et al., 2021). Crucially, such gradients appear to be useful predictors of phenotypic variation, exceeding edge-level connectomics. For example, in the case of functional connectivity gradients, their predictive ability for externalizing symptoms and general cognition in neurotypical adults surpassed that of edge-level connectome-based predictive modelling (Hong et al., 2020), suggesting that capturing lowdimensional manifolds may be particularly powerful biomarkers of psychopathology and cognition”. 

      We also added the following to the Discussion section (Page 18, Line 839):

      “By capitalising on manifold eccentricity as a composite measure of segregation across development, we build upon an emerging literature pioneering gradients as a method to establish underlying principles of structural (Paquola et al., 2020; Park et al., 2021) and functional (Dong et al., 2021; Margulies et al., 2016; Xia et al., 2022) brain development without a priori specification of specific graph theory metrics of interest”. 

      It is unclear whether the statistical tests finding significant dataset effects are capturing effects of neurotypical vs. Neurodivergent, or simply different scanners/sites. Could the neurotypical portion of CALM also be added to distinguish between these two sources of variability affecting dataset effects (i.e. ideally separating this to the effect of site vs. neurotypicality would better distinguish the effect of neurodivergence).

      At a group-level, differences in the gradients between the two cohorts are very minor. Indeed, in the manuscript we describe these gradients as being seemingly ‘universal’. But we agree that we should test whether we can directly attribute any simple main effects of ‘dataset’ are resulting from the different site or the phenotype of the participants. The neurotypical portion of CALM (collected at the same site on the same scanner) helped us show that any minor differences in the gradient alignments is likely due to the site/scanner differences rather than the phenotype of the participants. We took the same approach for testing the simple main effects of dataset on manifold eccentricity. To better parse neurotypicality and site effects at an individual-level, we conducted a series of sensitivity analyses. First, in response to the reviewer’s earlier comment, we conducted a series of nodal generalized linear models for communicability and FC gradients derived from neurotypical and neurodivergent portions of CALM, alongside NKI, and tested for an effect of neurotypicality above and beyond scanner. As at the group level, having those additional scans on a ‘comparison’ sample for CALM is very helpful in teasing apart these effects. We find that neurotypicality affects communicability gradient expression to a greater degree than functional connectivity. We visualised these results and added them to Figure 1. Second, we used the same approach but for manifold eccentricity. Again, we demonstrate greater sensitivity of neurotypicality to communicability at a global-level, but we cannot pin these effects down to specific networks because the effects do not survive the necessary multiple comparison correction. We have added these analyses to the manuscript (Page 13, Line 583): 

      “Much as with the gradients themselves, we suspected that much of the simple main effect of dataset could reflect the scanner / site, rather than the difference in phenotype. Again, we drew upon the CALM comparison children to help us disentangle these two explanations. As a sensitivity analysis to parse effects of neurotypicality and dataset on manifold eccentricity, we conducted a series of generalized linear models predicting mean global and network-level manifold eccentricity, for each modality. We did this across all the baseline data (i.e. including the neurotypical comparison sample for CALM) using neurotypicality (2 levels: neurodivergent or neurotypical), site (2 levels: CALM or NKI), sex, head motion, and age at scan (Figure 3X). We restricted our analysis to baseline scans to create more equally-balanced groups. In terms of structural manifold eccentricity (N = 313 neurotypical, N = 311 neurodivergent), we observed higher manifold eccentricity in the neurodivergent participants at a global level (β = 0.090, p = 0.019, Cohen’s d = 0.188) but the individual network level effects did not survive the multiple comparison correction necessary for looking across all seven networks, with the default-mode network being the strongest (β = 0.135, p = 0.027, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.109, Cohen’s d = 0.177). There was no significant effect of neurodiversity on functional manifold eccentricity (N = 292 neurotypical and N = 177 neurodivergent). This suggests that neurodiversity is significantly associated with structural manifold eccentricity, over and above differences in site, but we cannot distinguish these effects reliably in the functional manifold data”. 

      Third, we removed the Scheirer-Ray-Hare test from the results for two reasons. First, its initial implementation did not account for repeated measures, and therefore non-independence between observations, as the same participants may have contributed both structural and functional data. Second, if we wanted to repeat this analysis in CALM using the referred and control portions, a significant difference in group size existed, which may affect the measures of variability. Specifically, for baseline CALM, 311 referred and 91 control participants contributed SC data, whilst 177 referred and 79 control participants contributed FC data. We believe that the ‘cleanest’ parsing of dataset and site for effects of eccentricity is achieved using the GLMs in Figure 3. 

      We observed no significant effect of neurodivergence on the magnitude of structure-function coupling across development, and have added the following text (Page 14, Line 632):

      “To parse effects of neurotypicality and dataset on structure-function coupling, we conducted a series of generalized linear models predicting mean global and network-level coupling using neurotypicality, site, sex, head motion, and age at scan, at baseline (N = 77 CALM neurotypical, N = 173 CALM neurodivergent, and N = 170 NKI). However, we found no significant effects of neurotypicality on structure-function coupling across development”. 

      Since we demonstrated no significant effects of neurotypicality on structure-function coupling magnitude across development, but found differential dataset-specific effects of age on coupling development, we added the following sentence at the end of the coupling trajectory results sub-section (Page 14, line 664):

      “Together, these effects demonstrate that whilst the magnitude of structure-function coupling appears not to be sensitive to neurodevelopmental phenotype, its development with age is, particularly in higher-order association networks, with developmental change being reduced in the neurodivergent sample”.  

      Figure 1.c: A non-parametric permutation test (e.g. Mann-Whitney U test) could quantitatively identify regions with significant group differences in nodal gradient values, providing additional support for the qualitative findings.

      This is a great idea. To examine the effect of referral status on nodal gradient values, whilst controlling for covariates (head motion and sex), we conducted a series of generalised linear models. We opted for this instead of a Mann-Whitney U test, as the former tests for differences in distributions, whilst the direction of the t-statistic for referral status from the GLM would allow us to specify the magnitude and direction of differences in nodal gradient values between the two groups. Again, we conducted this in CALM (referred vs control), at an individual-level, as downstream analyses suggested a main effect of dataset (which is reflected in the highly-similar group-level referred and control CALM gradients). We have updated the Results section with the following text (Page 6, Line 283):

      “To examine the effect of referral status on participant-level nodal gradient values in CALM, we conducted a series of generalized linear models controlling for head motion, sex and age at scan (Figure 1d). We restricted our analyses to baseline scans to reduce the difference in sample size for the referred (311 communicability and 177 functional gradients, respectively) and control participants (91 communicability and 79 functional gradients, respectively), and to the principal gradients. For communicability, 42 regions showed a significant effect (p < 0.05) of neurodivergence before FDR correction, with 9 post FDR correction. 8 of these 9 regions had negative t-statistics, suggesting a reduced nodal gradient value and representation in the neurodivergent children, encompassing both lower-order somatosensory cortices alongside higher-order fronto-parietal and default-mode networks. The largest reductions were observed within the prefrontal cortices of the defaultmode network (t = -3.992, p = 6.600 x 10<sup>-5</sup>, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.013, Cohen’s d = -0.476), the left orbitofrontal cortex of the limbic network (t = -3.710, p = 2.070 x 10<sup>-4</sup>, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.020, Cohen’s d = -0.442) and right somato-motor cortex (t = -3.612, p = 3.040 x 10<sup>-4</sup>, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.020, Cohen’s d = -0.431). The right visual cortex was the only exception, with stronger gradient representation within the neurotypical cohort (t = 3.071, p = 0.002, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.048, Cohen’s d = 0.366). For functional connectivity, comparatively fewer regions exhibited a significant effect (p < 0.05) of neurotypicality, with 34 regions prior to FDR correction and 1 post. Significantly stronger gradient representation was observed in neurotypical children within the right precentral ventral division of the defaultmode network (t = 3.930, p = 8.500 x 10<sup>-5</sup>, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.017, Cohen’s d = 0.532). Together, this suggests that the strongest and most robust effects of neurodivergence are observed within gradients of communicability, rather than functional connectivity, where alterations in both affect higher-order associative regions”. 

      In the harmonization methodology, it is mentioned that “if harmonisation was successful, we’d expect any significant effects of scanner type before harmonisation to be non-significant after harmonisation”. However, given that there were no significant effects before harmonization, the results reported do not help in evaluating the quality of harmonization.

      We agree with the Reviewer, and have removed the post-harmonisation GLMs, and instead stating that there were no significant effects of scanner type before harmonization. 

      Figure 3: It would be helpful to include a plot showing the GAMM predictions versus real observations of eccentricity (x-axis: predictions, y-axis: actual values). 

      To plot the GAMM-predicted smooth effects of age, which we used for visualisation purposes only, we used the get_predictions function from the itsadug R package. This creates model predictions using the median value of nuisance covariates. Thus, whilst we specified the entire age range, the function automatically chooses the median of head motion, alongside controlling for sex (default level: male) and, for each dataset-specific trajectory. Since the gamm4 package separates the fitted model into a gam and linear mixed effects model (which accounts for participant ID as a random effect), and the get_predictions function only uses gam, random effects are not modelled in the predicted smooths. Therefore, any discrepancy between the observed and predicted manifold eccentricity values is likely due to sensitivity to default choices of covariates other than age, or random effects. To prevent Figure 3 being too over-crowded, we opted to not include the predictions: these were strongly correlated with real structural manifold data, but less for functional manifold data especially where significant developmental change was absent.

      The 30mm threshold for filtering short streamlines in tractography is uncommon. What is the rationale for using such a large threshold, given the potential exclusion of many short-range association fibres?

      A minimum length of 30mm was the default for the MRtrix3 reconstruction workflow, and something we have previously used. In a previous project, we systematically varied the minimum fibre length and found that this had minimal impact on network organisation (e.g. Mousley et al. 2025). However, we accept that short-range association fibres may have been excluded and have included this in the Discussion as a methodological limitation, alongside our predictions for how the gradients and structure-function coupling may’ve been altered had we included such fibres (Page 20, Line 955):

      “A potential methodological limitation in the construction of structural connectomes was the 30mm tract length threshold which, despite being the QSIprep reconstruction default (Cieslak et al., 2021), may have potentially excluded short-range association fibres. This is pertinent as tracts of different lengths exhibit unique distributions across the cortex and functional roles (Bajada et al., 2019) : short-range connections occur throughout the cortex but peak within primary areas, including the primary visual, somato-motor, auditory, and para-hippocampal cortices, and are thought to dominate lower-order sensorimotor functional resting-state networks, whilst long-range connections are most abundant in tertiary association areas and are recruited alongside tracts of varying lengths within higher-order functional resting-state networks. Therefore, inclusion of short-range association fibres may have resulted in a relative increase in representation of lower-order primary areas and functional networks. On the other hand, we also note the potential misinterpretation of short-range fibres: they may be unreliably distinguished from null models in which tractography is restricted by cortical gyri only (Bajada et al., 2019). Further, prior (neonatal) work has demonstrated that the order of connectivity of regions and topological fingerprints are consistent across varying streamline thresholds (Mousley et al., 2025), suggesting minimal impact”. 

      Given the spatial smoothing of fMRI data (6mm FWHM), it would be beneficial to apply connectome spatial smoothing to structural connectivity measures for consistent spatial smoothness.

      This is an interesting suggestion but given we are looking at structural communicability within a parcellated network, we are not sure that it would make any difference. The data structural data are already very smooth. Nonetheless we have added the following text to the Discussion (Page 20, Line 968): 

      “Given the spatial smoothing applied to the functional connectivity data, and examining its correspondence to streamline-count connectomes through structure-function coupling, applying the equivalent smoothing to structural connectomes may improve the reliability of inference, and subsequent sensitivity to cognition and psychopathology. Connectome spatial smoothing involves applying a smoothing kernel to the two streamline endpoints, whereby variations in smoothing kernels are selected to optimise the trade-off between subjectlevel reliability and identifiability, thus increasing the signal-to-noise ratio and the reliability of statistical inferences of brain-behaviour relationships (Mansour et al., 2022). However, we note that such smoothing is more effective for high-resolution connectomes, rather than parcel-level, and so have only made a modest improvement (Mansour et al., 2022)”.

      Why was harmonization performed only within the CALM dataset and not across both CALM and NKI datasets? What was the rationale for this decision?

      We thought about this very carefully. Harmonization aims to remove scanner or site effects, whilst retaining the crucial characteristics of interest. Our capacity to retain those characteristics is entirely dependent on them being *fully* captured by covariates, which are then incorporated into the harmonization process. Even with the best set of measures, the idea that we can fully capture ‘neurodivergence’ and thus preserve it in the harmonisation process is dubious. Indeed, across CALM and NKI there are limited number of common measures (i.e. not the best set of common measures), and thus we are limited in our ability to fully capture the neurodivergence with covariates. So, we worried that if we put these two very different datasets into the harmonisation process we would essentially eliminate the interesting differences between the datasets. We have added this text to the harmonization section of the Methods (Page 24, Line 1225):

      “Harmonization aims to retain key characteristics of interest whilst removing scanner or site effects. However, the site effects in the current study are confounded with neurodivergence, and it is unlikely that neurodivergence may be captured fully using common covariates across CALM and NKI. Therefore, to preserve variation in neurodivergence, whilst reducing scanner effects, we harmonized within the CALM dataset only”. 

      The exclusion of subcortical areas from connectivity analyses is not justified. 

      This is a good point. We used the Schaefer atlas because we had previously used this to derive both functional and structural connectomes, but we agree that it would have been good to include subcortical areas (Page 20, Line 977). 

      “A potential limitation of our study was the exclusion of subcortical regions. However, prior work has shed light on the role of subcortical connectivity in structural and functional gradients, respectively, of neurotypical populations of children and adolescents (Park et al., 2021; Xia et al., 2022). For example, in the context of the primary-to-transmodal and sensorimotor-to-visual functional connectivity gradients, the mean gradient scores within subcortical networks were demonstrated to be relatively stable across childhood and adolescence (Xia et al., 2022). In the context of structural connectivity gradients derived from streamline counts, which we demonstrated were highly consistent with those derived from communicability, subcortical structural manifolds weighted by their cortical connectivity were anchored by the caudate and thalamus at one pole, and by the hippocampus and nucleus accumbens at the opposite pole, with significant age-related manifold expansion within the caudate and thalamus (Park et al., 2021)”. 

      In the KNN imputation method, were uniform weights used, or was an inverse distance weighting applied?

      Uniform weights were used, and we have updated the manuscript appropriately.

      The manuscript should clarify from the outset that the reported sample size (N) includes multiple longitudinal observations from the same individuals and does not reflect the number of unique participants.

      We have rectified the Abstract (Page 2, Line 64) and Introduction (Page 3, Line 138):

      “We charted the organisational variability of structural (610 participants, N = 390 with one observation, N = 163 with two observations, and N = 57 with three) and functional (512 participants, N = 340 with one observation, N = 128 with two observations, and N = 44 with three)”.

      The term “structural gradients” is ambiguous in the introduction. Clarify that these gradients were computed from structural and functional connectivity matrices, not from other structural features (e.g. cortical thickness).

      We have clarified this in the Introduction (Page 3, Line 134):

      “Applying diffusion-map embedding as an unsupervised machine-learning technique onto matrices of communicability (from streamline SIFT2-weighted fibre bundle capacity) and functional connectivity, we derived gradients of structural and functional brain organisation in children and adolescents…”

      Page 5: The sentence, “we calculated the normalized angle of each structural and functional connectome to derive symmetric affinity matrices” is unclear and needs clarification.

      We have clarified this within the second paragraph of the Results section (Page 4, Line 185):

      “To capture inter-nodal similarity in connectivity, using a normalised angle kernel, we derived individual symmetric affinity matrices from the left and right hemispheres of each communicability and functional connectivity matrix. Varying kernels capture different but highly-related aspects of inter-nodal similarity, such as correlation coefficients, Gaussian kernels, and cosine similarity. Diffusion-map embedding is then applied on the affinity matrices to derive gradients of cortical organisation”. 

      Figure 1.a: “Affine A” likely refers to the affinity matrix. The term “affine” may be confusing; consider using a clearer label. It would also help to add descriptive labels for rows and columns (e.g. region x region).

      Thank you for this suggestion! We have replaced each of the labels with “pairwise similarity”. We also labelled the rows and columns as regions.

      Figure 1.d: Are the cross-group differences statistically significant? If so, please indicate this in the figure.

      We have added the results of a series of linear mixed effects models to the legend of Figure 1 (Page 6, line 252):

      “indicates a significant effect of dataset (p < 0.05) on variance explained within a linear mixed effects model controlling for head motion, sex, and age at scan”.

      The sentence “whose connectomes were successfully thresholded” in the methods is unclear. What does “successfully thresholded” mean? Additionally, this seems to be the first mention of the Schaefer 100 and Brainnetome atlas; clarify where these parcellations are used. 

      We have amended the Methodology section (Page 23, Line 1138):

      “For each participant, we retained the strongest 10% of connections per row, thus creating fully connected networks required for building affinity matrices. We excluded any connectomes in which such thresholding was not possible due to insufficient non-zero row values. To further ensure accuracy in connectome reconstruction, we excluded any participants whose connectomes failed thresholding in two alternative parcellations: the 100node Schaefer 7-network (Schaefer et al., 2018) and Brainnetome 246-node (Fan et al., 2016) parcellations, respectively”. 

      We have also specified the use of the Schaefer 200-node parcellation in the first sentence on the second Results paragraph.

      The use of “streamline counts” is misleading, as the method uses SIFT2-weighted fibre bundle capacity rather than raw streamline counts. It would be better to refer to this measure as “SIFT2-weighted fibre bundle capacity” or “FBC”.

      We replaced all instances of “streamline counts” with “SIFT2-weighted fibre bundle capacity” as appropriate.

      Figure 2.c: Consider adding plots showing changes in eccentricity against (1) degree centrality, and (2) weighted local clustering coefficient. Additionally, a plot showing the relationship between age and mean eccentricity (averaged across nodes) at the individual level would be informative.

      We added the correlation between eccentricity and both degree centrality and the weighted local clustering coefficient and included them in our dominance analysis in Figure 2. In terms of the relationship between age and mean (global) eccentricity, these are plotted in Figure 3. 

      Figure 2.b: Considering the results of the following sections, it would be interesting to include additional KDE/violin plots to show group differences in the distribution of eccentricity within 7 different functional networks.

      As part of our analysis to parse neurotypicality and dataset effects, we tested for group differences in the distribution of structural and functional manifold eccentricity within each of the 7 functional networks in the referred and control portions of CALM and have included instances of significant differences with a coloured arrow to represent the direction of the difference within Figure 3. 

      Figure 3: Several panels lack axis labels for x and y axes. Adding these would improve clarity.

      To minimise the amount of text in Figure 3, we opted to include labels only for the global-level structural and functional results. However, to aid interpretation, we added a small schematic at the bottom of Figure 3 to represent all axis labels. 

      The statement that “differences between datasets only emerged when taking development into account” seems inaccurate. Differences in eccentricity are evident across datasets even before accounting for development (see Fig 2.b and the significance in the Scheirer-Ray-Hare test).

      We agree – differences in eccentricity across development and datasets are evident in structural and functional manifold eccentricity, as well as within structure-function coupling. However, effects of neurotypicality were particularly strong for the maturation of structure-function coupling, rather than magnitude. Therefore, we have rephrased this sentence in the Discussion (page 18, line 832):

      “Furthermore, group-level structural and functional gradients were highly consistent across datasets, whilst differences between datasets were emphasised when taking development into account, through differing rates of structural and functional manifold expansion, respectively, alongside maturation of structure-function coupling”.

      The handling of longitudinal data by adding a random effect for individuals is not clear in the main text. Mentioning this earlier could be helpful. 

      We have included this detail in the second sentence of the “developmental trajectories of structural manifold contraction and functional manifold expansion” results sub-section (page 11, line 503):

      “We included a random effect for each participant to account for longitudinal data”. 

      Figure 4.b: Why were ranks shown instead of actual coefficient of variation values? Consider including a cortical map visualization of the coefficients in the supplementary material.

      We visualised the ranks, instead of the actual coefficient of variation (CV) values, due to considerable variability and skew in the magnitude of the CV, ranging from 28.54 (in the right visual network) to 12865.68 (in the parietal portion of the left default-mode network), with a mean of 306.15. If we had visualised the raw CV values, these larger values would’ve been over-represented. We’ve also noticed and rectified an error in the labelling of the colour bar for Figure 4b: the minimum should be most variable (i.e. a rank of 1). To aid contextualisation of the ranks, we have added the following to the Results (page 14, line 626):

      “The distribution of cortical coefficients of variation (CV) varied considerably, with the largest CV (in the parietal division of the left default-mode network) being over 400 times that of the smallest (in the right visual network). The distribution of absolute CVs was positively skewed, with a Fisher skewness coefficient g<sub>1</sub> of 7.172, meaning relatively few regions had particularly high inter-individual variability, and highly peaked, with a kurtosis of 54.883, where a normal distribution has a skewness coefficient of 0 and a kurtosis of 3”. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Some differences in developmental trajectories between CALM and NKI (e.g. Figure 4d) are not explained. Are these differences expected, or do they suggest underlying factors that require further investigation?

      This is a great point, and we appreciate the push to give a fuller explanation. It is very hard to know whether these effects are expected or not. We certainly don’t know of any other papers that have taken this approach. In response to the reviewer’s point, we decided to run some more analyses to better understand the differences. Having observed stronger age effects on structure-function coupling within the neurotypical NKI dataset, compared to the absent effects in the neurodivergent portion of CALM, we wanted to follow up and test that it really is that coupling is more sensitive to the neurodivergent versus neurotypical difference between CALM and NKI (rather than say, scanner or site effects). In short, we find stronger developmental effects of coupling within the neurotypical portion of CALM, rather than neurodivergent, and have added this to the Results (page 15, line 701):

      “To further examine whether a closer correspondence of structure-function coupling with age is associated with neurotypicality, we conducted a follow-up analysis using the additional age-matched neurotypical portion of CALM (N = 77). Given the widespread developmental effects on coupling within the neurotypical NKI sample, compared to the absent effects in the neurodivergent portion of CALM, we would expect strong relationships between age and structure-function coupling with the neurotypical portion of CALM. This is indeed what we found: structure-function coupling showed a linear negative relationship with age globally (F = 16.76, p<sub>FDR</sub> < 0.001, adjusted R<sup>2</sup> = 26.44%), alongside fronto-parietal (F = 9.24, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.004, adjusted R<sup>2</sup> = 19.24%), dorsalattention (F = 13.162, p<sub>FDR</sub> = 0.001, adjusted R<sup>2</sup>= 18.14%), ventral attention (F = 11.47, p<sub>FDR</sub>  = 0.002, adjusted R<sup>2</sup>= 22.78), somato-motor (F = 17.37, p<sub>FDR</sub>  < 0.001, adjusted R<sup>2</sup>= 21.92%) and visual (F = 11.79, p<sub>FDR</sub>  = 0.002, adjusted R<sup>2</sup>= 20.81%) networks. Together, this supports our hypothesis that within neurotypical children and adolescents, structure-function coupling decreases with age, showing a stronger effect compared to their neurodivergent counterparts, in tandem with the emergence of higher-order cognition. Thus, whilst the magnitude of structure-function coupling across development appeared insensitive to neurotypicality, its maturation is sensitive. Tentatively, this suggests that neurotypicality is linked to stronger and more consistent maturational development of structure-function coupling, whereby the tethering of functional connectivity to structure across development is adaptive”. 

      In conjunction with the Reviewer’s later request to deepen the Discussion, we have included an additional paragraph attempting to explain the differences in neurodevelopmental trajectories of structure-function coupling (Page 19, Line 924):

      “Whilst the spatial patterning of structure-function coupling across the cortex has been extensively documented, as explained above, less is known about developmental trajectories of structure-function coupling, or how such trajectories may be altered in those with neurodevelopmental conditions. To our knowledge, only one prior study has examined differences in developmental trajectories of (non-manifold) structure-function coupling in typically-developing children and those with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (Soman et al., 2023), one of the most common conditions in the neurodivergent portion of CALM. Namely, using cross-sectional and longitudinal data from children aged between 9 and 14 years old, they demonstrated increased coupling across development in higher-order regions overlapping with the defaultmode, salience, and dorsal attention networks, in children with ADHD, with no significant developmental change in controls, thus encompassing an ectopic developmental trajectory (Di Martino et al., 2014; Soman et al., 2023). Whilst the current work does not focus on any condition, rather the broad mixed population of young people with neurodevelopmental symptoms (including those with and without diagnoses), there are meaningful individual and developmental differences in structure-coupling. Crucially, it is not the case that simply having stronger coupling is desirable. The current work reveals that there are important developmental trajectories in structure-function coupling, suggesting that it undergoes considerable refinement with age. Note that whilst the magnitude of structure-function coupling across development did not differ significantly as a function of neurodivergence, its relationship to age did. Our working hypothesis is that structural connections allow for the ordered integration of functional areas, and the gradual functional modularisation of the developing brain. For instance, those with higher cognitive ability show a stronger refinement of structurefunction coupling across development. Future work in this space needs to better understand not just how structural or functional organisation change with time, but rather how one supports the other”. 

      The use of COMBAT may have excluded extreme participants from both datasets, which could explain the lack of correlations found with psychopathology.

      COMBAT does not exclude participants from datasets but simply adjusts connectivity estimates. So, the use of COMBAT will not be impacting the links with psychopathology by removing participants. But this did get us thinking. Excluding participants based on high motion may have systematically removed those with high psychopathology scores, meaning incomplete coverage. In other words, we may be under-representing those at the more extreme end of the range, simply because their head-motion levels are higher and thus are more likely to be excluded. We found that despite certain high-motion participants being removed, we still had good coverage of those with high scores and were therefore sensitive within this range. We have added the following to the revised Methods section (Page 26, Line 1338):

      “As we removed participants with high motion, this may have overlapped with those with higher psychopathology scores, and thus incomplete coverage. To examine coverage and sensitivity to broad-range psychopathology following quality control, we calculated the Fisher-Pearson skewness statistic g<sub>1</sub> for each of the 6 Conners t-statistic measures and the proportion of youth with a t-statistic equal to or greater than 65, indicating an elevated or very elevated score. Measures of inattention (g<sub>1</sub> = 0.11, 44.20% elevated), hyperactivity/impulsivity (g<sub>1</sub> = 0.48, 36.41% elevated), learning problems (g<sub>1</sub> = 0.45, 37.36% elevated), executive functioning (g<sub>1</sub> = 0.27, 38.16% elevated), aggression (g<sub>1</sub> = 1.65, 15.58% elevated), and peer relations (g<sub>1</sub> = 0.49, 38% elevated) were positively skewed and comprised of at least 15% of children with elevated or very elevated scores, suggesting sufficient coverage of those with extreme scores”. 

      There is no discussion of whether the stable patterns of brain organization could result from preprocessing choices or summarizing data to the mean. This should be addressed to rule out methodological artifacts. 

      This is a brilliant point. We are necessarily using a very lengthy pipeline, with many design choices to explore structural and functional gradients and their intersection. In conjunction with the Reviewer’s later suggestion to deepen the Discussion, we have added the following paragraph which details the sensitivity analyses we carried out to confirm the observed stable patterns of brain organization (Page 18, Line 863):

      “That is, whilst we observed developmental refinement of gradients, in terms of manifold eccentricity, standard deviation, and variance explained, we did not observe replacement. Note, as opposed to calculating gradients based on group data, such as a sliding window approach, which may artificially smooth developmental trends and summarise them to the mean, we used participant-level data throughout. Given the growing application of gradient-based analyses in modelling structural (He et al., 2025; Li et al., 2024) and functional (Dong et al., 2021; Xia et al., 2022) brain development, we hope to provide a blueprint of factors which may affect developmental conclusions drawn from gradient-based frameworks”.

      Although imputing missing data was necessary, it would be useful to compare results without imputed data to assess the impact of imputation on findings. 

      It is very hard to know the impact of imputation without simply removing those participants with some imputed data. Using a simulation experiment, we expressed the imputation accuracy as the root mean squared error normalized by the range of observable data in each scale. This produced a percentage error margin. We demonstrate that imputation accuracy across all measures is at worst within approximately 11% of the observed data, and at best within approximately 4% of the observed data, and have included the following in the revised Methods section (Page 27, Line 1348):

      “Missing data

      To avoid a loss of statistical power, we imputed missing data. 27.50% of the sample had one or more missing psychopathology or cognitive measures (equal to 7% of all values), and the data was not missing at random: using a Welch’s t-test, we observed a significant effect of missingness on age [t (264.479) = 3.029, p = 0.003, Cohen’s d = 0.296], whereby children with missing data (M = 12.055 years, SD = 3.272) were younger than those with complete data (M = 12.902 years, SD = 2.685). Using a subset with complete data (N = 456), we randomly sampled 10% of the values in each column with replacement and assigned those as missing, thereby mimicking the proportion of missingness in the entire dataset. We conducted KNN imputation (uniform weights) on the subset with complete data and calculated the imputation accuracy as the root mean squared error normalized by the observed range of each measure. Thus, each measure was assigned a percentage which described the imputation margin of error. Across cognitive measures, imputation was within a 5.40% mean margin of error, with the lowest imputation error in the Trail motor speed task (4.43%) and highest in the Trails number-letter switching task (7.19%). Across psychopathology measures, imputation exhibited a mean 7.81% error margin, with the lowest imputation error in the Conners executive function scale (5.75%) and the highest in the Conners peer relations scale (11.04%). Together, this suggests that imputation was accurate”.

      The results section is extensive, with many reports, while the discussion is relatively short and lacks indepth analysis of the findings. Moving some results into the discussion could help balance the sections and provide a deeper interpretation. 

      We agree with the Reviewer and appreciate the nudge to expand the Discussion section. We have added 4 sections to the Discussion. The first explores the importance of the default-mode network as a region whose coupling is most consistently predicted by working memory across development and phenotypes, in terms of its underlying anatomy (Paquola et al., 2025) (Page 20, Line 977):

      “An emerging theme from our work is the importance of the default-mode network as a region in which structure-function coupling is reliably predicted by working memory across neurodevelopmental phenotypes and datasets during childhood and adolescence. Recent neurotypical adult investigations combining highresolution post-mortem histology, in vivo neuroimaging, and graph-theory analyses have revealed how the underlying neuroanatomy of the default-mode network may support diverse functions (Paquola et al., 2025), and thus exhibit lower structure-function coupling compared to unimodal regions. The default-mode network has distinct neuroanatomy compared to the remaining 6 intrinsic resting-state functional networks (Yeo et al., 2011), containing a distinctive combination of 5 of the 6 von Economo and Koskinas cell types (von Economo & Koskinas, 1925), with an over-representation of heteromodal cortex, and uniquely balancing output across all cortical types. A primary cytoarchitectural axis emerges, beyond which are mosaic-like spatial topographies. The duality of the default-mode network, in terms of its ability to both integrate and be insulated from sensory information, is facilitated by two microarchitecturally distinct subunits anchored at either end of the cytoarchitectural axis (Paquola et al., 2025). Whilst beyond the scope of the current work, structure-function coupling and their predictive value for cognition may also differ across divisions within the default-mode network, particularly given variability in the smoothness and compressibility of cytoarchitectural landscapes across subregions (Paquola et al., 2025)”. 

      The second provides a deeper interpretation and contextualisation of greater sensitivity of communicability, rather than functional connectivity, to neurodivergence (Page 19, Lines 907):

      “We consider two possible factors to explain the greater sensitivity of neurodivergence to gradients of communicability, rather than functional connectivity. First, functional connectivity is likely more sensitive to head motion than structural-based communicability and suffers from reduced statistical power due to stricter head motion thresholds, alongside greater inter-individual variability. Second, whilst prior work contrasting functional connectivity gradients from neurotypical adults with those with confirmed ASD diagnoses demonstrated vertex-level reductions in the default-mode network in ASD and marginal increases in sensorymotor communities (Hong et al., 2019), indicating a sensitivity of functional connectivity to neurodivergence, important differences remain. Specifically, whilst the vertex-level group-level differences were modest, in line with our work, greater differences emerged when considering step-wise functional connectivity (SFC); in other words, when considering the dynamic transitions of or information flow through the functional hierarchy underlying the static functional connectomes, such that ASD was characterised by initial faster SFC within the unimodal cortices followed by a lack of convergence within the default-mode network (Hong et al., 2019). This emphasis on information flow and dynamic underlying states may point towards greater sensitivity of neurodivergence to structural communicability – a measure directly capturing information flow – than static functional connectivity”. 

      The third paragraph situates our work within a broader landscape of reliable brain-behaviour relationships, focusing on the strengths of combining clinical and normative samples to refine our interpretation of the relationship between gradients and cognition, as well as the importance of equifinality in developmental predictive work (Page 20, line 994):

      “In an effort to establish more reliable brain-behaviour relationships despite not having the statistical power afforded by large-scale, typically normative, consortia (Rosenberg & Finn, 2022), we demonstrated the development-dependent link between default-mode structure-function coupling and working memory generalised across clinical (CALM) and normative (NKI) samples, across varying MRI acquisition parameters, and harnessing within- and across-participant variation. Such multivariate associations are likely more reliable than their univariate counterparts (Marek et al., 2022), but can be further optimised using task-related fMRI (Rosenberg & Finn, 2022). The consistency, or lack of, of developmental effects across datasets emphasises the importance of validating brain-behaviour relationships in highly diverse samples. Particularly evident in the case of structure-function coupling development, through our use of contrasting samples, is equifinality (Cicchetti & Rogosch, 1996), a key concept in developmental neuroscience: namely, similar ‘endpoints’ of structure-function coupling may be achieved through different initialisations dependent on working memory. 

      The fourth paragraph details methodological limitations in response to Reviewer 1’s suggestions to justify the exclusion of subcortical regions and consider the role of spatial smoothing in structural connectome construction as well as the threshold for filtering short streamlines”. 

      While the methods are thorough, it is not always clear whether the optimal approaches were chosen for each step, considering the available data. 

      In response to Reviewer 1’s concerns, we conducted several sensitivity analyses to evaluate the robustness of our results in terms of procedure. Specifically, we evaluated the impact of thresholding (full or sparse), level of analysis (individual or group gradients), construction of the structural connectome (communicability or fibre bundle capacity), Procrustes rotation (alignment to group-level gradients before Procrustes), tracking the variance explained in individual connectomes by group-level gradients, impact of head motion, and distinguishing between site and neurotypicality effects. All these analyses converged on the same conclusion: whilst we observe some developmental refinement in gradients, we do not observe replacement. We refer the reviewer to their third point, about whether stable patterns of brain organization were artefactual. 

      The introduction is overly long and includes numerous examples that can distract readers unfamiliar with the topic from the main research questions. 

      We have removed the following from the Introduction, reducing it to just under 900 words:

      “At a molecular level, early developmental patterning of the cortex arises through interacting gradients of morphogens and transcription factors (see Cadwell et al., 2019). The resultant areal and progenitor specialisation produces a diverse pool of neurones, glia, and astrocytes (Hawrylycz et al., 2015). Across childhood, an initial burst in neuronal proliferation is met with later protracted synaptic pruning (Bethlehem et al., 2022), the dynamics of which are governed by an interplay between experience-dependent synaptic plasticity and genomic control (Gottlieb, 2007)”.

      “The trends described above reflect group-level developmental trends, but how do we capture these broad anatomical and functional organisational principles at the level of an individual?”

      We’ve also trimmed the second Introduction paragraph so that it includes fewer examples, such as removal of the wiring-cost optimisation that underlies structural brain development, as well as removing specific instances of network segregation and integration that occur throughout childhood.

    1. it is but little more than two centuries,since the oldest of our states received its first perma-nent colony. Before that time the whole territorywas an unproductive waste.

      An unproductive waste, because there were no public monuments. Convenient definition, for the invaders!

    2. Every man may enjoy the fruits of his industry ; everymind is free to publish its convictions.

      Ignores slavery of course, but does seem impressed with the idea of religious freedom. He wrote these words, I think, while teaching at Round Hill in Northampton. So he would probably have been familiar with Knowlton in Ashfield. He DID refuse to go to Boston when elected as a representative by the Workingmen's Party, so his politics were probably a bit conservatiove.

    Annotators

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Verma et al. provide a short technical report showing that endogenously tagged dynein and dynactin molecules localize to growing microtubule plus-ends and also move processively along microtubules in cells. The data are convincing, and the imaging and movies very nicely demonstrate their claims. I don't have any large technical concerns about the work. It is perhaps not surprising that dynein-dynactin complexes behave this way in cells due to other reports on the topic, but the current data are among some of the nicest direct demonstrations of this phenomenon. It may be somewhat controversial since a separate group has reported that dynein does not move processively in mammalian cells

      (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2021.04.05.438428v3).

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Strengths: 

      The work uses a simple and straightforward approach to address the question at hand: is dynein a processive motor in cells? Using a combination of TIRF and spinning disc confocal microscopy, the authors provide a clear and unambiguous answer to this question. 

      Thank you for the recognition of the strength of our work

      Weaknesses: 

      My only significant concern (which is quite minor) is that the authors focus their analysis on dynein movement in cells treated with docetaxol, which could potentially affect the observed behavior. However, this is likely necessary, as without it, motility would not have been observed due to the 'messiness' of dynein localization in a typical cell (e.g., plus end-tracking in addition to cargo transport).

      You are exactly correct that this treatment was required to provided us a clear view of motile dynein and p50 puncta. One concern about the treatment that we had noted in our original submission was that the docetaxel derivative SiR tubulin could increase microtubule detyrosination, which has been implicated in affecting the initiation of dynein-dynactin motility but not motility rates (doi: 10.15252/embj.201593071). In response to a comment from reviewer 2 we investigated whether there was a significant increase in alpha-tubulin detyrosination in our treatment conditions and found that there was not. We have removed the discussion of this possibility from the revised version. Please also see response to comments raised by reviewer 2. 

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major points: 

      (1) The authors measured kinesin-1-GFP intensities in a different cell line (drosophila S2 cells) than what was used for the DHC and p50 measurements (HeLa cells). It is unclear if this provides a fair comparison given the cells provide different environments for the GFP. Although the differences may in fact be trivial, without somehow showing this is indeed a fair comparison, it should at least be noted as a caveat when interpreting relative intensity differences. Alternatively, the authors could compare DHC and p50 intensities to those measured from HeLa cells treated with taxol. 

      Thank you for this suggestion. We conducted new rounds of imaging with the DHCEGFP and p50-EGFP clones in conjunction with HeLa cells transiently expressing the human kinesin-1-EGFP and now present the datasets from the new experiments. Importantly, our new data was entirely consistent with the prior analyses as there was not a significant difference between the kinesin-1-EGFP dimer intensities and the DHC-EGFP puncta intensities and there was a statistically significant difference in the intensity of p50 puncta, which were approximately half the intensity of the kinesin-1 and DHC. We have moved the old data comparing the intensities in S2 cells expressing kinesin-1-EGFP to Figure 3 - figure supplement 2 A-D and the new HeLa cell data is now shown in Figure 3 D-G.

      (2) Given the low number of observations (41-100 puncta), I think a scatter plot showing all data points would offer readers a more transparent means of viewing the single-molecule data presented in Figures 3A, B, C, and G. I also didn't see 'n' values for plots shown in Figure 3. 

      The box and whisker plots have now been replaced with scatter plots showing all data points. The accompanying ‘n’ values have been included in the figure 3 legend as well as the histograms in figures 1 and 2 that are represented in the comparative scatter plots.  

      (3) Given the authors have produced a body of work that challenges conclusions from another pre-print (Tirumala et al., 2022 bioRxiv) - specifically, that dynein is not processive in cells - I think it would be useful to include a short discussion about how their work challenges theirs. For example, one significant difference between the two experimental systems that may account for the different observations could simply be that the authors of the Tirumala study used a mouse DHC (in HeLa cells), which may not have the ability to assemble into active and processive dynein-dynactin-adaptor complexes. 

      Thank you for pointing this out! At the time we submitted our manuscript we were conflicted about citing a pre-print that had not been peer reviewed simply to point out the discrepancy. If we had done so at that time we would have proposed the exact potential technical issue that you have proposed here. However, at the time we felt it would be better for these issues to be addressed through the review process. Needless to say, we agree with your interpretation and now that the work is published (Tirumala et al. JCB, 2024) it is entirely appropriate to add a discussion on Tirumala et al. where contradictory observations were reported. 

      The following statement has been added to the manuscript: 

      “In contrast, a separate study (Tirumala et al., 2024) reported that dynein is not highly processive, typically exhibiting runs of very short duration (~0.6 s) in HeLa cells. A notable technical difference that may account for this discrepancy is that our study visualizes endogenously tagged human DHC, whereas Tirumala et al. characterized over-expressed mouse DHC in HeLa cells. Over-expression of the DHC may result in an imbalance of the subunits that comprise the active motor complex, leading to inactive, or less active complexes. Similarly, mouse DHC may not have the ability to efficiently assemble into active and processive dynein-dynactin-adaptor complexes to the same extent as human DHC.”

      Minor points: 

      (1) "Specifically, the adaptor BICD2 recruited a single dynein to dynactin while BICDR1 and HOOK3 supported assembly of a "double dynein" complex." It would be more accurate to say that dynein-dynactin complexes assembled with Bicd2 "tend to favor single dynein, and the Bicdr1 and Hook3 tend to favor two dyneins" since even Bicd2 can support assembly of 2 dynein-1 dynactin complexes (see Urnavicius et al, Nature 2018). 

      Thank you, the manuscript has been edited to reflect this point. 

      (2) "Human HeLa cells were engineered using CRISPR/Cas9 to insert a cassette encoding FKBP and EGFP tags in the frame at the 3' end of the dynein heavy chain (DYNC1H1) gene (SF1)." It is unclear to what "SF1" is referring. 

      SF1 is supplementary figure 1, which we have now clarified as being Figure 1 – figure supplement 1A.

      (3) "The SiR-Tubulin-treated cells were subjected to two-color TIRFM to determine if the DHC puncta exhibited motility and; indeed, puncta were observed streaming along MTs..." This sentence is strangely punctuated (the ";" is likely a typo?). 

      Thank you for pointing this out, the typo has been corrected and the sentence now reads:

      “The SiR-Tubulin-treated cells were subjected to two-color TIRFM and DHC-EGFP puncta were clearly observed streaming on Sir-Tubulin labeled MTs, which was especially evident on MTs that were pinned between the nucleus and the plasma membrane (Video 3)”

      (4) I am unfamiliar with the "MK" acronym shown above the molecular weight ladders in Figure 3H and I. Did the authors mean to use "MW" for molecular weight? 

      We intended this to mean MW and the typo has been corrected.

      (5) "This suggests that the cargos, which we presume motile dynein-dynactin puncta are bound to, any kinesins..." This sentence is confusing as written. Did the authors mean "and kinesins"? 

      Agreed. We have changed this sentence to now read: 

      “The velocity and low switching frequency of motile puncta suggest that any kinesin motors associated with cargos being transported by the dynein-dynactin visualized here are inactive and/or cannot effectively bind the MT lattice during dynein-dynactin-mediated transport in interphase HeLa cells.”

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I am confused as to why the authors introduced an FKBP tag to the DHC and no explanation is given. Is it possible this tag induces artificial dimerization of the DHC? 

      FKBP was tagged to DHC for potential knock sideways experiments. Since the current cell line does not express the FKBP counterpart FRB, having FKBP alone in the cell line would not lead to artificial dimerization of DHC.

      (2) The authors use a high concentration of SiR-tubulin (1uM) before washing it out. However, they observe strong effects on MT dynamics. The manufacturer states that concentrations below 100nM don't affect MT dynamics, so I am wondering why the authors are using such a high amount that leads to cellular phenotypes. 

      We would like to note that in our hands even 100 nM SiR-tubulin impacted MT dynamics if it was incubated for enough time to get a bright signal for imaging, which makes sense since drugs like docetaxel and taxol become enriched in cells over time. Thus, it was a trade-off between the extent/brightness of labeling and the effects on MT dynamics. We opted for shorter incubation with a higher concentration of Sir-Tubulin to achieve rapid MT labeling and efficient suppression of plus-end MT polymerization. This approach proved useful for our needs since the loss of the tip-tacking pool of DHC provided a clearer view of the motile population of MT-associated DHC.

      (3) The individual channels should be labeled in the supplemental movies. 

      They have now been labelled.

      (4) I would like to see example images and kymographs of the GFP-Kinesin-1 control used for fluorescent intensity analysis. Further, the authors use the mean of the intensity distribution, but I wonder why they don't fit the distribution to a Gaussian instead, as that seems more common in the field to me. Do the data fit well to a Gaussian distribution? 

      Example images and kymographs of the kinesin-1-EGFP control HeLa cells used for the updated fluorescent intensity analysis have been now added to the manuscript in Figure 3 - figure supplement 1. The kinesin-1-EGFP transiently expressed in HeLa cells exhibited a slower mean velocity and run length than the endogenously tagged HeLa dynein-dynactin. Regarding the distribution, we applied 6 normality tests to the new datasets acquired with DHC and p50 in comparison to human kinesin-EGFP in HeLa cells. While we are confident concluding that the data for p50 was normally distributed (p > 0.05 in 6/6), it was more difficult to reach conclusions about the normality of the datasets for kinesin-1 (p > 0.05 in 4/6) and DHC (p > 0.5 in 1/6). We have decided to report the data as scatter plots (per the suggestion in major point 1 by reviewer 1) in the new Figure 3G since it could be misleading to fit a non-normal distribution with a single Gaussian. We note that the likely non-normal distribution of the DHC data (since it “passed” only 1/6 normality tests) could reflect the presence of other populations (e.g. 1 DHC-EGFP in a motile puncta), but we could also not confidently conclude this since attempting to fit the data with a double Gaussian did not pass statistical muster. Indeed, as stated in the text, on lines 197-198 we do not exclude that the range of DHC intensities measured here may include sub-populations of complexes containing a single dynein dimer with one DHC-EGFP molecule.   

      Ultimately, we feel the safest conclusion is that there was not a statically significant difference between the DHC and kinesin-1 dimers (p = 0.32) but there was a statistically significant difference between both the DHC and kinesin-1 dimers compared to the p50 (p values < 0.001), which was ~50% the intensity of DHC and kinesin-1. Altogether this leads us to the fairly conservative conclusion that DHC puncta contain at least one dimer while the p50 puncta likely contain a single p50-EGFP molecule. 

      (5) The authors suggest the microtubules in the cells treated with SiR-tubulin may be more detyrosinated due to the treatment. Why don't they measure this using well-characterized antibodies that distinguish tyrosinated/detyrosinated microtubules in cells treated or not with SiR-tubulin? 

      At your suggestion, we carried out the experiment and found that under our labeling conditions there was not a notable difference in microtubule detyrosination between DMSO- and SiR-Tubulin-treated cells. Thus, we have removed this caveat from the revised manuscript.

      (6) "While we were unable to assess the relative expression levels of tagged versus untagged DHC for technical reasons." Please describe the technical reasons for the inability to measure DHC expression levels for the reader.

      We made several attempts to quantify the relative amounts of untagged and tagged protein by Western blotting. The high molecular weight of DHC (~500kDa) makes it difficult to resolve it on a conventional mini gel. We attempted running a gradient mini gel (4%-15%), and doing a western blot; however, we were still unable to detect DHC. To troubleshoot, the experiments were repeated with different dilutions of a commercially available antibody and varying concentrations of cell lysate; however, we were unable to obtain a satisfactory result. 

      We hold the view that even if it had it worked it would have been difficult to detect a relatively small difference between the untagged (MW = 500kDa) and tagged DHC (MW = 527kDa) by western blot. We have added language to this effect in the revised manuscript. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      (1). CRISPR-edited HeLa clones: 

      (i) The authors indicate that both the DHC-EGFP and p50-EGFP lines are heterozygous and that the level of DHC-EGFP was not measured due to technical difficulties. However, quantification of the relative amounts of untagged and tagged DHC needs to be performed - either using Western blot, immunofluorescence or qPCR comparing the parent cell line and the cell lines used in this work. 

      See response to reviewer 2 above. 

      (ii) The localization of DHC predominantly at the plus tips (Fig. 1A) is at odds with other work where endogenous or close-to-endogenous levels of DHC were visualized in HeLa cells and other non-polarized cells like HEK293, A-431 and U-251MG (e.g.: OpenCell (https://opencell.czbiohub.org/target/CID001880), Human Protein Atlas  ), https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2021.04.05.438428v3). The authors should perform immunofluorescence of DHC in the parental cells and DHC-EGFP cells to confirm there are no expression artifacts in the latter. Additionally, a comparison of the colocalization of DHC with EB1 in the parental and DHC-EGFP and p50-EGFP lines would be good to confirm MT plus-tip localisation of DHC in both lines. 

      The microtubule (MT) plus-tip localization of DHC was already observed in the 1990s, as evidenced by publications such as (PMID:10212138) and (PMID:12119357), which were further confirmed by Kobayashi and Murayama  in 2009 (PMID:19915671). We hold the view that further investigation into this localization is not worthwhile since the tip-tracking behavior of DHC-dynactin has been long-established in the field.

      (iii) It would also be useful to see entire fields of view of cells expressing DHC-EGFP and p50EGFP (e.g. in Spinning Disk microscopy) to understand if there is heterogeneity in expression. Similarly, it would be useful to report the relative levels of expression of EGFP (by measuring the total intensity of EGFP fluorescence per cell) in those cells employed for the analysis in the manuscript. 

      Representative images of fields have been added as Figure 1 - figure supplement 1B and Figure 2 – figure supplement 1 in the revised manuscript. We did not see drastic cell-tocell variation of expression within the clonal cell lines.

      (iv) Given that the authors suspect there is differential gene regulation in their CRISPR-edited lines, it cannot be concluded that the DHC-EGFP and p50-EGFP punctae tracked are functional and not piggybacking on untagged proteins. The authors could use the FKBP part of the FKBPEGFP tag to perform knock-sideways of the DHC and p50 to the plasma membrane and confirm abrogation of dynein activity by visualizing known dynein targets such as the Golgi (Golgi should disperse following recruitment of EGFP-tagged DHC-EGFP or p50-EGFP to the PM), or EGF (movement towards the cell center should cease). 

      Despite trying different concentrations and extensive troubleshooting, we were not able to replicate the reported observations of Ciliobrevin D or Dynarrestin during mitosis. We would like to emphasize that the velocity (1.2 μm/s) of dynein-dynactin complexes that we measured in HeLa cells was comparable to those measured in iNeurons by Fellows et al. (PMID: 38407313) and for unopposed dynein under in vitro conditions. 

      (2) TIFRM and analysis: 

      (i) What was the rationale for using TIRFM given its limitation of visualization at/near the plasma membrane? Are the authors confident they are in TIRF mode and not HILO, which would fit with the representative images shown in the manuscript? 

      To avoid overcrowding, it was important to image the MT tracks that that were pinned between the nucleus and the plasma membrane. It is unclear to us why the reviewer feels that true TIRFM could not be used to visualize the movement of dynein-dynactin on this population of MTs since the plasma membrane is ~ 3-5 nm and a MT is ~25-27 nm all of which would fall well within the 100-200 nm excitable range of the evanescent wave produced by TIRF. While we feel TIRF can effectively visualize dynein-dynactin motility in cells, we have mentioned the possibility that some imaging may be HILO microscopy in the materials and methods.

      (ii) At what depth are the authors imaging DHC-EGFP and p50-EGFP? 

      The imaging depth of traditional TIRFM is limited to around 100-200 nm. In adherent interphase HeLa cells the nucleus is in very close proximity (nanometer not micron scale) to the plasma membrane with some cytoskeletal filaments (actin) and microtubules positioned between the plasma membrane and the nuclear membrane. The fact that we were often visualizing MTs positioned between the nucleus and the membrane makes us confident that we were imaging at a depth (100 - 200nm) consistent with TIRFM. 

      (iii) The authors rely on manual inspection of tracks before analyzing them in kymographs - this is not rigorous and is prone to bias. They should instead track the molecules using single particle tracking tools (eg. TrackMate/uTrack), and use these traces to then quantify the displacement, velocity, and run-time. 

      Although automated single particle tracking tools offer several benefits, including reduced human effort, and scalability for large datasets, they often rely on specialized training datasets and do not generalize well to every dataset. The authors contend that under complex cellular environments human intervention is often necessary to achieve a reliable dataset. Considering the nature of our data we felt it was necessary to manually process the time-lapses. 

      (iv) It is unclear how the tracks that were eventually used in the quantification were chosen. Are they representative of the kind of movements seen? Kymographs of dynein movement along an entire MT/cell needs to be shown and all punctae that appear on MTs need to be tracked, and their movement quantified. 

      Considering the densely populated environment of a cell, it will be nearly impossible to quantity all the datasets. We selected tracks for quantification, focusing on areas where MTs were pinned between the nucleus and plasma membrane where we could track the movement of a single dynein molecule and where the surroundings were relatively less crowded. 

      (v) What is the directionality of the moving punctae? 

      In our experience, cells rarely organized their MTs in the textbook radial MT array meaning that one could not confidently conclude that “inward” movements were minus-end directed. Microtubule polarity was also not able to be determined for the MTs positioned between the plasma membrane and the nucleus on which many of the puncta we quantified were moving. It was clear that motile puncta moving on the same MT moved in the same direction with the exception of rare and brief directional switching events. What was more common than directional switching on the same MT were motile puncta exhibiting changes in direction at sharp (sometimes perpendicular) angles indicative of MT track switching, which is a well-characterized behavior of dynein-dynactin (See DOI: 10.1529/biophysj.107.120014).

      (vi) Since all the quantification was performed on SiR tubulin-treated cells, it is unclear if the behavior of dynein observed here reflects the behavior of dynein in untreated cells. Analysis of untreated cells is required. 

      It was important to quantify SiR tubulin-treated cells because SiR-Tubulin is a docetaxel derivative, and its addition suppressed plus-end MT polymerization resulting in a significant reduction in the DHC tip-tracking population and a clearer view of the motile population of MT-associated DHC puncta. Otherwise, it was challenging to reliably identify motile puncta given the abundance of DHC tip-tracking populations in untreated cells.  

      (3) Estimation of stoichiometry of DHC and p50 

      Given that the punctae of DHC-EGFP and p50 seemingly bleach on MT before the end of the movie, the authors should use photobleaching to estimate the number of molecules in their punctae, either by simple counting the number of bleaching steps or by measuring single-step sizes and estimating the number of molecules from the intensity of punctae in the first frame. 

      Comparing the fluorescence intensity of a known molecule (in our case a kinesin-1EGFP dimer) to calculate the numbers of an unknown protein molecule (in our case Dynein or p50) is a widely accepted technique in the field. For example, refer to PMID: 29899040. To accurately estimate the stoichiometry of DHC and p50 and address the concerns raised by other reviewers, we expressed the human kinesin-EGFP in HeLa cells and analyzed the datasets from new experiments. We did not observe any significant differences between our old and new datasets.

      (4) Discussion of prior literature 

      Recent work visualizing the behavior of dyneins in HeLa cells (DOI:  10.1101/2021.04.05.438428), which shows results that do not align with observations in this manuscript, has not been discussed. These contradictory findings need to be discussed, and a more objective assessment of the literature in general needs to be undertaken.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Overall, it's a well-performed study, however, causality between Plscr1 and Ifnlr1 expression needs to be more firmly established. This is because two recent studies of PLSCR1 KO cells infected with different viruses found no major differences in gene expression levels compared with their WT controls (Xu et al. Nature, 2023; LePen et al. PLoS Biol, 2024). There were also defects in the expression of other cytokines (type I and II IFNs plus TNF-alpha) so a clear explanation of why Ifnlr1 was chosen should also be given.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s reference to the two recently published research on PLSCR1’s role in SARS-CoV-2 infections. We have also discussed those studies in the Introduction and Discussion sections of this manuscript. Here, we would like to clarify ourselves for the rationale of investigating Ifn-λr1 signaling.

      The reviewer mentioned “defects in the expression of other cytokines (type I and II IFNs plus TNF-alpha)” and requested a clearer explanation of why Ifnlr1 was chosen for study. In our investigation of IAV infection, we observed no defects in the expression of type I and II IFNs or TNF-α in Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup> mice; rather, these cytokines were expressed at even higher levels compared to WT controls (Figures 2D and 3A). This indicates that the type I and II IFN and TNF-α signaling pathways remain intact and are not negatively affected by the loss of Plscr1. Notably, Ifn-λr1 expression is the only one among all IFNs and their receptors that is significantly impaired in Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup> mice (Figure 3A), justifying our focused investigation of this receptor. To further clarify this point, we have expanded the explanation under the section titled “Plscr1 Binds to Ifn-λr1 Promoter and Activates Ifn-λr1 Transcription in IAV Infection” within the Results. The reviewer noted that previously published studies “found no major differences in gene expression levels compared with their WT controls”, but neither study examined Ifn-λr1 expression.

      (1) The authors propose that Plscr1 restricts IAV infection by regulating the type III IFN signaling pathway. While the data show a positive correlation between Ifnlr1 and Plscr1 levels in both mouse and cell culture models, additional evidence is needed to establish causality between the impaired type III IFN pathway, and the increased susceptibility observed in Plscr1-KO mice. To strengthen this conclusion, the following experiments could be undertaken: (i) Measure IAV titers in WT, Plscr1-KO, Ifnlr1-KO, and Plscr1/ Ifnlr1-double KO cells. If the antiviral activity of Plscr1 is highly dependent on Ifnlr1, there should be no further increase in IAV titers in double KO cells compared to single KO cells; (ii) over-express Plscr1 in Ifnlr1-KO cells to determine if it still inhibits IAV infection. If Plscr1's main action is to upregulate Ifnlr1, then it should not be able to rescue susceptibility since Ifnlr1 cannot be expressed in the KO background. If Plscr1 over-expression rescues viral susceptibility, then there are Ifnlr1-independent mechanisms involved. These experiments should help clarify the relative contribution of the type III IFN pathway to Plscr1-mediated antiviral immunity.

      We agree with the reviewer that additional evidence is necessary to establish causality between the impaired type III IFN pathway and the increased susceptibility observed in Plscr1-KO mice. As requested by the reviewer, and one step further, we have measured IAV titers in Wt, Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup>, Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup>, and Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup>Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> mouse lungs, which provided us with more comprehensive information at the tissue and organismal level compared to cell culture models. Our results are detailed under “The Anti-Influenza Activity of Plscr1 Is Highly Dependent on Ifn-λr1” within “Results” section and in Supplemental Figure 5. Importantly, there was no further increase in weight loss (Supplemental Figure 5B), total BAL cell counts (Supplemental Figure 5C), neutrophil percentages (Supplemental Figure 5D), and IAV titers (Supplemental Figure 5E) in Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup>Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> mouse lungs compared to Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> mouse lungs. These findings indicate that the antiviral activity of Plscr1 is largely dependent on Ifn-λr1.

      We agree that overexpression of Plscr1 on an Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> background would provide additional evidence to support our conclusion from the Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup>Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> mice. In future studies, we plan to specifically overexpress Plscr1 in ciliated epithelial cells on the Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> background by breeding Plscr1<sup>floxStop</sup>Foxj1-Cre<sup>+</sup>Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> mice. In addition, ciliated epithelial cells isolated from Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> murine airways could be transduced with a Plscr1 construct for overexpression. We hypothesize that overexpression of Plscr1 in ciliated epithelial cells will not rescue susceptibility in Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> mice or cells, since our Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup>Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> mouse model suggest that Ifn-λr1-independent anti-influenza functions of Plscr1 are likely minor compared to its role in upregulating Ifn-λr1. These future plans have been added to the “Discussion” section, and we look forward to presenting our results in a forthcoming publication.

      (3) In Figure 4, the authors demonstrate the interaction between Plscr1 and Ifnlr1. They suggest that this interaction modulates IFN-λ signaling. However, Figures 5C-E show that the 5CA mutant, which lacks surface localization and the ability to bind Ifnlr1, exhibits similar anti-flu activity to WT Plscr1. Does this mean the interaction between Plscr1 and Ifnlr1 is dispensable for Plscr1-mediated antiviral function? Can the authors compare the activation of IFN-λ signaling pathway in Plscr1-KO cells expressing empty vector, WT Plscr1, and 5CA mutant? This could be done by measuring downstream ISG expression or using an ISRE-luciferase reporter assay upon IFN-λ treatment.

      We agree with the reviewer that downstream activation of the IFN-λ signaling pathway is a critical component of the proposed regulatory role of PLSCR1. As suggested, we attempted to perform an ISRE-luciferase reporter assay following IFN-λ treatment in PLSCR1 rescue cell lines by transfecting the cells with hGAPDH-rLuc (Addgene #82479) and pGL4.45 [luc2P/ISRE/Hygro] (Promega #E4041).

      Despite extensive efforts over several months, we were unable to achieve expression of pGL4.45 [luc2P/ISRE/Hygro] in PLSCR1 rescue cells using either Lipofectamine 3000 or electroporation, as no firefly luciferase activity was detected at baseline or following IFN-λ treatment. In contrast, hGAPDH-rLuc was robustly expressed in these cells.

      The pGL4.45 [luc2P/ISRE/Hygro] plasmid was obtained directly from Promega as a purified product, and its sequence was confirmed via whole plasmid sequencing. Additionally, both hGAPDH-rLuc and pGL4.45 [luc2P/ISRE/Hygro] were successfully expressed in 293T cells, indicating that neither the plasmids nor the transfection protocols are inherently faulty.

      We suspect that prior modifications to the PLSCR1 rescue cells—such as CRISPR-mediated knockout and lentiviral transduction—may interfere with successful transfection of pGL4.45 [luc2P/ISRE/Hygro] through an as-yet-unknown mechanism. Although these results are disappointing, we will continue troubleshooting and plan to communicate in a separate manuscript once the luciferase assay is successfully established.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations):

      (1) In the introduction, the linkage between the paragraph discussing type III IFN and PLSCR1 needs to be better established. The mention of PLSCR1 being an ISG at the outset may help connect these two paragraphs and make the text appear more logical.

      We apologize for the lack of linkage and logic between type 3 IFN and PLSCR1. We have introduced PLSCR1 as an ISG at the beginning of its paragraph as recommended. 

      (2) The statement that, “Intriguingly, PLSCR1 is also an antiviral ISG, as its expression can be highly induced by type 1 and 2 interferons in various viral infections[15, 16]. However, whether its expression can be similarly induced by type 3 interferon has not been studied yet.” is incorrect. Xu et al. tested the role of PLSCR1 in type III IFN-induced control of SARS-CoV-2 (ref. 24). This needs to be revised.

      We apologize for the incorrect information in the introduction and have revised the paragraph with the proper citation.

      (3) In Figure 3B, can the authors provide a comprehensive heatmap that includes all ISGs above the threshold, rather than only a subset? This would offer a more complete overview of the changes in type I, II, and III IFN pathways in Plscr1-KO mice.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we have provided a comprehensive heatmap that includes all ISGs above the threshold in Figure 3C (previously Figure 3B). We identified a total of 1,113 ISGs in our dataset with a fold change ≥2. Enlarged heatmaps with gene names are provided in Supplemental Figure 1. Among those ISGs, 584 are regulated exclusively by type 1 IFNs, and 488 are regulated by both type 1 and type 2 interferons. Unfortunately, the Interferome database does not include information on type 3 IFN-inducible genes in mice[1]. Although many ISGs were robustly upregulated in Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup> infected lungs, consistent with inflammation data, a large subset of ISGs failed to be transcribed when Ifn-λr1 function was impaired, especially at 7 dpi. We suspect that those non-transcribed ISGs in Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup> mice may be specifically regulated by type 3 IFN and represent interesting targets for future research. These results have been added to “Plscr1 Binds to Ifn-λr1 Promoter and Activates Ifn-λr1 Transcription in IAV Infection” within “Results” section.

      (4) In Figure 3C, 5B and 7H, immunoblots should also be included to measure changes of Ifnlr1/IFNLR1 protein level.

      As requested by the reviewer, we have provided western blots measuring Ifn-λr1/IFN-λR1 protein level in Figure 5B and 7I. The protein expressions were consistent with the PCR results.

      (5) In Figure 3H, the amount of RPL30 is also low in the anti-PLSCR1-treated and IgG samples, making it difficult to estimate if ChIP binding is genuinely impacted.

      RPL30 Exon 3 serves as a negative control in the ChIP experiment and is not expected to bind either the anti-PLSCR1-treated or the IgG control samples. Anti-Histone H3 treatment is a positive control, with the treated sample expected to show binding to RPL30 Exon 3. We hope this clarification has addressed any further potential confusion from the reviewer.

      (6) In Figure 4A, can the authors show a larger slice of the gel with molecular weight markers for both Plscr1 and Ifnlr1. In the coIP, the binding may be indirect through intermediate partners. Proximity ligation assay is a more direct assay for interaction and can be stated as such.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we have included whole gel images of Figure 4A with molecular weight markers for both Plscr1 and Ifnlr1 in Supplemental Figure 3. We appreciate the reviewer’s affirmation of proximity ligation assay and have stated it as a more direct assay for interaction under “Plscr1 Interacts with Ifn-λr1 on Pulmonary Epithelial Cell Membrane in IAV Infection” in “Results” section.

      (7) In Figure 5A, how is the expression of PLSCR1 WT and mutants driven by an EF-1α promoter can be further upregulated by IAV infection? Can the authors also use immunoblots to examine the protein level of PLSCR1?

      We apologize for the confusion and appreciate the reviewer’s careful observation. We were initially surprised by this finding as well, but upon further investigation, we found out that the human PLSCR1 primers used in our qRT-PCR assay can still detect the transcription from the undisturbed portion of the endogenous PLSCR1 mRNA, even in PLSCR1<sup>-/-</sup> cells. In the original Figure 5A, data for vector-transduced PLSCR1<sup>-/-</sup> were not included because PCR was not performed on those samples at the time. After conducting PCR for vector-transduced PLSCR1<sup>-/-</sup> cells, we detected transcription of PLSCR1, which confirms that the signaling originates from endogenous DNA, but not from the EF-1α promoter-driven PLSCR1 plasmid. Please see Author response image 1 below.

      Author response image 1.

      The forward human PLSCR1 primer we used matches 15-34 nt of Wt PLSCR1, and the reverse primer matches 224-244 nt of Wt PLSCR1. CRISPR-Cas9 KO of PLSCR1 was mediated by sgRNAs in A549 cells and was performed by Xu et al[2]. sgRNA #1 matches 227-246 nt, sgRNA #2 matches 209-228 nt, and sgRNA #3 matches 689-708 nt of Wt PLSCR1. The sgRNAs likely introduced a short deletion or insertion that does not affect transcription. However, those endogenous mRNA transcripts cannot be translated to functional and detectable PLSCR1 proteins, as validated by our western blot (below), as well as western blots performed by Xu et al[2]. Therefore, our primers could amplify endogenous PLSCR1 transcripts upregulated by IAV infection, if 15-244 nt was not disturbed by CRISPR-Cas9 KO. By western blot, we confirmed that only endogenous PLSCR1 expression is upregulated by IAV infection, and exogenous protein expression of PLSCR1 plasmids driven by an EF-1α promoter are not upregulated by IAV infection.

      Author response image 2.

      To avoid confusion, we have removed the original Figure 5A from the manuscript.

      (8) In Figure 5C, the loss of anti-flu activity with the H262Y mutant is modest, suggesting the loss of ifnlr1 transcription is only partly responsible for the susceptibility of Plscr1 KO cells. The anti-flu activity being independent of scramblase activity resembles the earlier discovery of SARS-CoV-2 (Xu et al., 2024). This could be stated in the results since it is an important point that scramblase activity is dispensable for several major human viruses and shifts the emphasis regarding mechanism. It has been appropriately noted in the discussion.

      We appreciated the comments and have acknowledged the consistency of our results with those of Xu et al. under “Both Cell Surface and Nuclear PLSCR1 Regulates IFN-λ Signaling and Limits IAV Infection Independent of Its Enzymatic Activity” in the “Results” section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations):

      (1) The statement that type I interferons are expressed by “almost all cells” is inaccurate (line 61). Type I IFN production is also context-dependent and often restricted to specific cell types upon infection or stimulation.

      We apologize for the inaccurate description of the expression pattern of type 1 IFNs and have corrected the restricted cellular sources of type 1 IFNs in the “Introduction”.

      (2) The antiviral response is assessed solely through flu M gene expression. Incorporating infectious virus titers (e.g., TCID50 or plaque assay) would provide a more robust and direct measure of antiviral activity.

      As requested by the reviewer, we have performed plaque assays on all experiments where flu M gene expression levels were measured (Figure 1G, 5E and 7F, and Supplemental Figure 6E). The plaque assay results are consistent with the flu M gene expressions.

      (3) While mRNA expression of interferons is measured, protein levels (e.g., through ELISA) should also be quantified to establish the functional relevance of IFN expression changes.

      As requested by the reviewer, we have quantified the protein level of IFN-λ in mouse BAL with ELISA (Figure 2E). The ELISA results are consistent with the mRNA expressions of IFN-λ.

      (4) It is unclear whether reduced IFNLR1 expression translates to defective downstream signaling or antiviral responses after IFN-λ treatment in PLSCR1-deficient cells. This is particularly pertinent given the increase in IFN-λ ligand in vivo, which might compensate for receptor downregulation.

      We agree with the reviewer that downstream activation of the IFN-λ signaling pathway is a critical aspect of PLSCR1’s proposed regulatory role. To investigate this, we attempted an ISRE-luciferase reporter assay to assess downstream signaling following IFN-λ treatment in PLSCR1 rescue cells. Unfortunately, the experiment encountered unforeseen technical issues. For additional context, please refer to our response to Reviewer #1’s public review #3.

      (5) Detailed gating strategies for immune cell subsets are absent and should be included for clarity and reproducibility.

      We would like to clarify that the immune cell subsets in BAL fluids were counted manually following cytospin preparation and Diff-Quik staining (Figure 2B and 7H, and Supplemental Figures 2C, 5D, and 8D), rather than by flow cytometry. We hope this resolves the reviewer’s confusion.

      (6) The study does not definitively establish that reduced IFN-λ signaling causes the observed in vivo phenotype. Increased morbidity and mortality in PLSCR1-deficient mice could also stem from elevated TNF-α levels and lung damage, as proinflammatory cytokines and/or enhanced lung damage are known contributors to influenza morbidity and mortality. This point warrants detailed discussions.

      We agreed with the reviewer that this study does not guarantee a definitive causality between reduced IFN-λ signaling and increased morbidity of Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup> mice and more experiments are needed to reach the conclusion. We have acknowledged this limitation of our study in the “Discussion”, as requested by the reviewer. We hope to fully eliminate the confounding elements and definitively establish the proposed causality in future studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Yang et al. have investigated the role of PLSCR1, an antiviral interferon-stimulated gene (ISG), in host protection against IAV infection. Although some antiviral effects of PLSCR1 have been described, its full activity remains incompletely understood.

      This study now shows that Plscr1 expression is induced by IAV infection in the respiratory epithelium, and Plscr1 acts to increase Ifn-λr1 expression and enhance IFN-λ signaling possibly through protein-protein interactions on the cell membrane.

      Strengths:

      The study sheds light on the way Ifnlr1 expression is regulated, an area of research where little is known. The study is extensive and well-performed with relevant genetically modified mouse models and tools.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some issues that need to be clarified/corrected in the results and figures as presented.

      Also, the study does not provide much information about the role of PLSCR1 in the regulation of Ifn-λr1 expression and function in immune cells. This would have been a plus.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for the positive feedback and insightful comment regarding the roles of PLSCR1 and IFN-λR1 in immune cells. It is important to note that IFN-λR1 expression is highly restricted in immune cells and is primarily limited to neutrophils and dendritic cells[3]. While dendritic cells were not the focus of this study, we did examine all immune cell subsets in our single cell RNA seq data and performed infection experiments in Plscr1<sup>floxStop</sup>/LysM-Cre<sup>+</sup> mice. We have not observed any significant findings in these populations. On the other hand, we do have some interesting preliminary data suggesting a role for PLSCR1 in regulating Ifn-λr1 expression and function in neutrophils. These findings are discussed in detail in our response to reviewer #3’s recommendation #12.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations):

      (1) In Figure 1B, the Plscr1 label should be moved to the y-axis so that readers don't confuse it with the Plscr1-/- mice used in the other figure panels. The fact that WT mice were used should be added in the figure legend.

      We apologize for the confusion in the figures. We have moved Plscr1 label to the y-axis in Figure 1B and have mentioned Wt mice were used in the figure legend.

      (2) In Figure 1C and D, the type of dose leading to the presented data should be added to help the reader. Also, shouldn't statistics be added?

      We appreciate the suggestion and have added doses to Figure 1C and 1D. We are confused about the request of adding statistics by the reviewer, as two-way ANOVA tests were used to compare weight losses, and the significance was labeled on the figures.

      (3) In Figures 1, F, and G, it is not indicated whether sublethal or lethal dose was used for the IAV infection. This should be very clear in the figure and figure legend.

      We apologize for the confusion of infection doses used in the figures. We have added doses to Figure 1F, 1G and 1H.

      (4) In Figure 1, the CTCF abbreviation should be explained in the Figure legend.

      We have explained CTCF in the figure legend as requested.

      (5) In Figure 2B, this is percentages of what?

      Figure 2B shows the percentages of each immune cell type within total BAL cells.

      (6) In Figures 3A and B, transcriptomes for each condition are from how many mice? Also, what do heatmaps show? Fold induction, differences, etc, and from what? What is compared with what? In addition, is there a discordance between the RNAseq data of Figure 3A and the qPCR data of Fig. 3C in terms of Ifnlr1 expression?

      In Figure 3A and 3C (previously 3B), RNA from the whole lungs of 9 mice per PBS-treated group and 4 mice per IAV-infected group were pooled for transcriptomic analysis. Figure 3A represents a heatmap of differential gene expression, while Figure 3C (previously 3B) represents fold changes in gene expression relative to uninfected controls. In both heatmaps, gene expression values are color-coded from row minimum (blue) to row maximum (red), enabling comparison across groups within each gene (row). The major comparison of interest in these heatmaps is between Wt infected mice versus Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup> infected mice. We have added this information to the figure legend.

      We also acknowledge the reviewer’s observation regarding the discordance between the RNA seq data of Figure 3A and the qPCR data of Figure 3B (previously 3C) for Ifnlr1 expression. To address this, we have repeated the qRT-PCR experiment with additional samples at 7 dpi. In the updated results, Wt mice consistently show significantly higher Ifn-λr1 expression than Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup> infected mice at both 3 dpi and 7 dpi, consistent with the RNA seq data. However, a time-dependent discrepancy between the RNA-seq and qRT-PCR datasets remains: Ifn-λr1 expression continues to increase at 7 dpi in the RNA-seq data (Figure 3A), whereas it declines in the qRT-PCR results (Figure 3B). The reason for this discrepancy remains unclear and has been addressed in the Discussion section.

      (7) In Figure 3D, have the authors checked whether the Ifnlr1 antibody they use is indeed specific for Ifnlr1? Have they used any blocking peptide for the anti-mouse Ifn-λr1 polyclonal antibody they are using? Also, in Figure 3E, the marker used for staining should be indicated in the pictures of the lung section.

      Unfortunately, a blocking peptide is not available for the anti-mouse Ifn-λr1 polyclonal antibody used in our study. To assess antibody specificity, we have performed immunofluorescence staining of Ifn-λr1 on lung tissues from Ifn-λr1<sup>-/-</sup> mice using the same antibody. No signal was detected (Supplemental Figure 5A), supporting the specificity of the antibody for Ifn-λr1.

      As requested by the reviewer, we have added the marker (Ifn-λr1) to the pictures of the lung section in Figure 3E.

      (8) In Figure 5, it's better to move each graph's label that stands to the top (e.g. PLSCR1, IFN-λR1 etc) to the y-axis label so that it doesn't get confused with the mouse -/- label.

      We apologize for the confusion and have moved the top label to the y-axis in Figure 5.

      (9) In Figure 6A, it is claimed that the 'two-dimensional UMAP demonstrated that these main lung cell populations (epithelial, endothelial, mesenchymal, and immune) were dynamic over the course of infection.'. This is not clear by the data. The percentage of cells per cluster should be calculated.

      As requested by the reviewer, the proportion (Supplemental Figure 6A) and cell count (Supplemental Figure 6B) of each cluster have been calculated and included in “PLSCR1 Expression Is Upregulated in the Ciliated Airway Epithelial Compartment of Mice following Flu Infection” under “Results” section. Together with the two-dimensional UMAP (Figure 6A), these data demonstrate that the main lung cell populations (epithelial, endothelial, mesenchymal, and immune) were dynamic over the course of infection. Following infection, many populations emerged, particularly within the immune cell clusters. At the same time, some clusters were initially depleted and later restored, such as microvascular endothelial cells (cluster 2). Other populations, such as interferon-responsive fibroblasts (cluster 20), showed a dramatic yet transient expansion during acute infection and disappeared after infection resolved.

      (10) In Figure 6 B and C, the legend should indicate that these are Violin plots. Also, if AT2 cells don't express Plscr1, does that indicate that in these cells Plscr1 is not needed for IFN-λR1 expression?

      As requested, we have indicated in the legend of Figure 6B and 6C that these are violin plots. Plscr1 is expressed at low levels in AT2 cells. However, it is unclear whether Plscr1 is needed for Ifn-λr1 expression in AT2 cells, and it would be interesting to investigate further.

      (11) In lines 302-304, it is stated that 'Among the various epithelial populations, ciliated epithelial cells not only had 303 the highest aggregated expression of Plscr1, but also were the only epithelial cell 304 population in which significantly more Plscr1 was induced in response to IAV infection.'. Which data/ figure support this statement?

      Figure 6B shows that among the various epithelial populations, ciliated epithelial cells had the highest aggregated expression of Plscr1. To better illustrate this statement, we have rearranged the order of cell clusters from highest to lowest Plscr1 expression, and added red dots to indicate the mean expression levels for each cluster in Figure 6B.

      Ciliated epithelial cells also had the most significant increase in Plscr1 expression (p < 2.22e-16 and p = 6.7e-05) in early IAV infection at 3 dpi (Figure 6C and Supplemental Figure 7A-7K). In comparison, AT1 cells were the only other epithelial cluster to show Plscr1 upregulation at 3dpi, but to a much less extent (p = 0.033, Supplemental Figure 7J). Supplemental Figure 7 was added to better support the statement and the explanation was added to “PLSCR1 Expression Is Upregulated in the Ciliated Airway Epithelial Compartment of Mice following Flu Infection” under “Results” section.

      (12) As earlier, if Plscr1 is not expressed in neutrophils (Figure 6F), does that mean IFN-λR1 expression does not require Plscr1 in these cells?

      Although Plscr1 is expressed at lower levels in neutrophils compared to epithelial cells, it is still detectable. In fact, our preliminary data suggest that IFN-λR1 expression in neutrophils is dependent on Plscr1. We have isolated neutrophils from peripheral blood and BAL of IAV-infected Wt and Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup> mice using a mouse neutrophil enrichment kit. Quantitative PCR results showed that Plscr1<sup>-/-</sup> neutrophils exhibit significantly lower expression of Ifn-λr1, alongside elevated levels of Il-1β, Il-6 and Tnf-α in IAV infection (see figures below). These findings suggest that Plscr1 may play an anti-inflammatory role in neutrophils by upregulating Ifn-λr1. These data were not included in the current manuscript because they are beyond the scope of current study, but we hope to address the role of PLSCR1 in regulating IFN-λR1 expression and function in neutrophils in a future study.

      Author response image 3.

      (13) The Figure 7A legend is not well stated. Something like ' Schematic representation of the experimental design of...' should be included. Also, Figure 7J is not referenced in the text.

      We apologize for the unclear Figure 7A legend and have changed it to “Schematic representation of the experimental design of ciliated epithelial cell conditional Plscr1 KI mice.” Figure 8 (previously Figure 7J) has now been referenced in the text.

      (14) In the Methods, more specific information in some parts should be provided. For example, the clones of the antibodies used should be included.

      Apart from the 10x technology, the kits used and the type of the Illumina sequencing should be provided. Information on how the QC was performed (threshold for reads/cell, detected genes/per cells, and % of mitochondrial genes etc) should be added.

      We apologize for the missing information in the “Methods”. We have now provided the clones of the antibodies used, the kit used to generate single-cell transcriptomic libraries, the type of the Illumina sequencing, and the QC performance data.

      References

      (1) Rusinova, I., et al., Interferome v2.0: an updated database of annotated interferon-regulated genes. Nucleic Acids Res, 2013. 41(Database issue): p. D1040-6.

      (2) Xu, D., et al., PLSCR1 is a cell-autonomous defence factor against SARS-CoV-2 infection. Nature, 2023. 619(7971): p. 819-827.

      (3) Donnelly, R.P., et al., The expanded family of class II cytokines that share the IL-10 receptor-2 (IL-10R2) chain. J Leukoc Biol, 2004. 76(2): p. 314-21.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Here the authors discuss mechanisms of ligand binding and conformational changes in GlnBP (a small E Coli periplasmic binding protein, which binds and carries L-glutamine to the inner membrane ATP-binding cassette (ABC) transporter). The authors have distinguished records in this area and have published seminal works. They include experimentalists and computational scientists. Accordingly, they provide a comprehensive, high quality, experimental and computational work.

      They observe that apo- and holo- GlnBP do not generate detectable exchange between open and (semi-) closed conformations on timescales between 100 ns and 10 ms. Especially, the ligand binding and conformational changes in GlnBP that they observe are highly correlated. Their analysis of the results indicates a dominant induced-fit mechanism, where the ligand binds GlnBP prior to conformational rearrangements. They then suggest that an approach resembling the one they undertook can be applied to other protein systems where the coupling mechanism of conformational changes and ligand binding.

      They argue that the intuitive model where ligand binding triggers a functionally relevant conformational change was challenged by structural experiments and MD simulations revealing the existence of unliganded closed or semi-closed states and their dynamic exchange with open unbound conformations, discuss alternative mechanisms that were proposed, their merits and difficulties, concluding that the findings were controversial, which, they suggest is due to insufficient availability of experimental evidence to distinguish them. As to further specific conclusions they draw from their results, they determine that a conformational selection mechanism is incompatible with their results, but induced fit is. They thus propose induced fit as the dominant pathway for GlnBP, further supported by the notion that the open conformation is much more likely to bind substrate than the closed one based on steric arguments.

      The paper here, which clearly embodies massive careful and high-quality work, is extensive, making use of a range of experimental approaches, including isothermal titration calorimetry, single-molecule Förster resonance energy transfer, and surface-plasmon resonance spectroscopy. The problem the authors undertake is of fundamental importance.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Here the authors discuss mechanisms of ligand binding and conformational changes in GlnBP (a small E Coli periplasmic binding protein, which binds and carries L-glutamine to the inner membrane ATP-binding cassette (ABC) transporter). The authors have distinguished records in this area and have published seminal works. They include experimentalists and computational scientists. Accordingly, they provide comprehensive, high-quality, experimental and computational work. They observe that apo- and holo- GlnBP does not generate detectable exchange between open and (semi-) closed conformations on timescales between 100 ns and 10 ms. Especially, the ligand binding and conformational changes in GlnBP that they observe are highly correlated. Their analysis of the results indicates a dominant induced-fit mechanism, where the ligand binds GlnBP prior to conformational rearrangements. They then suggest that an approach resembling the one they undertook can be applied to other protein systems where the coupling mechanism of conformational changes and ligand binding. They argue that the intuitive model where ligand binding triggers a functionally relevant conformational change was challenged by structural experiments and MD simulations revealing the existence of unliganded closed or semi-closed states and their dynamic exchange with open unbound conformations, discuss alternative mechanisms that were proposed, their merits and difficulties, concluding that the findings were controversial, which, they suggest is due to insufficient availability of experimental evidence to distinguish them. As to further specific conclusions they draw from their results, they determine that a conformational selection mechanism is incompatible with their results, but induced fit is. They thus propose induced fit as the dominant pathway for GlnBP, further supported by the notion that the open conformation is much more likely to bind substrate than the closed one based on steric arguments. Considering the landscape of substrate-free states, in my view, the closed state is likely to be the most stable and, thus most highly populated. As the authors note and I agree that state can be sterically infeasible for a deep-pocketed substrate. As indeed they also underscore, there is likely to be a range of open states. If the populations of certain states are extremely low, they may not be detected by the experimental (or computational) methods. The free energy landscape of the protein can populate all possible states, with the populations determined by their relative energies. In principle, the protein can visit all states. Whether a particular state is observed depends on the time the protein spends in that state. The frequencies, or propensities, of the visits can determine the protein function. As to a specific order of events, in my view, there isn't any. It is a matter of probabilities which depend on the populations (energies) of the states. The open conformation that is likely to bind is the most favorable, permitting substrate access, followed by minor, induced fit conformational changes. However, a key factor is the ligand concentration. Ligand binding requires overcoming barriers to sustain the equilibrium of the unliganded ensemble, thus time. If the population of the state is low, and ligand concentration is high (often the case in in vitro experiments, and high drug dosage scenarios) binding is likely to take place across a range of available states. This is however a personal interpretation of the data. The paper here, which clearly embodies massive careful, and high-quality work, is extensive, making use of a range of experimental approaches, including isothermal titration calorimetry, single-molecule Förster resonance energy transfer, and surface-plasmon resonance spectroscopy. The problem the authors undertake is of fundamental importance.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The manuscript by Han et al and Cordes is a tour-de-force effort to distinguish between induced fit and conformational selection in glutamine binding protein (GlnBP). 

      We thank the referee for the recognition of the work and effort that has gone into this manuscript. 

      It is important to say that I don't agree that a decision needs to be made between these two limiting possibilities in the sense that whether a minor population can be observed depends on the experiment and the energy difference between the states. That said, the authors make an important distinction which is that it is not sufficient to observe both states in the ligand-free solution because it is likely that the ligand will not bind to the already closed state. The ligand binds to the open state and the question then is whether the ligand sufficiently changes the energy of the open state to effectively cause it to close. The authors point out that this question requires both a kinetic and a thermodynamic answer. Their "method" combines isothermal titration calorimetry, single-molecule FRET including key results from multi-parameter photon-by-photon hidden Markov modelling (mpH2MM), and SPR. The authors present this "method" of combination of experiments as an approach to definitively differentiate between induced fit and conformational selection. I applaud the rigor with which they perform all of the experiments and agree that others who want to understand the exact mechanism of protein conformational changes connected to ligand binding need to do such a multitude of different experiments to fully characterize the process. However, the situation of GlnBP is somewhat unique in the high affinity of the Gln (slow offrate) as compared to many small molecule binding situations such as enzyme-substrate complexes. It is therefore not surprising that the kinetics result in an induced fit situation. 

      For us these comments are an essential part of the conceptual aspects of our work and the resulting research. From a descriptive viewpoint, it is essential for us (and we tried to further highlight and stress this in the updated version of our paper) that IF and CS are two kinetic mechanisms of ligand binding. They imply – if active in a biomolecular system – a temporal order and timescale separation of ligand binding and conformational changes. Since we found many conflicting results for the binding mechanism of GlnBP, but also other SPBs, we decided to assess the situation in GlnBP. 

      In the case of the E-S complexes I am familiar with, the dissociation is much more rapid because the substrate binding affinity is in the micromolar range and therefore the re-equilibration of the apo state is much faster. In this case, the rate of closing and opening doesn't change much whether ligand is present or not. Here, of course, once the ligand is bound the re-equilibration is slow. Therefore, I am not sure if the conclusions based on this single protein are transferrable to most other protein-small molecule systems. 

      We do not argue that our results and interpretations are valid for most other protein-ligand systems may those be enzymes or simple ligand binders. Yet, based on the conservation of ABC-related SBPs and the fact that quite a few of them show sub-µM Kds, we render it likely to find many analogous situations as for GlnBP also based on our previous results e.g., from de Boer et al., eLife (2019).

      I am also not sure if they are transferrable to protein-protein systems where both molecules the ligand and the receptor are expected to have multiscale dynamics that change upon binding.

      As we argue above the two mechanisms IF/CS imply a clear temporal order and separation of timescales for ligand binding and conformational changes. These mechanisms are simple and extreme cases that we tested before more complex kinetic schemes are inferred for the description of ligand binding and conformational changes (which might not be necessary). 

      Strengths:

      The authors provide beautiful ITC data and smFRET data to explore the conformational changes that occur upon Gln binding. Figure 3D and Figure 4 (mpH2MM data) provide the really critical data. The multi-parameter photon-by-photon hidden Markov modelling (mpH2MM) data. In the presence of glutamine concentrations near the Kd, two FRET-active sub-populations are identified that appear to interconvert on timescales slower than 10 ms. They then do a whole bunch of control experiments to look for faster dynamics (Figure 5). They also do TIRF smFRET to try to compare their results to those of previous publications. Here, they find several artifacts are occurring including inactivation of ~50% of the proteins. They also perform SPR experiments to measure the association rate of Gln and obtain expectedly rapid association rates on the order of 10<sup>^</sup>8 M-1s-1.

      Thank you.  

      Weaknesses:

      Looking at the traces presented in the supplementary figures, one can see that several of the traces have more than one molecule present. The authors should make sure that they use only traces with a single photobleaching event for each fluorophore. One can see steps in some of the green traces that indicate two green fluorophors (likely from 2 different molecules) in the traces. This is one of the frequent problems with TIRF smFRET with proteins, that only some of the spots represent single molecules and the rest need to be filtered out of the analysis.

      We have inspected all TIRF data provided with the manuscript and assume that the referee refers to data shown in current Appendix Figure 4/5. We agree that those traces in which no photo bleaching occurs could potentially be questioned, yet they would not change our interpretations and thus decided to leave the figure as is.

      The NMR experiments that the authors cite are not in disagreement with the work presented here. NMR is capable of detecting "invisible states" that occur in 1-5% of the population. SmFRET is not capable of detecting these very minor states. I am quite sure that if NMR spectroscopists could add very high concentrations of Gln they would also see a conversion to the closed population.

      We agree with the referee that NMR is capable of detecting invisible states that occur in 1-5% of the population (see e.g., the paper cited in our manuscript by Tang, C et al., Open-to-closed transition in apo maltose-binding protein observed by paramagnetic NMR. Nature 2007, 449, 1078). Yet, we see a strong disagreement between our work and papers on GlnBP, where a combination of NMR, FRET and MD was used (Feng, Y. et al., Conformational Dynamics of apo‐GlnBP Revealed by Experimental and Computational Analysis. Angewandte Chemie 2016, 55, 13990; Zhang, L. et al., Ligand-bound glutamine binding protein assumes multiple metastable binding sites with different binding affinities. Communications biology 2020, 3, 1). These inconsistencies were also noted by others in the field (Kooshapur, H. et al., NMR Analysis of Apo Glutamine‐Binding Protein Exposes Challenges in the Study of Interdomain Dynamics. Angewandte Chemie 2019, 58, 16899) and we reemphasize that this latest NMR publication comes to similar conclusions as we present in our manuscript.   

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The paper embodies massive careful and high-quality work, and is extensive, making use of a range of experimental approaches, including isothermal titration calorimetry, single-molecule Förster resonance energy transfer, and surface-plasmon resonance spectroscopy. Considering this extensiveness, I do not see what more the authors can do.

      We very much appreciate the assessment and positive comments of the referee, but still tried to incorporate simulation data to support our interpretations.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Looking at the traces presented in the supplementary figures, one can see that several of the traces have more than one molecule present. The authors should make sure that they use only traces with a single photobleaching event for each fluorophore. One can see steps in some of the green traces that indicate two green fluorophors (likely from 2 different molecules) in the traces. This is one of the frequent problems with TIRF smFRET with proteins, that only some of the spots represent single molecules and the rest need to be filtered out of the analysis.

      See response above for iteration of TIRF data selection and analysis.

      (2) The NMR experiments that the authors cite are not in disagreement with the work presented here. NMR is capable of detecting "invisible states" that occur in 1-5% of the population. SmFRET is not capable of detecting these very minor states. I am quite sure that if NMR spectroscopists could add very high concentrations of Gln they would also see a conversion to the closed population.

      See response above.

      Minor point:

      (1) It is difficult to see what is going on between apo and holo in Figure 1B. Could the authors make Figure 1a, 1b apo, and 1b holo in the same orientation (by aligning D2 or D1 to each other in all figures) so one can see which helices are in the same place and which have moved?

      We respectfully disagree and decided to keep this figure as it is

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study focuses on the bacterial metabolite TMA, generated from dietary choline. These authors and others have previously generated foundational knowledge about the TMA metabolite TMAO, and its role in metabolic disease. This study extends those findings to test whether TMAO's precursor, TMA, and its receptor TAAR5 are also involved and necessary for some of these metabolic phenotypes. They find that mice lacking the host TMA receptor (Taar5-/-) have altered circadian rhythms in gene expression, metabolic hormones, gut microbiome composition, and olfactory and innate behavior. In parallel, mice lacking bacterial TMA production or host TMA oxidation have altered circadian rhythms.

      Strengths:

      These authors use state-of-the-art bacterial and murine genetics to dissect the roles of TMA, TMAO, and their receptor in various metabolic outcomes (primarily measuring plasma and tissue cytokine/gene expression). They also follow a unique and unexpected behavioral/olfactory phenotype. Statistics are impeccable.

      Weaknesses:

      Enthusiasm for the manuscript is dampened by some ambiguous writing and the presentation of ideas in the introduction, both of which could easily be improved upon revision.

      We apologize for the abbreviated and ambiguous writing style in our original submission. Given Reviewer 2 also suggested reorganizing and rewriting certain parts, we have spent time to remove ambiguity by adding additional points of clarification and adding more historical context to justify studying TMA-TAAR5 signaling in regulating host circadian rhythms. We have also reorganized the presentation of data aligned with this.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript by Mahen et al., entitled "Gut Microbe-Derived Trimethylamine Shapes Circadian Rhythms Through the Host Receptor TAAR5," the authors investigate the interplay between a host G protein-coupled receptor (TAAR5), the gut microbiota-derived metabolite trimethylamine (TMA), and the host circadian system. Using a combination of genetically engineered mouse and bacterial models, the study demonstrates a link between microbial signaling and circadian regulation, particularly through effects observed in the olfactory system. Overall, this manuscript presents a novel and valuable contribution to our understanding of hostmicrobe interactions and circadian biology. However, several sections would benefit from improved clarity, organization, and mechanistic depth to fully support the authors' conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript addresses an important and timely topic in host-microbe communication and circadian biology.

      (2) The studies employ multiple complementary models, e.g., Taar5 knockout mice, microbial mutants, which enhance the depth of the investigation.

      (3) The integration of behavioral, hormonal, microbial, and transcript-level data provides a multifaceted view of the observed phenotype.

      (4) The identification of olfactory-linked circadian changes in the context of gut microbes adds a novel perspective to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      While the manuscript presents compelling data, several weaknesses limit the clarity and strength of the conclusions.

      (1) The presentation of hormonal, cytokine, behavioral, and microbiome data would benefit from clearer organization, more detailed descriptions, and functional grouping to aid interpretation.

      We appreciate this comment and have reorganized the data to improve functional grouping and readability. We have also added additional detail to descriptions of the data in the revised figure legends and results.

      (2) Some transitions-particularly from behavioral to microbiome data-are abrupt and would benefit from better contextual framing.

      We agree with this comment, and have added additional language to provide smoother transitions. This in many cases brings in historical context of why we focused on both behavioral and microbiome alterations in this body of work.

      (3) The microbial rhythmicity analyses lack detail on methods and visualization, and the sequencing metadata (e.g., sample type, sex, method) are not clearly stated.

      We apologize for this, and have now added more detail in our methods, figures, and figure legends to ensure the reader can easily understand sample type, sex, and the methods used. 

      (4) Several figures are difficult to interpret due to dense layouts or vague legends, and key metabolites and gene expression comparisons are either underexplained or not consistently assessed across models.

      Aligned with the last comment we now added more detail in our methods, figures, and figure legends to provide clear information. We have now provided additional data showing the same key metabolites, hormones, and gene expression alterations in each model if the same endpoints were measured.

      (5) Finally, while the authors suggest a causal role for TAAR5 and its ligand in circadian regulation, the current data remain correlative; mechanistic experiments or stronger disclaimers are needed to support these claims.

      We agree with this comment, and as a result have removed any language causally linking TMA and TAAR5 together in circadian regulation. Instead, we only state finding in each model and refrain from overinterpreting.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Deletion of the TMA-sensor TAAR5 results in circadian alterations in gene expression, particularly in the olfactory bulb, plasma hormones, and neurobehaviors.

      Strengths:

      Genetic background was rigorously controlled.

      Comprehensive characterization.

      Weaknesses:

      The weaknesses identified by this reviewer are minor.

      Overall, the studies are very nicely done. However, despite careful experimentation, I note that even the controls vary considerably in their gene expression, etc, across time (eg, compare control graphs for Cry 1 in IB, 4B). It makes me wonder how inherently noisy these measurements are. While I think that the overall point that the Taar5 KO shows circadian changes is robust, future studies to dissect which changes are reproducible over the noise would be helpful.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We completely agree that there are clear differences in the circadian data in experiments from Taar5<sup>-/-</sup> mice and those from gnotobiotic mice where we have genetically deleted CutC. Although the data from Taar5<sup>-/-</sup> mice show nice robust circadian rhythms, the data from mice where microbial CutC is altered have inherently more “noise”. We attribute some of this to the fact that the Taar5<sup>-/-</sup> mouse experiment have a fully intact and diverse gut microbiome . Whereas, the gnotobiotic study with CutC manipulation includes only a 6 member microbiome community that does not represent the normal microbiome diversity in the gut. This defined synthetic community was used as a rigorous reductionist approach, but likely affected the normal interactions between a complex intact gut microbiome and host circadian rhythms. We have added some additional discussion to indicate this in the limitations section of the manuscript.

      Impact:

      These data add to the growing literature pointing to a role for the TMA/TMAO pathway in olfaction and neurobehavioral.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I suggest a revision of the writing and organization. The potential impact of the study after reading the introduction is unclear. One example, in the intro, " TMAO levels are associated with many human diseases including diverse forms of CVD5-12, obesity13,14, type 2 diabetes15,16, chronic kidney disease (CKD)17,18, neurodegenerative conditions including Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease19,20, and several cancers21,22" It would be helpful to explain how the previous literature has distinguished that the driver of these phenotypes is TMA/TMAO and not increased choline intake. Basically, for a TMA/O novice reader, a more detailed intro would be helpful.

      We appreciate this insightful comment and have now provided a more expansive historical context for the reader regarding the effects of choline consumption (which impacts many things, including choline, acetylcholine, phosphatidylcholine, TMA, TMAO, etc) versus the primary effects of TMA and TMAO.

      There were also many uses of vague language (regulation/impact/etc). Directionality would be super helpful.

      We thank the reviewer for this recommendation and have improved language as suggested to show directionality of our findings. The terms regulation, impact, shape etc. are used only when we describe multiple variable changing at the same time over the time course of a 24-hour circadian period (some increased and some decreased).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In the manuscript by Mahen et al., entitled "Gut Microbe-Derived Trimethylamine Shapes Circadian Rhythms Through the Host Receptor TAAR5," the authors investigate the interplay between a host G protein-coupled receptor (TAAR5), the gut microbiota-derived metabolite trimethylamine (TMA), and the host circadian system. Using a combination of genetically engineered mouse and bacterial models, the study demonstrates a link between microbial signaling and circadian regulation, particularly through effects observed in the olfactory system. Overall, this manuscript presents a novel and valuable contribution to our understanding of hostmicrobe interactions and circadian biology. However, several sections would benefit from improved clarity, organization, and mechanistic depth to fully support the authors' conclusions. Below are specific major and minor suggestions intended to enhance the presentation and interpretation of the data.

      Major suggestions:

      (1) Consider adding a schematic/model figure as Panel A early in the manuscript to help readers understand the experimental conditions and major comparisons being made.

      We thank the reviewer for this recommendation and have added a graphical abstract figure to help the reader understand the major comparisons being made. 

      (2) Could the authors present body weight and food intake characteristics in Taar5 KO vs. WT animals?

      We have added body weight data as requested in Figure 1, Figure supplement 1. Although we have not stressed these mice with a high fat diet for these behavioral studies, under chow-fed conditions studied here we did not find any significant differences in body weight. Given no difference in body weight, we did not collect data on food consumption and have mentioned this as a limitation in the discussion.  

      (3) Several figures, especially Figures 3 and 4, and Supplemental Figures, would benefit from more structured organization and expanded legends. Grouping related data into thematic panels (e.g., satiety vs. appetite hormones, behavioral domains) may help improve readability.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful comments and agree that reorganization would improve clarity. We have reorganized figures to improve clarity and have expanded the figure legends to provide more detail on experimental methods. 

      (4) Clarify and expand the description of hormonal and cytokine changes. For instance, the phrase "altered rhythmic levels" is vague - do the authors mean dampened, phase-shifted, enhanced, etc., relative to WT controls?

      Given a similar suggestion was made by Reviewer 1, we have provided more precise language focused on directionality and which specific endpoints we are referring to. For anything looking at circadian rhythms, the revised manuscript includes specific indications when we are discussing mesor, amplitude, and acrophase alterations. The terms regulation, impact, shape etc. are used only when we describe multiple complex variables changing at the same time over the time course of a 24-hour circadian period (some increased and some decreased).

      (5) Consider grouping hormones and cytokines functionally (e.g., satiety vs. appetite-stimulating, pro- vs. antiinflammatory) to better interpret how these changes relate to the KO phenotype.

      We thank the reviewer for this recommendation, and have re-organized figure panels to reflect this.

      (6) Please provide a more detailed description of the behavioral results, particularly those in Supplemental Figure 2.

      We have both expanded the methods description in the revised figure legends, but have also added a more detailed description of the behavioral results.

      (7) As with hormonal data, behavioral outcomes would be easier to follow if organized thematically (e.g., locomotor activity, anxiety-like behavior, circadian-related behavior), especially for readers less familiar with behavioral assays.

      We appreciate this reviewer’s comment and agree that we can better group our data to show how each test is associated with the type of behavior it assesses. As a result we have reorganized the behavioral data into broad categories such as olfactory-related, innate, cognitive, depressive/anxiety-like, or social behaviors. We have also new data in each of these behavioral categories to provide a more comprehensive understanding of behavioral alterations seen in Taar5<sup>-/-</sup> mice.

      (8) The following statement needs clarification: "Also, it is important to note that many behavioral phenotypes examined, including tests not shown, were unaltered in Taar5-/- mice (Figures S2G, S2H, and S2I)." Consider rephrasing to explicitly state the intended message: are the authors emphasizing a lack of behavioral phenotype, or highlighting specific unaltered aspects?

      We apologize for this confusing statement, and have changed the verbiage to improve readability. To expand the comprehensive nature of this study, we also now include the tests that were “not shown” in the original submission to provide a more comprehensive understanding of behavioral alterations seen in Taar5<sup>-/-</sup> mice. These new data are included as 6 different figure supplements to main Figure 2.

      (9) The transition from behavior to microbiome data feels abrupt. Can the authors better explain whether the behavioral changes are thought to result from gut microbial function, independent of TMA-Taar5 signaling?

      We apologize for the poor transitions in our writing style. We have spent time to explain the previous findings linking the TMA pathway to circadian reorganization of the gut microbiome (mostly coming from our original paper Schugar R, et al. 2022, eLife) and how this correlates with behavioral phenotypes. Although at this point it is difficult to know whether the microbiome changes are driving behavioral changes, or vice versa it could be central TAAR5 signaling is altering oscillations in gut microbiome, we present our findings here as a framework for follow up studies to more precisely get at these questions. It is important to note that our experiment using defined community gnotobiotic mice with or without the capacity to produce TMA (i.e. CutC-null community) shows that clearly microbial TMA production can impact host circadian rhythms in the olfactory bulb. Additional experiments beyond the scope of this work will be required to test which phenotypes originate from TMA-TAAR5 signaling versus more broad effects of the restructured gut microbiome.

      (10) For Figure 3A, please expand the microbiome results with more granularity:

      (a) Indicate in the Results section whether the sequencing method was 16S amplicon or metagenomic.

      Sequencing was done using 16S rRNA amplicon sequencing using methods published by our group (PMID: 36417437, PMID: 35448550).

      (b) State whether samples were from males, females, or a mix. 

      We have indicated that all mice from Figure 1 were male mice in the revised figure legend.

      (c) Clarify whether beta diversity is based on phylogenetic or non-phylogenetic metrics. Consider using both  types if not already done.

      Beta diversity was analyzed using the Bray-Curtis dissimilarity index as the metric. Details have been included in the methods section.

      (d) Make lines partially transparent in the Beta-diversity plot so that individual points are visible.

      We have now updated the Beta-diversity plot with individual points visualized.

      (e) Clarify what percentage of variation in the Beta-diversity plot is explained by CCA1, and whether this low percentage suggests minimal community-level differences.

      We have updated the Beta-diversity plot to include the R<sup>2</sup> and p-values associated with these data.

      (f) Confirm if the y-axis on the Beta-diversity plot should be labeled CCA2 rather than "CCAA 1".

      We appreciate this comments, given it identified a typographical error in the plot. The revised figure now include the proper label of CCA2 instead of CCAA 1.

      (11) For Figure 3B:

      (a) Provide a description of the taxonomy plot in the results.

      We have added a description of the taxonomy plot in the revised results section.

      (b) Add phylum-level labels and enlarge the legend to improve the readability of genus-level data.

      We agree this is a good suggestion so have enlarged the legend for the genus-level data and have also added phylum-level plots as well in the revised manuscript in Figure 3, figure supplement 1.

      (12) Rhythmicity of the microbiome is central to the manuscript. The current approach of comparing relative abundance at discrete time points is limiting.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree with this statement that discrete timepoint are not enough to describe circadian rhythmicity. In addition to comparing genotypes at discrete time points, we also used a rigorous cosinor analysis to plot the data over a 24-hour time period, and those differences are shown in the figure itself as well as Table 1. 

      (a) Please describe how rhythmicity was determined, e.g., what data or statistical method supports the statement: "Taar5-/- mice showed loss of the normal rhythmicity for Dubosiella and Odoribacter genera yet gained in amplitude of rhythmicity for Bacteroides genera (Figure 3 and S3)."

      We appreciate this reviewer comment. Rhythmicity was determined using a cosinor analysis by use of an R program. Cosinor analysis is a statistical method used to model and analyze rhythmic patterns in time-series data, typically assuming a sinusoidal (cosine) shape. It estimates key parameters like mesor (mean level), amplitude (height of oscillation), and acrophase (timing of the peak), making it especially useful in fields like chronobiology and circadian rhythm research. We have used this in previous research to describe circadian rhythms. We do plan to improve language considering directionality of these circadian changes. 

      (b) Supplemental Figure S3 needs reorganization to highlight key findings. It's not currently clear how taxa are arranged or what trends are being shown.

      The data in Figure S3 show the entire 24-hour time course of the cecal taxa that were significantly altered for at least one time point between Taar5<sup>+/+</sup> and Taar5<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Given we showed time pointspecific alterations in the Main Figure 3, we thought these more expansive plots would be important to show to depict how the circadian rhythms were altered.

      (c) Supplemental Table 1, which includes 16S features, should be referenced and discussed in the microbiome section.

      We have now referenced and discussed Supplemental Table 1 which includes all cosinor statistics for microbiome and other data presented in circadian time point studies.

      (13) Did the authors quantify the 16S rRNA gene via RT-PCR to determine if this was similar between KO and WT over the 24-hour period?

      We did not quantify 16S rRNA gene via RT-PCR, but do not think adding this will change our overall interpretations.

      (14) Reorganize Figure 4 to align with the order of results discussed-starting with TMA and TMAO, followed by related metabolites like choline, L-carnitine, and gamma-butyrobetaine.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have chosen this organization because it is ordered from substrates (choline, L-carnitine, and betaine) to the microbe-associated products (TMA then TMAO). We will improve the writing associated with this figure to clearly explain this organization.

      (a) Although the changes in the latter metabolites are more modest, they may still have physiological relevance. Could the authors comment on their significance?

      We appreciate this reviewer comment and agree. We have expanded the results and discussion to address this.

      (15) The authors note similarities in circadian gene expression between Taar5 KO mice and Clostridium sporogenes WT vs. ΔcutC mice, but the gene patterns are not consistent.

      (a) Can the authors clarify what conclusions can reasonably be drawn from this comparison?

      We hesitate to make definitive conclusions in the manuscript on why the gene patterns are not consistent, because it would be speculation. However, one major factor likely driving differences is the status of the diversity of the gut microbiome in the different studies. For instance, in the studies using Taar5<sup>+/+</sup> and Taar5<sup>-/-</sup> mice there is a very diverse microbiome in these conventionally housed mice. In contrast, by design the experiment using Clostridium sporogenes WT vs. ΔcutC communities is a reductionist approach that allows us to genetically define TMA production. In these gnotobiotic mice, the simplified community has very limited diversity and this likely alters the host circadian rhythms in gene expression quite dramatically. Although it is impossible to directly compare the results between these experiments given the difference microbiome diversity, there are clearly alterations in host gene expression when we manipulate TMA production (i.e. ΔcutC community) or TMA sensing (i.e. Taar5<sup>-/-</sup>). 

      (16) Were circadian and metabolic genes (e.g., Arntl, Cry1, Per2, Pemt, Pdk4) also analyzed in brown adipose tissue of Taar5 KO mice, and how do these results compare to the Clostridium models?

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Unfortunately, we did not collect brown adipose tissue in our original Taar5 study. We plan on doing this in future follow up studies studying cold-induced thermogenesis that are beyond the scope of this manuscript. However, we have decided to include data from our two timepoint Taar5 study which looks at ZT2 (9am) and ZT14 (9pm). There are clear differences in circadian genes between these timepoints. 

      (17) To allow a more direct comparison, please ensure the same cytokines (e.g., IL-1β, IL-2, TNF-α, IFN-γ, IL6, IL-33) are reported for both the Taar5 KO and microbial models.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and now include data from the same cytokines for each study.

      (18) What was the defined microbial community used to colonize germ-free mice with C. sporogenes strains? Did this community exhibit oscillatory behavior?

      To define TMA levels using a genetically-tractable model of a defined microbial community, we leveraged access to the community originally described by our collaborator Dr. Federico Rey (University of Wisconsin – Madison) (PMID: 25784704). We chose this community because it provide some functional metabolic diversity and is well known to allow for sufficient versus deficient TMA production. We are thankful for the reviewer comments about oscillatory behavior of this defined community, and to be responsive have performed sequencing to detect the species over time. These data are now included in the revised manuscript and show that there are clear differences in the oscillatory behavior of the defined community members. These data provide additional support that bacterial TMA production not only alters host circadian rhythms, but also the rhythmic behavior of gut bacteria themselves which has never been described before.

      (19) Can the authors explain the rationale for measuring additional metabolites such as tryptophan, indole acetic acid, phenylacetic acid, and phenylacetylglycine? How are these linked to CutC gene function or Taar5 signaling?

      We appreciate that this could be confusing, but have included other gut microbial metabolites to be as comprehensive as possible. This is important to include because we have found in other gnotobiotic studies where we have genetically altered metabolite production, if we alter one gut microbe-derived metabolite there can be unexpected alterations in other distinct classes of microbe-derived metabolites (PMID: 37352836). This is likely due to the fact that complex microbe-microbe and microbehost interactions work together to define systemic levels of circulating metabolites, influencing both the production and turnover of distinct and unrelated metabolites.

      (20) The authors make several strong claims suggesting that loss of Taar5 or disruption of its ligand directly alters the circadian gene network. However, the current data are correlative. The authors should clarify that these findings demonstrate associations rather than direct causal effects, unless additional mechanistic evidence is provided. Approaches such as studies conducted in constant darkness, measurements of wheelrunning behavior, or analyses that control for potential confounding factors, e.g., inflammation or metabolic disruption, would help establish whether the observed changes in clock gene expression are primary or secondary effects. The authors are encouraged to either soften these causal claims or acknowledge this limitation explicitly in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree and have softened our language about direct effects of TMA via TAAR5 because we agree the data presented here are correlative only. 

      Minor suggestions:

      (1) Avoid repetitive phrases such as "it is important to note..." for improved flow. Rephrasing these instances will enhance readability.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and have deleted such repetitive phrases.  

      (2) For Figure 2, remove interpretations above he graphs and use simple, descriptive panel labels, similar to those in Supplemental Figure 2.

      We have removed these interpretations as suggested, but have retained descriptive panel labels to help the reader understand what type of data are being presented.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor:

      In Figure 1D, UCP1 does not appear to be significantly changed.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that UCP1 gene expression is not significantly altered . However, given the key role that UCP1 plays in white adipose tissue beiging, which is suppressed by the TMAO pathway, we think it is critical to show that this effect appears unaffected by perturbed TMA-TAAR5 signaling.

      It would be helpful, in the discussion, to summarize any consistent changes across Taar5 KO, CutC deletion, and FMO3 deletion.

      We have added this to the discussion, but as discussed above we hesitate to make strong interpretations about consistency between the models because the microbiome diversity is so different between the studies, and we did not measure all endpoints in both models.

      For the Cosinor analysis, it may be helpful to remove the p-values that are >0.05 from the figures.

      We have now removed any non-significant p-values that are associated with our figures. 

      For Figure 2, Supplement 1E, what are the two bars for each genotype?

      We appreciate the reviewer pointing this out and will further explain this test in the figure with labels and in the legend.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Editors comments:

      I would encourage you to submit a revised version that addresses the following two points:

      [a] The point from Reviewer #1 about a possible major confounding factor. The following article might be germane here: Baas and Fennell, 2019: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3339568

      I don’t believe that the point raised by reviewer 1 is a confounder, see my response below.

      This article highlighted was in my reading list, but I did not cite it because I was confused by its methods.

      The point from Reviewer #4 about the abstract. It is important that the abstract says something about how reviewers reacted to the original versions of articles in which they were cited (ie, the odds ratio = 0.84, etc result), before going on to discuss how they reacted to revised articles (ie, the odds ratio = 1.61, etc result). I would suggest doing this along the following lines - but please feel free to reword the passage "but this effect was not strong/conclusive":

      When reviewers were cited in the original version of the article under review, they were less likely to approve the article compared with reviewers who were not cited, but this effect was not strong/conclusive (odds ratio = 0.84; adjusted 99.4% CI: 0.69-1.03). However, when reviewers were cited in the revised version of the article, they were more likely to approve compared with reviewers who were not cited (odds ratio = 1.61; adjusted 99.4% CI: 1.16-2.23).

      I have changed the abstract to include the odds ratios for version 1 and have used the same wording as from the main text.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work used open peer reviews and followed them through a succession of reviews and author revisions. It assessed whether a reviewer had requested the author include additional citations and references to the reviewers' work. It then assessed whether the author had followed these suggestions and what the probability of acceptance was based on the authors decision. Reviewers who were cited were more likely to recommend the article for publication when compared with reviewers that were not cited. Reviewers who requested and received a citation were much likely to accept than reviewers that requested and did not receive a citation.

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      The work's strengths are the in-depth and thorough statistical analysis it contains and the very large dataset it uses. The methods are robust and reported in detail.

      I am still concerned that there is a major confounding factor: if you ignore the reviewers requests for citations are you more likely to have ignored all their other suggestions too? This has now been mentioned briefly and slightly circuitously in the limitations section. I would still like this (I think) major limitation to be given more consideration and discussion, although I am happy that it cannot be addressed directly in the analysis.

      This is likely to happen, but I do not think it’s a confounder. A confounder needs to be associated with both the outcome and the exposure of interest. If we consider forthright authors who are more likely to rebuff all suggestions, then they would receive just as many citation and self-citation requests as authors who were more compliant. The behaviour of forthright authors would likely only reduce the association seen in most authors which would be reflected in the odds ratios.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article examines reviewer coercion in the form of requesting citations to the reviewer's own work as a possible trade for acceptance and shows that, under certain conditions, this happens.

      Strengths:

      The methods are well done and the results support the conclusions that some reviewers "request" self-citations and may be making acceptance decisions based on whether an author fulfills that request.

      Weakness:

      I thank the author for addressing my comments about the original version.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article, Barnett examines a pressing question regarding citing behavior of authors during the peer review process. In particular, the author studies the interaction between reviewers and authors, focusing on the odds of acceptance, and how this may be affected by whether or not the authors cited the reviewers' prior work, whether the reviewer requested such citations be added, and whether the authors complied/how that affected the reviewer decision-making.

      Strengths:

      The author uses a clever analytical design, examining four journals that use the same open peer review system, in which the identities of the authors and reviewers are both available and linkable to structured data. Categorical information about the approval is also available as structured data. This design allows a large scale investigation of this question.

      Weaknesses:

      My original concerns have been largely addressed. Much more detail is provided about the number of documents under consideration for each analysis, which clarifies a great deal.

      Much of the observed reviewer behavior disappears or has much lower effect sizes depending on whether "Accept with Reservations" is considered an Accept or a Reject. This is acknowledged in the results text. Language has been toned down in the revised version.

      The conditional analysis on the 441 reviews (lines 224-228) does support the revised interpretation as presented.

      No additional concerns are noted.

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work investigates whether a citation to a referee made by a paper is associated with a more positive evaluation by that referee for that paper. It provides evidence supporting this hypothesis. The work also investigates the role of self-citations by referees where the referee would ask authors to cite the referee's paper.

      Strengths:

      This is an important problem: referees for scientific papers must provide their impartial opinions rooted in core scientific principles. Any undue influence due to the role of citations breaks this requirement. This work studies the possible presence and extent of this.

      The methods are solid and well done. The work uses a matched pair design which controls for article-level confounding and further investigates robustness to other potential confounds.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have addressed most concerns in the initial review. The only remaining concern is the asymmetric reporting and highlighting of version 1 (null result) versus version 2 (rejecting null). For example the abstract says "We find that reviewers who were cited in the article under review were more likely to recommend approval, but only after the first version (odds ratio = 1.61; adjusted 99.4% CI: 1.16 to 2.23)" instead of a symmetric sentence "We find ... in version 1 and ... in version 2".

      The latest version now includes the results for both versions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Overexpression of the mRNA binding protein Ssd1 was shown before to expand the replicative lifespan of yeast cells, whereas ssd1 deletion had the opposite effect. Here, the authors provide initial evidence that overproduced Ssd1 might act via sequestration of mRNAs of the Aft1/2-dependent iron regulon. Ssd1 overexpression restricts activation of the iron regulon and limits accumulation of Fe2+ inside cells, thereby likely lowering oxidative damage. The effects of Ssd1 overexpression and calorie restriction on lifespan are epistatic, suggesting that they might act through the same pathway.

      Strengths:

      The study is well-designed and involves analysis of single yeast cells during replicative aging. The findings are well displayed and largely support the derived model, which also has implications on lifespan of other organisms including humans.

      Weaknesses:

      The model is largely supported by the findings, however they remain correlative at the same time. Whether the knockout of ssd1 shortens lifespan by increased intracellular Fe2+ levels is unknown and the shortened lifespan might be caused by different Ssd1 functions. The finding that increased Ssd1 levels form condensates in a cell-cycle dependent is interesting, yet the role of the condensates in lifespan expansion remains untested and unlinked.

      Comments on revisions:

      In their revised version and response letter the authors have largely addressed my previous concerns. I would have liked to see an experimental response to some of the points of criticism, but I accept that they have been addressed purely in writing. There are some aspects that should be further elaborated by the authors. I agree that determining the mRNAs that co-sequester with Ssd1 foci will be part of an independent study, yet whether Ssd1 foci are relevant for lifespan expansion remains unclear and I would have hoped for some more detailed consideration on this point in the discussion section. Similarly, it should be clearly stated that the impact of Ssd1 overexpression is unlinked from the cellular function of Ssd1 produced at authentic levels and that the short-lived phenotype of a ssd1 knockout is likely not caused by overactivation of the iron regulon (based on the author´s reply). I will appreciate it if the authors include these aspects more clearly in the discussion.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript describes the use of a powerful technique called microfluidics to elucidate the mechanisms explaining how overexpression (OE) of Ssd1 and caloric restriction (CR) in yeast extend replicative lifespan (RLS). Microfluidics measures RLS by trapping cells in chambers mounted to a slide. The chambers hold the mother cell but allow daughters to escape. The slide, with many chambers, is recorded during the entire process, roughly 72 hours, with the video monitored afterwards to count how many daughters each of the trapped mothers produces. The power of the method is what can be done with it. For example, the entire process can be viewed by fluorescence so that GFP and mCherry-tagged proteins can be followed as cells age. The budding yeast is the only model where bona fide replicative aging can be measured, and microfluidics is the only system that allows protein localization and levels to be measured in a single cell while aging. The authors do a wonderful job of showing what this combination of tools can do.

      The authors had previously shown that Ssd1, an mRNA-binding protein, extends RLS when overexpressed. This was attributed to Ssd1 sequestering away specific mRNAs under stress, likely leading to reduced ribosomal function. It remained completely unknown how Ssd1 OE extended RLS. The authors observed that overexpressed, but not normally expressed, Ssd1 formed cytoplasmic condensates during mitosis that are resolved by cytokinesis. When the condensates fail to be resolved at the end of mitosis, this signals death.

      It has become clear in the literature that iron accumulation increases with age within the cell. The transcriptional programs that activate the iron regulon also become elevated in aging cells. This is thought to be due to impaired mitochondrial function in aging cells, with increased iron accumulation as an attempt at restoring mitochondrial activity. The authors show that Ssd1 OE and CR both reduce the expression of the iron regulon. The data presented indicate that iron accumulation shortens RLS: deletion of iron regulon components extends RLS, and adding iron to WT cells decreases RLS, but not when Ssd1 is overexpressed or when cells are calorically restricted. Interestingly, iron chelation using BPS has no impact on WT RLS, but decreases the elevated RLS in CR cells and cells overexpressing Ssd1. It was not initially clear why iron chelation would inhibit the extended lifespan seen with CR and Ssd1 OE. This was addressed by an experiment where it was shown that the iron regulon is induced (FIT2 induction) when iron is chelated. Thus, the detrimental effects of induction of the iron regulon by BPS and iron accumulation on RLS cannot be tempered by Ssd1 OE and CR once turned on.

      Comments on Revised Version:

      I am content with the authors' responses to my prior comments.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Why would BPS not reduce RLS in WT cells? The authors could test whether OE of FIT2 reduces RLS in WT cells.  

      Our data indicate that the iron regulon gets turned on naturally in old cells, presumably due to reduced iron sensing, limiting their lifespan. Although we haven’t tested it experimentally, BPS would also turn on the iron regulon presumably in wild type cells and therefore would have a redundant effect with the activation of the iron regulon that occurs naturally during normal aging. It may be interesting in the future to see if higher levels of BPS can shorten the lifespan of wildtype cells. Similarly, we would predict that overexpression of FIT2 may reduce the lifespan, as its deletion has been shown to extend RLS.  

      (2) The authors should add a brief explanation for why the GDP1 promoter was chosen for Ssd1 OE.

      We used the same promoter that was used to overexpress Ssd1 in all previous studies. This is now stated in the text along with the relevant citations. 

      (3) On page 12, growth to saturation was described as glucose starvation. This is more accurately described as nutrient deprivation. Referring to it as glucose starvation is akin to CR, which growing to saturation is not. Ssd1 OE formed condensates upon saturation but not in CR. Why do the authors think Ssd1 OE did not form condensates upon CR?

      Too mild a stress?

      This is a fair comment, and we have now changed glucose starvation to nutrient deprivation, as it is more accurate. The effects of nutrient starvation are profound: the cell cycle stops, autophagy is induced, cells undergo the diauxic shift, metabolism changes. None of these changes occur during calorie restriction (0.05% glucose) such that it is not too surprising that Ssd1 does not form condensates during CR. We speculate that the stress is just too mild.   

      (4) The authors conclude that the main mechanism for RLS extension in CR and Ssd1 OE is the inhibition of the iron regulon in aging cells. The data certainly supports this. However, this may be an overstatement as other mutations block CR, such as mutations that impair respiration. The authors do note that induction of the iron regulon in aging cells could be a response to impaired mitochondrial function. Thus, it seems that the main goal of CR and Ssd1 OE may be to restore mitochondrial function in aging cells, one way being inactivation of the iron regulon. A discussion of how other mutations impact CR would be of benefit.

      While some labs have shown that respiration impacts CR, this is not the case in other studies. For example, an impactful paper by Kaeberlein et al., PLOS Genetics 2005 showed that CR does extend lifespan in respiratory deficient strains using many different strain backgrounds.

      (5) The cell cycle regulation of Ssd1 OE condensates is very interesting. There does not appear to be literature linking Ssd1 with proteasome-dependent protein turnover. Many proteins involved in cell cycle regulation and genome stability are regulated through ubiquitination. It is not necessary to do anything here about it, but it would be interesting to address how Ssd1 condensates may be regulated with such precision.

      we see no evidence of changes in Ssd1 protein intensity during the cell cycle. The difference therefore we speculate is at the post translational level rather than Ssd1 degradation and there are known cell cycle regulated phosphatase and kinase that regulates Ssd1 phosphorylation and condensation state whose timing of function match when the Ssd1 condensates appear and dissolve in the cell cycle. We have now discussed this and elude to it in the model. 

      (6) While reading the draft, I kept asking myself what the relevance to human biology was. I was very impressed with the extensive literature review at the end of the discussion, going over how well conserved this strategy is in yeast with humans. I suggest referring to this earlier, perhaps even in the abstract. This would nail down how relevant this model is for understanding human longevity regulation.

      Thank you, we have now mentioned in the abstract the relevance to human work. 

      In conclusion, I enjoyed reading this manuscript, describing how Ssd1 OE and CR lead to RLS increases, using different mechanisms. However, since the 2 strategies appear to be using redundant mechanisms, I was surprised that synergism was not observed.

      We thank the reviewer for their kind comment. We propose that Ssd1 overexpression impacts the levels of the iron regulon transcripts, which would be downstream of the point in the pathway that is affected by CR, i.e., nuclear localization of Aft1. The lack of synergy fits with this model, as Ssd1 overexpression cannot impact the iron regulon transcripts if they are not induced due to CR. We have now improved the model to make the impact of these different anti-aging interventions on activation of the iron regulon more clear.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      My main concern is that the central reasoning of the paper-that Ssd1 overexpression and CR prevent the activation of the iron regulon-appears to be contradicted by previous findings, and the authors may actually be misrepresenting these studies, unless I am mistaken. In the manuscript, the authors state on two occasions:

      "Intriguingly, transcripts that had altered abundance in CR vs control media and in SSD1 vs ssd1∆ yeast included the FIT1, FIT2, FIT3, and ARN1 genes of the iron regulon (8)"

      "Ssd1 and CR both reduce the levels of mRNAs of genes within the iron regulon: FIT1, FIT2, FIT3 and ARN1 (8)"

      However, reference (8) by Kaeberlein et al. actually says the opposite:

      "Using RNA derived from three independent experiments, a total of 97 genes were observed to undergo a change in expression >1.5-fold in SSD1-V cells relative to ssd1d cells (supplemental Table 1 at http://www.genetics.org/supplemental/). Of these 97 genes, only 6 underwent similar transcriptional changes in calorically restricted cells (Table 2). This is only slightly greater than the number of genes expected to overlap between the SSD1-V and CR datasets by chance and is in contrast to the highly significant overlap in transcriptional changes observed between CR and HAP4 overexpression (Lin et al. 2002) or between CR and high external osmolarity (Kaeberlein et al. 2002). Intriguingly, of the 6 genes that show similar transcriptional changes in calorically restricted cells and SSD1-V cells, 4 are involved in ironsiderochrome transport: FIT1, FIT2, FIT3, and ARN1 (supplemental Table 1 at http://www.genetics.org/supplemental/)."

      Although the phrasing might be ambiguous at first reading, this interpretation is confirmed upon reviewing Matt Kaeberlein's PhD thesis: https://dspace.mit.edu/handle/1721.1/8318 (page 264 and so on).

      Moreover, consistent with this, activation of the iron regulon during calorie restriction (or the diauxic shift) has also been observed in two other articles:

      https://doi.org/10.1016/S1016-8478(23)13999-9

      https://doi.org/10.1074/jbc.M307447200

      Taken together, these contradictory data might blur the proposed model and make it unclear how to reconcile the results.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Upon further consideration, we have now removed all mention of this paper from our manuscript as it is irrelevant to our situation, because the mRNA abundance studies during CR or with and without Ssd1 were not performed in situations in which the iron regulon is even activated such as aging, so there would not be any opportunity to detect reduced transcript levels due to CR or Ssd1 presence. Also, none of these studies were performed with Ssd1 overexpression which is the situation we are examining.  Our data clearly show that Ssd1 overexpression and CR reduced / prevented, respectively, production of proteins from the iron regulon during aging.

      We do not feel that the iron regulon being activated by nutrient depletion at the diauxic shift is a fair comparison to the situation in cells happily dividing during CR. The levels of nutrient deprivation used in those studies have profound effects including arresting cell growth, activating autophagy, altering metabolism. The levels of CR that we use (0.05% glucose) does not activate any of these changes nor the iron regulon in young cells or old cells (Fig. 4).  

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The role of Ssd1 condensate formation in mRNA sequestration and lifespan expansion remains unclear. Thus, the study involves two parts (Ssd1 condensate formation and lifespan expansion via limiting Fe2+ accumulation), which are poorly linked. The study will therefore benefit from further data linking the two aspects.

      Future experiments are planned to determine what mRNAs reside in the age-induced Ssd1 overexpression condensates, to determine if they include the iron regulon transcripts. This will require us to optimize isolation of old cells and isolation of the Ssd1 condensates from them, and is beyond the scope of the present study.

      (2) The beneficial effects of Ssd1 overexpression and calorie restriction (CR) on lifespan are epistatic, yet the claim that both experimental conditions act via the same pathway should be further documented. It is recommended to combine Ssd1 overexpression with a well-defined condition that expands lifespan through a mechanism not involving changes in Fe2+ levels. A further increase in lifespan upon combining such conditions would at least indirectly support the authors' claim.

      We have more than epistatic evidence to indicate that Ssd1 overexpression and CR are in the same pathway. Ssd1 overexpression and CR result in failure to properly induce the iron regulon during aging and subsequent reduced levels of iron, resulting in lifespan extension, supporting that they act via the same pathway. We do appreciate the point though and epistasis analyses are on our list for future studies.

      (3) It is highly recommended to analyze ssd1 knockout cells: Is the shortened lifespan caused by intracellular Fe2+ accumulation, as predicted by the model? Does the knockout lead to an overactivation of the iron regulon? Such analysis will also document the physiological relevance of authentic Ssd1 levels in controlling yeast lifespan. The authors could test this possibility by determining intracellular Fe2+ levels (as done in Figure 5) and testing whether the mutant cells are partially rescued by the presence of an iron chelator (as done in Figure 5C).

      We don’t think the normal role of Ssd1 is to sequester the iron regulon mRNAs to prevent its activation, given that wild type yeast with endogenous Ssd1 activates the iron regulon during aging. Rather, the failure to activate the iron regulon during aging is unique to when Ssd1 is overexpressed not at endogenous Ssd1 levels. As such, it may not be the case that the short lifespan of ssd1 yeast is due to iron accumulation (if that happens); yeast lacking SSD1 also have cell wall biogenesis problems and the defects in cell wall biogenesis shorten the replicative lifespan (Molon et al., Biogerentology 2018  PMID 29189912). 

      (4) Figure 4: The authors could not analyze the impact of Ssd1 overexpression on the localization of GFP-Aft1 due to synthetic sickness. This was not observed under calorie restriction (CR) conditions and is therefore unexpected. Why should Ssd1 overexpression and CR have such diverse impacts on cellular physiology when combined with GFP-Aft1? Isn`t that observation arguing against CR and increased Ssd1 levels acting through the same pathway? A further clarification of this point is necessary.

      Without further experimentation, we can only speculate that cellular changes that are unique to overexpression of Ssd1 and not shared with CR cause a negative interaction with GFP-Aft1. Of note, Aft1 has functions in addition to its role in activating the iron regulon (aft1∆ strains have a growth defect independent from its role in iron regulon activation [27]) and we have shown previously that overexpressed Ssd1 has a reduction in global protein translation. Future experiments would be necessary to delineate the basis for this synthetic sickness.

      (5) Lowering Fe2+ levels upon Ssd1 overexpression is predicted to reduce oxidative stress. It is suggested to determine ROS levels upon Ssd1 overexpression to bolster that point.

      This is a great suggestion. The lowering of Fe2+ in the Ssd1 mutants is something that happens at the end of the lifespan and therefore we would need to do experiments to detect reduced ROS using a live dye on our microfluidics platform. We are not aware of any live fluorescent reporters of ROS.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Page 6, 7th line of Replicative lifespan analyses, there is a double bracket.

      This has been corrected. Thank you

      (2) Page 18, line 6 of "failure to activate..." section, "revered" should be replaced with "reversed".

      This has been corrected. Thank you

      (3) Page 23, fix writing on line 2 of "Effects of CR..." section.

      This has been corrected. Thank you

      (4) Page 24, Author contributions section, replace "performed devised" with "designed".

      This has been corrected. Thank you

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 3C: The panel legend is somewhat confusing due to the color scheme and the scattering of labels across panels. A more consistent labeling strategy would help readability.

      We agree, and the labelling has now been improved. Thank you. 

      (2) Figure 3D vs Figure 3B: it appears that Fit2 activation occurs substantially earlier than Aft1 translocation, which reduces the predictive value of Fit2 compared to Aft1. This is puzzling given that Fit2 is expected to be a direct target of Aft1. Could this discrepancy be related to the thresholding used for Fit2-mCherry display? The color scale in Figure 3D is also somewhat misleading, as most of the segments appear greenish. A continuous color gradient, perhaps restricted to the [10-120] interval, might give a clearer picture of iron regulon activation.

      For the Aft1-mcherry experiment, we are only able to accurately annotate nuclear localization when Aft1 has been fully (or mostly) translocated into the nucleus from the cytoplasm such that this data is likely to be on the conservative side. However, activation of the iron regulon likely occurs as Aft1 is translocated into the nucleolus, so a minimal initial amount of Aft1 (for which we don’t have enough resolution in this system to detect) could be enough for FIT2 and ARN1 induction.  By contrast, the Fit2 and Arn1 signal is measuring increase over a background of nothing, so is very easy to detect even at low level induction. To allow the readers to see all our data without over thresholding, we prefer to present the induction of Fit2 and Arn1 at all intensity levels even the very low level induction (green).

      (3) "In control strains, expression of Fit2 and Arn1 varied across the population, but generally increased with age": for the right panel, normalization might be more appropriate. What is the fold change in fluorescence during lifespan? Reporting ΔmCherry intensity alone does not provide a quantitative measure of induction.

      We have changed the figure to show quantitation as fold change, as suggested.

      (4) Figure 6 (model): The model figure is conceptually useful but not easy to follow in its current form; a revised schematic with a clearer depiction of the pathway activations at different replicative ages would be helpful.

      We have changed the figure to make the model more clear, as suggested.

    1. Thebones of Arthur were supposedly “discovered” in a grave at the monastery of Glaston-bury about 1190, as reported by Gerald of Wales (in two of his works, De PrincipisInstructione, “On the Instruction of Princes,” c. 1193, and Speculum Ecclesiae, “Mirrorof the Church,” c. 1217), who claimed to have been present at the exhumation.Though the discovery may well have been part of a ploy by the Glastonbury monksto attract financial support, it had the additional effect of proving not only that Arthurhad been a “real” person but that, far from planning a return from the Isle of Avalon,he was indisputably dead. Since the figure of Arthur had long been regarded byNorman conservatives as a politically dangerous messianic symbol who incited theremaining British peoples (mainly in Wales and Cornwall) to rebellion, the discoveryof his bones was a convenient sign which discredited Geoffrey’s hints of a Britishreturn to power and enabled the Norman monarchy to appropriate Arthur as an earlyancestor of their own royal line

      yasss slayyy!!!

    Annotators

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines the dynamic interplay between infant attention and hierarchical maternal behaviors from a social information processing perspective. By employing a comprehensive naturalistic framework, the author quantified interactions across both low-level (sensory) and high-level (semantic) features. With correlation analysis with these features, they found that within social contexts, behaviors such as joint attention - shaped by mutual interaction - exhibit patterns distinct from unilateral responding or mimicry. In contrast to traditional semi-structured behavioral observation and coding, the methods employed in this study were designed to consciously and sensitively capture these dynamic features and relate them temporally. This approach contributes to a more integrated understanding of the developmental principles underlying capacities like joint action and communication.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript's core strength lies in its innovative, dynamic, and hierarchical framework for investigating early social attention. The findings reveal complex adaptive scaffolding strategies: for instance, when infants focus on objects, mothers reduce low-level sensory input, minimising distractions. Furthermore, the results indicate that, even from early development, maternal behaviors are both driven by and predictive of infant attention, confirming that attention involves complex interactive processes that unfold across multiple levels, from salience to semantics.

      From a methodological standpoint, the use of unstructured play situations, combined with multi-channel, high-precision time-series analyses, undoubtedly required substantial effort in both data collection and coding. Compared to the relatively two-dimensional analytical approaches common in prior research, this study's introduction of lower-level and higher-level features to explore the hierarchical organization of processing across development is highly plausible. The psychological processes reflected by these quantified physical features span multiple domains - including emotion, motion, and phonetics - and the high temporal sampling rate ensures fine-grained resolution.

      Critically, these features are extracted through a suite of advanced machine learning and computational methods, which automate the extraction of objective metrics from audiovisual data. Consequently, the methodological flow significantly enhances data utilization and offers valuable inspiration for future behavioral coding research aiming for high ecological validity.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusion of this paper is generally supported by the data and analysis, but some aspects of data analysis need to be clarified and extended.

      (1) A more explicit justification for the selection and theoretical categorization of the eight interaction features may be needed. The paper introduces a distinction between "lower-level" and "higher-level" features but does not clearly articulate the criteria underpinning this classification. While a continuum is acknowledged, the practical division requires a principled rationale. For instance, is the classification based on the temporal scale of the features, the degree of cognitive processing required for their integration, or their proximity to sensory input versus semantic meaning?

      (2) The claims regarding age-related differences in Predictions 2 are not fully substantiated by the current analyses. The findings primarily rely on observing that an effect is significant in one age group but not the other (e.g., the association between object naming and attention is significant at 15 months but not at 5 months). However, this pattern alone does not constitute evidence about whether the two age groups differ significantly from each other. The absence of a direct statistical comparison (e.g., an interaction test in a model that includes age as a factor) creates an inferential gap. To robustly support developmental change, formal tests of the Age × Feature interaction on infant attention are required.

      (3) Another potential methodological issue concerns the potential confounding effect of parents' use of the infant's name. The analysis of "object naming" does not clarify whether utterances containing object words (e.g., "panda") were distinct from those that also incorporated the infant's name (e.g., "Look, Sarah, the panda!"). Given that a child's own name is a highly salient social cue known to robustly capture infant attention, its co-occurrence with object labels could potentially inflate or confound the measured effect of object naming itself. It would be important to know whether and how frequently infants' names were called, whether this variable was analyzed separately, and if its effect was statistically disentangled from that of pure object labeling.

      (4) Interpretation of results requires clarification regarding the extended temporal lags reported, specifically the negative correlation between maternal vocal spectral flux and infant attention at 6.54 to 9.52 seconds (Figure 4C). The authors interpret this as a forward-prediction, suggesting that a decrease in acoustic variability leads to increased infant attention several seconds later. However, a lag of such duration seems unusually long for a direct, contingent infant response to a specific vocal feature. Is there existing empirical evidence from infant research to support such a prolonged response latency? Alternatively, could this signal suggest a slower, cyclical pattern of the interaction rather than a direct causal link?

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents an ambitious integration of multiple artificial intelligence technologies to examine social learning in naturalistic mother-infant interactions. The authors aimed to quantify how information flows between mothers and infants across different communicative modalities and timescales, using speech analysis (Whisper), pose detection (MMPose), facial expression recognition, and semantic modeling (GPT-2) in a unified analytical framework. Their goal was to provide unprecedented quantitative precision in measuring behavioral coordination and information transfer patterns during social learning, moving beyond traditional observational coding approaches to examine cross-modal coordination patterns and semantic contingencies in real-time across multiple temporal scales.

      Strengths:

      The integration of multiple AI tools into a coherent analytical framework represents a genuine methodological breakthrough that advances our capabilities for studying complex social phenomena. The authors successfully analyzed naturalistic interactions at a scale and level of detail that was not previously possible, examining 33 5-month-old and 34 15-month-old dyads across multiple modalities simultaneously. This sophisticated analytical pipeline, combining speech analysis, semantic modeling, pose detection, and facial expression recognition, provides new capabilities for studying social interactions that extend far beyond what traditional observational coding could achieve.

      The specific findings about hierarchical information flow patterns across different timescales are particularly valuable and would not have been possible without this sophisticated analytical approach. The discovery that mothers reduce low-level sensory input when infants focus on objects, while increases in object naming and information rate associate with sustained attention, provides new empirical insights into how social learning unfolds in naturalistic settings. The temporal dynamics analyses reveal interesting patterns of behavioral coordination that extend our understanding of how caregivers adaptively modify their responses to support infant attention across multiple communicative channels simultaneously.

      The scale of data collection and the comprehensive multi-modal approach are impressive, opening up new possibilities for understanding social learning processes. The methodological innovations demonstrate how modern computational tools can be systematically integrated to reveal new quantitative aspects of well-established developmental phenomena. The computational features developed for this study represent innovative applications of information theory and computer vision to developmental research.

      Weaknesses:

      Several major limitations affect the reliability and interpretability of the findings. The sample sizes of 33-34 dyads per age group are relatively modest for the complexity of analyses performed, which include eight different features examined across various time lags with extensive statistical comparisons. The study lacks adequate power analysis to demonstrate whether these sample sizes are sufficient to detect meaningful effect sizes, which is particularly concerning given the multiple comparison burden inherent in this type of multi-modal, multi-timescale analysis.

      The statistical framework presents several concerns that limit confidence in the findings. Inter-rater reliability for gaze coding shows substantial but not excellent agreement (κ = 0.628), with only 22% of the data undergoing double coding. Given that gaze coding forms the foundation for all subsequent analyses of joint attention and information flow, this reliability level may systematically influence findings. The multiple comparison correction strategies vary inconsistently across different analyses, with some using FDR correction and others treating lower-level and higher-level features separately. Additionally, object naming analyses employed one-sided tests (p<0.05) while others used two-sided tests (p<0.025) without clear theoretical or methodological justification for these differences.

      The validation of AI tools in the specific context of mother-infant interactions is insufficient and represents a critical limitation. The performance characteristics of Whisper with infant-directed speech, the precision of MMPose for detecting facial landmarks in young children, and the accuracy of facial expression recognition tools in infant contexts are not adequately validated for this population. These sophisticated tools may not perform optimally in the specific context of mother-infant interactions, where speech patterns, facial expressions, and body movements may differ substantially from their training data.

      The theoretical positioning requires substantial refinement to better acknowledge the extensive existing literature. The authors are working within a well-established theoretical framework that has long recognized social learning as an active, bidirectional process. The joint attention literature, beginning with foundational work by Bruner (1983) and continuing through contemporary theories of social cognition by researchers like Tomasello (1995), has emphasized the communicative and adaptive nature of attentional processes. The scaffolding literature, including seminal work by Wood, Bruner, and Ross (1976), has demonstrated how parents adjust their support based on children's developing competencies. Moreover, there is a substantial body of micro-analytic research that has employed sophisticated quantitative methods to study social interactions, including work by Stern (1985) on microsecond-level interactions and research using time-series methods to examine dyadic coordination patterns.

      The cross-correlation analyses have inherent limitations for causal inference that are not adequately acknowledged. The interpretation of temporal correlation patterns in terms of directional influence requires more cautious consideration, as observational data have fundamental constraints for establishing causality. The ecological validity is also questionable due to the laboratory tabletop interaction paradigm and the sample's demographic homogeneity, consisting primarily of white, highly educated, high-income mothers.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lumen formation is a fundamental morphogenetic event essential for the function of all tubular organs, notably the vertebrate vascular network, where continuous and patent conduits ensure blood flow and tissue perfusion. The mechanisms by which endothelial cells organize to create and maintain luminal space have historically been categorized into two broad strategies: cell shape changes, which involve alterations in apical-basal polarity and cytoskeletal architecture, and cell rearrangements, wherein intercellular junctions and positional relationships are remodeled to form uninterrupted conduits. The study presented here focuses on the latter process, highlighting a unique morphogenetic module, junction-based lamellipodia (JBL), as the driver for endothelial rearrangements.

      Strengths:

      The key mechanistic insight from this work is the requirement of the Arp2/3 complex, the classical nucleator of branched actin filament networks, for JBL protrusion. This implicates Arp2/3-mediated actin polymerization in pushing force generation, enabling plasma membrane advancement at junctional sites. The dependence on Arp2/3 positions JBL within the family of lamellipodia-like structures, but the junctional origin and function distinguish them from canonical, leading-edge lamellipodia seen in cell migration.

      Weaknesses:

      The study primarily presents descriptive observations and includes limited quantitative analyses or genetic modifications. Molecular mechanisms are typically interrogated through the use of pharmacological inhibitors rather than genetic approaches. Furthermore, the precise semantic distinction between JAIL and JBL requires additional clarification, as current evidence suggests their biological relevance may substantially overlap.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Ravichandran et al investigate the regulatory panels that determine the polarization state of macrophages. They identify regulatory factors involved in M1 and M2 polarization states by using their network analysis pipeline. They demonstrate that a set of three regulatory factors (RFs) i.e., CEBPB, NFE2L2, and BCL3 can change macrophage polarization from the M1 state to the M2 state. They also show that siRNA-mediated knockdown of those 3-RF in THP1-derived M0 cells, in the presence of M1 stimulant increases the expression of M2 markers and showed decreased bactericidal effect. This study provides an elegant computational framework to explore the macrophage heterogeneity upon different external stimuli and adds an interesting approach to understanding the dynamics of macrophage phenotypes after pathogen challenge.

      Strengths:

      This study identified new regulatory factors involved in M1 to M2 macrophage polarization. The authors used their own network analysis pipeline to analyze the available datasets. The authors showed 13 different clusters of macrophages that encounter different external stimuli, which is interesting and could be translationally relevant as in physiological conditions after pathogen challenge, the body shows dynamic changes in different cytokines/chemokines that could lead to different polarization states of macrophages. The authors validated their primary computational findings with in vitro assays by knocking down the three regulatory factors-NCB.

      We thank the reviewer for reading our manuscript and for the encouraging comments.

      Weaknesses:

      One weakness of the paper is the insufficient analysis performed on all the clusters. They used macrophages treated with 28 distinct stimuli, which included a very interesting combination of pro- and anti-inflammatory cytokines/factors that can be very important in the context of in vivo pathogen challenge, but they did not characterize the full spectrum of clusters. 

      We have performed a functional enrichment analysis of all the clusters and added a section describing the results (Fig 1B). We believe this work will provide a basis for future experiments to characterize other clusters.

      We have also performed a Principal Component Analysis (PCA) using hall mark genes of inflammation and the NCB panel alone to show the relative position of all clusters with respect to each other

      Although they mentioned that their identified regulatory panels could determine the precise polarization state, they restricted their analysis to only the two well-established macrophage polarization states, M1 and M2. Analyzing the other states beyond M1 and M2 could substantially advance the field. They mentioned the regulatory factors involved in individual clusters but did not study the potential pathway involving the target genes of these regulatory factors, which can show the importance of different macrophage polarization states. Importantly, these findings were not validated in primary cells or using in vivo models.

      We agree it would be useful to demonstrate the polarization switch in other systems as well. However, it is currently infeasible for us to perform these experiments. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors of this manuscript address an important question regarding how macrophages respond to external stimuli to create different functional phenotypes, also known as macrophage polarization. Although this has been studied extensively, the authors argue that the transcription factors that mediate the change in state in response to a specific trigger remain unknown. They create a "master" human gene regulatory network and then analyze existing gene expression data consisting of PBMC-derived macrophage response to 28 stimuli, which they sort into thirteen different states defined by perturbed gene expression networks. They then identify the top transcription factors involved in each response that have the strongest predicted association with the perturbation patterns they identify. Finally, using S. aureus infection as one example of a stimulus that macrophages respond to, they infect THP-1 cells while perturbing regulatory factors that they have identified and show that these factors have a functional effect on the macrophage response.

      Strengths:

      The computational work done to create a "master" hGRN, response networks for each of the 28 stimuli studied, and the clustering of stimuli into 13 macrophage states is useful. The data generated will be a helpful resource for researchers who want to determine the regulatory factors involved in response to a particular stimulus and could serve as a hypothesis generator for future studies.

      The streamlined system used here - macrophages in culture responding to a single stimulus - is useful for removing confounding factors and studying the elements involved in response to each stimulus.

      The use of a functional study with S. aureus infection is helpful to provide proof of principle that the authors' computational analysis generates data that is testable and valid for in vitro analysis.

      We thank the reviewer for reading our manuscript and for the encouraging comments

      Weaknesses:

      Although a streamlined system is helpful for interrogating responses to a stimulus without the confounding effects of other factors, the reality is that macrophages respond to these stimuli within a niche and while interacting with other cell types. The functional analysis shown is just the first step in testing a hypothesis generated from this data and should be followed with analysis in primary human cells or in an in vivo model system if possible.

      It would be helpful for the authors to determine whether the effects they see in the THP-1 immortalized cell line are reproduced in another macrophage cell line, or ideally in PBMC-derived macrophages.

      We agree; It would be useful in the future to demonstrate the polarization switch in other systems as well. We believe the results we provide here will inform future studies on other systems. 

      The paper would benefit from an expanded explanation of the network mining approach used, as well as the cluster stability analysis and the Epitracer analysis. Although these approaches may be published elsewhere, readers with a non-computational background would benefit from additional descriptions.

      We have elaborated on the network mining approach and added a schematic diagram (Fig S13) to describe the EpiTracer algorithm.

      Although the authors identify 13 different polarization states, they return to the iM0/M1/M2 paradigm for their validation and functional assays. It would be useful to comment on the broader applications of a 13-state model.

      We have included a new figure panel describing the functional enrichment analysis of all the clusters (Fig 1B) and added a section describing the results. We have also performed a Principal Component Analysis (PCA) using hallmark gene of inflammation and the NCB panel alone to show the relative position of all clusters with respect to each other. The PCA plot shows that C11(M1) and C3(M2) are roughly at two extreme ends, with other clusters between them, forming something resembling a punctuated continuum of states.

      The relative contributions of each "switching factor" to the phenotype remain unclear, especially as knocking out each individual factor changes different aspects of the model (Fig. S5).

      Fig S5 shows the effect on phenotype upon individual knockdown of the switching factors, from which we deduce that CEBPB has the largest contribution in determining the phenotype. However, we maintain that all three genes are necessary as a panel for M1/M2 switching. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The manuscript by Ravichandran et al describes the networks of genes that they named j"RF" associated with M1 to M2 polarization of macrophages by using their computational pipelines. They have shown 13 clusters of human macrophage polarization state by using an available database of different combinatorial treatments with cytokines, endotoxin, or growth factors, which is interesting and could be useful in the research field. However, there are a few comments which will help to understand the subject more precisely.

      (1,2) The authors claimed to identify key regulatory factors involved in the human macrophage polarization from M1 to M2. However, recent advances suggest that macrophage polarization cannot be restricted to M1 and M2 only, which is also supported by the authors' data that shows 13 clusters of macrophages. However, they only focused on the difference between clusters 11 and 3 considering conventional M1 and M2. It will be more interesting to analyze the other clusters and how they relate to the established and simplistic M1 and M2 paradigms.

      It will be interesting to know if they found any difference in the enriched pathways among these different clusters considering the exclusive regulatory factors and their targets.

      We appreciate the point and have addressed it as follows. In the revised manuscript, we have discussed the clusters in detail and have provided the key regulatory factors (RF) combinations and target genes that define distinct macrophage population states (Please refer: Data file S2, S3). We have also discussed the associated immunological processes with each cluster, particularly in relation to the C11 and C3 clusters. We have added a new panel in Fig 1 to illustrate a heatmap indicating the enrichment of pathways relevant to inflammation in each of the clusters (Fig 1B).   Indeed, there is a substantial difference in the enrichment terms between the extreme ends (M1, M2) and significant differences in some of the pathways between clusters.   

      (3) The authors have shown the involvement of NCB at 72h post LPS treatment. Are these RF involved in late response genes or act at the earlier time point of LPS treatment? Understanding the RF involvement in the dynamic response of macrophages to any stimulant will be important.

      Using the data available for different time points (30 mins to 72 hours), we plotted the fold change (with respect to unstimulated cells) in M1 and M2 clusters for each of the NCB genes and observe clear divergence in the trend at 24 hours and have provided them as newly added (Supplementary Figure 9  A, B, C).

      (4) The authors showed that the knockdown of RF- NCB can switch the M1 to M2. However, they showed a few conventional markers known to be M2 markers. What happens if NCB is overexpressed or knocked down in other treatment conditions/other clusters? Is the RF-NCB only involved in these two specific stimulations or their overexpression can promote M2 polarization in any given stimuli?

      It is an interesting question but for practical reasons, experimental work was limited to M1 and M2 clusters as the aim was to establish proof of concept and could not be scaled up for all clusters, which would require a large amount of work and possibly a separate study.  We believe the description of the clusters that we have provided will enable the design of future experiments that will throw light on the significance of the intermediate clusters.  

      (5) The authors have shown that knockdown of RF- NCB decreases pathogen clearance, but what are their altered functions? Are they more efficient in cellular debris clearance or resolution of inflammation? The authors can check the mRNA expression of markers/cytokines involved in those processes, in the NCB knockdown condition.

      Indeed. Expression levels were measured for the following genes: CXCL2, IL1B, iNOS, SOCS3 (which are pro-inflammatory markers), as well as MRC1, ARG1, TGFB, IL10 (anti-inflammatory markers), as shown in Fig 4B.  

      Minor comments:

      (1, 2). How the authors evaluate the performance of their knowledge-based gene network. The authors should write the methods in detail, how they generated the simulated network, and evaluated the simulated dataset.

      Gene network construction and module detection have many tools available. The authors need to mention which one they used. The authors should show whether their findings are consistent with at least another two module-detection methods (eg; "RedeR") to strengthen their claim.

      We have added a schematic figure (Supplementary Fig S11) and detailed description of network construction and mining in the Methods section, as follows: We have reconstructed a comprehensive knowledge-based human Gene Regulatory Network (hGRN), which consists of Regulatory Factors (RF) to Target Gene (TG) and RF to RF interactions. To achieve this, we curated experimentally determined regulatory interactions (RF-TG, RF-RF) associated with human regulatory factors (Wingender et al., 2013). These interactions were sourced from several resources, including: (a) literature-curated resources like the Human Transcriptional Regulation Interactions database (HTRIdb) (Bovolenta et al., 2012), Regulatory Network Repository (RegNetwork) (Liu et al., 2015), Transcriptional Regulatory Relationships Unraveled by Sentence-based Text-mining (TRRUST) (Han et al., 2015), and the TRANSFAC resource from Harmonizome (Rouillard et al., 2016);  (b) ChEA3, which contains ChIP-seq determined interactions (Keenan et al., 2019); and (c) high-confidence protein-protein binding interactions (RF-RF) from the human protein-protein interaction network-2 (hPPiN2) (Ravichandran et al., 2021). As a result, our hGRN comprises 27,702 nodes and 890,991 interactions.  It is important to note that none of the edges/interactions in the hGRN are data-driven. We utilized this extensive hGRN, which encompasses the experimentally determined interactions/edges, to infer stimulant-specific hGRNs and top paths using our in-house network mining algorithm, ResponseNet. We have previously demonstrated that ResponseNet, which utilizes a knowledge-based network and a sensitive interrogation algorithm, outperformed data-driven network inference methods in capturing biologically relevant processes and genes, whose validation is reported earlier (Ravichandran and Chandra, 2019; Sambaturu et al., 2021).

      We utilized our in-house response network approach to identify the stimulant-specific top active and repressed perturbations (Ravichandran and Chandra, 2019; Sambaturu et al., 2021). This is clearly described in the revised manuscript. To summarize, we generated stimulant-specific Gene Regulatory Networks (GRNs) by applying weights to the master human Gene Regulatory Network (hGRN) based on differential transcriptomic responses to stimulants (i.e., comparing stimulant-treated conditions to baseline). We then produced individually weighted networks for each stimulant and implemented a refined network mining technique to extract the most significant pathways. Furthermore, we have previously conducted a systematic comparison of our network mining strategy with other data-driven module detection methods, including jActiveModules (Ideker et al, 2002), WGCNA (Langfelder et al, 2008), and ARACNE (Margolin et al, 2006). Our findings demonstrated that our approach outperformed conventional data-driven network inference methods in capturing the biologically pertinent processes and genes (Ravichandran and Chandra, 2019). Since we have experimentally validated what we predicted from the network analysis, we do not see a need for performing the computational analysis with another algorithm. Moreover, different network analyses are based on different aspects of identifying functionally relevant genes or subnetworks. While each of them output useful information, given the scale of the network and the number of different biologically significant subnetworks and genes that could be present in an unbiased network such as what we have used, the output from different methods need not agree with each other as they may capture different aspects all together and hence is not guaranteed to be informative.  

      (3) Representation of Fig 2B is difficult to understand the authors' interpretation of 'the 3-RF combination has 1293 targets, 359 covering about 53% of the top-perturbed network' for general readers. If the authors can simplify the interpretation will be helpful for the readers.

      This is replaced with clearer figures in the revised manuscript (Figure 2A, 2B), and the associated text is also rephrased for clarity.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      (1) It would be helpful for the authors to determine whether the effects they see in the THP-1 immortalized cell line are reproduced in another macrophage cell line, or ideally in PBMC-derived macrophages if this is feasible. If using PBMC- or bone marrow-derived macrophages is beyond the scope of what the authors can reasonably perform, they could consider using another macrophage cell line such as RAW 264.7 cells, which would also provide orthogonal validation from a mouse model.

      At this point of time, it is unfortunately infeasible for us to perform these experiments, due to resource limitation.  Moreover, it would require a lot of time. We hope that our work provides pointers for anyone working on mouse models or other model systems to design their studies on regulatory controls and the aspect of generalizability of our findings in Thp-1 cell lines to other systems will eventually emerge.

      (2) It would be helpful for the authors to provide an expanded explanation of the network mining approach used, as well as the cluster stability analysis and the Epitracer analysis. Although these approaches may be published elsewhere, readers with a non-computational background would benefit from additional descriptions. A schematic figure would also be helpful to clarify their approach.

      We have added a new schematic diagram in Supplementary figures (S13) and a detailed text in the Methods section describing the network mining analysis and epitracer identification in the revised manuscript. 

      (3) It would be helpful for the authors to comment on whether the thirteen polarization states that they identify align with other analyses that have been performed using data collected from stimulated macrophages, or whether this is a novel finding, especially as the original paper from which the primary data are derived identified 9 clusters. More broadly, since the authors eventually return to the M1-M2 paradigm, it is unclear whether there is any functional support for a 13-state model - it is also possible that macrophages exist along a continuum of stimulation states rather than in discrete clusters. This at least merits further discussion, which could focus on different axes of polarization as discussed and shown in the original paper.

      As described in the manuscript, Clustering based on the differential transcriptome profile of RF-set1, which contains 265 transcription factors (TFs), in response to 28 stimulants, resulted in 13 distinct clusters. The cluster member associations inferred from RF-set1 were similar in number and pattern to those inferred from the entire differential transcriptome (n=12,164; Fig. S2, cophenetic coefficient = 0.68; p-value = 1.25e−51). Furthermore, the inferred cluster pattern largely matched the clustering pattern previously described for the same dataset  (Xue et al., 2014).  Our contribution: The pattern we observed from the top-ranked epicenters in each cluster suggests that a subset of differentially expressed genes (DEGs) present in our top networks is sufficient for achieving differentiation. Our gene-regulatory models suggest that saturated (SA and PA) and unsaturated (LA, LiA, and OA) fatty acids, which were previously grouped together, mediate distinct modes of resolution and are now separated into two sub-branches. Similarly, the effects of IFNγ and sLPS, previously combined, are now distinctly resolved, aligning with known regulatory differences (Hoeksema et al., 2015; Kang et al., 2019). 

      The principal takeaway from this analysis is not the exact number of clusters but rather the molecular basis it provides for the differentiation of functional states, with M1 and M2 representing two ends of the spectrum. Several other states are dispersed within the polarization spectrum, which we describe as a punctuated continuum. For our switching studies, we focused on clusters C11 (M1-like) and C2 (M2-like) due to their established functional relevance. However, future studies are required to explore the functional relevance of other clusters. We have added a discussion on this aspect as suggested.

      (4) It would be helpful to define the contribution of each component of the NCB group to M1 polarization.

      We assessed the impact of CEBPB, NFE2L2, and BCL3 on C2 (M1-like) polarization states by quantifying the expression levels of M1 and M2 markers. Our findings indicate that knocking down CEBPB led to a significant downregulation in the expression of M1 markers and an increase in M2 marker expression. In contrast, NFE2L2 and BCL3 knockdown resulted in decreased expression of M1 markers without a corresponding significant increase in M2 markers. These results suggest that CEBPB is crucial for M1 to the M2 transition. We have added a note on pg 22 to emphasize this better.

      (5) NRF2, CEBPb, and BCL3 all have well-described roles in macrophage polarization. To add clarity to their discussion, the authors should cite relevant literature (eg PMIDs 15465827, 27211851, and others) and discuss how their findings extend what is currently known about the contribution of these individual proteins to macrophage responses.

      The role of NFE2L2, CEBPB and BCL3 in macrophage polarization and state transition are described in the discussion section. The PMIDs mentioned by the reviewer are added as well. 

      (6) The effect size of NCB knockdown in the in vitro Staph aureus model shown in 4C is fairly small - bacterial killing assays typically require at least a log of difference to demonstrate a convincing effect. It would be helpful for the authors to include a positive control for this experiment (for example, STAT4) to frame the magnitude of their effect.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment, however, we would like to point out that the difference in CFU plotted in log<sub>10</sub> scale, as per common practice. The CFUs are therefore almost halved due to the knockdown in absolute scale and reproduced multiple times with statistically significant results (p-value <0.01). We feel it is sufficient to demonstrate that the NCB geneset by themselves bring out a change in polarization and hence the killing effect. We have used STAT4 as a control for marker measurements as shown in Fig 3C. While carrying out CFU with siSTAT4 may add additional information, we have proceeded to perform the infection experiments with and without the NCB knockdown as that remains the main focus of the study. 

      Minor recommendations:

      (1) Is there a difference between the data represented in Figure 1A-B and Figure S1? If this is the same data, there is no need to repeat it, and Figure 1 could be composed only of the current panels C and D.

      We have removed Figure1 A and B as it illustrates the same point as Figure S1. We have retained Figures C and D and renamed them as new Figure 1A and C. In addition, we have added a new panel Fig 1B (in response to earlier points). 

      (2) Could Figure 2B be represented in a different way? The circles do not contain any readable information about the genes, and it may be less visually overwhelming to represent this with just the large and small triangles. Perhaps the individual genes represented by the circles could be listed in a supplemental table or Excel file.

      We have provided a new Figure 2 A and B panels for the M1 and M2 clusters respectively, which has only the barcode genes along with a functional annotation. The full network is already provided in supplementary data. 

      (3) When indicating the N for all experiments performed in the figure legends, the authors should indicate whether these were technical or biological replicates.

      We appreciate the reviewers for the suggestion. We have indicated what N is for all figure legends.

      (4) Fig 3B: the y-axis is confusing - it appears that normalization is actually to the untreated cells.

      Yes indeed. The normalization is with respect to the untreated cells as per standard practice. We have indicated this clearly in the legend.

      (5) The 72-hour time point in Fig S8 shows unexpected results. Could the authors explain or propose a hypothesis for why CXCL2 and IL1b abruptly decrease while iNOS and MRC1 abruptly increase?

      The purpose of the mentioned experiment was to standardize the time point of M1 polarization post S. aureus  infection. In this regard,  we profiled the expression levels of markers at various time points. We chose to study the 24 hour time point for all the future experiments based on the significant upregulation of NCB seen in the macrophages.  We believe that the 72 hour time point may show effects that are different since the initial immune response would have waned leading to differences in cytokine dynamics. However, as this is not the focus of our study, we are not discussing this aspect further.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Through this study the authors combine a number of innovative technologies including scRNAseq to provide insight into Crohn's disease. Importantly, samples from pediatric patients are included. The authors develop a principled and unbiased tiered clustering approach, termed ARBOL. Through high-resolution scRNAseq analysis the authors identify differences in cell subsets and states during pediCD relative to FGID. The authors provide histology data demonstrating T cell localisation within the epithelium. Importantly, the authors find anti-TNF treatment pushes the pediatric cellular ecosystem towards an adult state.

      Strengths:

      This study is well presented. The introduction clearly explains the important knowledge gaps in the field, the importance of this research, the samples that are used and study design.<br /> The results clearly explain the data, without overstating any findings. The data is well presented. The discussion expands on key findings and any limitations to the study are clearly explained.

      I think the biological findings from and bioinformatic approach used in, this study, will be of interest to many and significantly add to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The ARBOL approach for iterative tiered clustering on a specific disease condition was demonstrated to work very well on the datasets generated in this study where there were no obvious batch effects across patients. What if strong batch effects are present across donors where PCA fails to mitigate such effects? Are there any batch correction tools implemented in ARBOL for such cases?

      The authors have addressed this comment during review

      (2) The authors mentioned that the clustering tree from the recursive sub-clustering contained too much noise, and they therefore used another approach to build a hierarchical clustering tree for the bottom-level clusters based on unified gene space. But in general, how consistent are these two trees?

      The authors have addressed this comment during review

      Comments on revisions:

      I have no additional comments. The authors addressed my previous comments well.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Crohn's disease is a prevalent inflammatory bowel disease that often results in patient relapse post anti-TNF blockades. This study employs a multifaceted approach utilizing single-cell RNA sequencing, flow cytometry, and histological analyses to elucidate the cellular alterations in pediatric Crohn's disease patients pre and post-anti-TNF treatment and comparing them with non-inflamed pediatric controls. Utilizing an innovative clustering approach, the research distinguishes distinct cellular states that signify the disease's progression and response to treatment. Notably, the study suggests that the anti-TNF treatment pushes pediatric patients towards a cellular state resembling adult patients with persistent relapses. This study's depth offers a nuanced understanding of cell states in CD progression that might forecast the disease trajectory and therapy response.

      Robust Data Integration: The authors adeptly integrate diverse data types: scRNA-seq, histological images, flow cytometry, and clinical metadata, providing a holistic view of the disease mechanism and response to treatment.

      Novel Clustering Approach: The introduction and utilization of ARBOL, a tiered clustering approach, enhances the granularity and reliability of cell type identification from scRNA-seq data.

      Clinical Relevance: By associating scRNA-seq findings with clinical metadata, the study offers potentially significant insights into the trajectory of disease severity and anti-TNF response; which might help with the personalized treatment regimens.

      Treatment Dynamics: The transition of the pediatric cellular ecosystem towards an adult, more treatment-refractory state upon anti-TNF treatment is a significant finding. It would be beneficial to probe deeper into the temporal dynamics and the mechanisms underlying this transition.

      Comparative Analysis with Adult CD: The positioning of on-treatment biopsies between treatment-naïve pediCD and on-treatment adult CD is intriguing. A more in-depth exploration comparing pediatric and adult cellular ecosystems could provide valuable insights into disease evolution.

      Areas of improvement:

      (1) The legends accompanying the figures are quite concise. It would be beneficial to provide a more detailed description within the legends, incorporating specifics about the experiments conducted and a clearer representation of the data points. 

      We agree that it is beneficial to have descriptive figure legends that balance elements of experimental design, methodology, and statistical analyses employed in order to have a clear understanding throughout the manuscript. We have gone through and clarified areas throughout.  

      (2) Statistical significance is missing from Fig. 1c WBC count plot, Fig. 2 b-e panels. Please provide it even if it's not significant. Also, the legend should have the details of stat test used.

      We have now added details of statistical significance data in the Figure 1 legends. Please note that Mann-Whitney U-test was used for clinical categorical data.

      (3) In the study, the NOA group is characterized by patients who, after thorough clinical evaluations, were deemed to exhibit milder symptoms, negating the need for anti-TNF prescriptions. This mild nature could potentially align the NOA group closer to FGID-a condition intrinsically defined by its low to non-inflammatory characteristics. Such an alignment sparks curiosity: is there a marked correlation between these two groups? A preliminary observation suggesting such a relationship can be spotted in Figure 6, particularly panels A and B. Given the prevalence of FGID among the pediatric population, it might be prudent for the authors to delve deeper into this potential overlap, as insights gained from mild-CD cases could provide valuable information for managing FGID.

      Thank you for this insightful point. On histopathology and endoscopy, the NOA exhibited microscopic and macroscopic inflammation which landed these patients with the CD diagnosis, albeit mild on both micro and macro accounts. By contrast, the FGID group by definition will not have inflammation of microscopic and macroscopic evaluation. There is great interest in the field of adult and pediatric gastroenterology to understand why patients develop symptoms without evidence of inflammation. However, in 2023 the diagnostic tools of endoscopy with biopsy and histopathology is not sensitive enough to detect transcript level inflammation, positioning single-cell technology to be able to reveal further information in both disease processes.

      Based on the reviewer’s suggestions, we have calculated a heatmap of overlapping NOA and FGID cell states along the Figure 6a joint-PC1, showing where NOA CD patients and FGID patients overlap in terms of cell states. This is displayed in Supplemental Figure 15d. This revealed a set of T, Myeloid, and Epithelial cell states that were most important in describing variance along the FGID-CD axis, allowing us to hone in on similarities at the boundary between FGID and CD. By comparing the joint cell states with CD atlas curated cluster names, we identified CCR7-expressing T cell states and GSTA2-expressing epithelial states associated with this overlap. 

      (4) Furthermore, Figure 7 employs multi-dimensional immunofluorescence to compare CD, encompassing all its subtypes, with FGID. If the data permits, subdividing CD into PR, FR, and NOA for this comparison could offer a more nuanced understanding of the disease spectrum. Such a granular perspective is invaluable for clinical assessments. The key question then remains: do the sample categorizations for the immunofluorescence study accommodate this proposed stratification?

      Thank you for the thoughtful discussion. We agree that stratifying Crohn’s disease by PR, FR, and NOA would provide valuable clinical insight. Unfortunately our multiplex IF cohort was designed to maximize overall CD versus FGID comparisons and does not contain enough samples in patient subgroups to power such an analysis. We have highlighted this limitation in the text.  

      (5)The study's most captivating revelation is the proximity of anti-TNF-treated pediatric CD (pediCD) biopsies to adult treatment-refractory CD. Such an observation naturally raises the question: How does this alignment compare to a standard adult colon, and what proportion of this similarity is genuinely disease-specific versus reflective of an adult state? To what degree does the similarity highlight disease-specific traits?

      Delving deeper, it will be of interest to see whether anti-TNF treatment is nudging the transcriptional state of the cells towards a more mature adult stage or veering them into a treatment-resistant trajectory. If anti-TNF therapy is indeed steering cells toward a more adult-like state, it might signify a natural maturation process; however, if it's directing them toward a treatment-refractory state, the long-term therapeutic strategies for pediatric patients might need reconsideration.

      Thank you to the reviewer for another insightful point. We agree that age-matched samples are critical to evaluate disease cell states and hence we have age-matched controls in our pediatric cohort. Our timeline of follow-up only spans 3 years and patients remain in the pediatric age range at times of follow-up endoscopy and biopsy and would not be reflective of an adult GI state. We believe that the cellular behavior from naïve to treatment biopsy to on treatment biopsy is reflective of disease state rather than movement towards and adult-like state. We would also like to point out that pediatric onset IBD (Crohn’s and ulcerative colitis) traditionally has been harder to treat and presents with more extensive disease state (PMID: 22643596) and the ability to detect need for therapy escalation/change would be an invaluable tool for clinicians.  

      We share the reviewer’s interest in disentangling a natural maturation process from disease and treatment-specific changes. Because the patients who were not given treatment did not move towards the adult-like phenotype, it could point to a push towards a treatment-resistant trajectory. To further support these findings, we generated a new disease-pseudotime figure Supplemental Figure 17, using cross-validation methods and the TradeSeq package. This figure was designed to track how each pediatric sample shifts from the treatment-naïve state through antiTNF therapy and to test the robustness of these shifts across samples. The new visualizations show patterns that do not recapitulate natural aging processes but rather shifts across all cell types associated with antiTNF treatment.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Through this study, the authors combine a number of innovative technologies including scRNAseq to provide insight into Crohn's disease. Importantly samples from pediatric patients are included. The authors develop a principled and unbiased tiered clustering approach, termed ARBOL. Through high-resolution scRNAseq analysis the authors identify differences in cell subsets and states during pediCD relative to FGID. The authors provide histology data demonstrating T cell localisation within the epithelium. Importantly, the authors find anti-TNF treatment pushes the pediatric cellular ecosystem toward an adult state.

      Strengths:

      This study is well presented. The introduction clearly explains the important knowledge gaps in the field, the importance of this research, the samples that are used, and study design.

      The results clearly explain the data, without overstating any findings. The data is well presented. The discussion expands on key findings and any limitations to the study are clearly explained.

      I think the biological findings from, and bioinformatic approach used in this study, will be of interest to many and significantly add to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The ARBOL approach for iterative tiered clustering on a specific disease condition was demonstrated to work very well on the datasets generated in this study where there were no obvious batch effects across patients. What if strong batch effects are present across donors where PCA fails to mitigate such effects? Are there any batch correction tools implemented in ARBOL for such cases?

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful point, the full extent to which ARBOL can address batch effects requires further study. To this end we integrated Harmony into the ARBOL architecture and used it in the paper to integrate a previous study with the data presented (Figure 8). We have added to ARBOL’s github README how to use Harmony with the automated clustering method. With ARBOL, as well as traditional clustering methods, batch effects can cause artifactual clustering at any tier of clustering. Due to iteration, this can cause batch effects to present themselves in a single round of clustering, followed by further rounds of clustering that appear highly similar within each batch subset. Harmony addresses this issue, removing these batch-related clustering rounds. The later arrangement of fine-grained clusters using the bottom-up approach can use the batch-corrected latent space to calculate relationships between cell states, removing the effects from both sides of the algorithm. As stated, the extent to which ARBOL can be used to systematically address these batch effects requires further research, but the algorithmic architecture of ARBOL is well suited to address these effects.

      (2) The authors mentioned that the clustering tree from the recursive sub-clustering contained too much noise, and they therefore used another approach to build a hierarchical clustering tree for the bottom-level clusters based on unified gene space. But in general, how consistent are these two trees?

      Thank you for this thoughtful question. The two tree methodologies are not consistent due to their algorithmic differences, but both are important for several reasons: 

      (1) The clustering tree is top-down, meaning low resolution lineage-related clusters are calculated first. Doublets and quality differences can cause very small clusters of different lineages (endothelial vs fibroblast) to fall under the incorrect lineage at first in the sub clustering tree, but these are recaptured during further sub clustering rounds, and then disentangled by the cluster-centroid tree.

      (2) The hierarchical tree is a rose tree, meaning each branching point can contain several daughter branches, while taxonomies based on distances between species (or cell types in this case) are binary trees with only 2 branches per branching point, because distances between each cluster are unique. Because this taxonomy, or bottom-up, is different from the top-down approach, it is useful to then look at how these bottom-level clusters are similar. To that end, we performed pair-wise differential expression between all end clusters and clustered based on those genes. 

      (3) Calculation of a binary tree represents a quantitative basis for comparing the transcriptomic distance between clusters as opposed to relying on distances calculated within a heuristic manifold such as UMAP or algorithmic similarity space such as cluster definitions based on KNN graphs.

      In practice, this dual view rescues small clusters that may have been mis-grouped by technical artifacts and gives a quantitative distance based hierarchy that can be compared across metadata covariates.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their previous publication (Dong et al. Cell Reports 2024), the authors showed that citalopram treatment resulted in reduced tumor size by binding to the E380 site of GLUT1 and inhibiting the glycolytic metabolism of HCC cells, instead of the classical citalopram receptor. Given that C5aR1 was also identified as the potential receptors of citalopram in the previous report, the authors focused on exploring the potential of immune-dependent anti-tumor effect of citalopram via C5aR1. C5aR1 was found to be expressed on tumor-associated macrophages (TAMs) and citalopram administration showed potential to improve the stability of C5aR1 in vitro. Through macrophage depletion and adoptive transfer approaches in HCC mouse models, the data demonstrated the potential importance of C5aR1-expressing macrophage in the anti-tumor effect of citalopram in vivo. Mechanistically, their in vitro data suggested that citalopram may regulate the phagocytosis potential and polarization of macrophages through C5aR1. Next, they tried to investigate the direct link between citalopram and CD8+T cells by including an additional MASH-associated HCC mouse model. Their data suggest that citalopram may upregulate the glycolytic metabolism of CD8+T cells, probability via GLUT3 but not GLUT1-mediated glucose uptake. Lastly, as the systemic 5-HT level is down-regulated by citalopram, the authors analyzed the association between a low 5-HT and a superior CD8+T cell function against tumor. Although the data is informative, the rationale for working on additional mechanisms and logical link among different parts are not clear. In addition, some of the conclusion is also not fully supported by the current data.

      Strengths:

      The idea of repurposing clinical-in-used drugs showed great potential for immediate clinical translation. The data here suggested that the anti-depression drug, citalopram displayed immune regulatory role on TAM via a new target C5aR1 in HCC.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed most of my concerns about the paper.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary:

      In their previous publication (Dong et al. Cell Reports 2024), the authors showed that citalopram treatment resulted in reduced tumor size by binding to the E380 site of GLUT1 and inhibiting the glycolytic metabolism of HCC cells, instead of the classical citalopram receptor. Given that C5aR1 was also identified as the potential receptor of citalopram in the previous report, the authors focused on exploring the potential of the immune-dependent anti-tumor effect of citalopram via C5aR1. C5aR1 was found to be expressed on tumor-associated macrophages (TAMs) and citalopram administration showed potential to improve the stability of C5aR1 in vitro. Through macrophage depletion and adoptive transfer approaches in HCC mouse models, the data demonstrated the potential importance of C5aR1-expressing macrophage in the anti-tumor effect of citalopram in vivo. Mechanistically, their in vitro data suggested that citalopram may regulate the phagocytosis potential and polarization of macrophages through C5aR1. Next, they tried to investigate the direct link between citalopram and CD8+T cells by including an additional MASH-associated HCC mouse model. Their data suggest that citalopram may upregulate the glycolytic metabolism of CD8+T cells, probability via GLUT3 but not GLUT1-mediated glucose uptake. Lastly, as the systemic 5-HT level is down-regulated by citalopram, the authors analyzed the association between a low 5-HT and a superior CD8+T cell function against a tumor. Although the data is informative, the rationale for working on additional mechanisms and logical links among different parts is not clear. In addition, some of the conclusion is also not fully supported by the current data. 

      We thank the reviewer for their comprehensive summary of our study and appreciate the valuable feedback. We have made improvements based on these comments, and a detailed response addressing each point is presented below.

      Strengths: 

      The idea of repurposing clinical-in-used drugs showed great potential for immediate clinical translation. The data here suggested that the anti-depression drug, citalopram displayed an immune regulatory role on TAM via a new target C5aR1 in HCC.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the strengths of our study.

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The authors concluded that citalopram had a 'potential immune-dependent effect' based on the tumor weight difference between Rag-/- and C57 mice in Figure 1. However, tumor weight differences may also be attributed to a non-immune regulatory pathway. In addition, how do the authors calculate relative tumor weight? What is the rationale for using relative one but not absolute tumor weight to reflect the anti-tumor effect? 

      We appreciate your insights into the potential contributions of non-immune regulatory pathways to the observed tumor weight differences between Rag1<sup>-/- </sup>and wild type C57BL/6 mice. Indeed, the anti-tumor effects of citalopram involve non-immune mechanisms. Previously, we have demonstrated the direct effects of citalopram on cancer cell proliferation, apoptosis, and metabolic processes (PMID: 39388353). In this study, we focused on immune-dependent mechanisms, utilizing Rag1<sup>-/- </sup> mice to investigate a potential immune-mediated effect. The relative tumor weight was calculated by assigning an arbitrary value of 1 to the Rag1<sup>-/- </sup> mice in the DMSO treatment group, with all other tumor weights expressed relative to this baseline. As suggested, we have included absolute tumor weight data in the revised Figure 1B, 1E, 1F, and 3B.

      (2) The authors used shSlc6a4 tumor cell lines to demonstrate that citalopram's effects are independent of the conventional SERT receptor (Figure 1C-F). However, this does not entirely exclude the possibility that SERT may still play a role in this context, as it can be expressed in other cells within the tumor microenvironment. What is the expression profiling of Slc6a4 in the HCC tumor microenvironment? In addition, in Figure 1F, the tumor growth of shSlc6a4 in C57 mice displayed a decreased trend, suggesting a possible role of Slc6a4. 

      As suggested, we probed the expression pattern of SERT in HCC and its tumor microenvironment. Using a single cell sequencing dataset of HCC (GSE125449), we revealed that SERT is also expressed by T cells, tumor-associated endothelial cells, and cancer-associated fibroblasts (see revised Figure S2G). Therefore, we cannot fully rule out the possibility that citalopram may influence these cellular components within the TME and contribute to its therapeutic effects. In the revised manuscript, we have included and discussed this result. In Figure 1F, SERT knockdown led to a 9% reduction in tumor growth, however, this difference was not statistically significant (0.619 ± 0.099 g vs. 0.594 ± 0.129 g; p = 0.75).

      (3) Why did the authors choose to study phagocytosis in Figures 3G-H? As an important player, TAM regulates tumor growth via various mechanisms. 

      We choose to investigate phagocytosis because citalopram targets C5aR1-expressing TAM. C5aR1 is a receptor for the complement component C5a, which plays a crucial role in mediating the phagocytosis process in macrophages. In the revised manuscript, we have highlighted this rationale.

      (4) The information on unchanged deposition of C5a has been mentioned in this manuscript (Figures 3D and 3F), the authors should explain further in the manuscript, for example, C5a could bind to receptors other than C5aR1 and/or C5a bind to C5aR1 by different docking anchors compared with citalopram.

      Thank you for your insightful comment. In Figure 3D, tumor growth was attenuated in C5ar1<sup>-/-</sup> recipients compared with C5ar1<sup>-/-</sup> recipients, whereas C5a deposition remained unchanged. This suggests that while C5a is still present, its interaction with C5aR1 is critical for influencing tumor growth dynamics. In Figure 3F, C5a deposition was not affected by citalopram treatment. Indeed, docking analysis and DARTS assay revealed that citalopram binds to the D282 site of C5aR1. Previous report has shown that mutations on E199 and D282 reduce C5a binding affinity to C5aR1 (PMID: 37169960). Therefore, the impact of citalopram is primarily on C5a/C5aR1 interactions and downstream signaling pathways, rather than on altering C5a levels. In the revised manuscript, we have included this interpretation.

      (5) Figure 3I-M - the flow cytometry data suggested that citalopram treatment altered the proportions of total TAM, M1 and M2 subsets, CD4<sup>+</sup> and CD8<sup>+</sup>T cells, DCs, and B cells. Why does the author conclude that the enhanced phagocytosis of TAM was one of the major mechanisms of citalopram? As the overall TAM number was regulated, the contribution of phagocytosis to tumor growth may be limited. 

      We thank the reviewer’s valuable input. Indeed, recent studies have demonstrated that targeting C5aR1<sup>+</sup> TAMs can induce many anti-tumor effects, such as macrophage polarization and CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell infiltration (PMID: 30300579, PMID: 38331868, and PMID: 38098230). In the revised manuscript, we have clarified our conclusion to better articulate the relationship between citalopram treatment, TAM populations, and their phagocytic activity, with particular emphasis on the role of CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells. For macrophage phagocytosis, one possible explanation is that citalopram targets C5aR1 to enhance macrophage phagocytosis and subsequent antigen presentation and/or cytokine production, which promotes T cell recruitment and activity as well as modulate other aspects of tumor immunity. Given that the anti-tumor effects of citalopram are largely dependent on CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells, we conclude that CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells are essential for the effector mechanisms of citalopram.

      (6) Figure 4 - what is the rationale for using the MASH-associated HCC mouse model to study metabolic regulation in CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells? The tumor microenvironment and tumor growth would be quite different. In addition, how does this part link up with the mechanisms related to C5aR1 and TAM? The authors also brought GLUT1 back in the last part and focused on CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell metabolism, which was totally separated from previous data. 

      We chose the MASH-associated HCC mouse model because it closely mimics the etiology of metabolic-associated fatty liver disease (MAFLD), which is a significant contributor to the development of cirrhosis and HCC. In addition to the MASH-associated HCC mouse model, the study also incorporated the orthotopic Hepa1-6 tumor model. In our previous publication (Dong et al., Cell Reports 2024), we employed both of these HCC models. Therefore, we utilized the same two mouse models in this study. The inclusion of CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells in our study is based on the understanding that citalopram targets GLUT1, which plays a crucial role in glucose uptake (PMID: 39388353). CD8<sup>+</sup>T cell function is heavily reliant on glycolytic metabolism, making it essential to investigate how citalopram’s effects on GLUT1 influence the metabolic pathways and functionality of these immune cells. In this study, we identified that the primary glucose transporter in CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells is GLUT3, rather than GLUT1. The data presented in Figure 4 aim to illustrate the additional effect of citalopram on peripheral 5-HT levels, which, in turn, influences CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell functionality. By linking these findings, we clarify how citalopram impacts both TAMs and CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells. CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells can be influenced by citalopram through various mechanisms, including TAM-dependent mechanisms, reduced systemic serum 5-HT concentrations, and unidentified direct effects. In the revised manuscript, we have enhanced the background information to avoid any gaps.

      (7) Figure 5, the authors illustrated their mechanism that citalopram regulates CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell anti-tumor immunity through proinflammatory TAM with no experimental evidence. Using only CD206 and MHCII to represent TAM subsets obviously is not sufficient. 

      Thank you for your valuable comments. As noted by the reviewer, TAMs can influence CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell anti-tumor immunity through various mechanisms. In this study, we focused on elucidating the impact of citalopram on pro-inflammatory TAMs, which in turn affect CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell anti-tumor immunity and ultimately influence tumor outcomes. Therefore, in the mechanistic diagram, we highlighted the effect of citalopram on pro-inflammatory TAMs, while the causal relationship between TAMs and CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell anti-tumor immunity was indicated with a dotted line due to the limited evidence presented in this study. Additionally, we have expanded our discussion on how citalopram regulates CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell anti-tumor immunity through pro-inflammatory TAMs.

      For the analysis of TAMs, we initially sorted CD45<sup>+</sup>F4/80<sup>+</sup>CD11b<sup>+</sup> cells and assessed M1/M2 polarization by measuring CD206 and MHCII expression. As an added strength, we isolated TAMs from the orthotopic GLUT1<sup>KD</sup> Hepa1-6 model using CD11b microbeads and conducted real-time qPCR analysis of M1-oriented (Il6, Ifnb1, and Nos2) and M2-oriented (Mrc1, Il10, and Arg1) markers. Consistent with our flow cytometry data, the qPCR results confirmed that citalopram induces a pro-inflammatory TAM phenotype (revised Figure S9A).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): Summary: 

      Dong et al. present a thorough investigation into the potential of repurposing citalopram, an SSRI, for hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) therapy. The study highlights the dual mechanisms by which citalopram exerts anti-tumor effects: reprogramming tumor-associated macrophages (TAMs) toward an anti-tumor phenotype via C5aR1 modulation and suppressing cancer cell metabolism through GLUT1 inhibition while enhancing CD8+ T cell activation. The findings emphasize the potential of drug repurposing strategies and position C5aR1 as a promising immunotherapeutic target. However, certain aspects of experimental design and clinical relevance could be further developed to strengthen the study's impact. 

      We thank the reviewer’s thoughtful review and constructive feedback. As suggested, we have made improvements based on the feedback provided.

      Strength: 

      It provides detailed evidence of citalopram's non-canonical action on C5aR1, demonstrating its ability to modulate macrophage behavior and enhance CD8+ T cell cytotoxicity. The use of DARTS assays, in silico docking, and gene signature network analyses offers robust validation of drug-target interactions. Additionally, the dual focus on immune cell reprogramming and metabolic suppression presents a thorough strategy for HCC therapy. By emphasizing the potential for existing drugs like citalopram to be repurposed, the study also underscores the feasibility of translational applications. 

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the detailed evidence supporting citalopram’s non-canonical action on C5aR1, along with the innovative methodologies employed and the promising potential for repurposing existing drugs in HCC therapy.

      Major weaknesses/suggestions: 

      The dataset and signature database used for GSEA analyses are not clearly specified, limiting reproducibility. The manuscript does not fully explore the potential promiscuity of citalopram's interactions across GLUT1, C5aR1, and SERT1, which could provide a deeper understanding of binding selectivity. The absence of GLUT1 knockdown or knockout experiments in macrophages prevents a complete assessment of GLUT1's role in macrophage versus tumor cell metabolism. Furthermore, there is minimal discussion of clinical data on SSRI use in HCC patients. Incorporating survival outcomes based on SSRI treatment could strengthen the study's translational relevance. 

      By addressing these limitations, the manuscript could make an even stronger contribution to the fields of cancer immunotherapy and drug repurposing. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s valuable suggestions. As suggested, we have included the following revisions:

      (a) GSEA analyses: For GSEA analyses, we conducted RNA sequencing (RNA-seq) analysis on HCC-LM3 cells treated with citalopram or fluvoxamine, which led to the identification of 114 differentially expressed genes (DEGs; 80 co-upregulated and 34 co-downregulated), as reported previously (PMID: 39388353). These DEGs were then utilized to create an SSRI-related gene signature. Subsequently, we analyzed RNA-seq data from liver HCC (LIHC) samples in The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) cohort, comprising 371 samples, categorizing them into high and low expression groups based on the median expression levels of each candidate target gene (such as C5AR1). Finally, we performed GSEA on the grouped samples (C5AR1-high versus C5AR1-low) using the SSRI-related gene signature. In the revised manuscript, we have included this information in the “Materials and Methods” section.

      (b) Exploration of binding selectivity: We acknowledge the importance of exploring the potential promiscuity of citalopram’s interactions across GLUT1, C5aR1, and SERT1. While we cannot provide further experimental data to support this aspect, we have included the following points in the revised manuscript: 1) We emphasize the significance of exploring the relative binding affinities of citalopram to GLUT1, C5aR1, and SERT, as varying affinities could influence the drug’s overall efficacy. As highlighted in the current manuscript and our previous publication (PMID: 39388353), citalopram interacts with C5aR1 and GLUT1 through distinct binding sites and mechanisms, whereas its interaction with SERT is characterized by a more direct inhibition of serotonin binding (PMID: 27049939). To gain deeper insights into these interactions, employing techniques such as surface plasmon resonance or biolayer interferometry could provide valuable quantitative data on binding kinetics and affinities for each target. 2) We discuss how citalopram’s interactions with multiple targets may contribute to its therapeutic effects, particularly in the context of immune modulation and tumor progression. The potential for citalopram to exhibit diverse mechanisms of action through its interactions with these proteins warrants further investigation. A comprehensive understanding of these pathways could lead to the development of improved therapeutic strategies.

      (c) GLUT1 knockdown in macrophages: In the revised manuscript, we revealed that TAMs predominantly express GLUT3 but not GLUT1 (Figures S8B and S8C). GLUT1 knockdown in THP-1 cells did not significantly impact their glycolytic metabolism (Figure S8D), whereas GLUT3 knockdown led to a marked reduction in glycolysis in THP-1 cells.

      (d) Clinical data on SSRI use in HCC patients: Previously, we have reported that SSRIs use is associated with reduced disease progression in HCC patients (PMID: 39388353) (Cell Rep. 2024 Oct 22;43(10):114818.). As detailed below:

      “We determined whether SSRIs for alleviating HCC are supported by real-world data. A total of 3061 patients with liver cancer were extracted from the Swedish Cancer Register. Among them, 695 patients had been administrated with post-diagnostic SSRIs. The Kaplan-Meier survival analysis suggested that patients who utilized SSRIs exhibited a significantly improved metastasis-free survival compared to those who did not use SSRIs, with a P value of log-rank test at 0.0002. Cox regression analysis showed that SSRI use was associated with a lower risk of metastasis (HR = 0.78; 95% CI, 0.62-0.99)”.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Add experiments to address the questions listed in the weaknesses.

      As suggested, related experiments are performed to strengthen the conclusions.

      (2) It would be appreciated to show the expression profile of SERT or employ KO mouse models to eliminate the effect of SERT.

      As suggested, analysis of a single-cell sequencing dataset of HCC (GSE125449) revealed that SERT is expressed not only in HCC cells but also in T cells, tumor-associated endothelial cells, and cancer-associated fibroblasts (Figure S2G). Consistently, SERT has been reported as an immune checkpoint restricting CD8 T cell antitumor immunity (PMID: 40403728). Furthermore, SERT KO mice (Cyagen Biosciences, S-KO-02549) was employed to investigate the effects of citalopram. However, the Slc6a4 gene knockout in mice resulted in a significant decrease in 5-HT levels in the brain and a lack of cortical columnar structures. Importantly, the mice exhibited an intolerance to citalopram treatment. Therefore, we did not pursue further investigation into the effects of citalopram in SERT KO mice.

      (3) Due to the concern of specificity and animal health, it would be more direct if the authors could use, for example, C5ar1-fl/fl x Adgre1-Cre mouse models.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion. We fully agree with your comment regarding the value of introducing C5ar1-fl/fl and Adgre1-Cre mouse models, along with the necessary experimental setups, to substantiate this point. However, in our study, the C5ar1 KO mice exhibited normal overall appearance and viability, indicating that the model is generally healthy. Furthermore, we have validated the specific role of C5aR1 in macrophages through bone marrow reconstitution experiments, reinforcing the importance of C5aR1 in these cells. Therefore, we chose the current model to balance experimental effectiveness with considerations for animal health.

      (4) For example, a GSEA or GO analysis of comparison of macrophages from C5ar1-/- or C5ar1+/- mice may point to the enriched pathway of phagocytosis in macrophages derived from C5ar1-/- rather than C5ar1+/- mice, and this information is helpful for the integrity of this work. Besides, it would be more reliable if a nucleus staining is included in Figures 3G and 3H.

      As suggested, macrophages were isolated from tumor-bearing C5ar1<sup>-/-</sup> and C5ar1<sup>+/-</sup> mice and subsequently analyzed using RNA sequencing. The Gene Set Enrichment Analysis (GSEA) revealed a significant enrichment of the phagocytosis pathway in macrophages derived from C5ar1<sup>-/-</sup> mice compared to those from C5ar1<sup>+/-</sup> mice (see revised Figure S6A). While we acknowledge that the addition of a nucleus staining would enhance reliability, we would like to point out that this style of presentation is also commonly found in articles related to phagocytosis. Furthermore, this experiment involved a significant number of experimental mice, and in accordance with the 3Rs principle for animal experiments, we did not obtain additional sorted TAMs to perform the phagocytosis assay. Thank you for your understanding.

      (5) In line 122, there is a typo, and it should be 'analysis'.

      Thank you for pointing out the typo. It has been corrected to "analysis" in the revised manuscript.

      (6) In line 217, there is no causal relationship between the contexts, and using 'as a result' may lead to misunderstanding.

      As suggested, ‘as a result’ has been removed to avoid any misunderstanding.

      (7) In line 322, please make sure if it should be HBS or PBS.

      It is PBS, and revisions have been made.

      (8) Figure S7, the calculation of cell proportions needs to use a consistent denominator.

      As suggested, we calculated cell proportions using a consistent denominator (CD45<sup>+</sup> cells).

      (9) Figure 4C, label error.

      Thanks for your careful review. It has been corrected to "MASH".

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Dong et al. present compelling evidence for repurposing citalopram, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI), as a potential therapeutic for hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC). While the concept of SSRI repurposing is not novel, this manuscript provides valuable insights into the drug's dual mechanisms: targeting tumor-associated macrophages (TAMs) via C5aR1 modulation and enhancing CD8+ T cell activity, alongside inhibiting cancer cell metabolism through GLUT1 suppression. The findings underscore the promise of drug repurposing strategies and identify C5aR1 as a noteworthy immunotherapeutic target. Addressing the following points will enhance the manuscript's impact and relevance to cancer immunotherapy.

      Specific Comments:

      (1) The authors identify C5aR1 on TAMs as a direct target of citalopram, independent of its classical SERT target, using drug-induced gene signature network analysis and co-immunofluorescence of CD163+ macrophages with C5aR1. The DARTS assay further supports the binding of C5aR1 to citalopram, complemented by in silico docking analysis adapted from their previous GLUT1 study. Since GLUT1 and SERT1 are transporter proteins while C5aR1 is a GPCR, these heterogeneous binding interactions suggest potential promiscuity in SSRI-target engagement.

      (a) Figure 2A: The authors identify C5aR1 as a target using GSEA but do not specify the dataset used (e.g., cancer or immune cells) or the signature database consulted. Providing this context would enhance reproducibility.

      For GSEA, we performed RNA sequencing (RNA-seq) on HCC-LM3 cells treated with citalopram or fluvoxamine and identified 114 differentially expressed genes (DEGs), which included 80 genes that were co-upregulated and 34 that were co-downregulated, as previously documented (PMID: 39388353). These DEGs were subsequently used to develop an SSRI-related gene signature. We then employed the RNA-seq data from liver hepatocellular carcinoma (LIHC) samples within The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) cohort, which included 371 samples. HCC samples in the TCGA cohort were categorized into high and low expression groups based on the median expression levels of each candidate target gene, such as C5AR1. Finally, we conducted GSEA on the grouped samples (such as C5AR1-high versus C5AR1-low) using the SSRI-related gene signature. For reproducibility, detailed information has been added to the “Materials and Methods” section of the revised manuscript.

      (b) Figure 2F: Given citalopram's reported role in inhibiting GLUT1, a comparative discussion on the relative contributions of GLUT1 inhibition versus C5aR1 modulation in tumor suppression is warranted. Performing a DARTS assay for GLUT1 in THP-1 cells, which express high GLUT1 levels and exhibit upregulation in M1 macrophages (https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-022-33526-z), would clarify SSRI interactions with macrophage metabolism.

      As suggested, we first investigated citalopram treatment in THP-1 cells. The result showed the glycolytic metabolism of THP-1 cells remained largely unaffected following citalopram treatment, as evidenced by glucose uptake, lactate release, and extracellular acidification rate (ECAR) (Figure S8A). Next, we mined a single cell sequencing datasets of HCC and revealed that TAMs predominantly express GLUT3 but not GLUT1 (Figure S8B). Consistently, Western blotting analysis showed a higher expression of GLUT3 and minimal levels of GLUT1 in THP-1 cells (Figure S8C). Consistently, it has been well documented that GLUT1 expression increased after M1 polarization stimuli an GLUT3 expression increased after M2 stimulation in macrophages (PMID: 37721853, PMID: 36216803). GLUT1 knockdown in THP-1 cells did not significantly impact their glycolytic metabolism (Figure S8D), whereas GLUT3 knockdown led to a marked reduction in glycolysis in THP-1 cells. Based on these findings, we conclude that the effects of citalopram on macrophages are primarily mediated through targeting C5aR1 rather than GLUT1.

      (c) Figures 2H-I: A comparison of drug-protein interactions across GLUT1, C5aR1, and SERT1 would be valuable to identify potential shared or distinct binding features.

      Citalopram exhibits distinct binding characteristics across its various targets, including GLUT1, C5aR1, and its classical target, SERT. In the case of C5aR1, our in silico docking analysis identified two key binding conformations at the orthosteric site. The interactions involved significant electrostatic contacts between citalopram’s amino group and negatively charged residues like E199 and D282. Notably, D282’s accessibility and orientation towards the binding cavity suggest it plays a crucial role in citalopram binding, highlighting the importance of specific amino acid interactions at this site. For GLUT1 (PMID: 39388353), citalopram’s interaction also demonstrated notable hydrophobic contacts, particularly through the fluorophenyl group with residues V328, P385, and L325. The cyanophtalane group penetrated the substrate-binding cavity, indicating that citalopram could occupy a similar binding site as glucose, which is distinct from the binding mechanism observed in C5aR1. The involvement of E380 in both poses for GLUT1 further emphasizes the role of electrostatic interactions in mediating citalopram’s binding to this transporter. In contrast, for SERT (PMID: 27049939), citalopram locks the transporter in an outward-open conformation by occupying the central binding site, which is located between transmembrane helices 1, 3, 6, 8 and 10. This binding directly obstructs serotonin from accessing its binding site, illustrating a more definitive blockade mechanism. Additionally, the allosteric site at SERT, positioned between extracellular loops 4 and 6 and transmembrane helices 1, 6, 10, and 11, enhances this blockade by sterically hindering ligand unbinding, thus providing a clear explanation for the allosteric modulation of serotonin transport. In summary, while citalopram interacts with C5aR1 and GLUT1 through distinct binding sites and mechanisms, its interaction with SERT is characterized by a more straightforward blockade of serotonin binding. The unique structural and functional attributes of each target highlight the versatility of citalopram and suggest that its pharmacological effects may vary significantly depending on the specific protein being targeted. In the revised manuscript, we have included detailed information in the revised manuscript.

      (2) The manuscript presents evidence that citalopram reprograms TAMs to an anti-tumor phenotype, enhancing their phagocytic capacity.

      (a) Bone Marrow Reconstitution Experiments (Figure 3): The use of donor (dC5aR1) and recipient (rC5aR1) mice is significant but requires clarification. Explicitly defining donor and recipient terminology and including a schematic of the experimental design would improve reader comprehension.

      We appreciate your valuable feedback. As suggested, the terminology for donor (dC5aR1) and recipient (rC5aR1) mice was defined: “we injected GLUT1<sup>KD</sup> Hepa1-6 cells into syngeneic recipient C5ar1<sup>-/-</sup> (rC5ar1<sup>-/-</sup> ) mice that had been reconstituted with donor C5ar1<sup>+/-</sup> (dC5ar1<sup>+/-</sup>) or C5ar1<sup>-/-</sup> (dC5ar1<sup>-/-</sup>) bone marrow (BM) cells to analyze the therapeutic effect of citalopram”. Additionally, we have included a schematic of the experimental design to enhance reader comprehension (see revised Figure 3E).

      (b) GLUT1 Knockdown (KD) Tumor Cells: While GLUT1 KD tumor cells are utilized, the authors do not assess GLUT1 KD or knockout (KO) in macrophages. Testing the effect of citalopram on macrophages with GLUT1 KO/KD would help determine the relative importance of C5aR1 versus GLUT1 in mediating SSRI effects.

      As responded above, GLUT1 knockdown in THP-1 cells did not significantly alter their glycolytic metabolism (Figure S8D). This observation can be explained by the predominant expression of GLUT3 in TAMs rather than GLUT1 (Figures S8B and S8C). Indeed, knockdown of GLUT3 led to a significant reduction in glycolysis in THP-1 cells (Figure S8C).

      (c) C5aR1's Pro-Tumoral Role: The authors state that C5aR1 fosters an immunosuppressive microenvironment but omit a discussion of current literature on C5aR1's pro-tumoral role (e.g., https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-48637-y, https://www.nature.com/articles/s41419-024-06500-4, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ymthe.2023.12.010). Including this background in both the introduction and discussion would contextualize their findings.

      Thanks for your valuable feedback. As suggested, we have revised the manuscript to include discussions on C5aR1’s pro-tumoral role, referencing the suggested studies in both the introduction and discussion sections for better context. As detailed below:

      (1) Targeting C5aR1<sup>+</sup> TAMs effectively reverses tumor progression and enhances anti-tumor response;

      (2) Targeting C5aR1 reprograms TAMs from a protumor state to an antitumor state, promoting the secretion of CXCL9 and CXCL10 while facilitating the recruitment of cytotoxic CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells;

      (3) Moreover, citalopram induces TAM phenotypic polarization towards to a M1 proinflammatory state, which supports anti-tumor immune response within the TME.

      (d) C5aR1 Expression in TAMs: Is C5aR1 expression constitutive in TAMs? Further details on C5aR1 expression dynamics in TAMs under different conditions could strengthen the discussion. Public datasets on TAMs in various states (e.g., https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-023-06682-5, https://www.cell.com/cell/abstract/S0092-8674(19)31119-5, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36657444/) may offer useful insights.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestions. As suggested, we investigated the expression patterns of C5aR1 in TAMs using a HCC cohort (http://cancer-pku.cn:3838/HCC/). In the study conducted by Qiming Zhang et al. (PMID: 31675496), six distinct macrophage subclusters were identified, with M4-c1-THBS1 and M4-c2-C1QA showing significant enrichment in tumor tissues. M4-c1-THBS1 was enriched with signatures indicative of myeloid-derived suppressor cells (MDSCs), while M4-c2-C1QA exhibited characteristics that resembled those of TAMs as well as M1 and M2 macrophages. Our subsequent analysis revealed that C5aR1 is highly expressed in these two clusters, while expression levels in the other macrophage clusters were notably lower (see revised Figure S3).

      (3) The manuscript shows that citalopram-induced reductions in systemic serotonin levels enhance CD8+ T cell activation and cytotoxicity, as evidenced by increased glycolytic metabolism and elevated IFN-γ, TNF-α, and GZMB expression.

      (a) How CD8+ T cell activation is done in serotonin-deficient environments?

      As reported (PMID: 34524861), one possible explanation is that serotonin may enhance PD-L1 expression on cancer cells, thereby impairing CD8<sup>+</sup> T cell function. A deficiency of serotonin in the tumor microenvironment can delay tumor growth by promoting the accumulation and effector functions of CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells while reducing PD-L1 expression. In addition to the SERT-mediated transport and 5-HT receptor signaling, CD8<sup>+</sup> T cells can express TPH1 (PMID: 38215751, PMID: 40403728), enabling them to synthesize endogenous 5-HT, which activates their activity through serotonylation-dependent mechanisms (PMID: 38215751). In the revised manuscript, we have incorporated these interpretations.

      (4) Suggestions for the model figure revision-C5aR1 in TAMs without Citalopram (Figure 5).

      (a) Including a control scenario depicting receptor status and function in TAMs without citalopram treatment would provide a clearer baseline for understanding citalopram's effects.

      Thank you for your valuable input regarding the model figure revision. We have included a revised mechanism model that depicts the receptor status and function of C5aR1 in TAMs without citalopram treatment, as you suggested.

      (5) Suggestions for addressing clinical relevance.

      The study predominantly uses preclinical mouse models, although some human HCC data is analyzed (Figures 2B and 3O). However, there is no discussion of clinical data on SSRI use in HCC patients.

      Incorporating an analysis of patient survival outcomes based on SSRI treatment (e.g., https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5444756/, https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10483320/) would enhance the translational relevance of the findings.

      Previously, we reported that the use of SSRIs is associated with reduced disease progression in HCC patients, based on real-world data from the Swedish Cancer Register (PMID: 39388353). As suggested, we have further discussed the clinical relevance of SSRIs in the revised manuscript. As detailed below:

      “In a study involving 308,938 participants with HCC, findings indicated that the use of antidepressants following an HCC diagnosis was linked to a decreased risk of both overall mortality and cancer-specific mortality (PMID: 37672269). These associations were consistently observed across various subgroups, including different classes of antidepressants and patients with comorbidities such as hepatitis B or C infections, liver cirrhosis, and alcohol use disorders. Similarly, our analysis of real-world data from the Swedish Cancer Register demonstrated that SSRIs are correlated with slower disease progression in HCC patients (PMID: 39388353). Given these insights, antidepressants, especially SSRIs, show significant potential as anticancer therapies for individuals diagnosed with HCC”.

    1. In mostcases, civilians can be killed—players can murder or incidentally attack the wrongperson during a gunfight—but this causes players to lose a life or fail a mission.

      This also implicitly means that killing "others" is allowed. They might be playing the war game, yes, but maybe their country unlisted them unwillingly, how are they different from civilians?

    2. g rape and pedophilia, it is rare to findgames in which these (especially the latter) are possible. Developers might notalways intend to forbid these actions, but they are forbidden all the same if playersare unable to simulate them. Games therefore establish a kind of moral architec-ture as boundaries are created, all without labeling actions or the need for explicitmoralizing.

      Then these go unoticed, invisibilised. Much like prostitution is. Much like porn... yet his author seems to frame it as positive?

    Annotators

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine the neural correlates of face recognition deficits in individuals with Developmental Prosopagnosia (DP; 'face blindness'). Contrary to theories that poor face recognition is driven by reduced spatial integration (via smaller receptive fields), here the authors find that the properties of receptive fields in face-selective brain regions are the same in typical individuals vs. those with DP. The main analysis technique is population Receptive Field (pRF) mapping, with a wide range of measures considered. The authors report that there are no differences in goodness-of-fit (R2), the properties of the pRFs (neither size, location, nor the gain and exponent of the Compressive Spatial Summation model), nor their coverage of the visual field. The relationship of these properties to the visual field (notably the increase in pRF size with eccentricity) is also similar between the groups. Eye movements do not differ between the groups.

      Strengths:

      Although this is a null result, the large number of null results gives confidence that there are unlikely to be differences between the two groups. Together, this makes a compelling case that DP is not driven by differences in the spatial selectivity of face-selective brain regions, an important finding that directly informs theories of face recognition. The paper is well written and enjoyable to read, the studies have clearly been carefully conducted with clear justification for design decisions, and the analyses are thorough.

      Weaknesses:

      One potential issue relates to the localisation of face-selective regions in the two groups. As in most studies of the neural basis of face recognition, localisers are used to find the face-selective Regions of Interest (ROIs) - OFA, mFus, and pFus, with comparison to the scene-selective PPA. To do so, faces are contrasted against other objects to find these regions (or scenes vs. others for the PPA). The one consistent difference that does emerge between groups in the paper is in the selectivity of these regions, which are less selective for faces in DP than in typical individuals (e.g., Figure 1B), as one might expect. 6/20 prosopagnosic individuals are also missing mFus, relative to only 2/20 typical individuals. This, to me, raises the question of whether the two groups are being compared fairly. If the localised regions were smaller and/or displaced in the DPs, this might select only a subset of the neural populations typically involved in face recognition. Perhaps the difference between groups lies outside this region. In other words, it could be that the differences in prosopagnosic face recognition lie in the neurons that are not able to be localised by this approach. The authors consider in the discussion whether their DPs may not have been 'true DPs', which is convincing (p. 12). The question here is whether the regions selected are truly the 'prosopagnosic brain areas' or whether there is a kind of survivor bias (i.e., the regions selected are normal, but perhaps the difference lies in the nature/extent of the regions. At present, the only consideration given to explain the differences in prosopagnosia is that there may be 'qualitative' differences between the two (which may be true), but I would give more thought to this.

      The discussion considers the differences between the current study and an unpublished preprint (Witthoft et al, 2016), where DPs were found to have smaller pRFs than typical individuals. The discussion presents the argument that the current results are likely more robust, given the use of images within the pRF mapping stimuli here (faces, objects, etc) as opposed to checkerboards in the prior work, and the use of the CSS model here as opposed to a linear Gaussian model previously. This is convincing, but fails to address why there is a lack of difference in the control vs. DP group here. If anything, I would have imagined that the use of faces in mapping stimuli would have promoted differences between the groups (given the apparent difference in selectivity in DPs vs. controls seen here), which adds to the reliability of the present result. Greater consideration of why this should have led to a lack of difference would be ideal. The latter point about pRF models (Gaussian vs. CSS) does seem pertinent, for instance - could the 'qualitative' difference lead to changes in the shape of these pRFs in prosopagnosia that are better characterised by the CSS model, perhaps? Perhaps more straightforwardly, and related to the above, could differences in the localisation of face-selective regions have driven the difference in prior work compared to here?

      Finally, the lack of variations in the spatial properties of these brain regions is interesting in light of the theories that spatial integration is a key aspect of effective face recognition. In this context, it is interesting to note the marked drop in R2 values in face-selective regions like mFus relative to earlier cortex. The authors note in some sense that this is related to the larger receptive field size, but is there a broader point here that perhaps the receptive field model (even with Compressive Spatial Summation) is simply a poor fit for the function of these areas? Could it be that these areas are simply not spatial at all? A broader link between the null results presented here and their implications for theories of face recognition would be ideal.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a well-conducted and clearly written manuscript addressing the link between population receptive fields (pRFs) and visual behavior. The authors test whether developmental prosopagnosia (DP) involves atypical pRFs in face-selective regions, a hypothesis suggested by prior work with a small DP sample. Using a larger cohort of DPs and controls, robust pRF mapping with appropriate stimuli and CSS modeling, and careful in-scanner eye tracking, the authors report no group differences in pRF properties across the visual processing hierarchy. These results suggest that reduced spatial integration is unlikely to account for holistic face processing deficits in DP.

      Strengths:

      The dataset quality, sample size, and methodological rigor are notable strengths.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary concern is the interpretation of the results.

      (1) Relationship between pRFs and spatial integration

      While atypical pRF properties could contribute to deficits in spatial integration, impairments in holistic processing in DPs are not necessarily caused by pRF abnormalities. The discussion could be strengthened by considering alternative explanations for reduced spatial integration, such as altered structural or functional connectivity in the face network, which has been reported to underlie DP's difficulties in integrating facial features.

      (2) Beyond the null hypothesis testing framework

      The title claims "normal spatial integration," yet this conclusion is based on a failure to reject the null hypothesis, which does not justify accepting the alternative hypothesis. To substantiate a claim of "normal," the authors would need to provide analyses quantifying evidence for the absence of effects, e.g., using a Bayesian framework.

      (3) Face-specific or broader visual processing

      Prior work from the senior author's lab (Jiahui et al., 2018) reported pronounced reductions in scene selectivity and marginal reductions in body selectivity in DPs, suggesting that visual processing deficits in DPs may extend beyond faces. While the manuscript includes PPA as a high-level control region for scene perception, scene selectivity was not directly reported. The authors could also consider individual differences and potential data-quality confounds (tSNR difference between and within groups, several obvious outliers in the figures, etc). For instance, examining whether reduced tSNR in DPs contributed to lower face selectivity in the DP group in this dataset.

      (4) Linking pRF properties to behavior

      The manuscript aims to examine the relationship between pRF properties and behavior, but currently reports only one aspect of pRF (size) in relation to a single behavioral measure (CFMT), without full statistical reporting:

      "We found no significant association between participants' CFMT scores and mean pRF size in OFA, pFUS, or mFUS."

      For comprehensive reporting, the authors could examine additional pRF properties (e.g., center, eccentricity, scaling between eccentricity and pRF size, shape of visual field coverage, etc), additional ROIs (early, intermediate, and category-selective areas), and relate them to multiple behavioral measures (e.g., HEVA, PI20, FFT). This would provide a full picture of how pRF characteristics relate to behavioral performance in DP.

    3. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine the neural correlates of face recognition deficits in individuals with Developmental Prosopagnosia (DP; 'face blindness'). Contrary to theories that poor face recognition is driven by reduced spatial integration (via smaller receptive fields), here the authors find that the properties of receptive fields in face-selective brain regions are the same in typical individuals vs. those with DP. The main analysis technique is population Receptive Field (pRF) mapping, with a wide range of measures considered. The authors report that there are no differences in goodness-of-fit (R2), the properties of the pRFs (neither size, location, nor the gain and exponent of the Compressive Spatial Summation model), nor their coverage of the visual field. The relationship of these properties to the visual field (notably the increase in pRF size with eccentricity) is also similar between the groups. Eye movements do not differ between the groups.

      Strengths:

      Although this is a null result, the large number of null results gives confidence that there are unlikely to be differences between the two groups. Together, this makes a compelling case that DP is not driven by differences in the spatial selectivity of face-selective brain regions, an important finding that directly informs theories of face recognition. The paper is well written and enjoyable to read, the studies have clearly been carefully conducted with clear justification for design decisions, and the analyses are thorough.

      Weaknesses:

      One potential issue relates to the localisation of face-selective regions in the two groups. As in most studies of the neural basis of face recognition, localisers are used to find the face-selective Regions of Interest (ROIs) - OFA, mFus, and pFus, with comparison to the scene-selective PPA. To do so, faces are contrasted against other objects to find these regions (or scenes vs. others for the PPA). The one consistent difference that does emerge between groups in the paper is in the selectivity of these regions, which are less selective for faces in DP than in typical individuals (e.g., Figure 1B), as one might expect. 6/20 prosopagnosic individuals are also missing mFus, relative to only 2/20 typical individuals. This, to me, raises the question of whether the two groups are being compared fairly. If the localised regions were smaller and/or displaced in the DPs, this might select only a subset of the neural populations typically involved in face recognition. Perhaps the difference between groups lies outside this region. In other words, it could be that the differences in prosopagnosic face recognition lie in the neurons that are not able to be localised by this approach. The authors consider in the discussion whether their DPs may not have been 'true DPs', which is convincing (p. 12). The question here is whether the regions selected are truly the 'prosopagnosic brain areas' or whether there is a kind of survivor bias (i.e., the regions selected are normal, but perhaps the difference lies in the nature/extent of the regions. At present, the only consideration given to explain the differences in prosopagnosia is that there may be 'qualitative' differences between the two (which may be true), but I would give more thought to this.

      We acknowledge that face-selective ROIs in DPs, relative to controls, may be smaller, less selective, or altogether missing when traditional methods of localization with fixed thresholds are used (Furl et al, 2011). For this reason - to circumvent potential survivor bias and ensure ROI voxel counts across participants are equated - we used a method of ROI definition whereby each subject’s individual statistical map from the localizer was intersected with a generously-sized group mask for each ROI and the top 20% most category-selective voxels were retained for the pRF analysis (Norman-Haignere et al., 2013; Jiahui et al., 2018). This means that the raw number of voxels per ROI was equal across all participants with respect to the common group space, thereby ensuring a fair comparison even in cases where one group shows diminished category-selectivity. The details of the ROI definition are provided in the Methods at the end of the manuscript. To ensure readers understand our approach, we will also make more explicit mention of this in the main body of the manuscript. 

      With regard to the question of whether face-selective ROIs may be displaced in DPs compared to controls, previous work from the senior author’s lab (Jiahui et al., 2018) shows that, despite exhibiting weaker activations, the peak coordinates of significant clusters in DPs occupy very similar locations to those of controls. And, even if there were indeed slight displacements of face-selective ROIs for some subjects, the group-defined masks used in the present analysis were large enough to capture the majority of the top voxels. In the supplemental materials section, we will include a diagram of the group masks used in our study.

      The reviewer here also points out that more DPs than controls were missing the mFUS region (6/20 DPs vs 2/20 controls; Figure 1C). However, ‘missing’ in this context was not based on face-selectivity but rather a lack of retinotopic tuning. PRFs were fit to all voxels within each ROI - with all subjects starting out with equal voxel counts - and thereafter, voxels for which the variance explained by the pRF model was below 20% were excluded from subsequent analysis. We decided that any ROI with fewer than 10 voxels remaining after thresholding on the pRF fit should be deemed ‘missing’ since we considered the amount of data insufficient to reliably characterize the region’s retinotopic profile. While it may be somewhat interesting that four more DPs than controls were ‘missing’ left mFUS, using this particular set of decision criteria, it is important to keep in mind that left mFUS was just one of six face-selective regions under study. The other five regions, many of which evinced strong fits by the pRF model, were represented comparably in DPs and controls and showed high similarity in the pRF parameters. Furthermore, across most participants, mFUS exhibited a low proportion of retinotopically modulated voxels (defined as voxels with pRF R squared greater than 20%, see Figure 1D). A follow-up analysis showed that the count of voxels surviving pRF R squared thresholding in left mFUS was not significantly correlated with mean pRF size (r(30)=0.23, t=1.28,  p=0.21) indicating that the greater exclusion of DPs in this region is unlikely to have biased the group’s average pRF size.

      The discussion considers the differences between the current study and an unpublished preprint (Witthoft et al, 2016), where DPs were found to have smaller pRFs than typical individuals. The discussion presents the argument that the current results are likely more robust, given the use of images within the pRF mapping stimuli here (faces, objects, etc) as opposed to checkerboards in the prior work, and the use of the CSS model here as opposed to a linear Gaussian model previously. This is convincing, but fails to address why there is a lack of difference in the control vs. DP group here. If anything, I would have imagined that the use of faces in mapping stimuli would have promoted differences between the groups (given the apparent difference in selectivity in DPs vs. controls seen here), which adds to the reliability of the present result. Greater consideration of why this should have led to a lack of difference would be ideal. The latter point about pRF models (Gaussian vs. CSS) does seem pertinent, for instance - could the 'qualitative' difference lead to changes in the shape of these pRFs in prosopagnosia that are better characterised by the CSS model, perhaps? Perhaps more straightforwardly, and related to the above, could differences in the localisation of face-selective regions have driven the difference in prior work compared to here?

      We agree that the use of high-level mapping stimuli (including faces) adds to the reliability of the present results for DPs and could have further emphasized differences between the groups if true differences did, in fact, exist. We speculate on the extent to which the type of mapping stimuli and various other methodological factors (e.g. stimulus size, aperture design, pRF model) could have explained the divergent findings in our study versus that of Witthoft et al. (2016) in the section of the Discussion titled, “What factors may have contributed to the different results for the present study and Witthoft et al. (2016)”. In brief, our use of more colorful, naturalistic stimuli targeting higher-level visual areas elicited better model fits than the black and white checkerboard pattern used by Witthoft et al. (2016). The CSS model we used is better suited for higher-level regions and makes fewer assumptions than the linear pRF model. The field of view of our stimulus was smaller but still relevant for real-world perception of faces. Finally, our aperture design and longer run length likely also improved reliability. Overall, these methodological improvements, along with our larger sample size, provide stronger evidence for our findings. These are our best attempts to make sense of the divergent findings, but it is not possible to come to a definitive explanation. Examples abound of exaggerated or spurious effects from small-scale studies that ultimately fail to replicate in the related field of dyslexia research (Jednorog et al., 2015; Ramus et al., 2018) and neuroimaging research more generally (Turner et al., 2018; Poldrack et al., 2017). Sometimes there are clear explanations for a lack of replicability (e.g. software bugs, overly flexible preprocessing methods, etc.), but many times the real reason cannot be determined.

      Regarding the type of pRF model deployed, our use of a non-linear exponent (versus a linear model as in the Witthoft et al. (2016) preprint) is unlikely to explain the similarity we observed between the groups in terms of pRF size. Specifically, the groups did not show substantial differences in the exponent by ROI, as seen in Figure 1E, so the use of a linear model should, in theory, produce similar outcomes for the two groups. We will mention this point in the main text.

      Finally, the lack of variations in the spatial properties of these brain regions is interesting in light of the theories that spatial integration is a key aspect of effective face recognition. In this context, it is interesting to note the marked drop in R2 values in face-selective regions like mFus relative to earlier cortex. The authors note in some sense that this is related to the larger receptive field size, but is there a broader point here that perhaps the receptive field model (even with Compressive Spatial Summation) is simply a poor fit for the function of these areas? Could it be that these areas are simply not spatial at all? A broader link between the null results presented here and their implications for theories of face recognition would be ideal.

      The weaker pRF fits found in mFUS, to us, raise the question of whether there is a more effective pRF stimulus for these more anterior regions. For example, it might be possible to obtain higher and more reliable responses there using single isolated faces (Cf. Kay, Weiner, Grill-Spector, 2015). More broadly, though, we agree that it is important to acknowledge that the receptive field model might ultimately be a coarse and incomplete characterization of neural function in these areas. As the other reviewer suggests, one possibility is that other brain processes (e.g. functional or structural connectivity between ROIs) may give rise to holistic face processing in ways that are not captured by pRF properties.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a well-conducted and clearly written manuscript addressing the link between population receptive fields (pRFs) and visual behavior. The authors test whether developmental prosopagnosia (DP) involves atypical pRFs in face-selective regions, a hypothesis suggested by prior work with a small DP sample. Using a larger cohort of DPs and controls, robust pRF mapping with appropriate stimuli and CSS modeling, and careful in-scanner eye tracking, the authors report no group differences in pRF properties across the visual processing hierarchy. These results suggest that reduced spatial integration is unlikely to account for holistic face processing deficits in DP.

      Strengths:

      The dataset quality, sample size, and methodological rigor are notable strengths.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary concern is the interpretation of the results.

      (1) Relationship between pRFs and spatial integration

      While atypical pRF properties could contribute to deficits in spatial integration, impairments in holistic processing in DPs are not necessarily caused by pRF abnormalities. The discussion could be strengthened by considering alternative explanations for reduced spatial integration, such as altered structural or functional connectivity in the face network, which has been reported to underlie DP's difficulties in integrating facial features.

      We agree the Discussion section could benefit from mentioning that alterations to other neural mechanisms, besides pRF organization, could produce deficits in holistic processing. This could take the form of altered functional connectivity (Rosenthal et al., 2017; Lohse et al., 2016; Avidan et al., 2014) or altered structural connectivity (Gomez et al., 2015; Song et al., 2015)

      (2) Beyond the null hypothesis testing framework

      The title claims "normal spatial integration," yet this conclusion is based on a failure to reject the null hypothesis, which does not justify accepting the alternative hypothesis. To substantiate a claim of "normal," the authors would need to provide analyses quantifying evidence for the absence of effects, e.g., using a Bayesian framework.

      We acknowledge that, using frequentist statistical methods, failing to reject the null hypothesis is not sufficient to claim equivalence. For the revision, we will look into additional analyses that could quantify evidence for the null hypothesis. And we will adjust the wording of the title in this regard.

      (3) Face-specific or broader visual processing

      Prior work from the senior author's lab (Jiahui et al., 2018) reported pronounced reductions in scene selectivity and marginal reductions in body selectivity in DPs, suggesting that visual processing deficits in DPs may extend beyond faces. While the manuscript includes PPA as a high-level control region for scene perception, scene selectivity was not directly reported. The authors could also consider individual differences and potential data-quality confounds (tSNR difference between and within groups, several obvious outliers in the figures, etc). For instance, examining whether reduced tSNR in DPs contributed to lower face selectivity in the DP group in this dataset.

      Thank you for this suggestion - we will compare tSNR between the groups as a measure of data quality and we will include these comparisons. A preliminary look indicates that both groups possessed similar distributions of tSNR across many of the face-selective regions investigated here.

      (4) Linking pRF properties to behavior

      The manuscript aims to examine the relationship between pRF properties and behavior, but currently reports only one aspect of pRF (size) in relation to a single behavioral measure (CFMT), without full statistical reporting:

      "We found no significant association between participants' CFMT scores and mean pRF size in OFA, pFUS, or mFUS."

      For comprehensive reporting, the authors could examine additional pRF properties (e.g., center, eccentricity, scaling between eccentricity and pRF size, shape of visual field coverage, etc), additional ROIs (early, intermediate, and category-selective areas), and relate them to multiple behavioral measures (e.g., HEVA, PI20, FFT). This would provide a full picture of how pRF characteristics relate to behavioral performance in DP.

      We will report the full statistical values (r, p) for the (albeit non-significant) relationship between CFMT score and pRF size - thank you for bringing that to our attention. Additionally, we will add other analyses assessing the relationship between a wider array of pRF measures and the other behavioral tests administered to provide a more comprehensive picture of the relation between pRFs and behavior.

      References:

      Avidan, G., Tanzer, M., Hadj-Bouziane, F., Liu, N., Ungerleider, L. G., & Behrmann, M. (2014). Selective Dissociation Between Core and Extended Regions of the Face Processing Network in Congenital Prosopagnosia. Cerebral Cortex, 24(6), 1565–1578. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bht007

      Furl, N., Garrido, L., Dolan, R. J., Driver, J., & Duchaine, B. (2011). Fusiform gyrus face selectivity relates to individual differences in facial recognition ability. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 23(7), 1723–1740. https://doi.org/10.1162/jocn.2010.21545

      Gomez, J., Pestilli, F., Witthoft, N., Golarai, G., Liberman, A., Poltoratski, S., Yoon, J., & Grill-Spector, K. (2015). Functionally Defined White Matter Reveals Segregated Pathways in Human Ventral Temporal Cortex Associated with Category-Specific Processing. Neuron, 85(1), 216–227. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2014.12.027

      Jednoróg, K., Marchewka, A., Altarelli, I., Monzalvo Lopez, A. K., van Ermingen-Marbach, M., Grande, M., Grabowska, A., Heim, S., & Ramus, F. (2015). How reliable are gray matter disruptions in specific reading disability across multiple countries and languages? Insights from a large-scale voxel-based morphometry study. Human Brain Mapping, 36(5), 1741–1754. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.22734

      Jiahui, G., Yang, H., & Duchaine, B. (2018). Developmental prosopagnosics have widespread selectivity reductions across category-selective visual cortex. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 115(28), E6418–E6427. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1802246115

      Kay, K. N., Weiner, K. S., Kay, K. N., & Weiner, K. S. (2015). Attention Reduces Spatial Uncertainty in Human Ventral Temporal Cortex Attention Reduces Spatial Uncertainty in Human Ventral Temporal Cortex. Current Biology, 25(5), 595–600. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2014.12.050

      Lohse, M., Garrido, L., Driver, J., Dolan, R. J., Duchaine, B. C., & Furl, N. (2016). Effective connectivity from early visual cortex to posterior occipitotemporal face areas supports face selectivity and predicts developmental prosopagnosia. Journal of Neuroscience, 36(13), 3821–3828. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3621-15.2016

      Norman-Haignere, S., Kanwisher, N., & McDermott, J. H. (2013). Cortical pitch regions in humans respond primarily to resolved harmonics and are located in specific tonotopic regions of anterior auditory cortex. Journal of Neuroscience, 33(50), 19451–19469. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2880-13.2013

      Poldrack, R. A., Baker, C. I., Durnez, J., Gorgolewski, K. J., Matthews, P. M., Munafò, M. R., Nichols, T. E., Poline, J. B., Vul, E., & Yarkoni, T. (2017). Scanning the horizon: Towards transparent and reproducible neuroimaging research. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 18(2), 115–126. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn.2016.167

      Ramus, F., Altarelli, I., Jednoróg, K., Zhao, J., & Scotto di Covella, L. (2018). Neuroanatomy of developmental dyslexia: Pitfalls and promise. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 84(July 2017), 434–452. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2017.08.001

      Rosenthal, G., Tanzer, M., Simony, E., Hasson, U., Behrmann, M., & Avidan, G. (2017). Altered topology of neural circuits in congenital prosopagnosia. ELife, 6, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.25069

      Song, S., Garrido, L., Nagy, Z., Mohammadi, S., Steel, A., Driver, J., Dolan, R. J., Duchaine, B., & Furl, N. (2015). Local but not long-range microstructural differences of the ventral temporal cortex in developmental prosopagnosia. Neuropsychologia, 78, 195–206. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2015.10.010

      Turner, B. O., Paul, E. J., Miller, M. B., & Barbey, A. K. (2018). Small sample sizes reduce the replicability of task-based fMRI studies. Communications Biology, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.1038/s42003-018-0073-z

      Witthoft, N., Poltoratski, S., Nguyen, M., Golarai, G., Liberman, A., LaRocque, K., Smith, M., & Grill-Spector, K. (2016). Reduced spatial integration in the ventral visual cortex underlies face recognition deficits in developmental prosopagnosia. BioRxiv, 1–26.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This manuscript makes a valuable contribution to understanding learning in multidimensional environments with spurious associations, which is critical for understanding learning in the real world. The evidence is based on model simulations and a preregistered human behavioral study, but remains incomplete because of inconclusive empirical results and insufficiencies in the modeling. Moreover, there are open questions about the nature and extent to which the behavioral task induced semantic congruency.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper reports model simulations and a human behavioral experiment studying predictive learning in a multidimensional environment. The authors claim that semantic biases help people resolve ambiguity about predictive relationships due to spurious correlations.

      Strengths:

      (1) The general question addressed by the paper is important.

      (2) The paper is clearly written.

      (3) Experiments and analyses are rigorously executed.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Showing that people can be misled by spurious correlations, and that they can overcome this to some extent by using semantic structure, is not especially surprising to me. Related literature already exists on illusory correlation, illusory causation, superstitious behavior, and inductive biases in causal structure learning. None of this work features in the paper, which is rather narrowly focused on a particular class of predictive representations, which, in fact, may not be particularly relevant for this experiment. I also feel that the paper is rather long and complex for what is ultimately a simple point based on a single experiment.

      (2) Putting myself in the shoes of an experimental subject, I struggled to understand the nature of semantic congruency. I don't understand why the builder and terminal robots should have similar features is considered a natural semantic inductive bias. Humans build things all the time that look different from them, and we build machines that construct artifacts that look different from the machines. I think the fact that the manipulation worked attests to the ability of human subjects to pick up on patterns rather than supporting the idea that this reflects an inductive bias they brought to the experiment.

      (3) As the authors note, because the experiment uses only a single transition, it's not clear that it can really test the distinctive aspects of the SR/SF framework, which come into play over longer horizons. So I'm not really sure to what extent this paper is fundamentally about SFs, as it's currently advertised.

      (4) One issue with the inductive bias as defined in Equation 15 is that I don't think it will converge to the correct SR matrix. Thus, the bias is not just affecting the learning dynamics, but also the asymptotic value (if there even is one; that's not clear either). As an empirical model, this isn't necessarily wrong, but it does mess with the interpretation of the estimator. We're now talking about a different object from the SR.

      (5) Some aspects of the empirical and model-based results only provide weak support for the proposed model. The following null effects don't agree with the predictions of the model:

      (a) No effect of condition on reward.

      (b) No effect of condition on composition spurious predictiveness.

      (c) No effect of condition on the fitted bias parameter. The authors present some additional exploratory analyses that they use to support their claims, but this should be considered weaker support than the results of preregistered analyses.

      (6) I appreciate that the authors were transparent about which predictions weren't confirmed. I don't think they're necessarily deal-breakers for the paper's claims. However, these caveats don't show up anywhere in the Discussion.

      (7) I also worry that the study might have been underpowered to detect some of these effects. The preregistration doesn't describe any pilot data that could be used to estimate effect sizes, and it doesn't present any power analysis to support the chosen sample sizes, which I think are on the small side for this kind of study.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The article's main question is how humans handle spurious transitions between object features when learning a predictive model for decision-making. The authors conjecture that humans use semantic knowledge about plausible causal relations as an inductive bias to distinguish true from spurious links.

      The authors simulate a successor feature (SF) model, demonstrating its susceptibility to suboptimal learning in the presence of spurious transitions caused by co-occurring but independent causal factors. This effect worsens with an increasing number of planning steps and higher co-occurrence rates. In a preregistered study (N=100), they show that humans are also affected by spurious transitions, but perform somewhat better when true transitions occur between features within the same semantic category. However, no evidence for the benefits of semantic congruency was found in test trials involving novel configurations, and attempts to model these biases within an SF framework remained inconclusive.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors tackle an important question.

      (2) Their simulations employ a simple yet powerful SF modeling framework, offering computational insights into the problem.

      (3) The empirical study is preregistered, and the authors transparently report both positive and null findings.

      (4) The behavioral benefit during learning in the congruent vs incongruent condition is interesting

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A major issue is that approximately one quarter of participants failed to learn, while another quarter appeared to use conjunctive or configural learning strategies. This raises questions about the appropriateness of the proposed feature-based learning framework for this task. Extensive prior research suggests that learning about multi-attribute objects is unlikely to involve independent feature learners (see, e.g., the classic discussion of configural vs. elemental learning in conditioning: Bush & Mosteller, 1951; Estes, 1950).

      (2) A second concern is the lack of explicit acknowledgment and specification of the essential role of the co-occurrence of causal factors. With sufficient training, SF models can develop much stronger representations of reliable vs. spurious transitions, and simple mechanisms like forgetting or decay of weaker transitions would amplify this effect. This should be clarified from the outset, and the occurrence rates used in all tasks and simulations need to be clearly stated.

      (3) Another problem is that the modeling approach did not adequately capture participant behavior. While the authors demonstrate that the b parameter influences model behavior in anticipated ways, it remains unclear how a model could account for the observed congruency advantage during learning but not at test.

      (4) Finally, the conceptualization of semantic biases is somewhat unclear. As I understand it, participants could rely on knowledge such as "the shape of a building robot's head determines the kind of head it will build," while the type of robot arm would not affect the head shape. However, this assumption seems counterintuitive - isn't it plausible that a versatile arm is needed to build certain types of robot heads?

    1. eLife Assessment

      AGC kinases, such as PKN1, are regulated by activation loop phosphorylation. This paper reports that exposing cells to high concentrations of monovalent cations induces rapid activation loop dephosphorylation, with rapid re-phosphorylation when physiological salt is restored. Re-phosphorylation is apparently independent of ATP or candidate kinases, and the paper presents an extraordinary and unconventional mechanism involving phosphate exchange between the activation loop and an unknown acceptor molecule. The findings are intriguing and the approach is logical, but the evidence is incomplete and the significance unclear until the biochemical mechanism is identified.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors found that high concentrations of a series of monovalent cations, NaCl, KCl, RbCl, and CsCl (although not LiCl), but not equal high osmolarity treatment of cultured cells induced rapid loss of phosphate from pT774 in the activation loop (AL) of the PKN1 Ser/Thr protein kinase, as well the cognate AL phosphoresidue in other related AGC family kinases, including PKCζ, PKCλ, and p70 S6 kinase. Focusing on PKN1, they showed that restoration of the extracellular salt concentration to physiological levels resulted in equally rapid recovery of AL phosphorylation. Using both okadaic acid PP1/PP2A inhibitor, and a selective PP2A inhibitor, PP2A was implicated as the protein phosphatase required for the rapid dephosphorylation of PIN1 pT774 in response to high salt. By making PKN1 T778A knock-in mouse fibroblast cells and re-expressing WT and a kinase-dead mutant PKN1, as well as use of PDK1 KO MEFs, they showed that recovery of T774 phosphorylation did not require PDK1, the protein kinase known to phosphorylate this site in cells, or the kinase activity of PKN1 itself. Surprisingly, they found that dephosphorylation of the PKN1 AL site also occurred when cell lysates were adjusted to high salt, with re-phosphorylation of T774 occurring rapidly when physiological salt level was restored by dilution. Their in vitro lysate experiments also demonstrated that depletion of ATP by apyrase treatment or sequestration of Mg2+ by EDTA did not prevent T744 re-phosphorylation, which would rule out a conventional protein kinase. Various GST-tagged fragments of PKN1, including a 767-780 AL 14-mer peptide,e exhibited the same curious de- and re-phosphorylation effect when mixed with cell lysates and exposed to high KCl followed by dilution. Using 32P γ-ATP and PDK1 to generate 32P-labeled phospho-GST-PKN1 (767-788). They showed the 32P signal was lost from GST-PKN1 (767-788) in lysates exposed to high salt, and restored again upon dilution. Similar results were obtained with unlabeled samples using PhosTag analysis to resolve phosphospecies.

      They went on to test three possible models to explain their data:

      (1) Model 1. Intramolecular transfer of the pT774 phosphate group, where the pT774 phosphate is reversibly transferred onto another residue in the same PKN1 molecule in response to high and normal salt concentrations. They attempted to rule out this model by mutating possible noncanonical phosphate acceptors in the 776GYGDRTSTFCGTPE788 peptide, making C776, D770A, R771A, and E780A mutant peptides, without observing any effect on the dephosphorylation/re-phosphorylation phenomenon.

      (2) Model 2. Re-phosphorylation of T774 involves an unidentified phosphate donor, distinct from ATP or phospho-PKN1. This model was ruled out in several ways, including by demonstrating that added 32P-labeled PKN1 lost its 32P signal in high salt-exposed lysates, with the 32P signal being recovered upon dilution even in the presence of excess unlabeled ATP.

      (3) Model 3. Reversible transfer of the pT774 phosphate group onto an intermediary factor (X) in the presence of high salt and re-phosphorylation in cis by phospho-X upon dilution, which is the model they favored. In support of this model, they showed that the pT774 phosphate could not be transferred onto another PKN1 fragment of a different size, nor did GST-PKN1 767-788 pretreated with λ-phosphatase regain phosphate. In the end, however, they were unable to identify the hypothetical factor X, and no 32P-labeled protein was observed in the experiment with 32P-labeled PKN1 upon high salt-induced dephosphorylation.

      This is an intriguing and unexpected set of findings that could herald a new protein kinase regulatory mechanism, but ultimately, we are left with an intriguing observation without a clear-cut explanation. The authors have been very methodical in their analysis of this odd phenomenon, and their data and conclusions, for the most part, seem convincing, although some of the blot signals are rather weak. However, despite all their efforts, the identity of the hypothetical factor X, which can transiently accept a phosphate from pT774 in the PKN1 activation loop in response to supraphysiological alkali metal cation concentrations and then donate it back again to T774 in cis, when physiological salt concentrations are restored, remains unclear.

      As it stands, there are several unresolved issues that need to be addressed.

      (1) The real conundrum, as their data show, is that phospho-X cannot phosphorylate PKN1 in trans, and therefore has to act in cis, meaning that phospho-X must somehow remain associated with the same dephosphorylated PKN1 molecule that the phosphate came from. Because a small molecule would rapidly diffuse away from PKN1, the only reasonable model is that X is a protein and not a small molecule, such as creatine (the authors considered X unlikely to be a small molecule for other reasons). However, if X were a protein, then it should have been labeled and detectable on the gel in the 32P-experiment shown in Figure 6C, but no other 32P-labeled band was observed in lane 5. Even if phospho-X has a labile phosphate linkage that would be lost upon SDS-gel electrophoresis, it is unclear how phospho-X would remain associated with the very short 14-mer PKN1 activation loop peptide, especially under the extremely dilute conditions of a cell lysate.

      (2) The evidence that PP2A is required in PKN1 dephosphorylation is reasonable, and in the Discussion, the authors consider various scenarios in which PP2A could be involved in generating the hypothetical phospho-X needed for T774 re-phosphorylation, most of which do not seem very plausible. In the end, it remains unclear how free phosphate released from pT774 in PKN1 by PP2A, which does not employ a phosphoenzyme intermediate, ends up covalently attached to molecule X.

      (3) The interpretation of the in vitro data is complicated by the fact that cell lysis results in a massive dilution of both proteins and any small molecules present in the cell (apparently dilution with lysis buffer was at least 10-fold initially, and then a further 2-fold to restore normal salt levels), making it hard to imagine how a large or small molecule would remain tightly associated with a PKN1 molecule, i.e. Model 3 really only works if re-phosphorylation of T774 is a zero order/intramolecular reaction. Moreover, the re-phosphorylation reaction rates would be expected to fall dramatically upon dilution of both the dephosphorylated GST-PKN1 767-788 protein and phospho-X during restoration of normal salt, meaning that the kinetics of T774 re-phosphorylation should be significantly slower in vitro. In this connection, it would be informative if the authors carried out a lysate dilution series to test the extent to which the observed phenomenon is dilution-independent.

      (4) Another issue is that most of the results, apart from the 32P-labeling experiment, are dependent on the specificity of the anti-pT774 PKN1 antibodies they used. The fact that the C776A mutant peptide gave a weaker anti-pT774 signal might be because phospho-Ab binding is, in part, dependent on recognition of Cys776. In turn, this suggests the possibility that reversible oxidation of C776 might cause the loss and regain of the pT774 signal at high and low salt concentrations, as a result of the oxidized form of C776 preventing anti-pT774 antibody binding. The Cell Signaling Technology phospho-PRK1 (Thr774)/PRK2 (Thr816) antibody (#2611) that was used here was generated against a synthetic peptide containing pT774, and while the exact antigenic peptide sequence is not given in the CST catalogue, presumably it had 4 or 5 residues on either side of pT774 (GYGDRTSTFCGTPE) (although C776 might have been substituted in the antigenic peptide because of issues with Cys oxidation).

      (5) Perhaps the most important deficiency is that the target for the monovalent cation that induces PKN1 activation loop dephosphorylation was not established. Is this somehow a direct effect of cations on PKN1 itself - this seems unlikely, since this effect is observed with a 14-mer PKN1 activation loop peptide - or is this an indirect effect? In terms of possible indirect mechanisms, high salt treatment of cells is known to induce elevated ROS as a result of mitochondrial damage, which could lead to oxidative modification of cysteines, such as C776, in the activation loop and might interfere with anti-pT774 antibody recognition.

      In summary, the authors have put a great deal of thought and resources into trying to solve this intriguing puzzle, but despite a lot of effort, have not convincingly elucidated how this dephosphorylation/re-phosphorylation process works. For this, they need to identify phospho-X and define how it remains associated with the original pT774 PKN1 molecule in order to carry out re-phosphorylation.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study reports a highly unconventional mechanism by which AGC kinases might undergo reversible activation-loop (T-loop) phosphorylation through an ATP-independent phosphate recycling process that is modulated by alkali metal ions such as Na⁺ and K⁺. The authors propose that these ions trigger phosphate dissociation and subsequent reattachment in the absence of ATP or canonical kinase activity, implying the existence of a novel phosphate-transferring intermediate. If validated, this would represent a radical departure from established models of kinase regulation and signal transduction. I note that this study is personally funded by one of the authors.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses an important and fundamental question in protein phosphorylation biology. The authors have conducted an impressive number of biochemical experiments spanning cellular and in vitro systems, with multiple orthogonal readouts. The idea of an ATP-independent phosphate recycling mechanism is original and thought-provoking, challenging conventional assumptions and inviting further exploration. The manuscript is well organized and written with considerable technical detail.

      Weaknesses:

      The central mechanistic claim contradicts extensive existing evidence on AGC kinase regulation derived from decades of biochemical, mechanistic, pharmacological, genetic, and structural studies. The data, while extensive, do not provide sufficiently direct or quantitative evidence to support the existence of ATP-independent phosphate transfer. Alternative explanations, such as low-level residual ATP-dependent re-phosphorylation or assay artifacts, are not fully excluded. They claim that an unidentified factor-x is involved, but do not provide evidence for the existence of this molecule or characterize this. The physiological relevance of the ion concentrations used is unclear, as the conditions far exceed normal intercellular levels. Overall, the findings are not yet convincing enough to support a paradigm shift in our understanding of AGC kinase activation, in my opinion.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This is an intriguing paper that reports a potentially novel mechanism of reversible phosphorylation of AGC kinase activation segments by changes in sodium and potassium ion concentrations. The authors show for a variety of AGC kinases that incubating diverse eukaryotic cell types in 450 and 600 mM NaCl results in dephosphorylation of the activation segment. In contrast, phosphorylation of the activation segment for p38 kinases increases. No dephosphorylation of AGC kinases activation segment occurs with sorbitol, thus dephosphorylation is independent of osmotic pressure. This effect is rapidly reversed when cells are returned to normal media and the AGC kinase is re-phosphorylated. This phenomenon is also observed for eukaryotic cell-free extracts, and is induced by other alkali metal ions but not lithium. Importantly, no dephosphorylation is observed in the E. coli cell extract.

      The authors also make the following observations:

      (1) Dephosphorylation is dependent on PP2A.

      (2) Re-phosphorylation is not dependent on PDK1, ATP, and Mg2+.

      (3) The K/Na-dependent dephosphorylation/phosphorylation is observed even for relatively short protein segments that incorporate the activation segment.

      (4) The phosphorylation observed occurs in cis, i.e., only the activation segment of the protein that is dephosphorylated becomes phosphorylated on reduced KCl. An activation segment from a different length protein is not phosphorylated.

      (5) No evidence for auto(de)phosphorylation.

      (6) The authors propose three models to explain the dephosphorylation/phosphorylation mechanism. Their experimental data suggest that an acceptor molecule is responsible for accepting the phosphate group and then transferring it back to the activation segment.

      Comments on results and experiments:

      (1) Are these results an artefact of their assay? The authors mainly use immunoblotting to assess the phosphorylation status of AGC kinase. However, an assay artefact would not show a difference between control and okadaic-acid-treated cells (Figure 3A). Moreover, the authors show dephosphorylation/phosphorylation using radiolabelling (Figure 6C).

      (2) Preferably, the authors would have a control to test dephosphorylation/phosphorylation does not occur in the absence of cell extract. The E. coli extract shows that dephosphorylation/phosphorylation is specific to eukaryotic cell extracts.

      (3) The authors should show that dephosphorylation/phosphorylation occurs on the same residue of the activation segment (by mass spec).

      (4) Since phosphorylation levels are assessed using immunoblots, the levels of dephosphorylation/phosphorylation are not quantified. What proportion of AGC kinase is phosphorylated initially (before Na/K-induced dephosphorylation)?

      (5) The experiment to test autophosphorylation (Figure 4, Figure supplement 1B) is not completely convincing because the authors use a cell line with a PKN1 mutant knock-in. Possibly PKN2 or another AGC kinase could phosphorylate the proteins expressed from the transfection vector - although the authors do test with AGC kinase inhibitors.

      (6) What are the two bands in Figure 6C (lanes 'Con' and 'diluted)? Only one band disappears with KCl. There is one band in Figure 6 Supplement 2.

      In summary, the results presented in this paper are highly unusual. Generally, the manuscript is well written and the figures are clear. The authors have performed numerous experiments to understand this process. These appear robust, and most of their data lend credence to their model in Figure 6Aiii. The idea that a phosphate group can be transferred by an enzyme onto/between molecule(s) is not unprecedented, i.e., phosphoglycerate mutase catalyses 3-phosphoglycerate isomerisation through a phosphorylenzyme intermediate. It will be important to identify this transfer enzyme. One observation that does not fit easily with their model is the role of PP2A. Since protein dephosphorylation by PP2A does not involve a phosphorylenzyme intermediate, if the initial dephosphorylation reaction is catalysed by PP2A, it is very difficult to envision how the free phosphate is then used to phosphorylate the activation segment.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study uncovers a previously unrecognized light-responsive pathway in C. elegans, centred on ZIP-2/CEBP-2 and the cytochrome P450 enzyme CYP-14A5. The pathway operates independently of known photoreceptors, modulates long-term memory, and can be harnessed as a low-cost light-inducible expression system, opening new directions for sensory biology and genetic engineering in worms. The strength of evidence is compelling if a bacterially derived stimulus is ruled out. Multiple genetic, transcriptional, and behavioural assays support the pathway's role, but a decisive test showing that the initiating light cue is worm-intrinsic rather than mediated by changes in the bacterial food source is still needed.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to understand how animals respond to visible light in an animal without eyes. To do so, they used the C. elegans model, which lacks eyes, but nonetheless exhibits robust responses to visible light at several wavelengths. Here, the authors report a promoter that is activated by visible light and independent of known pathways of light responses.

      Strengths:

      The authors convincingly demonstrate that visible light activates the expression of the cyp-14A5 promoter-driven gene expression in a variety of contexts and report the finding that this pathway is activated via the ZIP-2 transcriptionally regulated signaling pathway.

      Weaknesses:

      Because the ZIP-2 pathway has been reported to be activated predominantly by changes in the bacterial food source of C. elegans -- or exposure of animals to pathogens -- it remains unclear if visible light activates a pathway in C. elegans (animals) or if visible light potentially is sensed by the bacteria on the plate, which also lack eyes. Specifically, it is possible that the plates are seeded with excess E. coli, that E. coli is altered by light in some way, and in this context, alters its behavior in such a way that activates a known bacterially responsive pathway in the animals. This weakness would not affect the ability to use this novel discovery as a tool, which would still be useful to the field, but it does leave some questions about the applicability to the original question of how animals sense light in the absence of eyes.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ji, Ma, and colleagues report the discovery of a mechanism in C. elegans that mediates transcriptional responses to low-intensity light stimuli. They find that light-induced transcription requires a pair of bZIP transcription factors and induces expression of a cytochrome P450 effector. This unexpected light-sensing mechanism is required for physiologically relevant gene expression that controls behavioral plasticity. The authors further show that this mechanism can be co-opted to create light-inducible transgenes.

      Strengths:

      The authors rigorously demonstrate that ambient light stimuli regulate gene expression via a mechanism that requires the bZIP factors ZIP-2 and CEBP-2. Transcriptional responses to light stimuli are measured using transgenes and using measurements of endogenous transcripts. The study shows proper genetic controls for these effects. The study shows that this light-response does not require known photoreceptors, is tuned to specific wavelengths, and is highly unlikely to be an artifact of temperature-sensing. The study further shows that the function of ZIP-2 and CEBP-2 in light-sensing can be distinguished from their previously reported role in mediating transcriptional responses to pathogenic bacteria. The study includes experiments that demonstrate that regulatory motifs from a known light-response gene can be used to confer light-regulated gene expression, demonstrating sufficiency and suggesting an application of these discoveries in engineering inducible transgenes. Finally, the study shows that ambient light and the transcription factors that transduce it into gene expression changes are required to stabilize a learned olfactory behavior, suggesting a physiological function for this mechanism.

      Weaknesses:

      The study implies but does not show that the effects of ambient light on stabilizing a learned olfactory behavior are through the described pathway. To show this clearly, the authors should determine whether ambient light has any effect on mutants lacking CYP-14A5, ZIP-2, or CEBP-2. Other minor edits to the text and figures are suggested.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Ji et al. report a novel and interesting light-induced transcriptional response pathway in the eyeless roundworm Caenorhabditis elegans that involves a cytochrome P450 family protein (CYP-14A5) and functions independently from previously established photosensory mechanisms. Although the exact mechanisms underlying photoactivation of this pathway remain unclear, light-dependent induction of CYP-14A5 requires bZIP transcription factors ZIP-2 and CEBP-2 that have been previously implicated in worm responses to pathogens. The authors then suggest that light-induced CYP-14A5 activity in the C. elegans hypoderm can unexpectedly and cell-non-autonomously contribute to retention of an olfactory memory. Finally, the authors demonstrate the potential for this pathway to enable robust light-induced control of gene expression and behavior, albeit with some restrictions. Overall, the evidence supporting the claims of the authors is convincing, and the authors' work suggests numerous interesting lines of future inquiry.

      (1) The authors determine that light, but not several other stressors tested (temperature, hypoxia, and food deprivation), can induce transcription of cyp-15A5. The authors use these experiments to suggest the potential specificity of the induction of CYP-14A5 by light. Given the established relationship between light and oxidative stress and the authors' later identification of ZIP-2, testing the effect of an oxidative stressor or pathogen exposure on transcription of cyp-14A5 would further strengthen the validity of this statement and potentially shed some insight into the underlying mechanisms.

      (2) The authors suggest that short-wavelength light more robustly increases transcription of cyp-14A5 compared to equally intense longer wavelengths (Figure 2F and 2G). Here, however, the authors report intensities in lux of wavelengths tested. Measurements of and reporting the specific spectra of the incident lights and their corresponding irradiances (ideally, in some form of mW/mm2 - see Ward et al., 2008, Edwards et al., 2008, Bhatla and Horvitz, 2015, De Magalhaes Filho et al., 2018, Ghosh et al., 2021, among others, for examples) is critical for appropriate comparisons across wavelengths and facilitates cross-checking with previous studies of C. elegans light responses. On a related and more minor note, the authors place an ultraviolet shield in front of a visible light LED to test potential effects of ultraviolet light on transcription of cyp-14A5. A measurement of the spectrum of the visible light LED would help confirm if such an experiment was required. Regardless, the principal conclusions the authors made from these experiments will likely remain unchanged.

      (3) The authors report an interesting observation that animals exposed to ambient light (~600 lux) exhibit significantly increased memory retention compared to those maintained in darkness (Figure 4). Furthermore, light deprivation within the first 2-4 hours after learning appears to eliminate the effect of light on memory retention. These processes depend on CYP-14A5, loss of which can be rescued by re-expression of cyp-14A5 in mutant animals using a hypoderm-specific- and non-light-inducible- promoter. Taken together, the authors argue convincingly that hypodermal expression of cyp-14A5 can contribute to the retention of the olfactory memory. More broadly, these experiments suggest that cell-non-autonomous signaling can enhance retention of olfactory memory. How retention of the olfactory memory is enhanced by light generally remains unclear. In addition, the authors' experiments in Figure 1B demonstrate - at least by use of the transcriptional reporter - that light-dependent induction of cyp-14A5 transcription at 500 - 1000 lux is minimal and especially so at short duration exposures. Additional experiments, including verification of light-dependent changes in CYP-14A5 levels in the olfactory memory behavioral setup, would help further interpret these otherwise interesting results.

      (4) The experiments in Figure 4 nicely validate the usage of the cyp-14A5 promoter as a potential tool for light-dependent induction of gene expression. Despite the limitations of this tool, including those presented by the authors, it could prove useful for the community.

    1. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work provides a gene signature for brain metastases derived from an integrated single-cell dataset of six carcinomas. A key rationale for their approach is the notion that metastases originating from different organs may converge upon a similar set of transcriptional states, representing shared functional and developmental programs. By combining primary tumor and metastatic brain tumor, the authors leverage an interpretable deep-learning approach to identify a multi-cancer single-cell dataset to predict brain metastases from a primary tumor that is more robust and generalizable than a signature derived from an individual cancer type. They employ a variety of single-cell tools to identify a putative mechanism of action for metastatic progression to the brain involving VEGF-related signaling, and find some evidence supporting this hypothesis in spatial data. A drug repurposing analysis is performed to identify a potential therapeutic candidate for VEGF-driven brain metastasis, and they demonstrate an intriguing possibility for using their brain metastasis signature in a blood-based test in the clinic.

      Strengths:

      An interpretable deep-learning approach allows both for high-accuracy classification of brain metastases from primary tumors and the identification of a gene signature. Much work goes into validating the gene signature in different contexts and different modalities, and presents a cohesive picture of metastasis progression. The analysis highlighting certain cells within the primary tumor that may be more likely to metastasize is interesting, and the demonstration of the difference in mean expression of their signature in bulk RNASeq of tumor-educated platelets (TEPs) has strong implications for the clinic.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors derive the signature from cancerous epithelial cells, citing a desire to avoid bias from differences in cellular composition; yet much of the downstream analysis is performed across different cancer types and different cell types; differential analysis was then performed between the highest scoring cells vs lowest scoring cells, but there does not appear to be any consideration/adjustment for cell type composition at this stage, which could bias results. Given that the signature was initially identified in epithelial cells, there seems to be a leap to applying the signature to immune and stromal compartments. Perhaps the proof is in the pudding, yet it raises the question of what would have happened if the authors had not restricted the initial step of their signature generation to the epithelial cells.

      In addition, although a cohesive story around VEGF is presented, VEGF was merely one of the several signaling pathways upregulated. There were quite a few others (ANGPT, CDH1, CADM, IGF), which are not addressed by the authors. VEGF is, of course, very well studied, and while the authors do distinguish their signature from VEGF in the context of TEP, it leaves open the question of whether one of the other highlighted genes may be equally powerful and more feasible (because there are fewer genes) to get into the clinic.

      The cell-cell communication analysis seems somewhat weak, although using a standard set of tools. Most of the analysis was done based on single-cell data, without the spatial context, and the authors highlighted epithelial cells as the senders for the VEGF pathway; yet in the Visium data, the expression of the signature seems highest in non-tumor cells, and the strongest interactions seem to be quite spatially separated (Figure 5C and 5E).

    1. Each year, approximately 29 million people see a dentist but not another medical professional.

      Dental visits could benefit the patients through checking for possible symptoms of heart disease and other illnesses so that their healthcare is more effective.

    1. he lid holds thekey to much more than the discovery of the resting place of the residents. It tells usabout the sequence of their dying, and it tells us about their death becoming a triggerfor events in the life of the living house

      The lid shows not just the grave but how death affected the house and the people living in it, highlighting how archeology can also tell social and emotional stories and experiences that can with it.

    2. Inside the house, the layers of the dead/past/ancestors and – above them – thelayers of the living are not separated from each other but are closely woven together

      The description of the physical and symbolic connection between life and death at Çatalhöyük, and how ancestors are seen as a daily part of life, not separate, is interesting.

    1. Smith suggests that experimental data can help us better understand the causal mechanisms behind typological generalizations, something observational typological studies cannot do. We generally agree that some research setups are more adequate for investigating certain types of questions, and a division of labor, or triangulation, makes sense from this perspective. The difficulty emerges, again, with cases of disagreeing results between experimental and typological studies. Smith provides two very insightful examples of such cases. We will react to the first example, as it concerns a topic that we also explored in previous work, namely the relation between sociolinguistic factors and linguistic complexity (cf. Becker et al. 2023; Guzmán Naranjo et al. 2025). In both cases, we failed to find clear, convincing evidence for sociolinguistic correlates of linguistic complexity. In contrast, Smith (2024) reports on an artificial language learning experiment that supports the presence of mechanisms proposed in the typological literature to account for an association between sociolinguistic factors and linguistic complexity. In such a situation, the important question arises: how can we understand the discrepancy between the results? Smith mentions two hypotheses: (i) the factors identified in the experiments are outweighed by other factors in the wild, and (ii) natural language data cannot show the correlation with sufficient confidence. We agree, and we can think of a number of other potential explanations that can lead to the situation of finding an effect of, e.g., socio-linguistic factors on linguistic complexity in experimental studies but not in typological ones. We think that all these issues should be explored and subsequently discarded in order to understand diverging results: experimental studies: the experimental design may not be suitable the experimental study may not reflect natural language learning the data analysis of the experimental study may have issues typological studies: the study may not operationalize the actual socio-linguistic hypotheses well the data collection and annotation may contain too many mistakes the language sample may be too small to detect the (potentially weak) effects the language sample may be wrong in just the right way, hiding the effects the data analysis of the typological study may have issues These issues all highlight the possibility that either the experimental or typological studies could lead to fundamentally incorrect results. This goes back to our main point: we can only increase our confidence about our findings with more transparency about the work process, with robustness tests and with replication. If at some point we reach high confidence about results from both experimental and typological studies, and these still diverge, we can then start to think about how and why they diverge. Currently, we do not believe that we can have high certainty about our typological results regarding sociolinguistic effects on linguistic complexity to begin with. Therefore, we should be cautious when trying to interpret differences between the typological and experimental results.

      B&GN appreciate Smith’s contribution and agree on the importance of combining typology with cognitive experiments. Nevertheless, Smith talked about two types of mismatch between typological and experimental results, while B&GN say that there are many more possible explanations for mismatch (they list the methodological problems in both approaches). B&GN think we cannot blindly trust typological results yet, cause they can be uncertain.

    1. The way to stop discrimination on the basis of race is to stop discriminating onthe basis of race

      This is the worst sentence ever. But from this case, it's one of the most famous lines

    Annotators

    1. If this joint approach is widely adopted, there will be cases where we need to resolve mismatches between typological and experimental findings. I have encountered two such mismatches in my recent work: one case where I think the hypothesised mechanisms are plausible even if the typology is highly contested, and one where the natural language facts seem to be agreed upon but we cannot support the mechanism experimentally. The first case relates to the well-known claim that languages spoken in larger, more heterogeneous communities, with more non-native speakers, tend to be morphologically simpler (e.g. Trudgill 2011); there is some quantitive evidence in support of this claim (e.g. Lupyan and Dale 2010; Sinnemäki 2020), although as we might expect in light of B&GN, different measures of morphological and social complexity and different analytic techniques produce different results (Koplenig 2019; Kauhanen et al. 2023; Shcherbakova et al. 2023). A small series of experiments have nevertheless tested some of the proposed mechanisms. In Smith (2024) I used an artificial language learning paradigm to test whether L2-like morphological simplifications made during (imperfect) learning could result in cumulative simplification of complex morphology as a language is transmitted across generations, and found that they could. Other work suggests other mechanisms that could explain the putative correlation, including e.g. the difficulty of converging on shared conventions with many versus few interlocutors (Raviv et al. 2019). My current impression is that there are probably several plausible mechanisms with at least some experimental support by which population size and proportion of non-native speakers could influence language complexity. If that link is not evident in the cross-linguistic data, it could be that the factors identified in the experiments are outweighed by other factors in the wild, or that the natural language data cannot show the correlation with confidence. In the second case we are testing mechanisms for unidirectionality in grammaticalisation (Kapron-King et al. under review, 2025). Concrete concepts (e.g. terms for body parts) tend to become grammatical markers (e.g. adpositions marking spatial relationships) but not vice versa. The intuitive and apparently quite widely-held assumption is that this unidirectionality is due to an inherent asymmetry in associations between these sets of concepts, such that e.g. body-part terms evoke spatial concepts but not the reverse. We have not been able to find evidence for this asymmetry across several semantic extension experiments; while our participants reliably associate body part terms and spatial relationships that are frequently involved in grammaticalisation pathways (as documented in Heine and Kuteva 2002, e.g. “head” and “above”), these associations are quite symmetrical. We have therefore (reluctantly!) become somewhat sceptical about association-based explanations of unidirectionality, and are exploring reanalysis-based accounts which do not rely on this asymmetry.

      if researchers combine typological and experimental approaches, they will find cases where the two types of evidence do not match. - The linguistic facts observed in natural languages are well-established, but the experiments fail to support the proposed cognitive mechanism (ex. typological data: ‘grammaticalisation’ goes from concrete concepts to abstract concepts, but not viceversa. Hypothesis: it is cognitively easier to do the association in this direction. Experimental data: false, people can do the association in both directions in their brain and it’s quite symmetrical —-> so why does it only happen in one direction in language?) - The cognitive mechanisms proposed by experimental data seem plausible, but the typological evidence is highly disputed among linguists (ex. experimental data: non native speakers simplify language and over time the standard variety also loose complexity. Typological data: imprecise data, variable based on the definition of ‘complexity’ and many more factors can influence the evolution of a language)

    2. If one’s goal is primarily to document constraints on cross-linguistic variation then this is obviously deeply troubling. However, if the central interest is the cognitive and interactional mechanisms responsible for those constraints – what it is about the way languages are learned, used and transmitted that leads to convergent cultural evolution on recurring constellations of linguistic features (see e.g. Haspelmath 2019, 2021) – then this uncertainty may be less problematic than it first appears, since we should in any case be running controlled experiments to test hypotheses about those mechanisms. B&GN (Becker and Guzmán Naranjo 2025) refer to experimental approaches briefly in a footnote as “triangulation”, “the combination of different empirical approaches to study the same phenomenon in order to test how robust results are across methods and to, ideally, find converging evidence”. I think the value of experimental work lies not in providing some additional data from another source, but a fundamentally different kind of data which allows us to test cognitive and interactional mechanisms hypothesised to be responsible for potential universals. Being observational, no matter how rigorously conducted, analyses of typological data cannot speak to those causal mechanisms. However, the observational data from typology is a rich source of potential hypotheses about mechanisms shaping linguistic systems, which can subsequently be tested in controlled experiments that can go beyond correlation and speak to causality.

      According to Smith, analyses of typological data can be a source of potential hypotheses about the mechanisms shaping linguistic systems, but it cannot speak to those causal mechanisms. Here lies the value of experimental work —-> test cognitive and interactional mechanisms that may be the potential cause for universals.for this reason, unlike B&GN, Smith thinks this data shouldn’t be used only to test the robustness of the results about the same phenomenon.

    1. García (2009), in particular, has promoted this particular perspective, reviving the term translanguaging to refer to the ways in which bilingual speakers draw flexibly on their linguistic repertoires. For García, translanguaging is inclusive of—but not limited to—the practice that linguists have historically called codeswitching. Otheguy, García, & Reid (2015) define translanguaging as “the deployment of a speaker’s full linguistic repertoire without regard for watchful adherence to the socially and politically defined boundaries of named (and usually national and state) languages” (p. 283).
      This cracks me up because my brother in laws and their partners codeswitch all the time when speaking to my husband, myself and our children. One brother in law is half Haitian and speaks English, Spanish, Creole, French and Haitian while his partner is Cuban and is not so good at French or Creole but speaks all the other languages. My other brother in law is technically Jamaican (born there to American parents) and speaks English and Spanish while his partner is Hundurian and speaks a dialect of Spanish and English. Now even though they are all between 49 and 60 years old they all codeswitch in both spoken language and written text. We have running family jokes that we must pay close attention when speaking to the four of them… we might agree to something we didn’t mean too.
      
    1. On some typewriters, there is a feature called the End Of Line Lock which has this effect on the key action. Its purpose is to prevent inadvertent typing when the carriage is at the right margin. It is a bar across the width that prevents the links from going through their whole range. When that lock is stuck has the effect you are seeing at every position. Now, in this case it may not be stuck by dirt or bent parts but instead by the lack of its return spring. So, inspect the action until you understand how it works on this tw (It's triggered by a part on the carriage hitting the right margin stop, which causes that bar to move into position to block the type linkages.) and look for a place where a return spring might be missing or disconnected. Fix that. This might not be your actual problem but it is the most likely.

      https://www.reddit.com/r/typewriters/comments/1p24iee/remington_deluxe_only_works_when_vertical/

    1. The same thing happened in the 2010s with massive open online courses, or MOOCs. Tech evangelists promised that we would not need as many professors, for one expert could teach tens of thousands online! But MOOCs were a mid technology that could barely augment, much less replace, deep expertise. Receiving information is not the same as developing the facility to use it.

      AI as a "mid" technology akin to MOOCs

    1. AtOpenAI, we believe teachers are at the center of AI literacy—AI will never replace them

      No, but these technologies very well might deskill and deprofessionalize educators.

    1. How To Increase Your HRV In 6 Month (59→155)
      • Eating timing matters: Stop eating at least 3 hours (ideally 10) before bed to boost HRV; late eating harms recovery.
      • Diet quality: Higher HRV is associated with diets high in fish, vegetables, and fruit, and avoiding processed foods, seed oils, and high sodium.
      • Consistency over specific diet types is key; less processed food and fewer calories help HRV (unless you're a performance athlete).
      • Aerobic, endurance, and high-intensity interval training all increase HRV, with aerobic exercise having the most effect.
      • Endurance training improves baroreceptor control and vagal tone; 1-2 sessions weekly recommended.
      • High-intensity intervals (above 90% max HR) boost parasympathetic activity and HR recovery; occasional sessions are best.
      • Weightlifting contributes less to HRV, but mixing it with more aerobic and interval work is optimal.
      • Sleep greatly impacts HRV: Consistent bedtime, getting morning sunlight, daytime exercise, and avoiding late meals all help.
      • Wind down 30 minutes before sleep; use breathing techniques like "box breathing" to relax and fall asleep quicker.
      • Optimize sleep environment: Cool room (67°F), blackout curtains, calming music, mouth tape for nasal breathing.
      • Sauna use increases plasma volume and can help HRV, as does cold exposure (cold showers/plunges) by providing hormetic stress.
      • Devices (e.g., Petto for vagus nerve stimulation) may help but some like Sensate may be placebo.
      • Reducing stress is crucial—doing meaningful work, fulfilling relationships, and low chronic stress (example: Warren Buffett).
      • Combining diet, exercise, great sleep, minimal stress, and some environmental exposures (sauna/cold) is the best strategy for sustainably higher HRV.
    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Bouma et al. present a comprehensive analysis of DOT1L-mediated histone H3K79 methylation across canonical DC subsets. By mapping the methylation landscape, the authors demonstrate that DOT1L regulates both shared and subset-specific gene programs. They show that in vitro or in vivo deletion of Dot1l, followed by in vitro differentiation, results in reduced myeloid progenitors and pDCs alongside an increase in cDC2s, while cDC1 numbers remain largely unaffected. Functionally, Dot1l-deficient DCs fail to produce IFNα upon stimulation. Transcriptomic profiling reveals enrichment of antigen presentation pathways in Dot1l-KO subsets, with upregulated MHC class II surface expression in pDCs. Mechanistically, pharmacological inhibition of DOT1L links these effects to its methyltransferase activity. Collectively, the data suggest that DOT1L differentially regulates canonical DC subset development and represses antigen presentation pathways.

      The manuscript is well-written and technically sound. However, several conclusions would benefit from deeper discussion or additional experimental validation.

      Major Comments

      1. Interpretation of DC balance changes and cell-cycle effects

      The authors propose that DOT1L loss skews DC differentiation toward a pDC-like phenotype. However, DOT1L deletion or inhibition, and the consequent global loss of H3K79 methylation, is well known to downregulate key cell-cycle genes (e.g., Cyclin D1, Cyclin E, CDK4/6, MCM family) while upregulating cell-cycle inhibitors (e.g., Cdkn1a and b). These transcriptional changes are associated with slower proliferation, G1 arrest or delayed S-phase entry, and reduced DNA replication fork progression. Importantly, blocking DNA synthesis (e.g., with aphidicolin or mitomycin C) during early culture inhibits DC emergence, underscoring that proliferation is essential for differentiation. The authors should discuss how their findings align with this established literature. Could the observed DC subset shifts result from impaired cell-cycle progression rather than lineage-specific transcriptional reprogramming? A more detailed consideration of this point is needed. 2. Discrepancy between in vitro and in vivo pDC phenotypes

      The in vitro data show a marked reduction in pDCs, yet in vivo pDC numbers appear unchanged. Although the discussion briefly mentions proliferation differences, this discrepancy deserves a clearer explanation or experimental follow-up.

      Minor Comments

      • Clarify statistical methods, specify biological replicate numbers, and indicate whether corrections for multiple comparisons were applied to transcriptomic analyses.
      • The introduction is somewhat lengthy and repetitive; condensing it would improve focus.
      • In the discussion sometimes it is not clear the distinction between findings and speculation.
      • Ensure consistent gene name formatting throughout (e.g., Dot1l, Dot1L).

      Significance

      The current manuscript fills a gap in knowledge, and this is its major strength. Other strengths are clarity and technical appropriateness.

      The major weakness is that the work is mainly descriptive. Mechanistic insights into DOT1L-dependent transcriptional regulation are still weak. The proposed mechanism -that DOT1L maintains pDC identity through H3K79 methylation at key transcription factors (Tcf4, SpiB, Irf8)- is intriguing but currently lacks functional evidence. The authors should consider validating this model experimentally, by modulating the expression of these genes without affecting DOT1L activity. Also the model suggesting that DOT1L indirectly represses antigen presentation via the Fbxo11-Ciita pathway is interesting but remains speculative. Additional mechanistic data would help support this claim.

    1. What they were less likely to say explicitly, but what seemed clear to us, was that fanfiction writing also helped to develop and solidify relationships with various friends, online or otherwise.

      Writing, for many, tends to be most rewarding when you can share it with someone. To show others your ability to express thoughts, emotions, and ideas through your use of language is helpful in gaining confidence and experience, and this is even more true when you receive direct criticism as well.

    1. In the one-stage technique,healing caps are attached to theimplants and the flap is sutured around them.• In this technique, there is no need for a second surgery, butsince the caps of the implants are open to the oralenvironment, it is very important for the success of the implantthat the patient has good oral hygiene and does not chew onthe implants.

      n the one-stage technique, healing caps are attached to the implants and the flap is sutured around them. Tek aşamalı teknikte, iyileşme kapakları implantlara takılır ve flep bunların etrafında sütürlenir.

      🟠 (②) In this technique, there is no need for a second surgery, but since the caps of the implants are open to the oral environment, it is very important for the success of the implant that the patient has good oral hygiene and does not chew on the implants. Bu teknikte ikinci bir cerrahiye gerek yoktur, ancak implant kapakları ağız ortamına açık olduğundan, implantın başarısı için hastanın iyi ağız hijyenine sahip olması ve implantları çiğnememesi çok önemlidir.

    Annotators

    1. given expression in literature, art, travel writings,politics, and supposedly scholarly treatises

      This period of conquest is of note because the countries of interest had a particular effect on the Europeans. There was a certain fixation and fetishization of the East by European artists and writers that was spread throughout society. The imagery and cultural artifacts of the East were exported throughout Europe and had a drastic effect on art and culture - buildings, paintings, sculpture, clothing etc. The Orientalist movement speaks for itself but another good example is the Empire Style.

    Annotators

    1. old t

      It is pretty wild how our media has been used to brainwash people into believing certain things. Like it shouldn't be surprising but it is still shocking. I think also because I'm relatively young and haven't seen a lot of pointless, low acclaim action movies I didn't realize how bad it was.

    Annotators

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this study, Brickwedde et al. leveraged a cross-modal task where visual cues indicated whether upcoming targets required visual or auditory discrimination. Visual and auditory targets were paired with auditory and visual distractors, respectively. The authors found that during the cue-to-target interval, posterior alpha activity increased along with auditory and visual frequency-tagged activity when subjects were anticipating auditory targets. The authors conclude that their results imply that alpha modulation does not solely regulate 'gain control' in early visual areas (also referred to as alpha inhibition hypothesis), but rather orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the processing stream.

      Comments on revisions:

      I thank the authors for their clarifications. The manuscript is much improved now, in my opinion. The new power spectral density plots and revised Figure 1 are much appreciated. However, there is one remaining point that I am unclear about. In the rebuttal, the authors state the following: "To directly address the question of whether the auditory signal was distracting, we conducted a follow-up MEG experiment. In this study, we observed a significant reduction in visual accuracy during the second block when the distractor was present (see Fig. 7B and Suppl. Fig. 1B), providing clear evidence of a distractor cost under conditions where performance was not saturated."

      I am very confused by this statement, because both Fig. 7B and Suppl. Fig. 1B show that the visual- (i.e., visual target presented alone) has a lower accuracy and longer reaction time than visual+ (i.e., visual target presented with distractor). In fact, Suppl. Fig. 1B legend states the following: "accuracy: auditory- - auditory+: M = 7.2 %; SD = 7.5; p = .001; t(25) = 4.9; visual- - visual+: M = -7.6%; SD = 10.80; p < .01; t(25) = -3.59; Reaction time: auditory- - auditory +: M = -20.64 ms; SD = 57.6; n.s.: p = .08; t(25) = -1.83; visual- - visual+: M = 60.1 ms ; SD = 58.52; p < .001; t(25) = 5.23)."

      These statements appear to directly contradict each other. I appreciate that the difficulty of auditory and visual trials in block 2 of MEG experiments are matched, but this does not address the question of whether the distractor was actually distracting (and thus needed to be inhibited by occipital alpha). Please clarify.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      I thank the authors for their clarifications. The manuscript is much improved now, in my opinion. The new power spectral density plots and revised Figure 1 are much appreciated. However, there is one remaining point that I am unclear about. In the rebuttal, the authors state the following: "To directly address the question of whether the auditory signal was distracting, we conducted a follow-up MEG experiment. In this study, we observed a significant reduction in visual accuracy during the second block when the distractor was present (see Fig. 7B and Suppl. Fig. 1B), providing clear evidence of a distractor cost under conditions where performance was not saturated." 

      I am very confused by this statement, because both Fig. 7B and Suppl. Fig. 1B show that the visual- (i.e., visual target presented alone) has a lower accuracy and longer reaction time than visual+ (i.e., visual target presented with distractor). In fact, Suppl. Fig. 1B legend states the following: "accuracy: auditory- - auditory+: M = 7.2 %; SD = 7.5; p = .001; t(25) = 4.9; visual- - visual+: M = -7.6%; SD = 10.80; p < .01; t(25) = -3.59; Reaction time: auditory- - auditory +: M = -20.64 ms; SD = 57.6; n.s.: p = .08; t(25) = -1.83; visual- - visual+: M = 60.1 ms ; SD = 58.52; p < .001; t(25) = 5.23)." 

      These statements appear to directly contradict each other. I appreciate that the difficulty of auditory and visual trials in block 2 of MEG experiments are matched, but this does not address the question of whether the distractor was actually distracting (and thus needed to be inhibited by occipital alpha). Please clarify.

      We apologize for mixing up the visual and auditory distractor cost in our rebuttal. The reviewer is right in that our two statements contradict each other.

      To clarify: In the EEG experiment, we see significant distractor cost for auditory distractors in the accuracy (which can be seen in SUPPL Fig. 1A). We also see a faster reaction time with auditory distractors, which may speak to intersensory facilitation. As we used the same distractors for both experiments, it can be assumed that they were distracting in both experiments.

      In our follow-up MEG-experiment, as the reviewer stated, performance in block 2 was higher than in block 1, even though there were distractors present. In this experiment, distractor cost and learning effects are difficult to disentangle. It is possible that participants improved over time for the visual discrimination task in Block 1, as performance at the beginning was quite low. To illustrate this, we divided the trials of each condition into bins of 10 and plotted the mean accuracy in these bins over time (see Author response image 1). Here it can be seen that in Block 2, there is a more or less stable performance over time with a variation < 10 %. In Block 1, both for visual as well as auditory trials, an improvement over time can be seen. This is especially strong for visual trials, which span a difference of > 20%. Note that the mean performance for the 80-90 trial bin was higher than any mean performance observed in Block 2. 

      Additionally, the same paradigm has been applied in previous investigations, which also found distractor costs for the here-used auditory stimuli in blocked and non-blocked designs. See:

      Mazaheri, A., van Schouwenburg, M. R., Dimitrijevic, A., Denys, D., Cools, R., & Jensen, O. (2014). Region-specific modulations in oscillatory alpha activity serve to facilitate processing in the visual and auditory modalities. NeuroImage, 87, 356–362. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2013.10.052

      Van Diepen, R & Mazaheri, A 2017, 'Cross-sensory modulation of alpha oscillatory activity: suppression, idling and default resource allocation', European Journal of Neuroscience, vol. 45, no. 11, pp. 1431-1438. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejn.13570

      Author response image 1.

      Accuracy development over time in the MEG experiment. During block 1, a performance increase over time can be observed for visual as well as for auditory stimuli. During Block 2, performance is stable over time. Data are presented as mean ± SEM. N = 27 (one participant was excluded from this analysis, as their trial count in at least one condition was below 90 trials).


      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this study, Brickwedde et al. leveraged a cross-modal task where visual cues indicated whether upcoming targets required visual or auditory discrimination. Visual and auditory targets were paired with auditory and visual distractors, respectively. The authors found that during the cue-to-target interval, posterior alpha activity increased along with auditory and visual frequency-tagged activity when subjects were anticipating auditory targets. The authors conclude that their results disprove the alpha inhibition hypothesis, and instead implies that alpha "regulates downstream information transfer." However, as I detail below, I do not think the presented data irrefutably disproves the alpha inhibition hypothesis. Moreover, the evidence for the alternative hypothesis of alpha as an orchestrator for downstream signal transmission is weak. Their data serves to refute only the most extreme and physiologically implausible version of the alpha inhibition hypothesis, which assumes that alpha completely disengages the entire brain area, inhibiting all neuronal activity.

      We thank the reviewer for taking the time to provide additional feedback and suggestions and we improved our manuscript accordingly.

      (1) Authors assign specific meanings to specific frequencies (8-12 Hz alpha, 4 Hz intermodulation frequency, 36 Hz visual tagging activity, 40 Hz auditory tagging activity), but the results show that spectral power increases in all of these frequencies towards the end of the cue-to-target interval. This result is consistent with a broadband increase, which could simply be due to additional attention required when anticipating auditory target (since behavioral performance was lower with auditory targets, we can say auditory discrimination was more difficult). To rule this out, authors will need to show a power spectral density curve with specific increases around each frequency band of interest. In addition, it would be more convincing if there was a bump in the alpha band, and distinct bumps for 4 vs 36 vs 40 Hz band.

      This is an interesting point with several aspects, which we will address separately

      Broadband Increase vs. Frequency-Specific Effects:

      The suggestion that the observed spectral power increases may reflect a broadband effect rather than frequency-specific tagging is important. However, Supplementary Figure 11 shows no difference between expecting an auditory or visual target at 44 Hz. This demonstrates that (1) there is no uniform increase across all frequencies, and (2) the separation between our stimulation frequencies was sufficient to allow differentiation using our method.

      Task Difficulty and Performance Differences:

      The reviewer suggests that the observed effects may be due to differences in task difficulty, citing lower performance when anticipating auditory targets in the EEG study. This issue was explicitly addressed in our follow-up MEG study, where stimulus difficulty was calibrated. In the second block—used for analysis—accuracy between auditory and visual targets was matched (see Fig. 7B). The replication of our findings under these controlled conditions directly rules out task difficulty as the sole explanation. This point is clearly presented in the manuscript.

      Power Spectrum Analysis:

      The reviewer’s suggestion that our analysis lacks evidence of frequency-specific effects is addressed directly in the manuscript. While we initially used the Hilbert method to track the time course of power fluctuations, we also included spectral analyses to confirm distinct peaks at the stimulation frequencies. Specifically, when averaging over the alpha cluster, we observed a significant difference at 10 Hz between auditory and visual target expectation, with no significant differences at 36 or 40 Hz in that cluster. Conversely, in the sensor cluster showing significant 36 Hz activity, alpha power did not differ, but both 36 Hz and 40 Hz tagging frequencies showed significant effects These findings clearly demonstrate frequency-specific modulation and are already presented in the manuscript.

      (2) For visual target discrimination, behavioral performance with and without the distractor is not statistically different. Moreover, the reaction time is faster with distractor. Is there any evidence that the added auditory signal was actually distracting?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation regarding the lack of a statistically significant difference in behavioral performance for visual target discrimination with and without the auditory distractor. While this was indeed the case in our EEG experiment, we believe the absence of an accuracy effect may be attributable to a ceiling effect, as overall visual performance approached 100%. This high baseline likely masked any subtle influence of the distractor.

      To directly address the question of whether the auditory signal was distracting, we conducted a follow-up MEG experiment. In this study, we observed a significant reduction in visual accuracy during the second block when the distractor was present (see Fig. 7B and Suppl. Fig. 1B), providing clear evidence of a distractor cost under conditions where performance was not saturated.

      Regarding the faster reaction times observed in the presence of the auditory distractor, this phenomenon is consistent with prior findings on intersensory facilitation. Auditory stimuli, which are processed more rapidly than visual stimuli, can enhance response speed to visual targets—even when the auditory input is non-informative or nominally distracting (Nickerson, 1973; Diederich & Colonius, 2008; Salagovic & Leonard, 2021). Thus, while the auditory signal may facilitate motor responses, it can simultaneously impair perceptual accuracy, depending on task demands and baseline performance levels.

      Taken together, our data suggest that the auditory signal does exert a distracting influence, particularly under conditions where visual performance is not at ceiling. The dual effect—facilitated reaction time but reduced accuracy—highlights the complexity of multisensory interactions and underscores the importance of considering both behavioral and neurophysiological measures.

      (3) It is possible that alpha does suppress task-irrelevant stimuli, but only when it is distracting. In other words, perhaps alpha only suppresses distractors that are presented simultaneously with the target. Since the authors did not test this, they cannot irrefutably reject the alpha inhibition hypothesis.

      The reviewer’s claim that we did not test whether alpha suppresses distractors presented simultaneously with the target is incorrect. As stated in the manuscript and supported by our data (see point 2), auditory distractors were indeed presented concurrently with visual targets, and they were demonstrably distracting. Therefore, the scenario the reviewer suggests was not only tested—it forms a core part of our design.

      Furthermore, it was never our intention to irrefutably reject the alpha inhibition hypothesis. Rather, our aim was to revise and expand it. If our phrasing implied otherwise, we have now clarified this in the manuscript. Specifically, we propose that alpha oscillations:

      (a) Exhibit cyclic inhibitory and excitatory dynamics;

      (b) Regulate processing by modulating transfer pathways, which can result in either inhibition or facilitation depending on the network context.

      In our study, we did not observe suppression of distractor transfer, likely due to the engagement of a supramodal system that enhances both auditory and visual excitability. This interpretation is supported by prior findings (e.g., Jacoby et al., 2012), which show increased visual SSEPs under auditory task load, and by Zhigalov et al. (2020), who found no trial-by-trial correlation between alpha power and visual tagging in early visual areas, despite a general association with attention.

      Recent evidence (Clausner et al., 2024; Yang et al., 2024) further supports the notion that alpha oscillations serve multiple functional roles depending on the network involved. These roles include intra- and inter-cortical signal transmission, distractor inhibition, and enhancement of downstream processing (Scheeringa et al., 2012; Bastos et al., 2015; Zumer et al., 2014). We believe the most plausible account is that alpha oscillations support both functions, depending on context.

      To reflect this more clearly, we have updated Figure 1 to present a broader signal-transfer framework for alpha oscillations, beyond the specific scenario tested in this study.

      We have now revised Figure 1 and several sentences in the introduction and discussion, to clarify this argument.

      L35-37: Previous research gave rise to the prominent alpha inhibition hypothesis, which suggests that oscillatory activity in the alpha range (~10 Hz) plays a mechanistic role in selective attention through functional inhibition of irrelevant cortical areas (see Fig. 1; Foxe et al., 1998; Jensen & Mazaheri, 2010; Klimesch et al., 2007).

      L60-65: In contrast, we propose that functional and inhibitory effects of alpha modulation, such as distractor inhibition, are exhibited through blocking or facilitating signal transmission to higher order areas (Peylo et al., 2021; Yang et al., 2023; Zhigalov & Jensen, 2020; Zumer et al., 2014), gating feedforward or feedback communication between sensory areas (see Fig. 1; Bauer et al., 2020; Haegens et al., 2015; Uemura et al., 2021).

      L482-485: This suggests that responsiveness of the visual stream was not inhibited when attention was directed to auditory processing and was not inhibited by occipital alpha activity, which directly contradicts the proposed mechanism behind the alpha inhibition hypothesis.

      L517-519: Top-down cued changes in alpha power have now been widely viewed to play a functional role in directing attention: the processing of irrelevant information is attenuated by increasing alpha power in areas involved with processing this information (Foxe, Simpson, & Ahlfors, 1998; Hanslmayr et al., 2007; Jensen & Mazaheri, 2010).

      L566-569: As such, it is conceivable that alpha oscillations can in some cases inhibit local transmission, while in other cases, depending on network location, connectivity and demand, alpha oscillation can facilitate signal transmission. This mechanism allows to increase transmission of relevant information and to block transmission of distractors.

      (4) In the abstract and Figure 1, the authors claim an alternative function for alpha oscillations; that alpha "orchestrates signal transmission to later stages of the processing stream." In support, the authors cite their result showing that increased alpha activity originating from early visual cortex is related to enhanced visual processing in higher visual areas and association areas. This does not constitute a strong support for the alternative hypothesis. The correlation between posterior alpha power and frequency-tagged activity was not specific in any way; Fig. 10 shows that the correlation appeared on both 1) anticipating-auditory and anticipating-visual trials, 2) the visual tagged frequency and the auditory tagged activity, and 3) was not specific to the visual processing stream. Thus, the data is more parsimonious with a correlation than a causal relationship between posterior alpha and visual processing.

      Again, the reviewer raises important points, which we want to address

      The correlation between posterior alpha power and frequency-tagged activity was not specific, as it is present both when auditory and visual targets are expected:

      If there is a connection between posterior alpha activity and higher-order visual information transfer, then it can be expected that this relationship remains across conditions and that a higher alpha activity is accompanied by higher frequency-tagged activity, both over trials and over conditions. However, it is possible that when alpha activity is lower, such as when expecting a visual target, the signal-to-noise ratio is affected, which may lead to higher difficulty to find a correlation effect in the data when using non-invasive measurements.

      The connection between alpha activity and frequency-tagged activity appears both for auditory as well as visual stimuli and The correlation is not specific to the visual processing stream:

      While we do see differences between conditions (e.g. in the EEG-analysis, mostly 36 Hz correlated with alpha activity and only in one condition 40 Hz showed a correlation as well), it is true that in our MEG analysis, we found correlations both between alpha activity and 36 Hz as well as alpha activity and 40 Hz.  

      We acknowledge that when analysing frequency-tagged activity on a trial-by-trial basis, where removal of non-timelocked activity through averaging (which we did when we tested for condition differences in Fig. 4 and 9) is not possible, there is uncertainty in the data. Baseline-correction can alleviate this issue, but it cannot offset the possibility of non-specific effects. We therefore decided to repeat the analysis with a fast-fourier calculated power instead of the Hilbert power, in favour of a higher and stricter frequency-resolution, as we averaged over a time-period and thus, the time-domain was not relevant for this analysis. In this more conservative analysis, we can see that only 36 Hz tagged activity when expecting an auditory target correlated with early visual alpha activity.

      Additionally, we added correlation analyses between alpha activity and frequency-tagged activity within early visual areas, using the sensor cluster which showed significant condition differences in alpha activity. Here, no correlations between frequency-tagged activity and alpha activity could be found (apart from a small correlation with 40 Hz which could not be confirmed by a median split; see SUPPL Fig. 14 C). The absence of a significant correlation between early visual alpha and frequency-tagged activity has previously been described by others (Zhigalov & Jensen, 2020) and a Bayes factor of below 1 also indicated that the alternative hypotheses is unlikely.

      Nonetheless, a correlation with auditory signal is possible and could be explained in different ways. For example, it could be that very early auditory feedback in early visual cortex (see for example Brang et al., 2022) is transmitted alongside visual information to higher-order areas. Several studies have shown that alpha activity and visual as well as auditory processing are closely linked together (Bauer et al., 2020; Popov et al., 2023). Inference on whether or how this link could play out in the case of this manuscript expands beyond the scope of this study.

      To summarize, we believe the fact that 36 Hz activity within early visual areas does not correlate with alpha activity on a trial-by-trial basis, but that 36 Hz activity in other areas does, provides strong evidence that alpha activity affects down-stream signal processing.

      We mention this analysis now in our discussion:

      L533-536: Our data provides evidence in favour of this view, as we can show that early sensory alpha activity does not covary over trials with SSEP magnitude in early visual areas, but covaries instead over trials with SSEP magnitude in higher order sensory areas (see also SUPPL. Fig. 14).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The evidence for the alternative hypothesis, that alpha in early sensory areas orchestrates downstream signal transmission, is not strong enough to be described up front in the abstract and Figure 1. I would leave it in the Discussion section, but advise against mentioning it in the abstract and Figure 1.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the inclusion of the alternative hypothesis—that alpha activity in early sensory areas orchestrates downstream signal transmission—in the abstract and Figure 1. While we agree that this interpretation is still developing, recent studies (Keitel et al., 2025; Clausner et al., 2024; Yang et al., 2024) provide growing support for this framework.

      In response, we have revised the introduction, discussion, and Figure 1 to clarify that our intention is not to outright dismiss the alpha inhibition hypothesis, but to refine and expand it in light of new data. This revision does not invalidate the prior literature on alpha timing and inhibition; rather, it proposes an updated mechanism that may better account for observed effects.

      We have though retained Figure 1, as it visually contextualizes the broader theoretical landscape. while at the same time added further analyses to strengthen our empirical support for this emerging view.

      References:

      Bastos, A. M., Litvak, V., Moran, R., Bosman, C. A., Fries, P., & Friston, K. J. (2015). A DCM study of spectral asymmetries in feedforward and feedback connections between visual areas V1 and V4 in the monkey. NeuroImage, 108, 460–475. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2014.12.081

      Bauer, A. R., Debener, S., & Nobre, A. C. (2020). Synchronisation of Neural Oscillations and Cross-modal Influences. Trends in cognitive sciences, 24(6), 481–495. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2020.03.003

      Brang, D., Plass, J., Sherman, A., Stacey, W. C., Wasade, V. S., Grabowecky, M., Ahn, E., Towle, V. L., Tao, J. X., Wu, S., Issa, N. P., & Suzuki, S. (2022). Visual cortex responds to sound onset and offset during passive listening. Journal of neurophysiology, 127(6), 1547–1563. https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.00164.2021

      Clausner T., Marques J., Scheeringa R. & Bonnefond M (2024). Feature specific neuronal oscillations in cortical layers BioRxiv :2024.07.31.605816. https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.07.31.605816

      Diederich, A., & Colonius, H. (2008). When a high-intensity "distractor" is better then a low-intensity one: modeling the effect of an auditory or tactile nontarget stimulus on visual saccadic reaction time. Brain research, 1242, 219–230. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brainres.2008.05.081

      Haegens, S., Nácher, V., Luna, R., Romo, R., & Jensen, O. (2011). α-Oscillations in the monkey sensorimotor network influence discrimination performance by rhythmical inhibition of neuronal spiking. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 108(48), 19377–19382. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1117190108

      Jacoby, O., Hall, S. E., & Mattingley, J. B. (2012). A crossmodal crossover: opposite effects of visual and auditory perceptual load on steady-state evoked potentials to irrelevant visual stimuli. NeuroImage, 61(4), 1050–1058. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2012.03.040

      Keitel, A., Keitel, C., Alavash, M., Bakardjian, K., Benwell, C. S. Y., Bouton, S., Busch, N. A., Criscuolo, A., Doelling, K. B., Dugue, L., Grabot, L., Gross, J., Hanslmayr, S., Klatt, L.-I., Kluger, D. S., Learmonth, G., London, R. E., Lubinus, C., Martin, A. E., … Kotz, S. A. (2025). Brain rhythms in cognition – controversies and future directions. ArXiv. https://doi.org/10.48550/arXiv.2507.15639

      Nickerson R. S. (1973). Intersensory facilitation of reaction time: energy summation or preparation enhancement?. Psychological review, 80(6), 489–509. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0035437

      Popov, T., Gips, B., Weisz, N., & Jensen, O. (2023). Brain areas associated with visual spatial attention display topographic organization during auditory spatial attention. Cerebral cortex (New York, N.Y. : 1991), 33(7), 3478–3489. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhac285

      Salagovic, C. A., & Leonard, C. J. (2021). A nonspatial sound modulates processing of visual distractors in a flanker task. Attention, perception & psychophysics, 83(2), 800–809. https://doi.org/10.3758/s13414-020-02161-5

      Scheeringa, R., Petersson, K. M., Kleinschmidt, A., Jensen, O., & Bastiaansen, M. C. (2012). EEG α power modulation of fMRI resting-state connectivity. Brain connectivity, 2(5), 254–264. https://doi.org/10.1089/brain.2012.0088

      Spaak, E., Bonnefond, M., Maier, A., Leopold, D. A., & Jensen, O. (2012). Layer-specific entrainment of γ-band neural activity by the α rhythm in monkey visual cortex. Current biology : CB, 22(24), 2313–2318. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2012.10.020

      Yang, X., Fiebelkorn, I. C., Jensen, O., Knight, R. T., & Kastner, S. (2024). Differential neural mechanisms underlie cortical gating of visual spatial attention mediated by alpha-band oscillations. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 121(45), e2313304121. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2313304121

      Zhigalov, A., & Jensen, O. (2020). Alpha oscillations do not implement gain control in early visual cortex but rather gating in parieto-occipital regions. Human brain mapping, 41(18), 5176–5186. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25183

      Zumer, J. M., Scheeringa, R., Schoffelen, J. M., Norris, D. G., & Jensen, O. (2014). Occipital alpha activity during stimulus processing gates the information flow to object-selective cortex. PLoS biology, 12(10), e1001965. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.1001965

  3. inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net
    1. firmation, solidarity, and critique is also based on understanding that cul-ture is not a fixed or unchangeable artifact, and is therefore subject to

      I think this would cause an issue with the education system because many people would be offended if their culture was critiqued. a lot of people aren’t open to such criticism and would react negatively. It is also important to critique in a way that is t disrespectful but rather with good intentions. But, many people would be incapable of this.

    2. hen we enter the Brotherhood School, there are large signs in English wel-coming visitors, although there are no staff on hand who can communicate with the families of the growing Cambodian student population.

      There seems to be an issue when it comes to acknowledging all populations. Because some groups are the majority there tends to be an emphasis on them but they fail to mention any others. At my school the majority population was hispanic, but there was a primary focus in the Mexican population. Often times the Salvadoran and Guatemalan populations got little to no recognition despite them being a large part of the population. The education system is responsible for ensuring everyone feels welcomed, but are failing to do so because they only recognize a few groups. Minority groups deserve recognition too.

    3. minutes periods of such courses as U.S. history, English, math, science, music appreciation, art, and physical education. I

      A lot of the times we are taught the major role that certain peoples played during a time in history, but they fail to continue to mention those groups later on in history. They rarely cover how people continued to live or survive after moments in history and how they recovered. Some are excluded as a whole and never mentioned, leading one to question where these people were at the time. By teaching about different groups and diving deep into their role in history students could understand how different works have either worked with or against each other. I would have love to learn about all groups during a time in history. Sure it is difficult to cover everyone, but a lot of people play a role that is necessary to mention.

    1. believe between Asian stu-dents and African Americans....We often think of this as being a Black/White issue....racism goes between every which way between all people....It’s not just one group versus another.

      Although many times it can be a white-minority issue, it can also be an issue between minorities. This is why multicultural education is so important. If we are taught about different ethnic groups we’d be able to understand our differences and not let those be something that divides us but instead unites. As educators there is a responsibility to ensure that students embody a welcoming environment and contribute to a society that supports others. Multicultural education should be implemented throughout to get rid of the barriers that divide minorities and the majority from the minority.

    2. often on teaching empathy, respect, understanding and tolerance of difference

      I think this could do a lot of good. By understanding and being taught about other people there would be a sense of responsibility and need to help others. Personally, I feel a lot of people lack empathy because they are not educated on others cultures. Multicultural education would allow not only for people to understand one another but also bridge connections between one another, making social connections and interactions much better

    3. My research reveals that the school’s multicultural practices contradictorily sustained and exacerbated problems and made teachers resistant to multicultural education.

      Ngo shows that “diversity work” doesn’t automatically mean progress. This quote makes me think about how schools can use multicultural language but still operate in inequitable ways. The contradictions she describes feel very real, schools wanting harmony but avoiding the real issues underneath. It also reminds me that intentions don’t equal impact. Sometimes multicultural initiatives can actually make teachers more resistant if they feel confused or overwhelmed.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We would like to thank all the reviewers for their valuable comments and criticisms. We have thoroughly revised the manuscript and the resource to address all the points raised by the reviewers. Below, we provide a point-by-point response for the sake of clarity.

      Reviewer #1

      __Evidence, reproducibility and clarity __

      Summary: This manuscript, "MAVISp: A Modular Structure-Based Framework for Protein Variant Effects," presents a significant new resource for the scientific community, particularly in the interpretation and characterization of genomic variants. The authors have developed a comprehensive and modular computational framework that integrates various structural and biophysical analyses, alongside existing pathogenicity predictors, to provide crucial mechanistic insights into how variants affect protein structure and function. Importantly, MAVISp is open-source and designed to be extensible, facilitating reuse and adaptation by the broader community.

      Major comments: - While the manuscript is formally well-structured (with clear Introduction, Results, Conclusions, and Methods sections), I found it challenging to follow in some parts. In particular, the Introduction is relatively short and lacks a deeper discussion of the state-of-the-art in protein variant effect prediction. Several methods are cited but not sufficiently described, as if prior knowledge were assumed. OPTIONAL: Extend the Introduction to better contextualize existing approaches (e.g., AlphaMissense, EVE, ESM-based predictors) and clarify what MAVISp adds compared to each.

      We have expanded the introduction on the state-of-the-art of protein variant effects predictors, explaining how MAVISp departs from them.

      - The workflow is summarized in Figure 1(b), which is visually informative. However, the narrative description of the pipeline is somewhat fragmented. It would be helpful to describe in more detail the available modules in MAVISp, and which of them are used in the examples provided. Since different use cases highlight different aspects of the pipeline, it would be useful to emphasize what is done step-by-step in each.

      We have added a concise, narrative description of the data flow for MAVISp, as well as improved the description of modules in the main text. We will integrate the results section with a more comprehensive description of the available modules, and then clarify in the case studies which modules were applied to achieve specific results.

      OPTIONAL: Consider adding a table or a supplementary figure mapping each use case to the corresponding pipeline steps and modules used.

      We have added a supplementary table (Table S2) to guide the reader on the modules and workflows applied for each case study

      We also added Table S1 to map the toolkit used by MAVISp to collect the data that are imported and aggregated in the webserver for further guidance.

      - The text contains numerous acronyms, some of which are not defined upon first use or are only mentioned in passing. This affects readability. OPTIONAL: Define acronyms upon first appearance, and consider moving less critical technical details (e.g., database names or data formats) to the Methods or Supplementary Information. This would greatly enhance readability.

      We revised the usage of acronyms following the reviewer’s directions of defying them at first appearance.

      • The code and trained models are publicly available, which is excellent. The modular design and use of widely adopted frameworks (PyTorch and PyTorch Geometric) are also strong points. However, the Methods section could benefit from additional detail regarding feature extraction and preprocessing steps, especially the structural features derived from AlphaFold2 models. OPTIONAL: Include a schematic or a table summarizing all feature types, their dimensionality, and how they are computed.

      We thank the reviewer for noticing and praising the availability of the tools of MAVISp. Our MAVISp framework utilizes methods and scores that incorporate machine learning features (such as EVE or RaSP), but does not employ machine learning itself. Specifically, we do not use PyTorch and do not utilize features in a machine learning sense. We do extract some information from the AlphaFold2 models that we use (such as the pLDDT score and their secondary structure content, as calculated by DSSP), and those are available in the MAVISp aggregated csv files for each protein entry and detailed in the Documentation section of the MAVISp website.

      • The section on transcription factors is relatively underdeveloped compared to other use cases and lacks sufficient depth or demonstration of its practical utility. OPTIONAL: Consider either expanding this section with additional validation or removing/postponing it to a future manuscript, as it currently seems preliminary.

      We have removed this section and included a mention in the conclusions as part of the future directions.

      Minor comments: - Most relevant recent works are cited, including EVE, ESM-1v, and AlphaFold-based predictors. However, recent methods like AlphaMissense (Cheng et al., 2023) could be discussed more thoroughly in the comparison.

      We have revised the introduction to accommodate the proper space for this comparison.

      • Figures are generally clear, though some (e.g., performance barplots) are quite dense. Consider enlarging font sizes and annotating key results directly on the plots.

      We have revised Figure 2 and presented only one case study to simplify its readability. We have also changed Figure 3, whereas retained the other previous figures since they seemed less problematic.

      • Minor typographic errors are present. A careful proofreading is highly recommended. Below are some of the issues I identified: Page 3, line 46: "MAVISp perform" -> "MAVISp performs" Page 3, line 56: "automatically as embedded" -> "automatically embedded" Page 3, line 57: "along with to enhance" -> unclear; please revise Page 4, line 96: "web app interfaces with the database and present" -> "presents" Page 6, line 210: "to investigate wheatear" -> "whether" Page 6, lines 215-216: "We have in queue for processing with MAVISp proteins from datasets relevant to the benchmark of the PTM module." -> unclear sentence; please clarify Page 15, line 446: "Both the approaches" -> "Both approaches" Page 20, line 704: "advantage of multi-core system" -> "multi-core systems"

      We have done a proofreading of the entire article, including the points above

      Significance

      General assessment: the strongest aspects of the study are the modularity, open-source implementation, and the integration of structural information through graph neural networks. MAVISp appears to be one of the few publicly available frameworks that can easily incorporate AlphaFold2-based features in a flexible way, lowering the barrier for developing custom predictors. Its reproducibility and transparency make it a valuable resource. However, while the technical foundation is solid and the effort substantial, the scientific narrative and presentation could be significantly improved. The manuscript is dense and hard to follow in places, with a heavy use of acronyms and insufficient explanation of key design choices. Improving the descriptive clarity, especially in the early sections, would greatly enhance the impact of this work.

      Advance

      to the best of my knowledge, this is one of the first modular platforms for protein variant effect prediction that integrates structural data from AlphaFold2 with bioinformatic annotations and even clinical data in an extensible fashion. While similar efforts exist (e.g., ESMfold, AlphaMissense), MAVISp distinguishes itself through openness and design for reusability. The novelty is primarily technical and practical rather than conceptual.

      Audience

      this study will be of strong interest to researchers in computational biology, structural bioinformatics, and genomics, particularly those developing variant effect predictors or analyzing the impact of mutations in clinical or functional genomics contexts. The audience is primarily specialized, but the open-source nature of the tool may diffuse its use among more applied or translational users, including those working in precision medicine or protein engineering.

      Reviewer expertise: my expertise is in computational structural biology, molecular modeling, and (rather weak) machine learning applications in bioinformatics. I am familiar with graph-based representations of proteins, AlphaFold2, and variant effects based on Molecular Dynamics simulations. I do not have any direct expertise in clinical variant annotation pipelines.

      Reviewer #2

      __Evidence, reproducibility and clarity __

      Summary: The authors present a pipeline and platform, MAVISp, for aggregating, displaying and analysis of variant effects with a focus on reclassification of variants of uncertain clinical significance and uncovering the molecular mechanisms underlying the mutations.

      Major comments: - On testing the platform, I was unable to look-up a specific variant in ADCK1 (rs200211943, R115Q). I found that despite stating that the mapped refseq ID was NP_001136017 in the HGVSp column, it was actually mapped to the canonical UniProt sequence (Q86TW2-1). NP_001136017 actually maps to Q86TW2-3, which is missing residues 74-148 compared to the -1 isoform. The Uniprot canonical sequence has no exact RefSeq mapping, so the HGVSp column is incorrect in this instance. This mapping issue may also affect other proteins and result in incorrect HGVSp identifiers for variants.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for pointing out these inconsistencies. We have revised all the entries and corrected them. If needed, the history of the cases that have been corrected can be found in the closed issues of the GitHub repository that we use for communication between biocurators and data managers (https://github.com/ELELAB/mavisp_data_collection). We have also revised the protocol we follow in this regard and the MAVISp toolkit to include better support for isoform matching in our pipelines for future entries, as well as for the revision/monitoring of existing ones, as detailed in the Method Section. In particular, we introduced a tool, uniprot2refseq, which aids the biocurator in identifying the correct match in terms of sequence length and sequence identity between RefSeq and UniProt. More details are included in the Method Section of the paper. The two relevant scripts for this step are available at: https://github.com/ELELAB/mavisp_accessory_tools/

      - The paper lacks a section on how to properly interpret the results of the MAVISp platform (the case-studies are helpful, but don't lay down any global rules for interpreting the results). For example: How should a variant with conflicts between the variant impact predictors be interpreted? Are specific indicators considered more 'reliable' than others?

      We have added a section in Results to clarify how to interpret results from MAVISp in the most common use cases.

      • In the Methods section, GEMME is stated as being rank-normalised with 0.5 as a threshold for damaging variants. On checking the data downloaded from the site, GEMME was not rank-normalised but rather min-max normalised. Furthermore, Supplementary text S4 conflicts with the methods section over how GEMME scores are classified, S4 states that a raw-value threshold of -3 is used.

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this inconsistency. This part in the main text was left over from a previous and preliminary version of the pre-print, we have revised the main text. Supplementary Text S4 includes the correct reference for the value in light of the benchmarking therewithin.

      • Note. This is a major comment as one of the claims is that the associated web-tool is user-friendly. While functional, the web app is very awkward to use for analysis on any more than a few variants at once. The fixed window size of the protein table necessitates excessive scrolling to reach your protein-of-interest. This will also get worse as more proteins are added. Suggestion: add a search/filter bar. The same applies to the dataset window.

      We have changed the structure of the webserver in such a way that now the whole website opens as its own separate window, instead of being confined within the size permitted by the website at DTU. This solves the fixed window size issue. Hopefully, this will improve the user experience.

      We have refactored the web app by adding filtering functionality, both for the main protein table (that can now be filtered by UniProt AC, gene name or RefSeq ID) and the mutations table. Doing this required a general overhaul of the table infrastructure (we changed the underlying engine that renders the tables).

      • You are unable to copy anything out of the tables.
      • Hyperlinks in the tables only seem to work if you open them in a new tab or window.

      The table overhauls fixed both of these issues

      • All entries in the reference column point to the MAVISp preprint even when data from other sources is displayed (e.g. MAVE studies).

      We clarified the meaning of the reference column in the Documentation on the MAVISp website, as we realized it had confused the reviewer. The reference column is meant to cite the papers where the computationally-generated MAVISp data are used, not external sources. Since we also have the experimental data module in the most recent release, we have also refactored the MAVISp website by adding a “Datasets and metadata” page, which details metadata for key modules. These include references to data from external sources that we include in MAVISp on a case-by-case basis (for example the results of a MAVE experiment). Additionally, we have verified that the papers using MAVISp data are updated in https://elelab.gitbook.io/mavisp/overview/publications-that-used-mavisp-data and in the csv file of the interested proteins.

      Here below the current references that have been included in terms of publications using MAVISp data:

      SMPD1

      ASM variants in the spotlight: A structure-based atlas for unraveling pathogenic mechanisms in lysosomal acid sphingomyelinase

      Biochim Biophys Acta Mol Basis Dis

      38782304

      https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbadis.2024.167260

      TRAP1

      Point mutations of the mitochondrial chaperone TRAP1 affect its functions and pro-neoplastic activity

      Cell Death & Disease

      40074754

      https://doi.org/10.1038/s41419-025-07467-6

      BRCA2

      Saturation genome editing-based clinical classification of BRCA2 variants

      Nature

      39779848

      0.1038/s41586-024-08349-1

      TP53, GRIN2A, CBFB, CALR, EGFR

      TRAP1 S-nitrosylation as a model of population-shift mechanism to study the effects of nitric oxide on redox-sensitive oncoproteins

      Cell Death & Disease

      37085483

      10.1038/s41419-023-05780-6

      KIF5A, CFAP410, PILRA, CYP2R1

      Computational analysis of five neurodegenerative diseases reveals shared and specific genetic loci

      Computational and Structural Biotechnology Journal

      38022694

      https://doi.org/10.1016/j.csbj.2023.10.031

      KRAS

      Combining evolution and protein language models for an interpretable cancer driver mutation prediction with D2Deep

      Brief Bioinform

      39708841

      https://doi.org/10.1093/bib/bbae664

      OPTN

      Decoding phospho-regulation and flanking regions in autophagy-associated short linear motifs

      Communications Biology

      40835742

      10.1038/s42003-025-08399-9

      DLG4,GRB2,SMPD1

      Deciphering long-range effects of mutations: an integrated approach using elastic network models and protein structure networks

      JMB

      40738203

      doi: 10.1016/j.jmb.2025.169359

      Entering multiple mutants in the "mutations to be displayed" window is time-consuming for more than a handful of mutants. Suggestion: Add a box where multiple mutants can be pasted in at once from an external document.

      During the table overhaul, we have revised the user interface to add a text box that allows free copy-pasting of mutation lists. While we understand having a single input box would have been ideal, the former selection interface (which is also still available) doesn’t allow copy-paste. This is a known limitation in Streamlit.

      Minor comments

      • Grammar. I appreciate that this manuscript may have been compiled by a non-native English speaker, but I would be remiss not to point out that there are numerous grammar errors throughout, usually sentence order issues or non-pluralisation. The meaning of the authors is mostly clear, but I recommend very thoroughly proof-reading the final version.

      We have done proofreading on the final version of the manuscript

      • There are numerous proteins that I know have high-quality MAVE datasets that are absent in the database e.g. BRCA1, HRAS and PPARG.

      Yes, we are aware of this. It is far from trivial to properly import the datasets from multiplex assays. They often need to be treated on a case-by-case basis. We are in the process of carefully compiling locally all the MAVE data before releasing it within the public version of the database, so this is why they are missing. We are giving priorities to the ones that can be correlated with our predictions on changes in structural stability and then we will also cover the rest of the datasets handling them in batches. Having said this, we have checked the dataset for BRCA1, HRAS, and PPARG. We have imported the ones for PPARG and BRCA1 from ProtGym, referring to the studies published in 10.1038/ng.3700 and 10.1038/s41586-018-0461-z, respectively. Whereas for HRAS, checking in details both the available data and literature, while we did identify a suitable dataset (10.7554/eLife.27810), we struggled to understand what a sensible cut-off for discriminating between pathogenic and non-pathogenic variants would be, and so ended up not including it in the MAVISp dataset for now. We will contact the authors to clarify which thresholds to apply before importing the data.

      • Checking one of the existing MAVE datasets (KRAS), I found that the variants were annotated as damaging, neutral or given a positive score (these appear to stand-in for gain-of-function variants). For better correspondence with the other columns, those with positive scores could be labelled as 'ambiguous' or 'uncertain'.

      In the KRAS case study presented in MAVISP, we utilized the protein abundance dataset reported in (http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/s41586-023-06954-0) and made available in the ProteinGym repository (specifically referenced at https://github.com/OATML-Markslab/ProteinGym/blob/main/reference_files/DMS_substitutions.csv#L153). We adopted the precalculated thresholds as provided by the ProteinGym authors. In this regard, we are not really sure the reviewer is referring to this dataset or another one on KRAS.

      • Numerous thresholds are defined for stabilizing / destabilizing / neutral variants in both the STABILITY and the LOCAL_INTERACTION modules. How were these thresholds determined? I note that (PMC9795540) uses a ΔΔG threshold of 1/-1 for defining stabilizing and destabilizing variants, which is relatively standard (though they also say that 2-3 would likely be better for pinpointing pathogenic variants).

      We improved the description of our classification strategies for both modules in the Documentation page of our website. Also, we explained more clearly the possible sources of ‘uncertain’ annotations for the two modules in both the web app (Documentation page) and main text. Briefly, in the STABILITY module, we consider FoldX and either Rosetta or RaSP to achieve a final classification. We first classify one and the other independently, according to the following strategy:

      If DDG ≥ 3, the mutation is Destabilizing If DDG ≤ −3, the mutation is Stabilizing If −2 We then compare the classifications obtained by the two methods: if they agree, then that is the final classification, if they disagree, then the final classification is Uncertain. The thresholds were selected based on a previous study, in which variants with changes in stability below 3 kcal/mol were not featuring a markedly different abundance at cellular level [10.1371/journal.pgen.1006739, 10.7554/eLife.49138]

      Regarding the LOCAL_INTERACTION module, it works similarly as for the Stability module, in that Rosetta and FoldX are considered independently, and an implicit classification is performed for each, according to the rules (values in kcal/mol)

      If DDG > 1, the mutation is Destabilizing. If DDG Each mutation is therefore classified for both methods. If the methods agree (i.e., if they classify the mutation in the same way), their consensus is the final classification for the mutation; if they do not agree, the final classification will be Uncertain.

      If a mutation does not have an associated free energy value, the relative solvent accessible area is used to classify it: if SAS > 20%, the mutation is classified as Uncertain, otherwise it is not classified.

      Thresholds here were selected according to best practices followed by the tool authors and more in general in the literature, as the reviewer also noticed.

      • "Overall, with the examples in this section, we illustrate different applications of the MAVISp results, spanning from benchmarking purposes, using the experimental data to link predicted functional effects with structural mechanisms or using experimental data to validate the predictions from the MAVISp modules."

      The last of these points is not an application of MAVISp, but rather a way in which external data can help validate MAVISp results. Furthermore, none of the examples given demonstrate an application in benchmarking (what is being benchmarked?).

      We have revised the statements to avoid this confusion in the reader.

      • Transcription factors section. This section describes an intended future expansion to MAVISp, not a current feature, and presents no results. As such, it should be moved to the conclusions/future directions section.

      We have removed this section and included a mention in the conclusions as part of the future directions.

      • Figures. The dot-plots generated by the web app, and in Figures 4, 5 and 6 have 2 legends. After looking at a few, it is clear that the lower legend refers to the colour of the variant on the X-axis - most likely referencing the ClinVar effect category. This is not, however, made clear either on the figures or in the app.

      The reviewer’s interpretation on the second legend is correct - it does refer to the ClinVar classification. Nonetheless, we understand the positioning of the legend makes understanding what the legend refers to not obvious. We also revised the captions of the figures in the main text. On the web app, we have changed the location of the figure legend for the ClinVar effect category and added a label to make it clear what the classification refers to.

      • "We identified ten variants reported in ClinVar as VUS (E102K, H86D, T29I, V91I, P2R, L44P, L44F, D56G, R11L, and E25Q, Fig.5a)" E25Q is benign in ClinVar and has had that status since first submitted.

      We have corrected this in the text and the statements related to it.

      Significance

      Platforms that aggregate predictors of variant effect are not a new concept, for example dbNSFP is a database of SNV predictions from variant effect predictors and conservation predictors over the whole human proteome. Predictors such as CADD and PolyPhen-2 will often provide a summary of other predictions (their features) when using their platforms. MAVISp's unique angle on the problem is in the inclusion of diverse predictors from each of its different moules, giving a much wider perspective on variants and potentially allowing the user to identify the mechanistic cause of pathogenicity. The visualisation aspect of the web app is also a useful addition, although the user interface is somewhat awkward. Potentially the most valuable aspect of this study is the associated gitbook resource containing reports from biocurators for proteins that link relevant literature and analyse ClinVar variants. Unfortunately, these are only currently available for a small minority of the total proteins in the database with such reports. For improvement, I think that the paper should focus more on the precise utility of the web app / gitbook reports and how to interpret the results rather than going into detail about the underlying pipeline.

      We appreciate the interest in the gitbook resource that we also see as very valuable and one of the strengths of our work. We have now implemented a new strategy based on a Python script introduced in the mavisp toolkit to generate a template Markdown file of the report that can be further customized and imported into GitBook directly (​​https://github.com/ELELAB/mavisp_accessory_tools/). This should allow us to streamline the production of more reports. We are currently assigning proteins in batches for reporting to biocurator through the mavisp_data_collection GitHub to expand their coverage. Also, we revised the text and added a section on the interpretation of results from MAVISp. with a focus on the utility of the web-app and reports.

      In terms of audience, the fast look-up and visualisation aspects of the web-platform are likely to be of interest to clinicians in the interpretation of variants of unknown clinical significance. The ability to download the fully processed dataset on a per-protein database would be of more interest to researchers focusing on specific proteins or those taking a broader view over multiple proteins (although a facility to download the whole database would be more useful for this final group).

      While our website only displays the dataset per protein, the whole dataset, including all the MAVISp entries, is available at our OSF repository (https://osf.io/ufpzm/), which is cited in the paper and linked on the MAVISp website. We have further modified the MAVISp database to add a link to the repository in the modes page, so that it is more visible.

      My expertise. - I am a protein bioinformatician with a background in variant effect prediction and large-scale data analysis.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity:

      Summary:

      The authors present MAVISp, a tool for viewing protein variants heavily based on protein structure information. The authors have done a very impressive amount of curation on various protein targets, and should be commended for their efforts. The tool includes a diverse array of experimental, clinical, and computational data sources that provides value to potential users interested in a given target.

      Major comments:

      Unfortunately I was not able to get the website to work correctly. When selecting a protein target in simple mode, I was greeted with a completely blank page in the app window. In ensemble mode, there was no transition away from the list of targets at all. I'm using Firefox 140.0.2 (64-bit) on Ubuntu 22.04. I would like to explore the data myself and provide feedback on the user experience and utility.

      We have tried reproducing the issue mentioned by the reviewer, using the exact same Ubuntu and Firefox versions, but unfortunately failed to produce it. The website worked fine for us under such an environment. The issue experienced by the reviewer may have been due to either a temporary issue with the web server or a problem with the specific browser environment they were working in, which we are unable to reproduce. It would be useful to know the date that this happened to verify if it was a downtime on the DTU IT services side that made the webserver inaccessible.

      I have some serious concerns about the sustainability of the project and think that additional clarifications in the text could help. Currently is there a way to easily update a dataset to add, remove, or update a component (for example, if a new predictor is published, an error is found in a predictor dataset, or a predictor is updated)? If it requires a new round of manual curation for each protein to do this, I am worried that this will not scale and will leave the project with many out of date entries. The diversity of software tools (e.g., three different pipeline frameworks) also seems quite challenging to maintain.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concerns about long-term sustainability. It is a fair point that we consider within our steering group, who oversee and plans the activities and meet monthly. Adding entries to MAVISp is moving more and more towards automation as we grow. We aim to minimize the manual work where applicable. Still, an expert-based intervention is really needed in some of the steps, and we do not want to renounce it. We intend to keep working on MAVISp to make the process of adding and updating entries as automated as possible, and to streamline the process when manual intervention is necessary. From the point of view of the biocurators, they have three core workflows to use for the default modules, which also automatically cover the source of annotations. We are currently working to streamline the procedures behind LOCAL_INTERACTION, which is the most challenging one. On the data manager and maintainers' side, we have workflows and protocols that help us in terms of automation, quality control, etc, and we keep working to improve them. Among these, we have workflows to use for the old entries updates. As an example, the update of erroneously attributed RefSeq data (pointed out by reviewer 2) took us only one week overall (from assigning revisions and importing to the database) because we have a reduced version of Snakemake for automation that can act on only the affected modules. Also, another point is that we have streamlined the generation of the templates for the gitbook reports (see also answer to reviewer 2).

      The update of old entries is planned and made regularly. We also deposit the old datasets on OSF for transparency, in case someone needs to navigate and explore the changes. We have activities planned between May and August every year to update the old entries in relation to changes of protocols in the modules, updates in the core databases that we interact with (COSMIC, Clinvar etc). In case of major changes, the activities for updates continue in the Fall. Other revisions can happen outside these time windows if an entry is needed or a specific research project and needs updates too.

      Furthermore, the community of people contributing to MAVISp as biocurators or developers is growing and we have scientists contributing from other groups in relation to their research interest. We envision that for this resource to scale up, our team cannot be the only one producing data and depositing it to the database. To facilitate this we launched a pilot for a training event online (see Event page on the website) and we will repeat it once per year. We also organize regular meetings with all the active curators and developers to plan the activities in a sustainable manner and address the challenges we encounter.

      As stated in the manuscript, currently with the team of people involved, automatization and resources that we have gathered around this initiative we can provide updates to the public database every third month and we have been regularly satisfied with them. Additionally, we are capable of processing from 20 to 40 proteins every month depending also on the needs of revision or expansion of analyses on existing proteins. We also depend on these data for our own research projects and we are fully committed to it.

      Additionally, we are planning future activities in these directions to improve scale up and sustainability:

      • Streamlining manual steps so that they are as convenient as fast as possible for our curators, e.g. by providing custom pages on the MAVISp website
      • Streamline and automatize the generation of useful output, for instance the reports, by using a combination of simple automation and large language models
      • Implement ways to share our software and scripts with third parties, for instance by providing ready made (or close to) containers or virtual machines
      • For a future version 2 if the database grows in a direction that is not compatible with Streamlit, the web data science framework we are currently using, we will rewrite the website using a framework that would allow better flexibility and performance, for instance using Django and a proper database backend. On the same theme, according to the GitHub repository, the program relies on Python 3.9, which reaches end of life in October 2025. It has been tested against Ubuntu 18.04, which left standard support in May 2023. The authors should update the software to more modern versions of Python to promote the long-term health and maintainability of the project.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment - we are aware of the upcoming EOL of Python 3.9. We tested MAVISp, both software package and web server, using Python 3.10 (which is the minimum supported version going forward) and Python 3.13 (which is the latest stable release at the time of writing) and updated the instructions in the README file on the MAVISp GitHub repository accordingly.

      We plan on keeping track of Python and library versions during our testing and updating them when necessary. In the future, we also plan to deploy Continuous Integration with automated testing for our repository, making this process easier and more standardized.

      I appreciate that the authors have made their code and data available. These artifacts should also be versioned and archived in a service like Zenodo, so that researchers who rely on or want to refer to specific versions can do so in their own future publications.

      Since 2024, we have been reporting all previous versions of the dataset on OSF, the repository linked to the MAVISp website, at https://osf.io/ufpzm/files/osfstorage (folder: previous_releases). We prefer to keep everything under OSF, as we also use it to deposit, for example, the MD trajectory data.

      Additionally, in this GitHub page that we use as a space to interact between biocurators, developers, and data managers within the MAVISp community, we also report all the changes in the NEWS space: https://github.com/ELELAB/mavisp_data_collection

      Finally, the individual tools are all available in our GitHub repository, where version control is in place (see Table S1, where we now mapped all the resources used in the framework)

      In the introduction of the paper, the authors conflate the clinical challenges of variant classification with evidence generation and it's quite muddled together. They should strongly consider splitting the first paragraph into two paragraphs - one about challenges in variant classification/clinical genetics/precision oncology and another about variant effect prediction and experimental methods. The authors should also note that they are many predictors other than AlphaMissense, and may want to cite the ClinGen recommendations (PMID: 36413997) in the intro instead.

      We revised the introduction in light of these suggestions. We have split the paragraph as recommended and added a longer second paragraph about VEPs and using structural data in the context of VEPs. We have also added the citation that the reviewer kindly recommended.

      Also in the introduction on lines 21-22 the authors assert that "a mechanistic understanding of variant effects is essential knowledge" for a variety of clinical outcomes. While this is nice, it is clearly not the case as we can classify variants according to the ACMG/AMP guidelines without any notion of specific mechanism (for example, by combining population frequency data, in silico predictor data, and functional assay data). The authors should revise the statement so that it's clear that mechanistic understanding is a worthy aspiration rather than a prerequisite.

      We revised the statement in light of this comment from the reviewer

      In the structural analysis section (page 5, lines 154-155 and elsewhere), the authors define cutoffs with convenient round numbers. Is there a citation for these values or were these arbitrarily chosen by the authors? I would have liked to see some justification that these assignments are reasonable. Also there seems to be an error in the text where values between -2 and -3 kcal/mol are not assigned to a bin (I assume they should also be uncertain). There are other similar seemingly-arbitrary cutoffs later in the section that should also be explained.

      We have revised the text making the two intervals explicit, for better clarity.

      On page 9, lines 294-298 the authors talk about using the PTEN data from ProteinGym, rather than the actual cutoffs from the paper. They get to the latter later on, but I'm not sure why this isn't first? The ProteinGym cutoffs are somewhat arbitrarily based on the median rather than expert evaluation of the dataset, and I'm not sure why it's even worth mentioning them when proper classifications are available. Regarding PTEN, it would be quite interesting to see a comparison of the VAMP-seq PTEN data and the Mighell phosphatase assay, which is cited on page 9 line 288 but is not actually a VAMP-seq dataset. I think this section could be interesting but it requires some additional attention.

      We have included the data from Mighell’s phosphatase assay as provided by MAVEdb in the MAVISp database, within the experimental_data module for PTEN, and we have revised the case study, including them and explaining better the decision of supporting both the ProteinGym and MAVEdb classification in MAVISp (when available). See revised Figure3, Table 1 and corresponding text.

      The authors mention "pathogenicity predictors" and otherwise use pathogenicity incorrectly throughout the manuscript. Pathogenicity is a classification for a variant after it has been curated according to a framework like the ACMG/AMP guidelines (Richards 2015 and amendments). A single tool cannot predict or assign pathogenicity - the AlphaMissense paper was wrong to use this nomenclature and these authors should not compound this mistake. These predictors should be referred to as "variant effect predictors" or similar, and they are able to produce evidence towards pathogenicity or benignity but not make pathogenicity calls themselves. For example, in Figure 4e, the terms "pathogenic" and "benign" should only be used here if these are the classifications the authors have derived from ClinVar or a similar source of clinically classified variants.

      The reviewer is correct, we have revised the terminology we used in the manuscript and refers to VEPs (Variant Effect Predictors)

      Minor comments:

      The target selection table on the website needs some kind of text filtering option. It's very tedious to have to find a protein by scrolling through the table rather than typing in the symbol. This will only get worse as more datasets are added.

      We have revised the website, adding a filtering option. In detail, we have refactored the web app by adding filtering functionality, both for the main protein table (that can now be filtered by UniProt AC, gene name, or RefSeq ID) and the mutations table. Doing this required a general overhaul of the table infrastructure (we changed the underlying engine that renders the tables).

      The data sources listed on the data usage section of the website are not concordant with what is in the paper. For example, MaveDB is not listed.

      We have revised and updated the data sources on the website, adding a metadata section with relevant information, including MaveDB references where applicable.

      Figure 2 is somewhat confusing, as it partially interleaves results from two different proteins. This would be nicer as two separate figures, one on each protein, or just of a single protein.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we have now revised the figure and corresponding legends and text, focusing only on one of the two proteins.

      Figure 3 panel b is distractingly large and I wonder if the authors could do a little bit more with this visualization.

      We have revised Figure 3 to solve these issues and integrating new data from the comparison with the phosphatase assay

      Capitalization is inconsistent throughout the manuscript. For example, page 9 line 288 refers to VampSEQ instead of VAMP-seq (although this is correct elsewhere). MaveDB is referred to as MAVEdb or MAVEDB in various places. AlphaMissense is referred to as Alphamissense in the Figure 5 legend. The authors should make a careful pass through the manuscript to address this kind of issues.

      We have carefully proofread the paper for these inconsistencies

      MaveDB has a more recent paper (PMID: 39838450) that should be cited instead of/in addition to Esposito et al.

      We have added the reference that the reviewer recommended

      On page 11, lines 338-339 the authors mention some interesting proteins including BLC2, which has base editor data available (PMID: 35288574). Are there plans to incorporate this type of functional assay data into MAVISp?

      The assay mentioned in the paper refers to an experimental setup designed to investigate mutations that may confer resistance to the drug venetoclax. We started the first steps to implement a MAVISp module aimed at evaluating the impact of mutations on drug binding using alchemical free energy perturbations (ensemble mode) but we are far from having it complete. We expect to import these data when the module will be finalized since they can be used to benchmark it and BCL2 is one of the proteins that we are using to develop and test the new module.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      Significance:

      General assessment:

      This is a nice resource and the authors have clearly put a lot of effort in. They should be celebrated for their achievments in curating the diverse datasets, and the GitBooks are a nice approach. However, I wasn't able to get the website to work and I have raised several issues with the paper itself that I think should be addressed.

      Advance:

      New ways to explore and integrate complex data like protein structures and variant effects are always interesting and welcome. I appreciate the effort towards manual curation of datasets. This work is very similar in theme to existing tools like Genomics 2 Proteins portal (PMID: 38260256) and ProtVar (PMID: 38769064). Unfortunately as I wasn't able to use the site I can't comment further on MAVISp's position in the landscape.

      We have expanded the conclusions section to add a comparison and cite previously published work, and linked to a review we published last year that frames MAVISp in the context of computational frameworks for the prediction of variant effects. In brief, the Genomics 2 Proteins portal (G2P) includes data from several sources, including some overlapping with MAVISp such as Phosphosite or MAVEdb, as well as features calculated on the protein structure. ProtVar also aggregates mutations from different sources and includes both variant effect predictors and predictions of changes in stability upon mutation, as well as predictions of complex structures. These approaches are only partially overlapping with MAVISp. G2P is primarily focused on structural and other annotations of the effect of a mutation; it doesn’t include features about changes of stability, binding, or long-range effects, and doesn’t attempt to classify the impact of a mutation according to its measurements. It also doesn’t include information on protein dynamics. Similarly, ProtVar does include information on binding free energies, long effects, or dynamical information.

      Audience:

      MAVISp could appeal to a diverse group of researchers who are interested in the biology or biochemistry of proteins that are included, or are interested in protein variants in general either from a computational/machine learning perspective or from a genetics/genomics perspective.

      My expertise:

      I am an expert in high-throughput functional genomics experiments and am an experienced computational biologist with software engineering experience.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      The authors present MAVISp, a tool for viewing protein variants heavily based on protein structure information. The authors have done a very impressive amount of curation on various protein targets, and should be commended for their efforts. The tool includes a diverse array of experimental, clinical, and computational data sources that provides value to potential users interested in a given target.

      Major comments:

      Unfortunately I was not able to get the website to work properly. When selecting a protein target in simple mode, I was greeted with a completely blank page in the app window, and in ensemble mode, there was no transition away from the list of targets at all. I'm using Firefox 140.0.2 (64-bit) on Ubuntu 22.04. I would have liked to be able to explore the data myself and provide feedback on the user experience and utility.

      I have some serious concerns about the sustainability of the project and think that additional clarifications in the text could help. Currently is there a way to easily update a dataset to add, remove, or update a component (for example, if a new predictor is published, an error is found in a predictor dataset, or a predictor is updated)? If it requires a new round of manual curation for each protein to do this, I am worried that this will not scale and will leave the project with many out of date entries. The diversity of software tools (e.g., three different pipeline frameworks) also seems quite challenging to maintain.

      On the same theme, according to the GitHub repository, the program relies on Python 3.9, which reaches end of life in October 2025. It has been tested against Ubuntu 18.04, which left standard support in May 2023. The authors should update the software to more modern versions of Python to promote the long-term health and maintainability of the project.

      I appreciate that the authors have made their code and data available. These artifacts should also be versioned and archived in a service like Zenodo, so that researchers who rely on or want to refer to specific versions can do so in their own future publications.

      In the introduction of the paper, the authors conflate the clinical challenges of variant classification with evidence generation and it's quite muddled together. The y should strongly consider splitting the first paragraph into two paragraphs - one about challenges in variant classification/clinical genetics/precision oncology and another about variant effect prediction and experimental methods. The authors should also note that they are many predictors other than AlphaMissense, and may want to cite the ClinGen recommendations (PMID: 36413997) in the intro instead.

      Also in the introduction on lines 21-22 the authors assert that "a mechanistic understanding of variant effects is essential knowledge" for a variety of clinical outcomes. While this is nice, it is clearly not the case as we are able to classify variants according to the ACMG/AMP guidelines without any notion of specific mechanism (for example, by combining population frequency data, in silico predictor data, and functional assay data). The authors should revise the statement so that it's clear that mechanistic understanding is a worthy aspiration rather than a prerequisite.

      In the structural analysis section (page 5, lines 154-155 and elsewhere), the authors define cutoffs with convenient round numbers. Is there a citation for these values or were these arbitrarily chosen by the authors? I would have liked to see some justification that these assignments are reasonable. Also there seems to be an error in the text where values between -2 and -3 kcal/mol are not assigned to a bin (I assume they should also be uncertain). There are other similar seemingly-arbitrary cutoffs later in the section that should also be explained.

      On page 9, lines 294-298 the authors talk about using the PTEN data from ProteinGym, rather than the actual cutoffs from the paper. They get to the latter later on, but I'm not sure why this isn't first? The ProteinGym cutoffs are somewhat arbitrarily based on the median rather than expert evaluation of the dataset and I'm not sure why it's even worth mentioning them when proper classifications are available. Regarding PTEN, it would be quite interesting to see a comparison of the VAMP-seq PTEN data and the Mighell phosphatase assay, which is cited on page 9 line 288 but is not actually a VAMP-seq dataset. I think this section could be interesting but it requires some additional attention.

      The authors mention "pathogenicity predictors" and otherwise use pathogenicity incorrectly throughout the manuscript. Pathogenicity is a classification for a variant after it has been curated according to a framework like the ACMG/AMP guidelines (Richards 2015 and amendments). A single tool cannot predict or assign pathogenicity - the AlphaMissense paper was wrong to use this nomenclature and these authors should not compound this mistake. These predictors should be referred to as "variant effect predictors" or similar, and they are able to produce evidence towards pathogenicity or benignity but not make pathogenicity calls themselves. For example, in Figure 4e, the terms "pathogenic" and "benign" should only be used here if these are the classifications the authors have derived from ClinVar or a similar source of clinically classified variants.

      Minor comments:

      The target selection table on the website needs some kind of text filtering option. It's very tedious to have to find a protein by scrolling through the table rather than typing in the symbol. This will only get worse as more datasets are added.

      The data sources listed on the data usage section of the website are not concordant with what is in the paper. For example, MaveDB is not listed.

      I found Figure 2 to be a bit confusing in that it partially interleaves results from two different proteins. I think this would be nicer as two separate figures, one on each protein, or just of a single protein.

      Figure 3 panel b is distractingly large and I wonder if the authors could do a little bit more with this visualization.

      Capitalization is inconsistent throughout the manuscript. For example, page 9 line 288 refers to VampSEQ instead of VAMP-seq (although this is correct elsewhere). MaveDB is referred to as MAVEdb or MAVEDB in various places. AlphaMissense is referred to as Alphamissense in the Figure 5 legend. The authors should make a careful pass through the manuscript to address this kind of issues.

      MaveDB has a more recent paper (PMID: 39838450) that should be cited instead of/in addition to Esposito et al.

      On page 11, lines 338-339 the authors mention some interesting proteins including BLC2, which has base editor data available (PMID: 35288574). Are there plans to incorporate this type of functional assay data into MAVISp?

      Significance

      General assessment:

      This is a nice resource and the authors have clearly put a lot of effort in. They should be celebrated for their achievments in curating the diverse datasets, and the GitBooks are a nice approach. However, I wasn't able to get the website to work and I have raised several issues with the paper itself that I think should be addressed.

      Advance:

      New ways to explore and integrate complex data like protein structures and variant effects are always interesting and welcome. I appreciate the effort towards manual curation of datasets. This work is very similar in theme to existing tools like Genomics 2 Proteins portal (PMID: 38260256) and ProtVar (PMID: 38769064). Unfortunately as I wasn't able to use the site I can't comment further on MAVISp's position in the landscape.

      Audience:

      MAVISp could appeal to a diverse group of researchers who are interested in the biology or biochemistry of proteins that are included, or are interested in protein variants in general either from a computational/machine learning perspective or from a genetics/genomics perspective.

      My expertise:

      I am an expert in high-throughput functional genomics experiments and am an experienced computational biologist with software engineering experience.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      The authors present a pipeline and platform, MAVISp, for aggregating, displaying and analysis of variant effects with a focus on reclassification of variants of uncertain clinical significance and uncovering the molecular mechanisms underlying the mutations.

      Major comments:

      • On testing the platform, I was unable to look-up a specific variant in ADCK1 (rs200211943, R115Q). I found that despite stating that the mapped refseq ID was NP_001136017 in the HGVSp column, it was actually mapped to the canonical UniProt sequence (Q86TW2-1). NP_001136017 actually maps to Q86TW2-3, which is missing residues 74-148 compared to the -1 isoform. The Uniprot canonical sequence has no exact RefSeq mapping, so the HGVSp column is incorrect in this instance. This mapping issue may also affect other proteins and result in incorrect HGVSp identifiers for variants.
      • The paper lacks a section on how to properly interpret the results of the MAVISp platform (the case-studies are useful, but don't lay down any global rules for interpreting the results). For example: How should a variant with conflicts between the variant impact predictors be interpreted? Are certain indicators considered more 'reliable' than others?
      • In the Methods section, GEMME is stated as being rank-normalised with 0.5 as a threshold for damaging variants. On checking the data downloaded from the site, GEMME was not rank-normalised but rather min-max normalised. Furthermore, Supplementary text S4 conflicts with the methods section over how GEMME scores are classified, S4 states that a raw-value threshold of -3 is used.
      • Note. This is a major comment as one of the claims is that the associated web-tool is user-friendly. While functional, the web app is very awkward to use for analysis on any more than a few variants at once.
        • The fixed window size of the protein table necessitates excessive scrolling to reach your protein-of-interest. This will also get worse as more proteins are added. Suggestion: add a search/filter bar.
        • The same applies to the dataset window.
        • You are unable to copy anything out of the tables.
        • Hyperlinks in the tables only seem to work if you open them in a new tab or window.
        • All entries in the reference column point to the MAVISp preprint even when data from other sources is displayed (e.g. MAVE studies).
        • Entering multiple mutants in the "mutations to be displayed" window is time-consuming for more than a handful of mutants. Suggestion: Add a box where multiple mutants can be pasted in at once from an external document.

      Minor comments

      • Grammar. I appreciate that this manuscript may have been compiled by a non-native English speaker, but I would be remiss not to point out that there are numerous grammar errors throughout, usually sentence order issues or non-pluralisation. The meaning of the authors is mostly clear, but I recommend very thoroughly proof-reading the final version.
      • There are numerous proteins that I know have high-quality MAVE datasets that are absent in the database e.g. BRCA1, HRAS and PPARG.
      • Checking one of the existing MAVE datasets (KRAS), I found that the variants were annotated as damaging, neutral or given a positive score (these appear to stand-in for gain-of-function variants). For better correspondence with the other columns, those with positive scores could be labelled as 'ambiguous' or 'uncertain'.
      • Numerous thresholds are defined for stabilizing / destabilizing / neutral variants in both the STABILITY and the LOCAL_INTERACTION modules. How were these thresholds determined? I note that (PMC9795540) uses a ΔΔG threshold of 1/-1 for defining stabilizing and destabilizing variants, which is relatively standard (though they also say that 2-3 would likely be better for pinpointing pathogenic variants).
      • "Overall, with the examples in this section, we illustrate different applications of the MAVISp results, spanning from benchmarking purposes, using the experimental data to link predicted functional effects with structural mechanisms or using experimental data to validate the predictions from the MAVISp modules."

      The last of these points is not an application of MAVISp, but rather a way in which external data can help validate MAVISp results. Furthermore, none of the examples given demonstrate an application in benchmarking (what is being benchmarked?). - Transcription factors section. This section describes an intended future expansion to MAVISp, not a current feature, and presents no results. As such, it should probably be moved to the conclusions/future directions section. - Figures. The dot-plots generated by the web app, and in Figures 4, 5 and 6 have 2 legends. After looking at a few, it is clear that the lower legend refers to the colour of the variant on the X-axis - most likely referencing the ClinVar effect category. This is not, however, made clear either on the figures or in the app. - "We identified ten variants reported in ClinVar as VUS (E102K, H86D, T29I, V91I, P2R, L44P, L44F, D56G, R11L, and E25Q, Fig.5a)"

      E25Q is benign in ClinVar and has had that status since first submitted.

      Significance

      Platforms that aggregate predictors of variant effect are not a new concept, for example dbNSFP is a database of SNV predictions from variant effect predictors and conservation predictors over the whole human proteome. Predictors such as CADD and PolyPhen-2 will often provide a summary of other predictions (their features) when using their platforms. MAVISp's unique angle on the problem is in the inclusion of diverse predictors from each of its different moules, giving a much wider perspective on variants and potentially allowing the user to identify the mechanistic cause of pathogenicity. The visualisation aspect of the web app is also a useful addition, although the user interface is somewhat awkward. Potentially the most valuable aspect of this study is the associated gitbook resource containing reports from biocurators for proteins that link relevant literature and analyse ClinVar variants. Unfortunately, these are only currently available for a small minority of the total proteins in the database with such reports.

      For improvement, I think that the paper should focus more on the precise utility of the web app / gitbook reports and how to interpret the results rather than going into detail about the underlying pipeline.

      In terms of audience, the fast look-up and visualisation aspects of the web-platform are likely to be of interest to clinicians in the interpretation of variants of unknown clinical significance. The ability to download the fully processed dataset on a per-protein database would be of more interest to researchers focusing on specific proteins or those taking a broader view over multiple proteins (although a facility to download the whole database would be more useful for this final group).

      My expertise.

      • I am a protein bioinformatician with a background in variant effect prediction and large-scale data analysis.
    4. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary: This manuscript, "MAVISp: A Modular Structure-Based Framework for Protein Variant Effects," presents a significant new resource for the scientific community, particularly in the interpretation and characterization of genomic variants. The authors have developed a comprehensive and modular computational framework that integrates various structural and biophysical analyses, alongside existing pathogenicity predictors, to provide crucial mechanistic insights into how variants affect protein structure and function. Importantly, MAVISp is open-source and designed to be extensible, facilitating reuse and adaptation by the broader community.

      Major comments:

      • While the manuscript is formally well-structured (with clear Introduction, Results, Conclusions, and Methods sections), I found it challenging to follow in some parts. In particular, the Introduction is relatively short and lacks a deeper discussion of the state-of-the-art in protein variant effect prediction. Several methods are cited but not sufficiently described, as if prior knowledge were assumed. OPTIONAL: Extend the Introduction to better contextualize existing approaches (e.g., AlphaMissense, EVE, ESM-based predictors) and clarify what MAVISp adds compared to each.
      • The workflow is summarized in Figure 1(b), which is visually informative. However, the narrative description of the pipeline is somewhat fragmented. It would be helpful to describe in more detail the available modules in MAVISp, and which of them are used in the examples provided. Since different use cases highlight different aspects of the pipeline, it would be useful to emphasize what is done step-by-step in each. OPTIONAL: Consider adding a table or a supplementary figure mapping each use case to the corresponding pipeline steps and modules used.
      • The text contains numerous acronyms, some of which are not defined upon first use or are only mentioned in passing. This affects readability. OPTIONAL: Define acronyms upon first appearance, and consider moving less critical technical details (e.g., database names or data formats) to the Methods or Supplementary Information. This would greatly enhance readability.
      • The code and trained models are publicly available, which is excellent. The modular design and use of widely adopted frameworks (PyTorch and PyTorch Geometric) are also strong points. However, the Methods section could benefit from additional detail regarding feature extraction and preprocessing steps, especially the structural features derived from AlphaFold2 models. OPTIONAL: Include a schematic or a table summarizing all feature types, their dimensionality, and how they are computed.
      • The section on transcription factors is relatively underdeveloped compared to other use cases and lacks sufficient depth or demonstration of its practical utility. OPTIONAL: Consider either expanding this section with additional validation or removing/postponing it to a future manuscript, as it currently seems preliminary.

      Minor comments:

      • Most relevant recent works are cited, including EVE, ESM-1v, and AlphaFold-based predictors. However, recent methods like AlphaMissense (Cheng et al., 2023) could be discussed more thoroughly in the comparison.
      • Figures are generally clear, though some (e.g., performance barplots) are quite dense. Consider enlarging font sizes and annotating key results directly on the plots.
      • Minor typographic errors are present. A careful proofreading is highly recommended. Below are some of the issues I identified:

      Page 3, line 46: "MAVISp perform" -> "MAVISp performs"

      Page 3, line 56: "automatically as embedded" -> "automatically embedded"

      Page 3, line 57: "along with to enhance" -> unclear; please revise

      Page 4, line 96: "web app interfaces with the database and present" -> "presents"

      Page 6, line 210: "to investigate wheatear" -> "whether"

      Page 6, lines 215-216: "We have in queue for processing with MAVISp proteins from datasets relevant to the benchmark of the PTM module." -> unclear sentence; please clarify

      Page 15, line 446: "Both the approaches" -> "Both approaches"

      Page 20, line 704: "advantage of multi-core system" -> "multi-core systems"

      Significance

      General assessment: the strongest aspects of the study are the modularity, open-source implementation, and the integration of structural information through graph neural networks. MAVISp appears to be one of the few publicly available frameworks that can easily incorporate AlphaFold2-based features in a flexible way, lowering the barrier for developing custom predictors. Its reproducibility and transparency make it a valuable resource. However, while the technical foundation is solid and the effort substantial, the scientific narrative and presentation could be significantly improved. The manuscript is dense and hard to follow in places, with a heavy use of acronyms and insufficient explanation of key design choices. Improving the descriptive clarity, especially in the early sections, would greatly enhance the impact of this work.

      Advance: to the best of my knowledge, this is one of the first modular platforms for protein variant effect prediction that integrates structural data from AlphaFold2 with bioinformatic annotations and even clinical data in an extensible fashion. While similar efforts exist (e.g., ESMfold, AlphaMissense), MAVISp distinguishes itself through openness and design for reusability. The novelty is primarily technical and practical rather than conceptual.

      Audience: this study will be of strong interest to researchers in computational biology, structural bioinformatics, and genomics, particularly those developing variant effect predictors or analyzing the impact of mutations in clinical or functional genomics contexts. The audience is primarily specialized, but the open-source nature of the tool may diffuse its use among more applied or translational users, including those working in precision medicine or protein engineering.

      Reviewer expertise: my expertise is in computational structural biology, molecular modeling, and (rather weak) machine learning applications in bioinformatics. I am familiar with graph-based representations of proteins, AlphaFold2, and variant effects based on Molecular Dynamics simulations. I do not have any direct expertise in clinical variant annotation pipelines.

    1. Across all studies that reported parent outcomes, the effect size for the association of parent training with parent use of language support strategies was large (mean [SE] Hedges g, 0.55 [0.11]; P < .001). This pattern of results was observed across each subgroup such that parents across all groups used more language support strategies than parents in the control group.

      all but the control parents used language support strategies

    2. Training parents to implement strategies to support child language development is crucial to support long-term outcomes, given that as many as 2 of 5 children younger than 5 years have difficulty learning language.

      it is very important for parents to work with there children as early as possible. children under the age of 5 have harder time learning language but if parents can help it can help the child immensely

    1. Becker and Guzmán Naranjo’s (2025) (henceforth B&GN) exploration of new methods for analysing existing typological data is a great example of the importance of transparency in research. This includes both transparency in regard to the data analysed as well as transparency in the methods of analysis. This open approach to data and methods requires open mindedness, on behalf of the current researchers, those whose work is being built on, and the reviewers and editors who facilitate this research.

      This paragraph introduces the main idea of the article: transparency in data and methods. I learned that transparency is not only about sharing data but also about having an open mindset that supports clear and honest research practices.

  4. inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net inst-fs-iad-prod.inscloudgate.net
    1. We define multicultural education in a sociopolitical context as follows: Multi-cultural education is a process of comprehensive school reform and basic education for all students. It challenges and rejects racism and other forms of discrimination in schools and society and accepts and affirms the pluralism (ethnic, racial, linguistic, religious, economic, and gender, among others) that stu-dents, their communities, and teachers reflect. Multicultural education permeates schools' curriculum and instructional strategies as well as the interactions among teachers, students, and families and the very way that schools conceptualize the nature of teaching and learning. Because it uses critical pedagogy as its under-lying philosophy and focuses on knowledge, reflection, and action (praxis) as the basis for social change, multicultural education promotes democratic principles of social justice.

      This definition is powerful because it frames multicultural education as active anti-racism, not just passive celebration. Calling it a "process" and "critical pedagogy" means the goal isn't just knowledge, but action for social justice. This is a radical idea—it's not about adding a unit, but about fundamentally questioning how schools operate and whose knowledge is valued. The real challenge is moving from this ideal to practice in a system that often prefers the safer, superficial versions. BUT this often leads to the neglect of the aspects that we actually need to pay attention to.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study presents the first detailed and comprehensive description of brain sulcus anatomy of a range of carnivoran species based on a robust manual labeling model allowing species comparisons. The database and method for reconstructing cortical surfaces are compelling, and the evidence supporting the conclusions is solid. Despite the additional specimen, the evaluation of intra-species variations remains limited, but an insight into the inter-individual variability is now available for certain species. Exploring the associations between sulcal length and behavioral characteristics further suggests the potential of sulci as a proxy of functional organization. Setting an instructive foundation for comparative anatomy, this study will be of interest to neuroscientists and neuroimaging researchers interested in that field, as well as in brain morphology and sulcal patterns, their phylogeny and ontogeny in relation to functional development and behaviour.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper by Boch and colleagues, entitled Comparative Neuroimaging of the Carnivore Brain: Neocortical Sulcal Anatomy, compares and describes the cortical sulci of eighteen carnivore species, and sets a benchmark for future work on comparative brains.

      Based on previous observations, electrophysiological, histological and neuroimaging studies and their own observations, the authors establish a correspondence between the cortical sulci and gyri of these species. The different folding patterns of all brain regions are detailed, put into perspective in relation to their phylogeny as well as their potential involvement in cortical area expansion and behavioral differences.

      Strengths:

      This article is very useful for comparative brain studies. It was conducted with great rigor and builds on numerous previous studies. The article is well written and very didactic. The different protocols for brain collection, perfusion and scanning are very detailed. The images are self-explanatory and of high quality. The authors explain their choice of nomenclature and labels for sulci and gyri on all species, with many arguments. The opening on ecology and social behavior in the discussion is of great interest and helps to put into perspective the differences in folding found at the level of the different cortexes. In addition, the authors do not forget to put their results into the context of the laws of allometry. They explain, for example, that although the largest brains were the most folded and had the deepest folds in their dataset, they did not necessarily have unique sulci, unlike some of the smaller, smoother brains.

      Weaknesses:

      Although an effort was made to take inter-individual variability into account, this approach could not be applied within each species, given the large number of wild animals. Sex differences could therefore not be analyzed either. However, this does not detract from the aim, which is to lay the foundations for a correspondence between the brains of carnivores in order to simplify navigation within the brains of these species for future studies. The authors also attempted to add measurements of sulcal length to this qualitative study, but it does not include other comparisons of morphometric data that are standard in sulci studies, such as sulcal depth, sulci wall surface area, or thickness of the cortical ribbon around the sulci.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The paper by Boch and colleagues, entitled Comparative Neuroimaging of the Carnivore Brain: Neocortical Sulcal Anatomy, compares and describes the cortical sulci of eighteen carnivore species, and sets a benchmark for future work on comparative brains. 

      Based on previous observations, electrophysiological, histological and neuroimaging studies and their own observations, the authors establish a correspondence between the cortical sulci and gyri of these species. The different folding patterns of all brain regions are detailed, put into perspective in relation to their phylogeny as well as their potential involvement in cortical area expansion and behavioral differences. 

      Strengths: 

      This is a pioneering article, very useful for comparative brain studies and conducted with great seriousness and based on many past studies. The article is well-written and very didactic. The different protocols for brain collection, perfusion, and scanning are very detailed. The images are self-explanatory and of high quality. The authors explain their choice of nomenclature and labels for sulci and gyri on all species, with many arguments. The opening on ecology and social behavior in the discussion is of great interest and helps to put into perspective the differences in folding found at the level of the different cortexes. In addition, the authors do not forget to put their results into the context of the laws of allometry. They explain, for example, that although the largest brains were the most folded and had the deepest folds in their dataset, they did not necessarily have unique sulci, unlike some of the smaller, smoother brains. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The article is aware of its limitations, not being able to take into account interindividual variability within each species, inter-hemispheric asymmetries, or differences between males and females. However, this does not detract from their aim, which is to lay the foundations for a correspondence between the brains of carnivores so that navigation within the brains of these species can be simplified for future studies. This article does not include comparisons of morphometric data such as sulci depth, sulci wall surface, or thickness of the cortical ribbon around the sulci. 

      We thank the reviewer for their overwhelmingly positive evaluation of our work. As noted by the reviewer, our primary aim was to establish a framework for navigating carnivoran brains to lay the foundation for future research. We are pleased that this objective has been successfully achieved.

      Individual differences

      As the reviewer points out, we do not quantify within-species intraindividual differences, which was a conscious choice. We aimed to emphasise the breadth of species over individuals, as is standard in large-scale comparative anatomy (cf. Heuer et al., 2023, eLife; Suarez et al., 2022, eLife). Following the logic of phylogenetic relationships, the presence of a particular sulcus across related species is also a measure of reliability. We felt safe in this choice, as previous work in both primates and carnivorans has shown that differences across major sulci across individuals are a matter of degree rather than a case of presence or absence (Connolly, 1950, External morphology of the primate brain, C.C. Thomas; Hecht et al., 2019 J Neurosci; Kawamuro 1971 Acta Anat., Kawamuro & Naito, 1977, Acta Anat.). 

      In our revised manuscript, we now include additional individuals for six different species, representing both carnivoran suborders (Feliformia and Caniformia), and within Caniformia, both Arctoidea and Canidae (see revised Table 1 and main changes in text below). These additions confirm that intra-species variation primarily affects sulcal shape rather than the presence or absence of major sulci. Furthermore, the inclusion of additional individuals helped validate some initial observations, for example, confirming that the brown bear's proreal sulcus is more accurately characterised as a branch of the presylvian sulcus.

      Main changes in the revised manuscript:

      Results and discussion, p. 13-14: Presylvian sulcus. Rostral to the pseudo-sylvian fissure, the perisylvian sulcus originates from or close to the rostral lateral rhinal fissure (see Supplementary Note 1 and Figure S2 for ventral view). The sulcus extends dorsally, and we observed a gentle caudal curve in the majority of the species (Figures 2-3, white).

      There were no major variations across species, but we noted a shortened sulcus in the meerkat and Egyptian mongoose and the presence of a secondary branch at the dorsal end that extended rostrally in the Eurasian badger and South American coati brain. The brown bear exhibited an additional sulcus in the frontal lobe, previously labelled as the proreal sulcus (see, e.g., Sienkiewicz et al., 2019); however, its shape closely resembled the secondary branches of the perisylvian sulcus seen in the South American coati and Eurasian badger. Sienkiewicz et al. (2019) also noted that this sulcus merges with the presylvian sulcus in their specimen, consistent with our findings in the left hemisphere of the brown bear and bilaterally in the Ussuri brown bear (see Supplementary Figure S3A, S5A). Given the known gyrencephaly of Ursidae brains with frequent secondary and tertiary sulci (Lyras et al., 2023), we propose that this sulcus represents a branch of the perisylvian sulcus.

      General Discussion, p. 23-24:Regarding individual variability in external brain morphology, previous work in primates and carnivorans has shown that differences across individuals typically affect sulcal shape, depth, or extent, but not the presence of major sulci. This has been reported in diverse contexts, including comparisons between captive and (semi-)wild macaque (Sallet et al., 2011; Testard et al., 2022), different dog breeds (Hecht et al., 2019), domestic cats (Kawamura, 1971b), or selectively bred foxes (Hecht et al., 2021). By including additional individuals for selected species, we extend these findings to a broader range of carnivorans. Notably, we observed no major sulcal differences between closely related species, even when specimens were acquired using different extraction and scanning protocols, for example, across felid clades or among wolf-like canids, further suggesting that substantial within-species variation is unlikely. While a full analysis of interindividual variability lies beyond the scope of this study, our findings support the reliability of the major sulcal patterns described.

      Interhemispheric differences

      Regarding potential inter-hemispheric differences, we have now also created digital atlases of all identified sulci in both hemispheres, which are publicly available at https://git.fmrib.ox.ac.uk/neuroecologylab/carnivore-surfaces. While the manuscript continues to focus primarily on descriptions of the right hemisphere, we now also report observed inter-hemispheric differences where applicable. These differences remain minor and, again, a matter of degree. For example, the complementary quantitative analyses investigating covariation between sulcal length and behavioural traits conducted in the right hemisphere were replicated in the left (Supplementary Figure S6 and related Supplementary tables S1-S3).

      Main changes in the revised manuscript:  

      Materials and Methods, p. 33: We focused on the major lateral and dorsal sulci of the carnivoran brain, but the medial wall and ventral view of the sulci are also described. For consistency, we started by labelling the right hemispheres on the mid-thickness surfaces; these are the hemispheres presented in the manuscript. An exception was made for the jungle cat, for which only the left hemisphere was available and is therefore shown. We aimed to facilitate interspecies comparisons and the exploration of previously undescribed carnivoran brains. To this end, we first created standardized criteria (henceforth referred to as recipes) for identifying each sulcus, drawing from existing literature on carnivoran neuroanatomy, particularly in paleoneurology (Lyras et al., 2023), and our own observations. In addition, we created digital sulcal masks for both hemispheres, which allowed us to test whether the same patterns were observable bilaterally and to further facilitate future research building on our framework. For the Egyptian mongoose, only the right hemisphere was available, and thus, a bilateral comparison was not possible for this species. Anatomical nomenclature primarily follows the recommendations of Czeibert et al (2018); if applicable, alternative names of sulci are provided once.

      Materials and Methods, p. 34-35: We first briefly illustrated the gyri of the carnivoran brain with a focus on gyri that are not present in some species as a consequence of absent sulci to complement our observations. We then summarised the key differences and similarities in sulcal anatomy between species and related them to their ecology and behaviour. To complement this qualitative description, we conducted an initial quantitative analysis of sulcal length data from both hemispheres. 

      To test whether sulcal length covaries with behavioural traits, we fit linear models predicting the relative length of the three target sulci (cruciate, postcruciate, proreal) as a function of forepaw dexterity (low vs.

      high) and sociality (solitary vs cooperative hunting). We measured the absolute length of each sulcus using the wb_command -border-length function from the Connectome Workbench toolkit (Marcus et al., 2011) applied to the manually defined sulcal masks (i.e., border files). Relative sulcal length was calculated by dividing the length of each target sulcus by that of a reference sulcus in the same hemisphere, reducing interspecies variation in brain or sulcal size. Reference sulci were required to be present in all species within a hemisphere and excluded if they were a target sulcus, part of the same functional system (e.g., somatosensory/motor), or anatomically atypical (e.g., the pseudosylvian fissure). This resulted in seven reference sulci for the proreal sulcus (ansate, coronal, marginal, presylvian, retrosplenial, splenial, suprasylvian) and four for the cruciate and postcruciate sulci (marginal, retrosplenial, splenial, suprasylvian). For each target-reference pair, we fit the following linear model: relative length ~ forepaw dexterity + sociality. Models were run separately for left and right hemispheres, with the left serving as a replication test. Associations were considered meaningful if the predictor reached statistical significance (p ≤ .05) in ≥ 75% of reference sulcus models per hemisphere. Additional individuals were not included in the analysis.

      Data and code availability statement, p. 35-36: Generated surfaces of all species and T1-like contrast images of post-mortem samples obtained by the C Generated surfaces of all species and T1-like contrast images of post-mortem samples obtained by the Copenhagen Zoo and the Zoological Society of London (see Table 1) are available at the Digital Brain Zoo of the University of Oxford (Tendler et al., 2022) (https://open.win.ox.ac.uk/DigitalBrainBank/#/datasets/zoo). For all other species, except the domestic cat, the cortical surface reconstructions are available through the same resource. In-vivo data for the domestic cat is available upon request.

      We created, extracted and analysed sulcal length data using the Connectome Workbench toolkit (Marcus et al., 2011), R 4.4.0 (R Core Team, 2023) and Python 3.9.7. Sulcal masks, along with the associated midthickness cortical surface reconstructions for all 32 animals, species-specific behavioural data, and the code used to extract sulcal lengths and perform the statistical analyses are available at: https://git.fmrib.ox.ac.uk/neuroecologylab/carnivore-surfaces

      Further brain measures

      We feel that sulci depth, sulci wall surface, or thickness of the cortical ribbon are measures that vary more across individuals, and we have therefore not included them in the study. In addition, these are measures that are not generally used as betweenspecies comparative measures, whereas sulcal patterning is (cf. Amiez et al., 2019, Nat Comms; Connolly, 1950; Miller et al., 2021, Brain Behav Evol; Radinsky 1975, J Mammal; Radinsky 1969, Ann N Y Acad Sci; Welker & Campos 1963 J. Comp Neurol).

      We, therefore, added them as suggestions for future directions, building on our work.

      Major changes in the revised manuscript:

      Limitations and future directions, p. 25-26: Our findings represent a critical first step for linking brains within and across species for interspecies insights. The present analyses are based on multiple individuals pooled into families and genera, primarily focusing on single representatives per species. Additional individuals for selected species confirmed that intra-species variation is a matter of degree rather than a case of presence or absence of major sulci, but we do not provide an extensive account of the possible range of sulcal shape or other anatomical features. Future studies will aim to systematically investigate interindividual variability in sulcal shape, depth, surface area, or thickness of the cortical ribbon surrounding the sulci, and will extend to more detailed investigations of the medial part of the cortex, as well as the subcortical structures and the cerebellum.The present framework and resulting database also provides the foundation to guide and facilitate future investigations of inter- and intra-species variation in regional brain size.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors have completed MRI-based descriptions of the sulcal anatomy of 18 carnivoran species that vary greatly in behaviour and ecology. In this descriptive study, different sulcal patterns are identified in relation to phylogeny and, to some extent, behaviour. The authors argue that the reported differences across families reflect behaviour and electrophysiology, but these correlations are not supported by any analyses. 

      Strengths: 

      A major strength of this paper is using very similar imaging methods across all specimens. Often papers like this rely on highly variable methods so that consistency reduces some of the variability that can arise due to methodology. 

      The descriptive anatomy was accurate and precise. I could readily follow exactly where on the cortical surface the authors referring. This is not always the case for descriptive anatomy papers, so I appreciated the efforts the authors took to make the results understandable for a broader audience. 

      I also greatly appreciate the authors making the images open access through their website. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Although I enjoyed many aspects of this manuscript, it is lacking in any quantitative analyses that would provide more insights into what these variations in sulcal anatomy might mean. The authors do discuss inter-clade differences in relation to behaviour and older electrophysiology papers by Welker, Campos, Johnson, and others, but it would be more biologically relevant to try to calculate surface areas or volumes of cortical fields defined by some of these sulci. For example, something like the endocast surface area measurements used by Sakai and colleagues would allow the authors to test for differences among clades, in relation to brain/body size, or behaviour. Quantitative measurements would also aid significantly in supporting some of the potential correlations hinted at in the Discussion.  

      Although quantitative measurements would be helpful, there are also some significant concerns in relation to the specimens themselves. First, almost all of these are captive individuals. We know that environmental differences can alter neocortical development and humans and nonhuman animals and domestication affects neocortical volume and morphology. Whether captive breeding affects neocortical anatomy might not be known, but it can affect other brain regions and overall brain size and could affect sulcal patterns. Second, despite using similar imaging methods across specimens, fixation varied markedly across specimens. Fixation is unlikely to affect the ability to recognize deep sulci, but variations in shrinkage could nevertheless affect overall brain size and morphology, including the ability to recognize shallow sulci. Third, the sample size = 1 for every species examined. In humans and nonhuman animals, sulcal patterns can vary significantly among individuals. In domestic dogs, it can even vary greatly across breeds. It, therefore, remains unclear to what extent the pattern observed in one individual can be generalized for a species, let alone an entire genus or family. The lack of accounting for inter-individual variability makes it difficult to make any firm conclusions regarding the functional relevance of sulcal patterns. 

      We thank the reviewer for their assessment of our work. The primary aim of this study was to establish a framework for navigating carnivoran brains by providing a comprehensive overview of all major neocortical sulci across eighteen different species. Given the inconsistent nomenclature in the literature and the lack of standardized criteria (“recipes”) for identifying the major sulci, we specifically focused on homogenizing the terminology and creating recipes for their identification. In addition to generating digital cortical surfaces for all brains, we have now also added sulcal masks to further support future research building on this framework. We are pleased that our primary objective is seen as successfully achieved and are delighted to report that, following the reviewer’s recommendations, we have further expanded the dataset by including eight additional species and a second individual for six species, yielding a total of 32 carnivorans from eight carnivoran families (see revised Table 1 for a detailed list).

      The present dataset constitutes the most comprehensive collection of fissiped carnivoran brains to date, encompassing a wide range of land-dwelling species from eight families. It includes diverse representatives, such as both social and solitary mongooses, weasel-like and non-weasel mustelids, and a broad spectrum of canids including wolf-like, fox-like, and more basal forms. Further expanding this already extensive dataset has even led to novel discoveries, such as the felid-specific diagonal sulcus and the unique occipito-temporal sulcal configuration shared by herpestids and hyaenids. 

      Major changes in the revised manuscript:

      Results and discussion, p. 4-5: We labelled the neocortical sulci of twenty-six carnivoran species (see Figure 1) based on reconstructed surfaces and developed standardised criteria (“recipes”) for identifying each major sulcus. For each sulcus, we also created corresponding digital masks. Our study included eleven Feliformia and fifteen Caniformia species from eight different carnivoran families. Within the suborder Caniformia, we examined eight Canidae and seven Arctoidea species. In addition, we describe relative intra-species variation in sulcal shape based on supplementary specimens from six species (see Table 1).

      Overall, of the carnivorans studied, Canidae brains exhibited the largest number of unique major sulci, while the brown bear brain was the most gyrencephalic, with the deepest folds and many secondary sulci (see Figures 2-3; brains are arranged by descending number of major sulci). The brown bear was also the largest animal in the sample. The brains of the smaller species, such as the fennec fox, meerkat or ferret, were the most lissencephalic, with the sulci having fewer undulations or indentations compared to the other species. A similar trend has also been observed in the sulci of the prefrontal cortex in primates (Amiez et al., 2023, 2019). The meerkat and Egyptian mongoose exhibited the smallest number of major sulci but possessed, along with the striped hyena, a unique configuration of sulci in the occipito-temporal cortex. In the following, we describe each sulcus' appearance, the recipes on how to identify them, and provide an overview of the most significant differences across species.

      Results and discussion, p. 11: Diagonal sulcus. The diagonal sulcus is oriented nearly perpendicularly to the rostral portion of the suprasylvian sulcus (Figure 2, Supplementary Figure S2, red). We identified it in all Felidae and in the striped hyena, but it was absent in Herpestidae and all Caniformia species.

      In our sample, the sulcus showed moderate variation in shape and continuity. In the caracal and the second sand cat, it appeared as a detached continuation of the rostral suprasylvian sulcus (Supplementary Figure S3). In the Amur and Persian leopards, the diagonal sulcus merged with the rostral ectosylvian sulcus on the right hemisphere, forming a continuous or bifurcated groove. Similar individual variation has been described in domestic cats (Kawamura, 1971b).

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer on two accounts, where we believe the revieweris not judging the scope of the current work

      (1) Intra-individual differences & potential confounding factors

      The first is with respect to individual differences relationships. To the best of our knowledge, differences between captive and wild animals, or indeed between individuals, do not affect the presence or absence of any major sulci. No differences in sulcal patterns were detected between captive and (semi-)wild macaques (cf. Sallet et al., 2011, Science; Testard et al., 2022, Sci Adv), different dog breeds (Hecht et al., 2019 J Neurosci) or foxes selectively bred to simulate domestication, compared to controls (Hecht et al., 2021 J. Neurosci). 

      By including additional individuals for selected species in the revised version of our manuscript, we confirm and extend these findings to a broader range of carnivorans. Indeed, we also did not observe major differences between closely related species, even when specimens were collected using different extraction and scanning protocols - for example, across felid clades or wolf-like canids - making substantial individual variation within a species even less likely. Thus, while a comprehensive analysis of interindividual variability is beyond the scope of this study, our observations support the robustness of the major sulcal patterns described here. Moreover, the inclusion of additional individuals also helped validate some initial observations, for example, confirming that the brown bear's proreal sulcus is more accurately characterised as a branch of the presylvian sulcus.

      We do, however, agree with the reviewer that building up a database like ours benefits from providing as much information about the samples as possible to enable these issues to be tested. We, therefore, made sure to include as detailed information as possible, including whether the animals were from captive or wild populations, in our manuscript. 

      Main changes in the revised manuscript: 

      Results and discussion, p. 13-14: Presylvian sulcus. There were no major variations across species, but we noted a shortened sulcus in the meerkat and Egyptian mongoose and the presence of a secondary branch at the dorsal end that extended rostrally in the Eurasian badger and South American coati brain. The brown bear exhibited an additional sulcus in the frontal lobe, previously labelled as the proreal sulcus (see, e.g., Sienkiewicz et al., 2019); however, its shape closely resembled the secondary branches of the perisylvian sulcus seen in the South American coati and Eurasian badger. Sienkiewicz et al. (2019) also noted that this sulcus merges with the presylvian sulcus in their specimen, consistent with our findings in the left hemisphere of the brown bear and bilaterally in the Ussuri brown bear (see Supplementary Figure S3A, S5A). Given the known gyrencephaly of Ursidae brains with frequent secondary and tertiary sulci (Lyras et al., 2023), we propose that this sulcus represents a branch of the perisylvian sulcus.

      Results and discussion, p. 23-24: Regarding individual variability in external brain morphology, previous work in primates and carnivorans has shown that differences across individuals typically affect sulcal shape, depth, or extent, but not the presence of major sulci. This has been reported in diverse contexts, including comparisons between captive and (semi-)wild macaque (Sallet et al., 2011; Testard et al., 2022), different dog breeds (Hecht et al., 2019), domestic cats (Kawamura, 1971b), or selectively bred foxes (Hecht et al., 2021). By including additional individuals for selected species, we extend these findings to a broader range of carnivorans. Notably, we observed no major sulcal differences between closely related species, even when specimens were acquired using different extraction and scanning protocols, for example, across felid clades or among wolf-like canids, further suggesting that substantial within-species variation is unlikely. While a full analysis of interindividual variability lies beyond the scope of this study, our findings support the reliability of the major sulcal patterns described.

      Limitations and future directions, p. 25-26: Our findings represent a critical first step for linking brains within and across species for interspecies insights. The present analyses are based on multiple individuals pooled into families and genera, primarily focusing on single representatives per species. Additional individuals for selected species confirmed that intra-species variation is a matter of degree rather than a case of presence or absence of major sulci, but we do not provide an extensive account of the possible range of sulcal shape or other anatomical features.

      Future studies will aim to systematically investigate interindividual variability in sulcal shape, depth, surface area, or thickness of the cortical ribbon surrounding the sulci, and will extend to more detailed investigations of the medial part of the cortex, as well as the subcortical structures and the cerebellum.The present framework and resulting database also provides the foundation to guide and facilitate future investigations of inter- and intra-species variation in regional brain size.

      (2) Quantification of structure/function relationships

      The second is in the quantification of structure/function relationships. We believe the cortical surfaces, detailed sulci descriptions, and atlases themselves are the main deliverables of this project. We felt it prudent to include some qualitative descriptions of the relationship between sulci as we observed them and behaviours as known from the literature, as a way to illustrate the possibilities that this foundational work opens up. This approach also allowed us to confirm and extend previous findings based on observations from a less diverse range of carnivoran species and families (Radinsky 1968 J Comp Neurol; Radinsky 1969, Ann N Y Acad Sci; Welker & Campos 1963 J Comp Neurol; Welker & Seidenstein, 1959 J Comp Neurol).

      However, a full statistical framework for analysis is beyond the scope of this paper. Our group has previously worked on methods to quantitatively compare brain organization across species - indeed, we have developed a full framework for doing so (Mars et al., 2021, Annu Rev Neurosci), based on the idea that brains that differ in size and morphology should be compared based on anatomical features in a common feature space. Previously, we have used white matter anatomy (Mars et al., 2018, eLife) and spatial transcriptomics (Beauchamp et al., 2021, eLife). The present work presents the foundation for this approach to be expanded to sulcal anatomy, but the full development of it will be the topic of future communications.

      Nevertheless, we now include a preliminary quantitative analysis of the relationship between the relative length of specific sulci and the two behavioural traits of interest. These analyses, which complement the qualitative observations in Figure 5, show that the relative length of the proreal sulcus was consistently greater in highly social, cooperatively hunting species, while no effect of forepaw dexterity was found (Supplementary Table S1). In contrast, both the cruciate and postcruciate sulci were significantly longer in species with high forepaw dexterity, but not related to sociality (Supplementary Tables S2–S3). These findings were consistent across reference sulci used to compute relative sulcal length and replicated in the left hemisphere (see Supplementary Figure S6).

      We also would like to emphasize that we strongly believe that looking at measures of brain organization at a more detailed level than brain size or relative brain size is informative. Although studies correlating brain size with behavioural variables are prominent in the literature, they often struggle to distinguish between competing behavioural hypotheses (Healy, 2021, Adaptation and the Brain, OUP). In contrast, connectivity has a much more direct relationship to behavioural differences across species (Bryant et al., 2024, JoN), as does sulcal anatomy (Amiez et al., 2019, Nat Comms; Miller et al., 2021, Brain Behav Evol). Using our sulcal framework, we observed lineage-specific variations that would be overlooked by analyses focused solely on brain size. Moreover, such measures are less sensitive to the effects of fixation since that will affect brain size but not the presence or absence of a sulcus.

      Main changes in the revised manuscript:

      Results and discussion, p. 16-17: In the raccoon, red panda, coati, and ferret, considerably larger portions of the postcruciate gyrus S1 area appeared to be allocated to representing the forepaw and forelimbs (McLaughlin et al., 1998; Welker and Campos, 1963; Welker and Seidenstein, 1959) when compared to the domestic cat or dog (Dykes et al., 1980; Pinto Hamuy et al., 1956). This aligns with the observation that all species in the present sample with more complex or elongated postcruciate and cruciate sulci configurations display a preference for using their forepaws when manipulating their environment (see e.g., Iwaniuk et al., 1999; Iwaniuk and Whishaw, 1999; Radinsky, 1968; and Figure 5A). Complementary quantitative analyses further support this link, revealing a positive relationship between the relative length of the cruciate and postcruciate sulci and high forepaw dexterity (see Supplementary Figure S6, Tables S2-S3). This is suggestive of a potential link between sulcal morphology and a behavioural specialization in Arctoidea, consistent with earlier observations in otter species (Radinsky, 1968). 

      Results and discussion, p. 21: A distinct proreal sulcus was observed in the frontal lobe of the domestic dog, the African wild dog, wolf, dingo, and bush dog. This may indicate an expansion of frontal cortex in these animals compared to the other species in our sample (Figure 5-6). This aligns with findings from a comprehensive study comparing canid endocasts revealing an expanded proreal gyrus in these animals compared to the fennec fox, red fox and other species of the genus Vulpes (Lyras and Van Der Geer, 2003). The canids with a proreal sulcus also exhibit complex social structures compared to the primarily solitary living foxes (Nowak, 2005; Wilson and Mittermeier, 2009; Wilson, 2000, and see Figure 5).Despite living in social groups, the bat-eared fox, an insectivorous canid, does not possess a proreal sulcus. Its foraging behaviour is best described as spatially or communally coordinated rather than truly cooperative (Macdonald and Sillero-Zubiri, 2004), suggesting that the relationship between sulcal morphology and sociality may be specific to species engaging in active cooperative hunting. Supplementary quantitative analyses also confirm an increase in the relative length of the proreal sulcus

      in cooperatively hunting species Moreover, a previous investigation of Canidae and Felidae brain evolution, using endocasts of extant and extinct species, also suggested a link between the emergence of pack structures and the proreal sulcus in Canidae (Radinsky, 1969). Despite being highly social and living in large social groups (i.e., mobs), meerkats appear to have a relatively small frontal lobe and no proreal sulcus compared to the social Canids (Figure 5), which would suggest that if the presence of a proreal sulcus correlates with complex social behaviour, this is canid-specific.

      General discussion, p. 22-23: Our results revealed several interesting patterns of local variation in sulcal morphology between and within different lineages, and successfully replicate and expand upon prior observations based on more limited sets of species (Radinsky, 1969, 1968; Welker and Campos, 1963; Welker and Seidenstein, 1959). For example, Arctoidea showed relatively complex sulcal anatomy in the somatosensory cortex but low complexity in the occipito-temporal regions. In Canidae and Felidae, we found more complex occipito-temporal sulcal patterns indicative of changes in the amount of cortex devoted to visual and auditory processing in these regions. These observations may be linked to social or ecological factors, such as how the animals interact with objects or each other and their varied foraging strategies. Another example was the differential relative expansion of the neocortex surrounding the cruciate sulcus, which was particularly complex in Arctoidea species that are known to use their paws to manipulate their environment. Consistent with this observation, complementary quantitative analyses of both hemispheres revealed that species with high forepaw dexterity tended to have longer cruciate and postcruciate sulci. Although it has been argued that the cruciate sulcus appeared independently in different lineages and its exact relationship to the location of primary motor areas varies (Radinsky, 1971), our results provide a detailed exploration of the relationship between brain morphology and behavioural preferences across such a range of species.  

      Materials and Methods, p. 33: We focused on the major lateral and dorsal sulci of the carnivoran brain, but the medial wall and ventral view of the sulci are also described. For consistency, we started by labelling the right hemispheres on the mid-thickness surfaces; these are the hemispheres presented in the manuscript. An exception was made for the jungle cat, for which only the left hemisphere was available and is therefore shown. We aimed to facilitate interspecies comparisons and the exploration of previously undescribed carnivoran brains. To this end, we first created standardized criteria (henceforth referred to as recipes) for identifying each sulcus, drawing from existing literature on carnivoran neuroanatomy, particularly in paleoneurology (Lyras et al., 2023), and our own observations.In addition, we created digital sulcal masks for both hemispheres, which allowed us to test whether the same patterns were observable bilaterally and to further facilitate future research building on our framework. For the Egyptian mongoose, only the right hemisphere was available, and thus, a bilateral comparison was not possible for this species. Anatomical nomenclature primarily follows the recommendations of Czeibert et al (2018); if applicable, alternative names of sulci are provided once.

      Materials and Methods, p. 34-35: We first briefly illustrated the gyri of the carnivoran brain with a focus on gyri that are not present in some species as a consequence of absent sulci to complement our observations. We then summarised the key differences and similarities in sulcal anatomy between species and related them to their ecology and behaviour. To complement this qualitative description, we conducted an initial quantitative analysis of sulcal length data from both hemispheres.  To test whether sulcal length covaries with behavioural traits, we fit linear models predicting the relative length of the three target sulci (cruciate, postcruciate, proreal) as a function of forepaw dexterity (low vs.high) and sociality (solitary vs cooperative hunting). We measured the absolute length of each sulcus using the wb_command -border-length function from the Connectome Workbench toolkit (Marcus et al., 2011) applied to the manually defined sulcal masks (i.e., border files). Relative sulcal length was calculated by dividing the length of each target sulcus by that of a reference sulcus in the same hemisphere, reducing interspecies variation in brain or sulcal size. Reference sulci were required to be present in all species within a hemisphere and excluded if they were a target sulcus, part of the same functional system (e.g., somatosensory/motor), or anatomically atypical (e.g., the pseudosylvian fissure). This resulted in seven reference sulci for the proreal sulcus (ansate, coronal, marginal, presylvian, retrosplenial, splenial, suprasylvian) and four for the cruciate and postcruciate sulci (marginal, retrosplenial, splenial, suprasylvian). For each target-reference pair, we fit the following linear model: relative length ~ forepaw dexterity + sociality. Models were run separately for left and right hemispheres, with the left serving as a replication test. Associations were considered meaningful if the predictor reached statistical significance (p ≤ .05) in ≥ 75% of reference sulcus models per hemisphere. Additional individuals were not included in the analysis.

      Data and code availability statement, p. 35-36: Generated surfaces of all species and T1-like contrast images of post-mortem samples obtained by the C Generated surfaces of all species and T1-like contrast images of post-mortem samples obtained by the Copenhagen Zoo and the Zoological Society of London (see Table 1) are available at the Digital Brain Zoo of the University of Oxford (Tendler et al., 2022) (https://open.win.ox.ac.uk/DigitalBrainBank/#/datasets/zoo). For all other species, except the domestic cat, the cortical surface reconstructions are available through the same resource. In-vivo data for the domestic cat is available upon request.

      We created, extracted and analysed sulcal length data using the Connectome Workbench toolkit (Marcus et al., 2011), R 4.4.0 (R Core Team, 2023) and Python 3.9.7. Sulcal masks, along with the associated midthickness cortical surface reconstructions for all 32 animals, species-specific behavioural data, and the code used to extract sulcal lengths and perform the statistical analyses are available at:

      https://git.fmrib.ox.ac.uk/neuroecologylab/carnivore-surfaces

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      I was convinced by your model of labels in the temporal region and the nomenclature used, thanks to your argument concerning the primary auditory area in ferrets located in the gyrus called ectosylvian even though they have no ectosylvian sulcus. While this region raises questions, it seems to me that you make a good case for your labelling. 

      However, I don't understand your arguments in the occipital region regarding the ectomarginal sulcus. In the bear, for example, I don't understand why the caudal part of the marginal sulcus is not referred to as ectomarginal? You say that this sulci is specific to canids.

      Whether in the paragraph describing the ectomarginal sulcus, the marginal sulcus, in the paragraphs on the gyri, or in the paragraph concerning the potential relationship to function, I don't see any argument to support your hypothesis. Especially as there is no information in the literature on the functions in this area of the bear brain as in that of the dog or other related species. 

      You just mention that in Canidae, the ectomarginal "runs between the suprasylvian and marginal sulcus", and I don't see why this is an argument. 

      Could you explain in more detail your choice of label and the specificity you claim to have in the canids of this region? 

      We have now expanded our rationale in the revised manuscript, particularly in the section describing the marginal sulcus, which directly follows the description of the ectomarginal sulcus. In brief, across our sample, including Ursidae and Canidae, we observed variation in whether the caudal marginal sulcus was detached or continuous, or extended further caudally vs ventrally, but no separate additional sulcus resembling the ectomarginal sulcus was seen in any species outside the canid family. We therefore reserve the label ectomarginal sulcus for the distinct structure consistently observed in Canidae and avoid applying it to the detached caudal marginal sulcus observed in Ursidae.

      Main changes in the revised manuscript:

      Results and discussion, p. 10-11: In several species, including the dingo, domestic cat, brown bear and South American coati and further supplementary individuals (Supplementary figure S3B), the caudal portion of the marginal sulcus was detached in one or both hemispheres, which is a frequently reported occurrence (England, 1973; Kawamura, 1971a; Kawamura and Naito, 1978). Potentially due to the similar caudal bend, some authors have labelled the (detached) caudal portion of the marginal sulcus in Ursidae as the ectomarginal sulcus (Lyras et al., 2023, but see e.g., Sienkiewicz et al., 2019); 

      The (detached) caudal marginal sulcus in Ursidae continues the course of the marginal sulcus caudally and/or ventrally and is topologically continuous with it. In contrast, the ectomarginal sulcus in Canidae is an entirely separate sulcus that runs between the suprasylvian and marginal sulci, forming a small, additional arch that is rarely connected to the marginal sulcus (Kawamura and Naito, 1978). This distinction is illustrated, for example, in the dingo and grey wolf. In the dingo, we observed both a detached caudal extension of the marginal sulcus and a distinct ectomarginal sulcus. In both grey wolf specimens, the marginal sulcus extended ventrally in a way that resembled the brown bear, but they also exhibited a clearly separate ectomarginal sulcus, confirming that the two features are not equivalent. In contrast, in the brown bear and Ussuri brown bear (Supplementary Figure S3B), we observed variation in whether the marginal sulcus was detached or continuous, but no separate sulcus resembling the ectomarginal sulcus seen in Canidae.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Although I indicated this already, I stress that the lack of quantification is problematic. In its current format, this is a classic descriptive study suitable for an anatomy journal, but even then, the conclusions are highly speculative. I would advise including some quantification of sulcal lengths or depths and surface areas or volumes of individual regions and relate all of those to overall brain size and potential clade differences. Figure 5 hints at some of these putative correlations, but is not an analysis. Some of these correlations are discussed in the manuscript, but without quantification, it is simply more descriptions and some speculative associations that largely parallel and corroborate findings from Radinsky's papers.  In addition to quantification, the authors should consider a more fulsome explanation of the potential confounds and limitations of their data. As alluded to above, there are many sources of variation that were not sufficiently discussed but are critically important for interpreting any putative differences among and within clades.  

      We would like to reiterate that the primary aim of our study was to establish a comprehensive sulcal framework for carnivoran brains. The behavioural and ecological associations were secondary and exploratory, arising from a first application of this framework, and will require further investigation in future studies. 

      We already acknowledged in the initial version of the manuscript that many of our observations were consistent with those previously reported by Radinsky in more limited sets of species. However, we recognise that this point may not have come across clearly. We carefully revised our manuscript to further emphasise that our findings replicate and extend Radinsky’s work in a larger cross-species comparison, showing that our framework also successfully replicates and expands prior work. 

      As detailed in the public reviews, we did not measure overall or relative brain sizes. However, in the revised version of the manuscript, we have now quantified the relationship between sulcal length and its association with forepaw dexterity and sociality to complement the qualitative observations in Figure 5. Although preliminary, we believe that these analyses further showcase the strength of our sulcal framework and its potential for future investigations. 

      We also revised our discussion section to highlight the potential for future studies to build on our framework to systematically investigate interindividual variability in sulcal shape, depth, surface area, or thickness of the cortical ribbon surrounding the sulci. We also added that our framework and accompanying dataset can facilitate and guide future investigations into both inter- and intra-species variation in regional brain size.

      Main changes in the revised manuscript:

      General discussion, p. 22-23: Our results revealed several interesting patterns of local variation in sulcal morphology between and within different lineages, and successfully replicate and expand upon prior observations based on more limited sets of species (Radinsky, 1969, 1968; Welker and Campos, 1963; Welker and Seidenstein, 1959). For example, Arctoidea showed relatively complex sulcal anatomy in the somatosensory cortex but low complexity in the occipito-temporal regions. In Canidae and Felidae, we found more complex occipito-temporal sulcal patterns indicative of changes in the amount of cortex devoted to visual and auditory processing in these regions. These observations may be linked to social or ecological factors, such as how the animals interact with objects or each other and their varied foraging strategies. Another example was the differential relative expansion of the neocortex surrounding the cruciate sulcus, which was particularly complex in Arctoidea species that are known to use their paws to manipulate their environment. Consistent with this observation, complementary quantitative analyses of both hemispheres revealed that species with high forepaw dexterity tended to have longer cruciate and postcruciate sulci. Although it has been argued that the cruciate sulcus appeared independently in different lineages and its exact relationship to the location of primary motor areas varies (Radinsky, 1971), our results provide a detailed exploration of the relationship between brain morphology and behavioural preferences across such a range of species.

      Limitations and future directions, p. 25-26: Our findings represent a critical first step for linking brains within and across species for interspecies insights. The present analyses are based on multiple individuals pooled into families and genera, primarily focusing on single representatives per species. Additional individuals for selected species confirmed that intra-species variation is a matter of degree rather than a case of presence or absence of major sulci, but we do not provide an extensive account of the possible range of sulcal shape or other anatomical features. Future studies will aim to systematically investigate interindividual variability in sulcal shape, depth, surface area, or thickness of the cortical ribbon surrounding the sulci, and will extend to more detailed investigations of the medial part of the cortex, as well as the subcortical structures and the cerebellum. The present framework and resulting database also provides the foundation to guide and facilitate future investigations of inter- and intra-species variation in regional brain size.

      Another point that I did not see raised in the Discussion, but would be important and useful to include is that the authors are lacking specimens for several clades that could show additional differences in neocortical anatomy. For example, no hyaenids or viverrids were represented and an otter and badger are not necessarily representative of all mustelids, the majority of which are weasel-like. One could even argue that the meerkat is not necessarily representative of all herpestids given its behaviour and ecology. Of course, there are also pinnipeds, but they are divergent in many ways, and restricting the analyses to fissiped carnivorans is completely reasonable. Please note that I am not suggesting that the authors go back and try to procure even more species; rather they should emphasize that this is an incomplete survey of fissiped carnivorans. 

      The reviewer’s comments prompted us to further expand our carnivoran brain collection to include a broader range of species, representatives, and individual specimens. Notably, the collection now includes a hyaenid representative, the striped hyena. In addition to the otter and badger, we have added a weasel-like mustelid, the ferret, as well as the solitary Egyptian mongoose to complement the highly social meerkat within Herpestidae. Our felid dataset has also been expanded to include additional small and large wild cats, such as the sand cat and the Bengal tiger. As described above, these additions have led to the discovery of novel sulcal patterns, including the felid-specific diagonal sulcus.

      We now also specify the fissiped families currently missing from the collection, which can be readily incorporated using our existing sulcal framework. The same applies to pinniped species, which we are currently investigating to support broader macro-level comparisons across the order. 

      Main changes in the revised manuscript:

      General discussion, p. 23: Comparative neuroimaging requires balancing the level of anatomical detail with the breadth of species. The present sample represents the most comprehensive collection of fissiped carnivoran brains to date, encompassing a wide range of land-dwelling species from eight families. It includes diverse representatives, such as both social and solitary mongooses, weasel-like and non-weasel mustelids, and a broad array of canids, including wolf-like, fox-like, and more basal forms of canids. The framework and detailed protocols developed in this study are designed to facilitate navigation of additional fissiped species, such as Viverridae, Eupleridae, Mephitidae, Nandiniidae, and

      Prionodontidae. Moreover, the approach can be readily extended to aquatic carnivorans, enabling broader macro-level comparisons across the order.

      Apart from these broader issues, I also found some of the figures difficult to interpret in many instances. For example, the colour scheme used to highlight sulci is not colourblind friendly for Figures 2 and 3. It was also difficult for me to glean much information from Figure 6. I understand that functional regions of the cortex are shown for those species that were subject to electrophysiological studies in the past, but I could not work out how to transfer that data to the other brains. One suggestion for improving this would be to highlight putative cortical regions on the other brains in a lighter shade of the same colours. 

      We have carefully revised our figures to improve clarity and accessibility, particularly for individuals with colour vision deficiencies. Specifically, we have added numerical labels alongside the coloured sulci labels in Figures 2 and 3, as well as in all related supplementary figures (see examples on the following pages). For sulci that merge, such as the marginal, ansate, and coronal sulci, we have used colour combinations that are distinguishable across all major types of colour-blindness. Figure 4 has also been updated with a colour-blind-friendly palette and additional numerical labels for the gyri to further enhance interpretability.

      Regarding Figure 6, we have updated the colour palette to ensure accessibility and have labelled all landmark sulci discussed in the main text using acronyms (e.g., the postcruciate sulcus as the boundary between S1 and M1). This is intended to facilitate the transfer of information between brains and guide orientation for readers less familiar with these structures. While we appreciate the suggestion to highlight putative cortical regions on other brains, we have opted not to do so. Our concern is that such visual cues, even when rendered in lighter shades, may be misinterpreted as established rather than hypothetical regional boundaries. We believe this more conservative approach appropriately reflects the current evidence base and avoids unintentionally overstating the certainty of functional homologies.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine how distinct cellular environments differentially control Mtb following BCG vaccination. The key findings are that IL17 producing PMNs harbor a significant Mtb load in both wild type and IFNg-/- mice. Targeting IL17, Cox2, and Rorgt, improved disease in combination but not alone and enhances BCG efficacy over 12 weeks and neutrophils/IL17 are associated with treatment failure in humans. The authors suggest that targeting these pathways, especially in MSMD patients may improve disease outcomes.

      Strengths:

      The experimental approach is generally sound and consists of low dose aerosol infections with distinct readouts including cell sorting followed by CFU, histopathology and RNA sequencing analysis. By combining genetic approaches and chemical/antibody treatments, the authors can probe these pathways effectively.

      Understanding how distinct inflammatory pathways contribute to control or worsen Mtb disease is important and thus, the results will be of great interest to the Mtb field.

      Uncovering a neutrophil population that is refractory to BCG-mediated control can help to better define key markers for vaccine efficacy

      Weaknesses:

      Several of the key findings in mice have previously been shown (albeit with less sophisticated experimentation) and human disease and neutrophils are well described - thus the real new finding is how intracellular Mtb in neutrophils are more refractory to BCG-mediated control and modulating IL17 and inflammation can alter this.

      There is a lack of direct evidence that the neutrophils are producing IL-17 or showing that specifically removing IL17 neutrophils has an effect on disease. Thus, many of these data are correlative, or have modest phenotypes. For example if blocking IL17 or alone does not impact disease alone the conclusion that these IL17+ neutrophils limits protection as noted in the title is is not fully supported. The inhibitors used are not cell-type specific.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Recruitment of neutrophils to the lungs is known to drive susceptibility to infection with M. tuberculosis. In this study, the authors present data in support of the hypothesis that neutrophil production of the cytokine IL-17 underlies the detrimental effect of neutrophils on disease. They claim that neutrophils harbor a large fraction of Mtb during infection, and are a major source of IL-17. To explore the effects of blocking IL-17 signaling during primary infection, they use IL-17 blocking antibodies, SR221 (an inverse agonist of Th17 differentiation), and celecoxib, which they claim blocks Th17 differentiation, and observe modest improvements in bacterial burdens in both WT and IFN-γ deficient mice using the combination of IL-17 blockade with celecoxib during primary infection. Celecoxib enhances control of infection after BCG vaccination.

      Thank you for the summary.

      Strengths:

      The most novel finding in the paper is that treatment with celecoxib significantly enhances control of infection in BCG-vaccinated mice that have been challenged with Mtb. It was already known that NSAID treatments can improve primary infection with Mtb.

      Thank you.

      Weaknesses:

      The major claim of the manuscript - that neutrophils produce IL-17 that is detrimental to the host - is not strongly supported by the data. Data demonstrating neutrophil production of IL17 lacks rigor. 

      Our response: Neutrophil production of IL-17 is supported by two independent methods/ techniques in the current version: 

      (1) Through Flow cytometry- a large fraction of Ly6G<sup>+</sup>CD11b<sup>+</sup> cells from the lungs of Mtb-infected mice were also positive for IL-17 (Fig. 3C).

      (2) IFA co-staining of Ly6G <SUP>+</SUP> cells with IL-17 in the lung sections from Mtb-infected mice (Fig. 3 E_G and Fig. 4H, Fig. 5I). For most of these IFA data, we provide quantified plots to show IL17<SUP>+</SUP>Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> cells.

      (3) Most importantly, conditions that inhibited IL-17 levels and controlled infection also showed a decline in IL-17 staining in Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> cells.

      Our efforts on IL-17 ELISPOT assay were not very successful and it needs further standardization. 

      Several independent publications support the production of IL-17 by neutrophils (Li et al. 2010; Katayama et al. 2013; Lin et al. 2011). For example, neutrophils have been identified as a source of IL-17 in human psoriatic lesions (Lin et al. 2011), in neuroinflammation induced by traumatic brain injury (Xu et al. 2023) and in several mouse models of infectious and autoimmune inflammation (Ferretti et al. 2003; Hoshino et al. 2008) (Li et al. 2010).

      The experiments examining the effects of inhibitors of IL-17 on the outcome of infection are very difficult to interpret. First, treatment with IL-17 inhibitors alone has no impact on bacterial burdens in the lung, either in WT or IFN-γ KO mice. This suggests that IL-17 does not play a detrimental role during infection. Modest effects are observed using the combination of IL-17 blocking drugs and celecoxib, however, the interpretation of these results mechanistically is complicated. Celecoxib is not a specific inhibitor of Th17. Indeed, it affects levels of PGE2, which is known to have numerous impacts on Mtb infection separate from any effect on IL-17 production, as well as other eicosanoids. 

      The reviewer correctly says that Celecoxib is not a specific inhibitor of Th17. However, COX2 inhibition does have an effect on IL-17 levels, and numerous reports support this observation (Paulissen et al. 2013; Napolitani et al. 2009; Lemos et al. 2009).

      (1) The detrimental role of IL-17 is obvious in the IFNγ KO experiment, where IL-17 neutralization led to a significant improvement in the lung pathology.

      (2) In the highly susceptible IFNγ KO mice, IL-17 neutralization alone extended the survival of mice by ~10 days.

      (3) IL-17 production independent of IL-23 is known to require PGE2 (Paulissen et al. 2013; Polese et al. 2021). In either WT or IFNγ KO mice, in contrast to IL-17 levels, we observed a decline in IL-23 levels. The PGE2 dependence of IL-17 production is obvious in the WT mice, where celecoxib abrogated IL-17 production.

      (4) While deciding the impact of celecoxib or IL17 inhibition, looking at the cumulative readout of lung CFU, spleen CFU, Ly6G<sup>+</sup> cell recruitment, Ly6G<sup>+</sup> cell-resident Mtb pool and overall pathology, the effects are quite significant.

      (5) Finally, in the revised manuscript, we provide additional results on the effect of SR2211 in BCG-vaccinated animals. It shows the direct impact of IL-17 inhibition on the BCG vaccine efficacy in WT mice.

      Finally, the human data simply demonstrates that neutrophils and IL-17 both are higher in patients who experience relapse after treatment for TB, which is expected and does not support their specific hypothesis. 

      We disagree with the above statement. It also contradicts reviewers’ own assessments in one of the comments below, where a protective role of IL-17 is referred to. The literature lacks consensus in terms of a protective or pathological role of IL-17 in TB. Therefore, it was not expected to see higher IL-17 in patients who experienced relapse, death, or failed treatment outcomes. We do not have evidence from human subjects whether neutrophil-derived IL-17 has a similar pathological role as observed in mice. However, higher IL-17 in failed outcome cases confirm the central theme that IL-17 is pathological in both human and mouse models.

      The use of genetic ablation of IL-17 production specifically in neutrophils and/or IL-17R in mice would greatly enhance the rigor of this study. 

      The reviewer’s point is well-taken. Having a genetic ablation of IL-17 production, specifically in the neutrophils, would be excellent. At present, however, we lack this resource. For the revised manuscript, we include the data with SR2211, a direct inhibitor of RORgt and, therefore, IL-17, in BCG-vaccinated mice.

      The authors do not address the fact that numerous studies have shown that IL-17 has a protective effect in the mouse model of TB in the context of vaccination. 

      Yes, there are a few articles that talk about the protective effect of IL-17 in the mouse model of TB in the context of vaccination (Khader et al. 2007; Desel et al. 2011; Choi et al. 2020). This part was discussed in the original manuscript (in the Introduction section). For the revised manuscript, we also provide results from the experiment where we blocked IL-17 production by inhibiting RORgt using SR2211 in BCG-vaccinated mice. The results clearly show IL-17 as a negative regulator of BCG-mediated protective immunity. We believe some of the reasons for the observed differences could be 1) in our study, we analysed IL-17 levels in the lung homogenates at late phases of infection, and 2) most published studies rely on ex vivo stimulation of immune cells to measure cytokine production, whereas we actually measured the cytokine levels in the lung homogenates. We will elaborate on these points in the revised version.

      Finally, whether and how many times each animal experiment was repeated is unclear.

      We provide the details of the number of experiments in the revised version. Briefly, the BCG vaccination experiment (Figure 1) and BCG vaccination with Celecoxib treatment experiment (Figure 6) were performed twice and thrice, respectively. The IL-17 neutralization experiment (Figure 4) and the SR2211 treatment experiment (Figure 5) were done once. We will add another SR2211 experiment data in the revised version. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Sharma et al. demonstrated that Ly6G+ granulocytes (Gra cells) serve as the primary reservoirs for intracellular Mtb in infected wild-type mice and that excessive infiltration of these cells is associated with severe bacteremia in genetically susceptible IFNγ/- mice. Notably, neutralizing IL-17 or inhibiting COX2 reversed the excessive infiltration of Ly6G+Gra cells, mitigated the associated pathology, and improved survival in these susceptible mice. Additionally, Ly6G+Gra cells were identified as a major source of IL-17 in both wild-type and IFNγ-/- mice. Inhibition of RORγt or COX2 further reduced the intracellular bacterial burden in Ly6G+Gra cells and improved lung pathology.

      Of particular interest, COX2 inhibition in wild-type mice also enhanced the efficacy of the BCG vaccine by targeting the Ly6G+Gra-resident Mtb population.

      Thank you for the summary.

      Strengths:

      The experimental results showing improved BCG-mediated protective immunity through targeting IL-17-producing Ly6G+ cells and COX2 are compelling and will likely generate significant interest in the field. Overall, this study presents important findings, suggesting that the IL-17-COX2 axis could be a critical target for designing innovative vaccination strategies for TB.

      Thank you for highlighting the overall strengths of the study. 

      Weaknesses:

      However, I have the following concerns regarding some of the conclusions drawn from the experiments, which require additional experimental evidence to support and strengthen the overall study.

      Major Concerns:

      (1) Ly6G+ Granulocytes as a Source of IL-17: The authors assert that Ly6G+ granulocytes are the major source of IL17 in wild-type and IFN-γ KO mice based on colocalization studies of Ly6G and IL-17. In Figure 3D, they report approximately 500 Ly6G+ cells expressing IL-17 in the Mtb-infected WT lung. Are these low numbers sufficient to drive inflammatory pathology? Additionally, have the authors evaluated these numbers in IFN-γ KO mice? 

      Thank you for pointing out the numbers in Fig. 3D It was our oversight to label the axis as No. of.  For the observation that Ly6G<sup>+</sup> Gra are the major source of IL-17 in TB, we have used two separate strategies- a) IFA and b) FACS IL17<SUP>+</SUP> Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> Gra/lung. For this data, only a part of the lung was used. For the revised manuscript, we provide the number of these cells at the whole lung level from Mtb-infected WT mice. Unfortunately, we did not evaluate these numbers in IFN-γ KO mice through FACS.. 

      Our efforts to perform the IL-17 ELISpot assay on the sorted Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP>Gra from the lungs of Mtbinfected WT mice were unsuccessful. However, we provide a quantified representation of IFA of the tissue sections to stress upon the role of Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> cells in IL-17 production in TB pathogenesis. 

      (2) Role of IL-17-Producing Ly6G Granulocytes in Pathology: The authors suggest that IL-17producing Ly6G granulocytes drive pathology in WT and IFN-γ KO mice. However, the data presented only demonstrate an association between IL-17<SUP>+</SUP> Ly6G cells and disease pathology. To strengthen their conclusion, the authors should deplete neutrophils in these mice to show that IL-17 expression, and consequently the pathology, is reduced.

      Thank you for this suggestion. Neutrophil depletion studies in TB remain inconclusive. In some studies, neutrophil depletion helps the pathogen (Rankin et al. 2022; Pedrosa et al. 2000; Appelberg et al. 1995), and in others, it helps the host (Lovewell et al. 2021; Mishra et al. 2017). One reason for this variability is the stage of infection when neutrophil depletion was done. However, another crucial factor is the heterogeneity in the neutrophil population. There are reports that suggest neutrophil subtypes with protective versus pathological trajectories (Nwongbouwoh Muefong et al. 2022; Lyadova 2017; Hellebrekers, Vrisekoop, and Koenderman 2018; Leliefeld et al. 2018). Depleting the entire population using anti-Ly6G could impact this heterogeneity and may impact the inferences drawn. 

      A better approach would be to characterise this heterogeneous population, efforts towards which could be part of a separate study. Another direct approach could be Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP>-specific deletion of IL-17 function as part of a separate study.

      For the revised manuscript, we provide results from the SR2211 experiment in BCG-vaccinated mice and other results to show the role of IL-17-producing Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> Gra in TB pathology.   

      (3) IL-17 Secretion by Mtb-Infected Neutrophils: Do Mtb-infected neutrophils secrete IL-17 into the supernatants? This would serve as confirmation of neutrophil-derived IL-17. Additionally, are Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> cells producing IL-17 and serving as pathogenic agents exclusively in vivo? The authors should provide comments on this.

      Secretion of IL-17 by Mtb-infected neutrophils in vitro has been reported earlier (Hu et al. 2017). Our efforts to do a neutrophil IL-17 ELISPOT assay were not successful, and we are still standardising it. Whether there are a few neutrophil roles exclusively seen under in vivo conditions is an interesting proposition.

      (4) Characterization of IL-17-Producing Ly6G+ Granulocytes: Are the IL-17-producing Ly6G+ granulocytes a mixed population of neutrophils and eosinophils, or are they exclusively neutrophils? Sorting these cells followed by Giemsa or eosin staining could clarify this.

      This is a very important point. While usually eosinophils do not express Ly6G markers in laboratory mice, under specific contexts, including infections, eosinophils can express Ly6G. Since we have not characterized these potential Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> sub-populations, that is one of the reasons we refer to the cell types as Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> granulocytes, which do not exclude Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> eosinophils. A detailed characterization of these subsets could be taken up as a separate study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine how distinct cellular environments differentially control Mtb following BCG vaccination. The key findings are that IL17-producing PMNs harbor a significant Mtb load in both wild-type and IFNg<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Targeting IL17 and Cox2 improved disease and enhanced BCG efficacy over 12 weeks and neutrophils/IL17 are associated with treatment failure in humans. The authors suggest that targeting these pathways, especially in MSMD patients may improve disease outcomes.

      Thank you.

      Strengths:

      The experimental approach is generally sound and consists of low-dose aerosol infections with distinct readouts including cell sorting followed by CFU, histopathology, and RNA sequencing analysis. By combining genetic approaches and chemical/antibody treatments, the authors can probe these pathways effectively.

      Understanding how distinct inflammatory pathways contribute to control or worsen Mtb disease is important and thus, the results will be of great interest to the Mtb field

      Thank you.

      Weaknesses:

      A major limitation of the current study is overlooking the role of non-hematopoietic cells in the IFNg/IL17/neutrophil response. Chimera studies from Ernst and colleagues (Desvignes and Ernst 2009) previously described this IDO-dependent pathway following the loss of IFNg through an increased IL17 response. This study is not cited nor discussed even though it may alter the interpretation of several experiments.

      Thank you for pointing out this earlier study, which we concede, we missed discussing. We disagree on the point that results from that study may alter the interpretation of several experiments in our study. On the contrary, the main observation that loss of IFNγ causes severe IL-17 levels is aligned in both studies.

      IDO1 is known to alter T-helper cell differentiation towards Tregs and away from Th17 (Baban et al. 2009). It is absolutely feasible for the non-hematopoietic cells to regulate these events. However, that does not rule out the neutrophil production of IL-17 and the downstream pathological effect shown in this study. We have discussed and cited this study in the revised manuscript.

      Several of the key findings in mice have previously been shown (albeit with less sophisticated experimentation) and human disease and neutrophils are well described - thus the real new finding is how intracellular Mtb in neutrophils are more refractory to BCG-mediated control. However, given there are already high levels of Mtb in PMNs compared to other cell types, and there is a decrease in intracellular Mtb in PMNs following BCG immunization the strength of this finding is a bit limited.

      The reviewer’s interpretation of the BCG-refractory Mtb population in the neutrophil is interesting. The reviewer is right that neutrophils had a higher intracellular Mtb burden, which decreased in the BCG-vaccinated animals. Thus, on that account, the reviewer rightly mentions that BCG is able to control Mtb even in neutrophils. However, BCG almost clears intracellular burden from other cell types analysed, and therefore, the remnant pool of intracellular Mtb in the lungs of BCG-vaccinated animals could be mostly those present in the neutrophils. This is a substantial novel development in the field and attracts focus towards innate immune cells for vaccine efficacy. 

      References:

      Appelberg, R., A. G. Castro, S. Gomes, J. Pedrosa, and M. T. Silva. 1995. 'SuscepBbility of beige mice to Mycobacterium avium: role of neutrophils', Infect Immun, 63: 3381-7.

      Baban, B., P. R. Chandler, M. D. Sharma, J. Pihkala, P. A. Koni, D. H. Munn, and A. L. Mellor. 2009. 'IDO acBvates regulatory T cells and blocks their conversion into Th17-like T cells', J Immunol, 183: 2475-83.

      Choi, H. G., K. W. Kwon, S. Choi, Y. W. Back, H. S. Park, S. M. Kang, E. Choi, S. J. Shin, and H. J. Kim. 2020. 'AnBgen-Specific IFN-gamma/IL-17-Co-Producing CD4(+) T-Cells Are the Determinants for ProtecBve Efficacy of Tuberculosis Subunit Vaccine', Vaccines (Basel), 8.

      Cruz, A., A. G. Fraga, J. J. Fountain, J. Rangel-Moreno, E. Torrado, M. Saraiva, D. R. Pereira, T. D. Randall, J. Pedrosa, A. M. Cooper, and A. G. Castro. 2010. 'Pathological role of interleukin 17 in mice subjected to repeated BCG vaccinaBon afer infecBon with Mycobacterium tuberculosis', J Exp Med, 207: 1609-16.

      Desel, C., A. Dorhoi, S. Bandermann, L. Grode, B. Eisele, and S. H. Kaufmann. 2011. 'Recombinant BCG DeltaureC hly+ induces superior protecBon over parental BCG by sBmulaBng a balanced combinaBon of type 1 and type 17 cytokine responses', J Infect Dis, 204: 1573-84.

      Desvignes, L., and J. D. Ernst. 2009. 'Interferon-gamma-responsive nonhematopoieBc cells regulate the immune response to Mycobacterium tuberculosis', Immunity, 31: 974-85.

      Ferreg, S., O. Bonneau, G. R. Dubois, C. E. Jones, and A. Trifilieff. 2003. 'IL-17, produced by lymphocytes and neutrophils, is necessary for lipopolysaccharide-induced airway neutrophilia: IL-15 as a possible trigger', J Immunol, 170: 2106-12.

      Hellebrekers, P., N. Vrisekoop, and L. Koenderman. 2018. 'Neutrophil phenotypes in health and disease', Eur J Clin Invest, 48 Suppl 2: e12943.

      Hoshino, A., T. Nagao, N. Nagi-Miura, N. Ohno, M. Yasuhara, K. Yamamoto, T. Nakayama, and K. Suzuki. 2008. 'MPO-ANCA induces IL-17 producBon by acBvated neutrophils in vitro via classical complement pathway-dependent manner', J Autoimmun, 31: 79-89.

      Hu, S., W. He, X. Du, J. Yang, Q. Wen, X. P. Zhong, and L. Ma. 2017. 'IL-17 ProducBon of Neutrophils Enhances AnBbacteria Ability but Promotes ArthriBs Development During Mycobacterium tuberculosis InfecBon', EBioMedicine, 23: 88-99.

      Hult, C., J. T. Magla, H. P. Gideon, J. J. Linderman, and D. E. Kirschner. 2021. 'Neutrophil Dynamics Affect Mycobacterium tuberculosis Granuloma Outcomes and DisseminaBon', Front Immunol, 12: 712457.

      Katayama, M., K. Ohmura, N. Yukawa, C. Terao, M. Hashimoto, H. Yoshifuji, D. Kawabata, T. Fujii, Y. Iwakura, and T. Mimori. 2013. 'Neutrophils are essenBal as a source of IL-17 in the effector phase of arthriBs', PLoS One, 8: e62231.

      Khader, S. A., G. K. Bell, J. E. Pearl, J. J. Fountain, J. Rangel-Moreno, G. E. Cilley, F. Shen, S. M. Eaton, S. L. Gaffen, S. L. Swain, R. M. Locksley, L. Haynes, T. D. Randall, and A. M. Cooper. 2007. 'IL-23 and IL-17 in the establishment of protecBve pulmonary CD4+ T cell responses afer vaccinaBon and during Mycobacterium tuberculosis challenge', Nat Immunol, 8: 369-77.

      Leliefeld, P. H. C., J. Pillay, N. Vrisekoop, M. Heeres, T. Tak, M. Kox, S. H. M. Rooijakkers, T. W. Kuijpers, P. Pickkers, L. P. H. Leenen, and L. Koenderman. 2018. 'DifferenBal anBbacterial control by neutrophil subsets', Blood Adv, 2: 1344-55.

      Lemos, H. P., R. Grespan, S. M. Vieira, T. M. Cunha, W. A. Verri, Jr., K. S. Fernandes, F. O. Souto, I. B. McInnes, S. H. Ferreira, F. Y. Liew, and F. Q. Cunha. 2009. 'Prostaglandin mediates IL-23/IL-17induced neutrophil migraBon in inflammaBon by inhibiBng IL-12 and IFNgamma producBon', Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 106: 5954-9.

      Li, L., L. Huang, A. L. Vergis, H. Ye, A. Bajwa, V. Narayan, R. M. Strieter, D. L. Rosin, and M. D. Okusa. 2010. 'IL-17 produced by neutrophils regulates IFN-gamma-mediated neutrophil migraBon in mouse kidney ischemia-reperfusion injury', J Clin Invest, 120: 331-42.

      Lin, A. M., C. J. Rubin, R. Khandpur, J. Y. Wang, M. Riblen, S. Yalavarthi, E. C. Villanueva, P. Shah, M. J. Kaplan, and A. T. Bruce. 2011. 'Mast cells and neutrophils release IL-17 through extracellular trap formaBon in psoriasis', J Immunol, 187: 490-500.

      Lovewell, R. R., C. E. Baer, B. B. Mishra, C. M. Smith, and C. M. Sasseg. 2021. 'Granulocytes act as a niche for Mycobacterium tuberculosis growth', Mucosal Immunol, 14: 229-41.

      Lyadova, I. V. 2017. 'Neutrophils in Tuberculosis: Heterogeneity Shapes the Way?', Mediators Inflamm, 2017: 8619307.

      Mishra, B. B., R. R. Lovewell, A. J. Olive, G. Zhang, W. Wang, E. Eugenin, C. M. Smith, J. Y. Phuah, J. E. Long, M. L. Dubuke, S. G. Palace, J. D. Goguen, R. E. Baker, S. Nambi, R. Mishra, M. G. Booty, C. E. Baer, S. A. Shaffer, V. Dartois, B. A. McCormick, X. Chen, and C. M. Sasseg. 2017. 'Nitric oxide prevents a pathogen-permissive granulocyBc inflammaBon during tuberculosis', Nat Microbiol, 2: 17072.

      Napolitani, G., E. V. Acosta-Rodriguez, A. Lanzavecchia, and F. Sallusto. 2009. 'Prostaglandin E2 enhances Th17 responses via modulaBon of IL-17 and IFN-gamma producBon by memory CD4+ T cells', Eur J Immunol, 39: 1301-12.

      Nwongbouwoh Muefong, C., O. Owolabi, S. Donkor, S. Charalambous, A. Bakuli, A. Rachow, C. Geldmacher, and J. S. Sutherland. 2022. 'Neutrophils Contribute to Severity of Tuberculosis

      Pathology and Recovery From Lung Damage Pre- and Posnreatment', Clin Infect Dis, 74: 175766.

      Paulissen, S. M., J. P. van Hamburg, N. Davelaar, P. S. Asmawidjaja, J. M. Hazes, and E. Lubberts. 2013. 'Synovial fibroblasts directly induce Th17 pathogenicity via the cyclooxygenase/prostaglandin E2 pathway, independent of IL-23', J Immunol, 191: 1364-72.

      Pedrosa, J., B. M. Saunders, R. Appelberg, I. M. Orme, M. T. Silva, and A. M. Cooper. 2000. 'Neutrophils play a protecBve nonphagocyBc role in systemic Mycobacterium tuberculosis infecBon of mice', Infect Immun, 68: 577-83.

      Polese, B., B. Thurairajah, H. Zhang, C. L. Soo, C. A. McMahon, G. Fontes, S. N. A. Hussain, V. Abadie, and I. L. King. 2021. 'Prostaglandin E(2) amplifies IL-17 producBon by gammadelta T cells during barrier inflammaBon', Cell Rep, 36: 109456.

      Rankin, A. N., S. V. Hendrix, S. K. Naik, and C. L. Stallings. 2022. 'Exploring the Role of Low-Density Neutrophils During Mycobacterium tuberculosis InfecBon', Front Cell Infect Microbiol, 12: 901590.

      Xu, X. J., Q. Q. Ge, M. S. Yang, Y. Zhuang, B. Zhang, J. Q. Dong, F. Niu, H. Li, and B. Y. Liu. 2023. 'Neutrophil-derived interleukin-17A parBcipates in neuroinflammaBon induced by traumaBc brain injury', Neural Regen Res, 18: 1046-51.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      All figures: Clear information about the number of repeat experiments for each figure must be included.

      We have provided the details of the number of repeat experiments in the revised version.

      Figure 1: The claim that neutrophils are a dominant cell type infected during Mtb infection of the lungs is undermined by the limited number of markers used to identify cell types. The gating strategy used to initially identify what cells are infected with Mtb divided cells into three categories; granulocytes (Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> Cd11b<SUP>+</SUP>), CD64+MerTK+ macrophages, or Sca1+CD90.1+CD73+ (mesenchymal stem cells). This strategy leaves out monocyte populations that have been shown to be the dominant infected cells in other strategies (most recently, PMID: 36711606).

      Thank you for this important point. We agree that we did not assess the infected monocyte population, specifically the Cd11c<SUP>+</SUP> population. Both CD11c<SUP>Hi</SUP> and CD11c<SUP>Lo</SUP> monocyte cells appear to be important for Mtb infection, in different studies (Lee et al., 2020), (Zheng et al., 2024). Therefore, leaving out the CD11c<SUP>+</SUP> population in our assays was a conscious decision to ensure the clarity of the cell types being studied. 

      In addition, substantial evidence from multiple studies indicates that Ly6G⁺ granulocytes constitute the predominant infected population in the Mtb-infected lungs of both mice and humans (Lovewell et al., 2021) (Eum et al., 2010). While monocytes may contribute to Mtb infection dynamics, our findings align with a growing body of research emphasizing the significant role of neutrophils as a dominant infected cell type in the lungs during TB pathology.  

      Figure 1: Putting the data from separate panels together, it appears that very few bacteria are isolated from the three cell types in the lung, suggesting there may be some loss in the preparation steps. Why is the total sorted CFU from neutrophils, macrophages, and MSCs so low, <400 bacteria total, when the absolute CFU is so high? Is it because only a fraction of the lung is being sorted/plated?

      Yes, only a fraction of the lung was used for cell sorting and subsequent plating. The CFU plating from sorted cells also does not account for any bacteria growing extracellularly.

      Figure 3C: It is difficult to ascertain whether the gating on IL-17<SUP>+</SUP> cells is accurately identifying IL-17 producing cells. It is surprising, based on other published work, that the authors claim that almost half of CD45+CD11b-Ly6G- cells produce IL-17 in WT mice. It would be informative to show cell type-specific production of IL-17 in both WT and IFN-γ KO mice for comparison with the literature. Unstained/isotype controls for IL-17 staining should be shown. With this in mind, it is difficult to interpret the authors' claim that 80% of neutrophils produce IL-17.

      Thank you for the points above. We do agree that we were surprised to see ~50% of CD45<SUP>+</SUP> CD11b<SUP>-</SUP>Ly6G<SUP>-</SUP> cells producing IL-17. We have now done multiple experiments to confirm that this number is actually less than 1% (~90 cells) in the uninfected mice and less than 4% (~4000) in the Mtb-infected mice.

      Neutrophil-derived IL-17 production in Mtb-infected lungs is supported by two independent techniques in our current study: Flow Cytometry and Immunofluorescence assay. While  Neutrophil production of IL-17 is rarely studied in the context of TB, in several other settings it has been widely reported (Gonzalez-Orozco et al., 2019; Li et al., 2010; Ramirez-Velazquez et al., 2013). We consistently get >60% IL-17 positive cells in the CD11b<SUP>+</SUP> Ly6G<SUP>+</SUP> population, specifically in the infected samples. 

      To specifically address the reviewer’s concerns, we have now used an isotype control for IL17 staining and show the specificity of IL-17A antibody binding. The Author response image 1 is from the uninfected mice, 8 weeks age.

      Unfortunately, our efforts to establish an IL-17  ELISPOT assay from neutrophils were not very successful and need further standardisation. The new results are included in Fig. 3C-D and Fig. S2F-G in the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Figure 3 D-H. Quantification of immunofluorescence microscopy should be provided.

      In the revised manuscript, we provide the quantification of IFA results.

      Figure 4: Effects on neutrophil numbers in IFN-γ Kos do not correlate with CFU reductions, suggesting there may be a neutrophilindependent mechanism.

      In the IFN-γ KO, we agree that the effect was less than dramatic. The immune dysfunction in the IFN-γ KO mice is too severe to see a strong reversal in the phenotype through interventions. 

      While we do not rule out any neutrophil-independent mechanism, in the context of following observations, neutrophil-dependent mechanisms certainly appear to play an important role-

      (a) Improved pathology and survival upon IL-17 neutralization, which further improves with the inclusion of celecoxib.

      (b) Loss of IL17<sup>+</sup>-Ly6G<sup>+</sup> cells upon IL-17 neutralization, which is further exacerbated when combined with celecoxib.

      (c) Significant reduction in PMN number (shown by FACS) without any major impact on Th17 cell population upon IL-17 neutralization.

      Finally, we believe some of the observations may become stronger once we characterize the specific sub-population among the Ly6G+ cells that correlates with pathology. For example, as shown in Figure 4I, FACS analysis of the Ly6G<sup>⁺</sup> cell population in Mtb-infected IFNγ<sup>⁻/⁻</sup> mice revealed a substantial subset of CD11b<sup>mid</sup> Ly6G<sup>ʰⁱ</sup> cells, indicative of an immature neutrophil population (Scapini et al., 2016). Efforts are currently underway to identify these important subpopulations.  

      Figure 4: Differences observed in the spleen cannot be connected to dissemination per se but instead could be a result of enhanced immune control in the spleen.

      Thank you for this important point. We have revised this section. The role of neutrophils in Mtb dissemination is an emerging area of research, with growing evidence suggesting that these cells contribute to the spread of Mtb beyond the lungs (Hult et al., 2021). We highlight that the observed correlation could be speculative at this juncture.

      Figure 4, 5: IL-17 neutralization alone has no effect on CFU in the lungs of Mtb-infected mice. While the combination of IL-17 neutralization and celecoxib has a very modest effect on CFU, the mechanism behind this observation is unclear. Further, the experiment shown has only 3 mice per group and it is unclear whether this (or any other) mouse experiment was repeated.

      For Fig. 4, the experiment was done with 3 mice/group. The IFN KO mice were used to help identify the mechanism. IL-17 neutralisation or Celecoxib treatment alone did not have any significant effect on the bacterial burden (in lungs or isolated PMNs). However, it did show a significant effect on the number of PMNs recruited. Combination of IL-17 neutralisation and celecoxib led to about a one-log decrease in CFU, which is significant.

      For Fig. 5, we used SR2211 instead of anti-IL-17 Ab for the experiment. This experiment had WT mice and 5 animals/group. Here, celecoxib and SR2211 alone showed a significant decline in PMN-resident Mtb pool as well as spleen burden. Only in the lungs, the impact of SR2211 alone was not significant.

      Figure 6: The decreases in CFU correlate with a decrease in neutrophils; nothing connects this to neutrophil production of IL-17.

      We now show quantification of observation in Fig. 5I, where in the WT mice, treatment with Celecoxib reduces the frequency of IL-17-producing Ly6G+ cells. In the revised manuscript, we also show direct evidence of SR2211 activity on BCG vaccine efficacy, which causes a significant decline in the Mtb burden in whole lung or in the isolated PMNs.

      Figure 7. The Human data shows that elevated neutrophil levels and elevated IL-17 levels are associated with treatment failure in TB patients. This is expected, and does not

      The literature lacks consensus in terms of a protective or pathological role of IL-17 in TB. Therefore, it was not expected to see higher IL-17 in patients who experienced relapse, death, or failed treatment outcomes. We do not have evidence from human subjects whether neutrophil derived IL-17 has a similar pathological role as observed in mice. However, higher IL-17 in failed outcome cases confirm the central theme that IL-17 is pathological in both human and mouse models.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Survival of IFN-γ-/- Mice: The survival of IFN-γ-/- mice up to 100 days following a challenge with ~100 CFU of H37Rv is quite unusual. Have the authors checked PDIM expression in their Mtb strain, given that several studies report earlier mortality in these mice?

      As shown in Fig. 4F, H37Rv-infected IFN-γ⁻/⁻ mice survived up to a little over 80 days. These figures are not unusual in the light of the following:

      (1) In one study, IFNγ⁻/⁻ survived for about 40 days when the hypervirulent Mtb strain was used to infect these mice at 100-200 CFU using nose-only aerosol exposure (Nandi and Behar, 2011)

      (2) In yet another study, IFNγ⁻/⁻ mice survived for ~50 days, however, they used H37Rv at 1-3x10<sup>5</sup> CFU to infect through intravenous injection (Kawakami et al., 2004)

      Thus, compared with the above observations, where IFN-γ<sup>-/-</sup> mice survived for maximum 50 days due to hypervirulent infection or a very high dose infection, infection with H37Rv at ~100 CFU through the aerosol route and surviving for ~80 days is not unusual. The H37Rv cultures used in our study are always animal-passaged to ensure PDIM integrity.

      (2) Granuloma Scoring: The granuloma scores appear to represent the percentage of lesion area. Please clarify and, if necessary, amend this in the manuscript.

      The granuloma score is based on the calculation of the number of granulomatous infiltration and their severity. These are not % lesion area. We have added this detail in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Pathology Comparison in Figures 4F and 4G: Does the pathology shown in Figure 4G correspond to the same groups as in Figure 4F? The celecoxib group in Figure 4F and the WT group in Figure 4G seem to be missing. Please clarify.

      Figures 4F and 4G depict two independent experiments. For the time-to-death experiment, we had to leave the animals. The rest of the panels in Fig. 4 represent animals from the same experiment.

      (4) Effect of Celecoxib on Ly6G+ Cells: The authors demonstrated that celecoxib treatment reduces Ly6G+ cells and IL-17-producing Ly6G+ cells. Do Ly6G+ cells express EP2/EP4 receptors? Alternatively, could the reduction in IL-17-producing Ly6G+ cells be due to an improved bactericidal response in other innate cells? The authors should discuss this possibility.

      Yes, Ly6G<sup>⁺</sup> granulocytes express EP2/EP4 receptors (Lavoie et al., 2024), which mediate PGE₂ signaling. Prostaglandin E<sub>₂</sub> (PGE<sub>₂</sub>) is known to regulate neutrophil function and can enhance IL-17 production in various immune cells (Napolitani et al., 2009). However, the expression and functional role of EP2/EP4 receptors specifically on Ly6G<sup>⁺</sup> granulocytes in the context of Mtb infection require further investigation.

      The alternate suggestion by the reviewer that the reduction in IL-17-producing Ly6G<sup>⁺</sup> cells following celecoxib treatment could be attributed to an improved bactericidal response in other innate immune cells is attractive. While we did not experimentally rule out this possibility, since reduced IL-17 invariably associated with reduced neutrophil-resident Mtb population, a cell-autonomous mechanism operational in Ly6G+ granulocytes is a highly likely mechanism.  

      (5) Culture Conditions: The methods section indicates that bacteria were cultured in 7H9+ADC. Is there a specific reason why the Oleic acid supplement was not added, given that standard Mtb culture conditions typically use 7H9+OADC supplements? Please comment on this choice.

      It is a standard microbiological experimental procedure to use 7H9+ADC for broth culture, while 7H11+OADC for solid culture. Compared to broth culture, solid media are usually more stressful for bacteria because of hypoxia inside the growing colonies. Therefore, the media used are enriched in casein hydrolysate (like 7H11) and oleic acid (OADC).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major suggestion: To really determine the role of neutrophil IL17 will require depletion studies and chimera experiments. These are clearly a major undertaking. I believe making significant re-writes to alter the conclusions or reanalyze any data to determine the role of nonhematopoietic and hematopoietic cells in IL17 is needed. If the conclusions are left as is, further experimentation is needed to fully support those conclusions.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have embarked on the specific deletion studies; however, as mentioned, this is a major undertaking and will take time. As suggested, we have discussed the results in accordance with the strength of evidence currently provided.

      Eum, S.Y., J.H. Kong, M.S. Hong, Y.J. Lee, J.H. Kim, S.H. Hwang, S.N. Cho, L.E. Via, and C.E. Barry, 3rd. 2010. Neutrophils are the predominant infected phagocyGc cells in the airways of paGents with acGve pulmonary TB. Chest 137:122-128.

      Gonzalez-Orozco, M., R.E. Barbosa-Cobos, P. Santana-Sanchez, L. Becerril-Mendoza, L. Limon-

      Camacho, A.I. Juarez-Estrada, G.E. Lugo-Zamudio, J. Moreno-Rodriguez, and V. OrGzNavarrete. 2019. Endogenous sGmulaGon is responsible for the high frequency of IL-17Aproducing neutrophils in paGents with rheumatoid arthriGs. Allergy Asthma Clin Immunol 15:44.

      References

      Hult, C., J.T. Ma[la, H.P. Gideon, J.J. Linderman, and D.E. Kirschner. 2021. Neutrophil Dynamics Affect Mycobacterium tuberculosis Granuloma Outcomes and DisseminaGon. Front Immunol 12:712457.

      Kawakami, K., Y. Kinjo, K. Uezu, K. Miyagi, T. Kinjo, S. Yara, Y. Koguchi, A. Miyazato, K. Shibuya, Y. Iwakura, K. Takeda, S. Akira, and A. Saito. 2004. Interferon-gamma producGon and host protecGve response against Mycobacterium tuberculosis in mice lacking both IL-12p40 and IL-18. Microbes Infect 6:339-349.

      Lavoie, J.C., M. Simard, H. Kalkan, V. Rakotoarivelo, S. Huot, V. Di Marzo, A. Cote, M. Pouliot, and N. Flamand. 2024. Pharmacological evidence that the inhibitory effects of prostaglandin E2 are mediated by the EP2 and EP4 receptors in human neutrophils. J Leukoc Biol 115:1183-1189.

      Lee, J., S. Boyce, J. Powers, C. Baer, C.M. Sasse[, and S.M. Behar. 2020. CD11cHi monocyte-derived macrophages are a major cellular compartment infected by Mycobacterium tuberculosis. PLoS Pathog 16:e1008621.

      Li, L., L. Huang, A.L. Vergis, H. Ye, A. Bajwa, V. Narayan, R.M. Strieter, D.L. Rosin, and M.D. Okusa. 2010. IL-17 produced by neutrophils regulates IFN-gamma-mediated neutrophil migraGon in mouse kidney ischemia-reperfusion injury. J Clin Invest 120:331-342.

      Lovewell, R.R., C.E. Baer, B.B. Mishra, C.M. Smith, and C.M. Sasse[. 2021. Granulocytes act as a niche for Mycobacterium tuberculosis growth. Mucosal Immunol 14:229-241.

      Nandi, B., and S.M. Behar. 2011. RegulaGon of neutrophils by interferon-gamma limits lung inflammaGon during tuberculosis infecGon. The Journal of experimental medicine 208:22512262.

      Napolitani, G., E.V. Acosta-Rodriguez, A. Lanzavecchia, and F. Sallusto. 2009. Prostaglandin E2 enhances Th17 responses via modulaGon of IL-17 and IFN-gamma producGon by memory CD4+ T cells. Eur J Immunol 39:1301-1312.

      Ramirez-Velazquez, C., E.C. CasGllo, L. Guido-Bayardo, and V. OrGz-Navarrete. 2013. IL-17-producing peripheral blood CD177+ neutrophils increase in allergic asthmaGc subjects. Allergy Asthma Clin Immunol 9:23.

      Sadikot, R.T., H. Zeng, A.C. Azim, M. Joo, S.K. Dey, R.M. Breyer, R.S. Peebles, T.S. Blackwell, and J.W. Christman. 2007. Bacterial clearance of Pseudomonas aeruginosa is enhanced by the inhibiGon of COX-2. Eur J Immunol 37:1001-1009.

      Zheng, W., I.C. Chang, J. Limberis, J.M. Budzik, B.S. Zha, Z. Howard, L. Chen, and J.D. Ernst. 2023. Mycobacterium tuberculosis resides in lysosome-poor monocyte-derived lung cells during chronic infecGon. bioRxiv 

      Zheng, W., I.C. Chang, J. Limberis, J.M. Budzik, B.S. Zha, Z. Howard, L. Chen, and J.D. Ernst. 2024. Mycobacterium tuberculosis resides in lysosome-poor monocyte-derived lung cells during chronic infecGon. PLoS Pathog 20:e1012205.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Yang et al. investigates the relationship between multi-unit activity in the locus coeruleus, putatively noradrenergic locus coeruleus, hippocampus (HP), sharp-wave ripples (SWR), and spindles using multi-site electrophysiology in freely behaving male rats. The study focuses on SWR during quiet wake and non-REM sleep, and their relation to cortical states (identified using EEG recordings in frontal areas) and LC units.

      The manuscript highlights differential modulation of LC units as a function of HP-cortical communication during wake and sleep. They establish that ripples and LC units are inversely correlated to levels of arousal: wake, i.e., higher arousal correlates with higher LC unit activity and lower ripple rates. The authors show that LC neuron activity is strongly inhibited just before SWR is detected during wake. During non-REM sleep, they distinguish "isolated" ripples from SWR coupled to spindles and show that inhibition of LC neuron activity is absent before spindle-coupled ripples but not before isolated ripples, suggesting a mechanism where noradrenaline (NA) tone is modulated by HP-cortical coupling. This result has interesting implications for the roles of noradrenaline in the modulation of sleep-dependent memory consolidation, as ripple-spindle coupling is a mechanism favoring consolidation. The authors further show that NA neuronal activity is downregulated before spindles.

      Strengths:

      In continuity with previous work from the laboratory, this work expands our understanding of the activity of neuromodulatory systems in relation to vigilance states and brain oscillations, an area of research that is timely and impactful. The manuscript presents strong results suggesting that NA tone varies differentially depending on the coupling of HP SWR with cortical spindles. The authors place their findings back in the context of identified roles of HP ripples and coupling to cortical oscillations for memory formation in a very interesting discussion. The distinction of LC neuron activity between awake, ripple-spindle coupled events and isolated ripples is an exciting result, and its relation to arousal and memory opens fascinating lines of research.

      Weaknesses:

      I regretted that the paper fell short of trying to push this line of idea a bit further, for example, by contrasting in the same rats the LC unit-HP ripple coupling during exploration of a highly familiar context (as seemingly was the case in their study) versus a novel context, which would increase arousal and trigger memory-related mechanisms. Any kind of manipulation of arousal levels and investigation of the impact on awake vs non-REM sleep LC-HP ripple coordination would considerably strengthen the scope of the study.

      The main result shows that LC units are not modulated during non-REM sleep around spindle-coupled ripples (named spRipples, 17.2% of detected ripples); they also show that LC units are modulated around ripple-coupled spindles (ripSpindles, proportion of detected spindles not specified, please add). These results seem in contradiction; this point should be addressed by the authors.

      Results are displayed per recording session, with 20 sessions total recorded from 7 rats (2 to 8 sessions per rat), which implies that one of the rats accounts for 40% of the dataset. Authors should provide controls and/or data displayed as average per rat to ensure that results are now skewed by the weight of that single rat in the results.

      In its current form, the manuscript presents a lack of methodological detail that needs to be addressed, as it clouds the understanding of the analysis and conclusions. For example, the method to account for the influence of cortical state on LC MUA is unclear, both for the exact methods (shuffling of the ripple or spindle onset times) and how this minimizes the influence of cortical states; this should be better described. If the authors wish to analyze unit modulation as a function of cortical state, could they also identify/sort based on cortical states and then look at unit modulation around ripple onset? For the first part of the paper, was an analysis performed on quiet wake, non-REM sleep, or both?

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines how locus coeruleus (LC) activity relates to hippocampal ripple events across behavioral states in freely moving rats. Using multi-site electrophysiological recordings, the authors report that LC activity is suppressed prior to ripple events, with the magnitude of suppression depending on the ripple subtype. Suppression is stronger during wakefulness than during NREM sleep and is least pronounced for ripples coupled to spindles.

      Strengths:

      The study is technically competent and addresses an important question regarding how LC activity interacts with hippocampal and thalamocortical network events across vigilance states.

      Weaknesses:

      The results are interesting, but entirely observational. Also, the study in its current form would benefit from optimization of figure labeling and presentation, and more detailed result descriptions to make the findings fully interpretable. Also, it would be beneficial if the authors could formulate the narrative and central hypothesis more clearly to ease the line of reasoning across sections.

      Comments:

      (1) Stronger evidence that recorded units represent noradrenergic LC neurons would reinforce the conclusions. While direct validation may not be possible, showing absolute firing rates (Hz) across quiet wake, active wake, NREM, and REM, and comparing them to published LC values, would help.

      (2) The analyses rely almost exclusively on z-scored LC firing and short baselines (~4-6 s), which limits biological interpretation. The authors should include absolute firing rates alongside normalized values for peri-ripple and peri-spindle analyses and extend pre-event windows to at least 20-30 s to assess tonic firing evolution. This would clarify whether differences across ripple subtypes arise from ceiling or floor effects in LC activity; if ripples require LC silence, the relative drop will appear larger during high-firing wake states. This limitation should be discussed and, if possible, results should be shown based on unnormalized firing rates.

      (3) Because spindles often occur in clusters, the timing of ripple occurrence within these clusters could influence LC suppression. Indicate whether this structure was considered or discuss how it might affect interpretation (e.g., first vs. subsequent ripples within a spindle cluster).

      (4) While the observational approach is appropriate here, causal tests (e.g., optogenetic or chemogenetic manipulation of LC around ripple events and in memory tasks) would considerably strengthen the mechanistic conclusions. At a minimum, a discussion of how such approaches could address current open questions would improve the manuscript.

      (5) Please show how "Synchronization Index" (SI) differs quantitatively across behavioral states (wake, NREM, REM) and discuss whether it could serve as a state classifier. This would strengthen interpretations of the correlations between SI, ripple occurrence, and LC activity.

      (6) The current use of SI to denote a delta/gamma power ratio is unconventional, as "SI" typically refers to phase-locking metrics. Consider adopting a more standard term, such as delta/gamma power ratio. Similarly, it would be easier to follow if you use common terminology (AUC) to describe the drop in LC-MUA rather than using "MI" and "sub-MI".

      (7) The logic in Figure 3 is difficult to follow. The brain state (delta/gamma ratio) appears unchanged relative to surrogate events (3C), while LC activity that is supposedly negatively correlated to delta/gamma changes markedly (3D-E). Could this discrepancy reflect the low temporal resolution (4-s windows) used to calculate delta/gamma when the changes occur on a shorter time scale?

      (8) There are apparent inconsistencies between Figures 4B and 4C-D. In B, it seems that the difference between the 10th and 90th percentile is mostly in higher frequencies, but in C and D, the only significant difference is in the delta band.

      (9) Because standard sleep scoring is based on EEG and EMG signals, please include an example of sleep scoring alongside the data used for state classification. It would also be relevant to include the delta/gamma power ratio in such an example plot.

      (10) Can variability in modulation index (subMI) across ripple subsets reflect differences in recording quality? Please report and compare mean LC firing rates across subsets to confirm this is not a confounding factor.

      (11) Figure 6B: If the brown trace represents LC-MUA activity around random time points, why would there be a coinciding negative peak as relative to real sleep spindles? Or is it the subtracted trace?

      (12) On page 8, lines 207-209, the authors write "Importantly, neither the LC-MUA rate nor SIs differed during a 2-sec time window preceding either group of spindles". It is unclear which data they refer to, but the statement seems to contradict Figure 6E as well as the following sentence: "Across sessions, MI values exceeded 95% CI in 17/20 datasets for isoSpindles and only 3/20 for ripSpindles". This should be clarified.

      (13) The results in Figures 5C and 6F do not align. It seems surprising that ripple-coupled spindles show a considerably higher LC modulation than spindle-coupled ripples, as these events should overlap. Could the discrepancy be due to Z-score normalization as mentioned above? Please include a discussion of this to help the interpretation of the results.

      (14) The text implies that 8 recordings came from one rat and two each from six others. This should be confirmed, and it should be explained how the recordings were balanced and analyzed across animals.

    3. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Yang et al. investigates the relationship between multi-unit activity in the locus coeruleus, putatively noradrenergic locus coeruleus, hippocampus (HP), sharp-wave ripples (SWR), and spindles using multi-site electrophysiology in freely behaving male rats. The study focuses on SWR during quiet wake and non-REM sleep, and their relation to cortical states (identified using EEG recordings in frontal areas) and LC units.

      The manuscript highlights differential modulation of LC units as a function of HP-cortical communication during wake and sleep. They establish that ripples and LC units are inversely correlated to levels of arousal: wake, i.e., higher arousal correlates with higher LC unit activity and lower ripple rates. The authors show that LC neuron activity is strongly inhibited just before SWR is detected during wake. During non-REM sleep, they distinguish "isolated" ripples from SWR coupled to spindles and show that inhibition of LC neuron activity is absent before spindle-coupled ripples but not before isolated ripples, suggesting a mechanism where noradrenaline (NA) tone is modulated by HP-cortical coupling. This result has interesting implications for the roles of noradrenaline in the modulation of sleep-dependent memory consolidation, as ripple-spindle coupling is a mechanism favoring consolidation. The authors further show that NA neuronal activity is downregulated before spindles.

      Strengths:

      In continuity with previous work from the laboratory, this work expands our understanding of the activity of neuromodulatory systems in relation to vigilance states and brain oscillations, an area of research that is timely and impactful. The manuscript presents strong results suggesting that NA tone varies differentially depending on the coupling of HP SWR with cortical spindles. The authors place their findings back in the context of identified roles of HP ripples and coupling to cortical oscillations for memory formation in a very interesting discussion. The distinction of LC neuron activity between awake, ripple-spindle coupled events and isolated ripples is an exciting result, and its relation to arousal and memory opens fascinating lines of research.

      Weaknesses:

      I regretted that the paper fell short of trying to push this line of idea a bit further, for example, by contrasting in the same rats the LC unit-HP ripple coupling during exploration of a highly familiar context (as seemingly was the case in their study) versus a novel context, which would increase arousal and trigger memory-related mechanisms. Any kind of manipulation of arousal levels and investigation of the impact on awake vs non-REM sleep LC-HP ripple coordination would considerably strengthen the scope of the study.

      We agree that conducting specific behavioral tests before electrophysiological recordings, as well as manipulating arousal during the recording session, would strengthen the study. These experiments are planned for future work, and we will acknowledge this point in the discussion.

      The main result shows that LC units are not modulated during non-REM sleep around spindle-coupled ripples (named spRipples, 17.2% of detected ripples); they also show that LC units are modulated around ripple-coupled spindles (ripSpindles, proportion of detected spindles not specified, please add). These results seem in contradiction; this point should be addressed by the authors.

      We found that LC suppression was generally weak around both types of coupled events (spRipples and ripSpindles). Specifically, session-averaged spRipple-associated LC suppression reached a significance level (exceeding 95% CI) in 4 (n = 3 rats) out of 20 sessions (Line 177). The significant ripSpindle-associated LC suppression was observed in 3 (n = 2 animals) out of 20 sessions (Line 213). When comparing the modulation index (MI) around spRipples and ripSpindles, we found a significant correlation (Pearson r = 0.72, p = 0.0003). As shown in Author response image 1 below, the three sessions (blue square, MI < 95%CI) with significant ripSpindle-associated LC suppression coincide with those sessions showing LC modulation around spRipples. Although, the detection of coupled events was performed independently, some overlap can not be excluded. We will be happy to provide this additional information in the results section.

      Author response image 1.

      Results are displayed per recording session, with 20 sessions total recorded from 7 rats (2 to 8 sessions per rat), which implies that one of the rats accounts for 40% of the dataset. Authors should provide controls and/or data displayed as average per rat to ensure that results are now skewed by the weight of that single rat in the results.

      Since high-quality recordings from the LC in behaving rats are challenging and rare, we used all valid sessions for this study. In Author response image 2 below, we plotted the average MIs for each animal (A) and each session (B). The dashed lines indicate the mean ± 2 standard deviations across all sessions. The rat ID and number of sessions is indicated in parentheses in A. All animal-averaged MIs fall within this range, indicating that the MI distribution is not driven by a single animal (rat 1101, 8 sessions). The MIs of eight sessions from rat1101 are shown in grey-filled triangles (B). Comparison of the MI distribution for these eight sessions versus the remaining 12 sessions from six other animals revealed no significant difference (Kolmogorov-Smirnov test, p = 0.969). We will be happy to provide this additional information in the Results section.

      Author response image 2.

      In its current form, the manuscript presents a lack of methodological detail that needs to be addressed, as it clouds the understanding of the analysis and conclusions. For example, the method to account for the influence of cortical state on LC MUA is unclear, both for the exact methods (shuffling of the ripple or spindle onset times) and how this minimizes the influence of cortical states; this should be better described. If the authors wish to analyze unit modulation as a function of cortical state, could they also identify/sort based on cortical states and then look at unit modulation around ripple onset? For the first part of the paper, was an analysis performed on quiet wake, non-REM sleep, or both?

      As shown in Figure 3A and described in the main text (Lines 113–116), LC firing rate was negatively correlated with cortical arousal as quantified by Synchronisation Index (SI), whereas ripple rate was positively correlated with arousal. When computing LC activity (0.05 sec bins) aligned to the ripple onset over a longer time window ([–12, 12] sec), we observed a slow decrease in the LC firing rate beginning as early as 10 s before the ripple onset. In Author response image 3 below, a blue trace shows this slower temporal dynamic in a representative session. In addition to LC activity modulation at this relatively slow temporal scale, we also observed a much sharper drop in the LC firing rate ~ 2 s before the ripple onset. Considering two temporal scales, we hypothesized that slow modulation of LC activity might be related to fluctuations of the global brain state. Specifically, a higher SI (more synchronized cortical population activity) corresponded to a lower arousal state and reduced LC tonic firing; this brain state was associated with a higher ripple activity. Thus, slow LC modulation was likely driven by cortical state transitions. To correct for the influence of the global brain state on the LC/ripple temporal dynamics, we generated surrogate events by jittering the times of detected ripples (Lines 415–421). First, we confirmed that the cortical state did not differ around ripples and surrogate events (Figure 3C), while triggering the hippocampal LFP on the surrogate events lacked the ripple-specific frequency component (Figure 3B,). Thus, LC activity around surrogate evens captured its cortical state dependent dynamics (see orange trace in Author response image 3 below). Finally, to characterize state-independent ripple-related LC activity, we subtracted the state-related LC activity (orange trace in Author response image 3 below) from the ripple-triggered LC activity (blue trace). This yielded a corrected estimate of ripple-associated LC activity that was largely free from the confounding influence of cortical state transitions.

      Author response image 3.

      In the results subsection “LC-NE neuron spiking is suppressed around hippocampal ripples”, we reported LC modulation without accounting for the cortical state. The state-dependent effects were instead examined in the subsequent subsection, “Peri-ripple LC modulation depends on the cortical–hippocampal interaction,” where we characterized LC activity around ripples across different cortical states (quite awake and NREM sleep). We will provide more methodological details and a rationale for each analysis, as requested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors studied the synchrony between ripple events in the Hippocampus, cortical spindles, and Locus Coeruleus spiking. The results in this study, together with the established literature on the relationship of hippocampal ripples with widespread thalamic and cortical waves, guided the authors to propose a role for Locus Coeruleus spiking patterns in memory consolidation. The findings provided here, i.e., correlations between LC spiking activity and Hippocampal ripples, could provide a basis for future studies probing the directional flow or the necessity of these correlations in the memory consolidation process. Hence, the paper provides enough scientific advances to highlight the elusive yet important role of Norepinephrine circuitry in the memory processes.

      Strengths:

      The authors were able to demonstrate correlations of Locus Coeruleus spikes with hippocampal ripples as well as with cortical spindles. A specific strength of the paper is in the demonstration that the spindles that activate with the ripples are comparatively different in their correlations with Locus Coeruleus than those that do not.

      Weaknesses:

      The claims regarding the roles of these specific interactions were mostly derived from the literature that these processes individually contribute to the memory process, without any evidence of these specific interactions being necessary for memory processes. There are also issues with the description of methods, validation of shuffling procedures, and unclear presentation and the interpretation of the findings, which are described in the points that follow. I believe addressing these weaknesses might improve and add to the strength of the findings.

      We believe that our responses to the Reviewer 1 and planned revisions as described above will adequately address the issues raised by the Reviewer 2. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines how locus coeruleus (LC) activity relates to hippocampal ripple events across behavioral states in freely moving rats. Using multi-site electrophysiological recordings, the authors report that LC activity is suppressed prior to ripple events, with the magnitude of suppression depending on the ripple subtype. Suppression is stronger during wakefulness than during NREM sleep and is least pronounced for ripples coupled to spindles.

      Strengths:

      The study is technically competent and addresses an important question regarding how LC activity interacts with hippocampal and thalamocortical network events across vigilance states.

      Weaknesses:

      The results are interesting, but entirely observational. Also, the study in its current form would benefit from optimization of figure labeling and presentation, and more detailed result descriptions to make the findings fully interpretable. Also, it would be beneficial if the authors could formulate the narrative and central hypothesis more clearly to ease the line of reasoning across sections.

      We will do our best to optimize presentation, revise the main text and figure labelling. When appropriate, we will add specific hypotheses and a rationale for specific analyses.

      Comments:

      (1) Stronger evidence that recorded units represent noradrenergic LC neurons would reinforce the conclusions. While direct validation may not be possible, showing absolute firing rates (Hz) across quiet wake, active wake, NREM, and REM, and comparing them to published LC values, would help.

      We will provide the requested data in the revised manuscript.

      (2) The analyses rely almost exclusively on z-scored LC firing and short baselines (~4-6 s), which limits biological interpretation. The authors should include absolute firing rates alongside normalized values for peri-ripple and peri-spindle analyses and extend pre-event windows to at least 20-30 s to assess tonic firing evolution. This would clarify whether differences across ripple subtypes arise from ceiling or floor effects in LC activity; if ripples require LC silence, the relative drop will appear larger during high-firing wake states. This limitation should be discussed and, if possible, results should be shown based on unnormalized firing rates.

      We can provide absolute firing rates alongside normalized values for peri-ripple and peri-spindle analyses for isolated single LC units. However, we are reluctant to average absolute firing rates for multiunit activity, as it is unknown how many neurons contributed to each MUA recording. We can add the plots with extended pre-event windows ([–12, 12] sec). Please see our response to the Reviewer 1 about the two temporal scales of LC modulation.

      (3) Because spindles often occur in clusters, the timing of ripple occurrence within these clusters could influence LC suppression. Indicate whether this structure was considered or discuss how it might affect interpretation (e.g., first vs. subsequent ripples within a spindle cluster).

      We did not consider spindle clusters and classified the event as ripple coupled spindle if the ripple occurred between the spindle on- and offset. We will clarify this point in the Method section. 

      (4) While the observational approach is appropriate here, causal tests (e.g., optogenetic or chemogenetic manipulation of LC around ripple events and in memory tasks) would considerably strengthen the mechanistic conclusions. At a minimum, a discussion of how such approaches could address current open questions would improve the manuscript.

      We agree that conducting causal tests would strengthen the study. We will acknowledge in the discussion that our results shall inspire future studies addressing many open questions.

      (5) Please show how "Synchronization Index" (SI) differs quantitatively across behavioral states (wake, NREM, REM) and discuss whether it could serve as a state classifier. This would strengthen interpretations of the correlations between SI, ripple occurrence, and LC activity.

      We will add the plot showing the average SI values across behavioral states. Although SI could potentially serve as a classifier, we have chosen not to discuss this in detail to maintain focus in the discussion.

      (6) The current use of SI to denote a delta/gamma power ratio is unconventional, as "SI" typically refers to phase-locking metrics. Consider adopting a more standard term, such as delta/gamma power ratio. Similarly, it would be easier to follow if you use common terminology (AUC) to describe the drop in LC-MUA rather than using "MI" and "sub-MI".

      The ranges of delta and gamma bands might vary across studies; therefore, we prefer using SI, as defined here and in our previous publications (Yang, 2019; Novitskaya, 2012). We calculated the modulation index (MI) as the area under the curve of the peri-event time histogram within the 1 second preceding ripple onset. To avoid potential confusion with the AUC calculated over the entire signal window, we opted to use MI. 

      (7) The logic in Figure 3 is difficult to follow. The brain state (delta/gamma ratio) appears unchanged relative to surrogate events (3C), while LC activity that is supposedly negatively correlated to delta/gamma changes markedly (3D-E). Could this discrepancy reflect the low temporal resolution (4-s windows) used to calculate delta/gamma when the changes occur on a shorter time scale?

      Figure 3D and 3E show the 'state-corrected' ripple-related LC activity. Specifically, the cortical state related LC modulation was subtracted from the non-corrected ripple-associated LC activity. Please, see our detailed response to the Reviewer 1. We will revise the results and Figure 3 legend to clarify this point.

      (8) There are apparent inconsistencies between Figures 4B and 4C-D. In B, it seems that the difference between the 10th and 90th percentile is mostly in higher frequencies, but in C and D, the only significant difference is in the delta band.

      We will re-do this analysis and clarify this inconsistency.

      (9) Because standard sleep scoring is based on EEG and EMG signals, please include an example of sleep scoring alongside the data used for state classification. It would also be relevant to include the delta/gamma power ratio in such an example plot.

      We removed ‘standard’ and will add a supplementary Figure illustrating sleep scoring.

      (10) Can variability in modulation index (subMI) across ripple subsets reflect differences in recording quality? Please report and compare mean LC firing rates across subsets to confirm this is not a confounding factor.

      We will plot this result averaged per rat.

      (11) Figure 6B: If the brown trace represents LC-MUA activity around random time points, why would there be a coinciding negative peak as relative to real sleep spindles? Or is it the subtracted trace?

      We will clarify this point in the figure legend.

      (12) On page 8, lines 207-209, the authors write "Importantly, neither the LC-MUA rate nor SIs differed during a 2-sec time window preceding either group of spindles". It is unclear which data they refer to, but the statement seems to contradict Figure 6E as well as the following sentence: "Across sessions, MI values exceeded 95% CI in 17/20 datasets for isoSpindles and only 3/20 for ripSpindles". This should be clarified.

      We will clarify the description of this result.

      (13) The results in Figures 5C and 6F do not align. It seems surprising that ripple-coupled spindles show a considerably higher LC modulation than spindle-coupled ripples, as these events should overlap. Could the discrepancy be due to Z-score normalization as mentioned above? Please include a discussion of this to help the interpretation of the results.

      We will clarify this point in the revised manuscript. Please, also see our response to the Reviewer 1.

      (14) The text implies that 8 recordings came from one rat and two each from six others. This should be confirmed, and it should be explained how the recordings were balanced and analyzed across animals.

      Since high-quality recordings from LC in behaving animals are challenging and rare, we used all valid sessions. We will also present the main results averaged per rat, as also requested by the Reviewer 1.

    1. Arthur’s depiction as the beloved of Christ and the Virgin Mother, and as a Christ-helper,encouraged his reign to be envisaged as a peculiarly golden age, characterized not only by gloriousvictory and extensive rule but also by high moral standing

      Link to Edward

    Annotators

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Syed et al. investigate the circuit underpinnings for leg grooming in the fruit fly. They identify two populations of local interneurons in the right front leg neuromere of ventral nerve cord, i.e. 62 13A neurons and 64 13B neurons. Hierarchical clustering analysis identifies each 10 morphological classes for both populations. Connectome analysis reveals their circuit interactions: these GABAergic interneurons provide synaptic inhibition either between the two subpopulations, i.e. 13B onto 13A, or among each other, i.e. 13As onto other 13As, and/or onto leg motoneurons, i.e. 13As and 13Bs onto leg motoneurons. Interestingly, 13A interneurons fall into two categories with one providing inhibition onto a broad group of motoneurons, being called "generalists", while others project to few motoneurons only, being called "specialists". Optogenetic activation and silencing of both subsets strongly effects leg grooming. As well activating or silencing subpopulations, i.e. 3 to 6 elements of the 13A and 13B groups has marked effects on leg grooming, including frequency and joint positions and even interrupting leg grooming. The authors present a computational model with the four circuit motifs found, i.e. feed-forward inhibition, disinhibition, reciprocal inhibition and redundant inhibition. This model can reproduce relevant aspects of the grooming behavior.

      Strengths:

      The authors succeeded in providing evidence for neural circuits interacting by means of synaptic inhibition to play an important role in the generation of a fast rhythmic insect motor behavior, i.e. grooming. Two populations of local interneurons in the fruit fly VNC comprise four inhibitory circuit motifs of neural action and interaction: feed-forward inhibition, disinhibition, reciprocal inhibition and redundant inhibition. Connectome analysis identifies the similarities and differences between individual members of the two interneuron populations. Modulating the activity of small subsets of these interneuron populations markedly affects generation of the motor behavior thereby exemplifying their important role for generating grooming. The authors carefully discuss strengths and limitations of their approaches and place their findings into the broader context of motor control.

      Weaknesses:

      Effects of modulating activity in the interneuron populations by means of optogenetics were conducted in the so-called closed-loop condition. This does not allow to differentiate between direct and secondary effects of the experimental modification in neural activity, as feedforward and feedback effects cannot be disentangled. To do so open loop experiments, e.g. in deafferented conditions, would be important. Given that many members of the two populations of interneurons do not show one, but two or more circuit motifs, it remains to be disentangled which role the individual circuit motif plays in the generation of the motor behavior in intact animals.

      Comments on revisions:

      The careful revision of the manuscript improved the clarity of presentation substantially.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Syed et al. investigate the circuit underpinnings for leg grooming in the fruit fly. They identify two populations of local interneurons in the right front leg neuromere of ventral nerve cord, i.e. 62 13A neurons and 64 13B neurons. Hierarchical clustering analysis identifies 10 morphological classes for both populations. Connectome analysis reveals their circuit interactions: these GABAergic interneurons provide synaptic inhibition either between the two subpopulations, i.e., 13B onto 13A, or among each other, i.e., 13As onto other 13As, and/or onto leg motoneurons, i.e., 13As and 13Bs onto leg motoneurons. Interestingly, 13A interneurons fall into two categories, with one providing inhibition onto a broad group of motoneurons, being called "generalists", while others project to a few motoneurons only, being called "specialists". Optogenetic activation and silencing of both subsets strongly affect leg grooming. As well aas ctivating or silencing subpopulations, i.e., 3 to 6 elements of the 13A and 13B groups, has marked effects on leg grooming, including frequency and joint positions, and even interrupting leg grooming. The authors present a computational model with the four circuit motifs found, i.e., feed-forward inhibition, disinhibition, reciprocal inhibition, and redundant inhibition. This model can reproduce relevant aspects of the grooming behavior.

      Strengths:

      The authors succeeded in providing evidence for neural circuits interacting by means of synaptic inhibition to play an important role in the generation of a fast rhythmic insect motor behavior, i.e., grooming. Two populations of local interneurons in the fruit fly VNC comprise four inhibitory circuit motifs of neural action and interaction: feed-forward inhibition, disinhibition, reciprocal inhibition, and redundant inhibition. Connectome analysis identifies the similarities and differences between individual members of the two interneuron populations. Modulating the activity of small subsets of these interneuron populations markedly affects the generation of the motor behavior, thereby exemplifying their important role in generating grooming.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and constructive evaluation of our work. 

      Weaknesses:

      Effects of modulating activity in the interneuron populations by means of optogenetics were conducted in the so-called closed-loop condition. This does not allow for differentiation between direct and secondary effects of the experimental modification in neural activity, as feedforward and feedback effects cannot be disentangled. To do so, open loop experiments, e.g., in deafferented conditions, would be important. Given that many members of the two populations of interneurons do not show one, but two or more circuit motifs, it remains to be disentangled which role the individual circuit motif plays in the generation of the motor behavior in intact animals.

      Our optogenetic experiments show a role for 13A/B neurons in grooming leg movements – in an intact sensorimotor system - but we cannot yet differentiate between central and reafferent contributions. Activation of 13As or 13Bs disinhibits motor neurons and that is sufficient to induce walking/grooming. Therefore, we can show a role for the disinhibition motif.

      Proprioceptive feedback from leg movements could certainly affect the function of these reciprocal inhibition circuits. Given the synapses we observe between leg proprioceptors and 13A neurons, we think this is likely.

      Our previous work (Ravbar et al 2021) showed that grooming rhythms in dusted flies persist when sensory feedback is reduced, indicating that central control is possible. In those experiments, we used dust to stimulate grooming and optogenetic manipulation to broadly silence sensory feedback. We cannot do the same here because we do not yet have reagents to separately activate sparse subsets of inhibitory neurons while silencing specific proprioceptive neurons. More importantly, globally silencing proprioceptors would produce pleiotropic effects and severely impair baseline coordination, making it difficult to distinguish whether observed changes reflect disrupted rhythm generation or secondary consequences of impaired sensory input. Therefore, the reviewer is correct – we do not know whether the effects we observe are feedforward (central), feedback sensory, or both. We have included this in the revised results and discussion section to describe these possibilities and the limits of our current findings.

      Additionally, we have used a computational model to test the role of each motif separately and we show that in the results.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Syed et al. presents a detailed investigation of inhibitory interneurons, specifically from the 13A and 13B hemilineages, which contribute to the generation of rhythmic leg movements underlying grooming behavior in Drosophila. After performing a detailed connectomic analysis, which offers novel insights into the organization of premotor inhibitory circuits, the authors build on this anatomical framework by performing optogenetic perturbation experiments to functionally test predictions derived from the connectome. Finally, they integrate these findings into a computational model that links anatomical connectivity with behavior, offering a systems-level view of how inhibitory circuits may contribute to grooming pattern generation.

      Strengths:

      (1) Performing an extensive and detailed connectomic analysis, which offers novel insights into the organization of premotor inhibitory circuits.

      (2) Making sense of the largely uncharacterized 13A/13B nerve cord circuitry by combining connectomics and optogenetics is very impressive and will lay the foundation for future experiments in this field.

      (3) Testing the predictions from experiments using a simplified and elegant model.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and encouraging evaluation of our work. 

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In Figure 4, while the authors report statistically significant shifts in both proximal inter-leg distance and movement frequency across conditions, the distributions largely overlap, and only in Panel K (13B silencing) is there a noticeable deviation from the expected 7-8 Hz grooming frequency. Could the authors clarify whether these changes truly reflect disruption of the grooming rhythm? 

      We reanalyzed the dataset with Linear Mixed Models. We find significant differences in mean frequencies upon silencing these neurons but not upon activation. The experimental groups are also significantly more variable. We revised these panels with updated analysis. We think these data do support our interpretation that the grooming rhythms are disrupted. 

      More importantly, all this data would make the most sense if it were performed in undusted flies (with controls) as is done in the next figure.

      In our assay conditions, undusted flies groom infrequently. We used undusted flies for some optogenetic activation experiments, where the neuron activation triggers behavior initiation, but we chose to analyze the effect of silencing inhibitory neurons in dusted flies because dust reliably activates mechanosensory neurons and elicits robust grooming behavior enabling us to assess how manipulation of 13A/B neurons alters grooming rhythmicity and leg coordination.

      (2) In Figure 4-Figure Supplement 1, the inclusion of walking assays in dusted flies is problematic, as these flies are already strongly biased toward grooming behavior and rarely walk. To assess how 13A neuron activation influences walking, such experiments should be conducted in undusted flies under baseline locomotor conditions.

      We agree that there are better ways to assay potential contributions of 13A/13B neurons to walking. We intended to focus on how normal activity in these inhibitory neurons affects coordination during grooming, and we included walking because we observed it in our optogenetic experiments and because it also involves rhythmic leg movements. The walking data is reported in a supplementary figure because we think this merits further study with assays designed to quantify walking specifically. We will make these goals clearer in the revised manuscript and we are happy to share our reagents with other research groups more equipped to analyze walking differences.

      (3) For broader lines targeting six or more 13A neurons, the authors provide specific predictions about expected behavioral effects-e.g., that activation should bias the limb toward flexion and silencing should bias toward extension based on connectivity to motor neurons. Yet, when using the more restricted line labeling only two 13A neurons (Figure 4 - Figure Supplement 2), no such prediction is made. The authors report disrupted grooming but do not specify whether the disruption is expected to bias the movement toward flexion or extension, nor do they discuss the muscle target. This is a missed opportunity to apply the same level of mechanistic reasoning that was used for broader manipulations.

      Because we cannot unambiguously identify one of the neurons from our sparsest 13A splitGAL4 lines in FANC, we cannot say with certainty which motor neurons they target. That limits the accuracy of any functional predictions.  

      (4) Regarding Figure 5: The 70ms on/off stimulation with a slow opsin seems problematic. CsChrimson off kinetics are slow and unlikely to cause actual activity changes in the desired neurons with the temporal precision the authors are suggesting they get. Regardless, it is amazing that the authors get the behavior! It would still be important for the authors to mention the optogenetics caveat, and potentially supplement the data with stimulation at different frequencies, or using faster opsins like ChrimsonR.

      We were also intrigued by the behavioral consequences of activating these inhibitory neurons with CsChrimson. We appreciate the reviewer’s point that CsChrimson’s slow off-kinetics limit precise temporal control. To address this, we repeated our frequency analysis using a range of pulse durations (10/10, 50/50, 70/70, 110/110, and 120/120 ms on/off) and compared the mean frequency of proximal joint extension/flexion cycles across conditions. We found no significant difference in frequency (LLMS, p > 0.05), suggesting that the observed grooming rhythm is not dictated by pulse period but instead reflects an intrinsic property of the premotor circuit once activated. We now include these results in ‘Figure 5—figure supplement 1’ and clarify in the text that we interpret pulsed activation as triggering, rather than precisely pacing, the endogenous grooming rhythm. We continue to note in the manuscript that CsChrimson’s slow off-kinetics may limit temporal precision. We will try ChrimsonR in future experiments.

      Overall, I think the strengths outweigh the weaknesses, and I consider this a timely and comprehensive addition to the field.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to determine how GABAergic inhibitory premotor circuits contribute to the rhythmic alternation of leg flexion and extension during Drosophila grooming. To do this, they first mapped the ~120 13A and 13B hemilineage inhibitory neurons in the prothoracic segment of the VNC and clustered them by morphology and synaptic partners. They then tested the contribution of these cells to flexion and extension using optogenetic activation and inhibition and kinematic analyses of limb joints. Finally, they produced a computational model representing an abstract version of the circuit to determine how the connectivity identified in EM might relate to functional output. The study, in its current form, makes an important but overclaimed contribution to the literature due to a mismatch between the claims in the paper and the data presented.

      Strengths:

      The authors have identified an interesting question and use a strong set of complementary tools to address it:

      (1) They analysed serial‐section TEM data to obtain reconstructions of every 13A and 13B neuron in the prothoracic segment. They manually proofread over 60 13A neurons and 64 13B neurons, then used automated synapse detection to build detailed connectivity maps and cluster neurons into functional motifs.

      (2) They used optogenetic tools with a range of genetic driver lines in freely behaving flies to test the contribution of subsets of 13A and 13B neurons.

      (3) They used a connectome-constrained computational model to determine how the mapped connectivity relates to the rhythmic output of the behavior.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript aims to reveal an instructive, rhythm-generating role for premotor inhibition in coordinating the multi-joint leg synergies underlying grooming. It makes a valuable contribution, but currently, the main claims in the paper are not well-supported by the presented evidence.

      Major points

      (1) Starting with the title of this manuscript, "Inhibitory circuits generate rhythms for leg movements during Drosophila grooming", the authors raise the expectation that they will show that the 13A and 13B hemilineages produce rhythmic output that underlies grooming. This manuscript does not show that. For instance, to test how they drive the rhythmic leg movements that underlie grooming requires the authors to test whether these neurons produce the rhythmic output underlying behavior in the absence of rhythmic input. Because the optogenetic pulses used for stimulation were rhythmic, the authors cannot make this point, and the modelling uses a "black box" excitatory network, the output of which might be rhythmic (this is not shown). Therefore, the evidence (behavioral entrainment; perturbation effects; computational model) is all indirect, meaning that the paper's claim that "inhibitory circuits generate rhythms" rests on inferred sufficiency. A direct recording (e.g., calcium imaging or patch-clamp) from 13A/13B during grooming - outside the scope of the study - would be needed to show intrinsic rhythmogenesis. The conclusions drawn from the data should therefore be tempered. Moreover, the "black box" needs to be opened. What output does it produce? How exactly is it connected to the 13A-13B circuit? 

      We modified the title to better reflect our strongest conclusions: “Inhibitory circuits control leg movements during Drosophila grooming”

      Our optogenetic activation was delivered in a patterned (70 ms on/off) fashion that entrains rhythmic movements, but this does not rule out the possibility that the rhythm is imposed externally. In the manuscript, we state that we used pulsed light to mimic a flexion-extension cycle and note that this approach tests whether inhibition is sufficient to drive rhythmic leg movements when temporally patterned. While this does not prove that 13A/13B neurons are intrinsic rhythm generators, it does demonstrate that activating subsets of inhibitory neurons is sufficient to elicit alternating leg movements resembling natural grooming and walking.

      Our goal with the model was to demonstrate that it is possible to produce rhythmic outputs with this 13A/B circuit, based on the connectome. The “black box” is a small recurrent neural network (RNN) consisting of 40 neurons in its hidden layer. The inputs are the “dust” levels from the environment (the green pixels in Figure 6I), the “proprioceptive” inputs (“efference copy” from motor neurons), and the amount of dust accumulated on both legs. The outputs (all positive) connect to the 13A neurons, the 13B neurons, and to the motor neurons. We refer to it as the “black box” because we make no claims about the actual excitatory inputs to these circuits. Its function is to provide input, needed to run the network, that reflects the distribution of “dust” in the environment as well as the information about the position of the legs.  

      The output of the “black box” component of the model might be rhythmic. In fact, in most instances of the model implementation this is indeed the case. However, as mentioned in the current version of the manuscript: “But the 13A circuitry can still produce rhythmic behavior even without those external inputs (or when set to a constant value), although the legs become less coordinated.” Indeed, when we refine the model (with the evolutionary training) without the “black box” (using a constant input of 0.1) the behavior is still rhythmic and sustained. Therefore, the rhythmic activity and behavior can emerge from the premotor circuitry itself without a rhythmic input.

      The context in which the 13A and 13B hemilineages sit also needs to be explained. What do we know about the other inputs to the motorneurons studied? What excitatory circuits are there? 

      We agree that there are many more excitatory and inhibitory, direct and indirect, connections to motor neurons that will also affect leg movements for grooming and walking. 13A neurons provide a substantial fraction of premotor input. For example, 13As account for ~17.1% of upstream synapses for one tibia extensor (femur seti) motor neuron and ~14.6% for another tibia extensor (femur feti) motor neuron. Our goal was to demonstrate what is possible from a constrained circuit of inhibitory neurons that we mapped in detail, and we hope to add additional components to better replicate the biological circuit as behavioral and biomechanical data is obtained by us and others.  

      Furthermore, the introduction ignores many decades of work in other species on the role of inhibitory cell types in motor systems. There is some mention of this in the discussion, but even previous work in Drosophila larvae is not mentioned, nor crustacean STG, nor any other cell types previously studied. This manuscript makes a valuable contribution, but it is not the first to study inhibition in motor systems, and this should be made clear to the reader.

      We thank the reviewer for this important reminder.  Previous work on the contribution of inhibitory neurons to invertebrate motor control certainly influenced our research. We have expanded coverage of the relevant history and context in our revised discussion.

      (2) The experimental evidence is not always presented convincingly, at times lacking data, quantification, explanation, appropriate rationales, or sufficient interpretation.

      We are committed to improving the clarity, rationale, and completeness of our experimental descriptions.  We have revisited the statistical tests applied throughout the manuscript and expanded the Methods.

      (3) The statistics used are unlike any I remember having seen, essentially one big t-test followed by correction for multiple comparisons. I wonder whether this approach is optimal for these nested, high‐dimensional behavioral data. For instance, the authors do not report any formal test of normality. This might be an issue given the often skewed distributions of kinematic variables that are reported. Moreover, each fly contributes many video segments, and each segment results in multiple measurements. By treating every segment as an independent observation, the non‐independence of measurements within the same animal is ignored. I think a linear mixed‐effects model (LMM) or generalized linear mixed model (GLMM) might be more appropriate.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the statistical treatment of our segmented behavioral data. Our initial analysis used independent t-tests with Bonferroni correction across behavioral classes and features, which allowed us to identify broad effects. However, we acknowledge that this approach does not account for the nested structure of the data. To address this, we re-analyzed key comparisons using linear mixed-effects models (LMMs) as suggested by the reviewer. This approach allowed us to more appropriately model within-fly variability and test the robustness of our conclusions. We have updated the manuscript based on the outcomes of these analyses.

      (4) The manuscript mentions that legs are used for walking as well as grooming. While this is welcome, the authors then do not discuss the implications of this in sufficient detail. For instance, how should we interpret that pulsed stimulation of a subset of 13A neurons produces grooming and walking behaviours? How does neural control of grooming interact with that of walking?

      We do not know how the inhibitory neurons we investigated will affect walking or how circuits for control of grooming and walking might compete. We speculate that overlapping pre-motor circuits may participate because both have similar extension flexion cycles at similar frequencies, but we do not have hard experimental data to support. This would be an interesting area for future research. Here, we focused on the consequences of activating specific 13A/B neurons during grooming because they were identified through a behavioral screen for grooming disruptions, and we had developed high-resolution assays and familiarity with the normal movements in this behavior.

      (5) The manuscript needs to be proofread and edited as there are inconsistencies in labelling in figures, phrasing errors, missing citations of figures in the text, or citations that are not in the correct order, and referencing errors (examples: 81 and 83 are identical; 94 is missing in text).

      We have proofread the manuscript to fix figure labeling, citation order, and referencing errors.

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      In addition to the recommendations listed below, a common suggestion, given the lack of evidence to support that 13A and 13B are rhythm-generating, is to tone down the title to something like, for example, "Inhibitory circuits control leg movements during grooming in Drosophila" (or similar).

      We changed the title to Inhibitory circuits control leg movements during Drosophila  grooming

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Naming of movements of leg segments:

      The authors refer to movements of leg segments across the leg, i.e., of all joints, as "flexion" and "extension". For example, in Figure 4A and at many other places. This naming is functionally misleading for two reasons: (i) the anatomical organization of an insect leg differs in principle from the organization of the mammalian leg, which the manuscript often refers to. While the organization of a mammalian limb is planar the organization of the insect limb shows a different plane as compared to the body length axis (for detailed accounts see Ritzmann et al. 2004; Büschges & Ache, 2024); (ii) the reader cannot differentiate between places in the text, where "flexion" and "extension" refer to movements of the tibia of the femur-tibia joint, e.g. in the graphical abstract, in Figure 3 and its supplements, and other places, e.g. Figure 4 and its supplements, where these two words refer to movements of leg segments of other joints, e.g. thorax-coxa, coxa-trochanter and tarsal joints. The reviewer strongly suggests naming the movements of the leg segments according to the individual joint and its muscles.

      We accept this helpful suggestion. We now include a description of the leg segments and joints in the revised Introduction and refer to which leg segments we mean   

      “The adult Drosophila leg consists of serially arranged joints—bodywall/thoraco-coxal (Th-C), coxa–trochanter (C-Tr), trochanter–femur (Tr-F), femur–tibia (F-Ti), tibia–tarsus (Ti-Ta)—each powered by opposing flexor and extensor muscles that transmit force through tendons (Soler et al., 2004). The proximal joints, Th-C and C-Tr, mediate leg protraction–retraction and elevation–depression, respectively (Ritzmann et al., 2004; Büschges & Ache, 2025). The medial joint, F-Ti, acts as the principal flexion–extension hinge and is controlled by large tibia extensor motor neurons and flexor motor neurons (Soler et al., 2004; Baek and Mann 2009; Brierley et al., 2012; Azevedo et al., 2024; Lesser et al., 2024). By contrast, distal joints such as Ti-Ta and the tarsomeres contribute to fine adjustments, grasping, and substrate attachment (Azevedo et al., 2024).”

      We also clarified femur-tibia joints in the graphical abstract, modified Figure 3 legend and added joints at relevant places.

      (2)  Figures 3, 4, and 5 with supplements:

      The authors optogenetically silence and activate (sub)populations of 13A and 13B interneurons. Changes in frequency of movements and distance between legs or leg movements are interpreted as the effect of these experimental paradigms. No physiological recordings from leg motoneurons or leg muscles are shown. While I understand the notion of the authors to interpret a movement as the outcome of activity in a muscle, it needs to be remembered that it is well known that fast cyclic leg movements, including those for grooming, cannot be used to conclude on the underlying neural activity. Zakotnik et al. (2006) and others provided evidence that such fast cyclic movements can result from the interaction of the rhythmic activity of one leg muscle only, together with the resting tension of its silent antagonist. Given that no physiological recordings are presented, this needs to be mentioned in the discussion, e.g., in the section "Inhibitory Innervation Imbalance.......".

      Added studies from Heitler, 1974; Bennet-Clark, 1975; Zakotnik et al., 2006; Page et al., 2008 in discussion.

      (3) Introduction and Discussion:

      The authors refer extensively to work on the mammalian spinal cord and compare their own work with circuit elements found in the spinal cord. From the perspective of the reviewer this notion is in conflict with acknowledging prior research work on the role of inhibitory network interactions for other invertebrates and lower vertebrates: such are locust flight system (for feedforward inhibition, disinhibition), crustacean stomatogastric nervous system (reciprocal inhibition), clione swimming system (reciprocal inhibition, feedforward inhibition, disinhibition), leech swimming system (reciprocal inhibition, disinhibition, feedforward inhibition), xenopus swimming system (reciprocal inhibition). The next paragraph illustrates this criticism/suggestion for stick insect neural circuits for leg stepping.

      (4) Discussion:

      "Feedforward inhibition" and "Disinhibition": it is already been described that rhythmic activity of antagonistic insect leg motoneuron pools arises from alternating synaptic inhibition and disinhibition of the motoneurons from premotor central pattern generating networks, e.g., Büschges (1998); Büschges et al. (2004); Ruthe et al. (2024).

      We have added these references to the revised Discussion.

      (5) Circuit motifs of the simulation, i.e., mutual inhibition between interneurons and onto motoneurons and sensory feedback influences and pathways share similarities to those formerly used by studies simulating rhythmic insect leg movements, for example, Schilling & Cruse 2020, 2023 or Toth et al. 2012. For the reader, it appears relevant that the progress of the new simulation is explained in the light of similarities and differences to these former approaches with respect to the common circuit motifs used.

      We now put our work in the context of other models in the Discussion section: “Similar circuit motifs, namely reciprocal inhibitions between pre-motor neurons and the sensory feedback have been modeled before, in particular neuroWalknet, and such simple motifs do not require a separate CPG component to generate rhythmic behavior in these models (Schilling & Cruse 2020, 2023). However, our model is much simpler than the neuroWalknet - it controls a 2D agent operating on an abstract environment (the dust distribution), without physics. In real animals or complex mechanical models such as NeuroMechFly (Lobato-Rios et al), a more explicit central rhythm generation may be advantageous for the coordination across many more degrees of freedom.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I might have missed this, but I couldn't find any mention of how the grooming command pathways, described by previous work from the authors' lab, recruit these predicted grooming pattern-generating neurons. This should be mentioned in the connectome analysis and also discussed later in the discussion.

      13A neurons are direct downstream targets of previously described grooming command neurons. Specifically, the antennal grooming command neuron aDN (Hampel et al., 2015) synapses onto two primary 13As (γ and α; 13As-i) that connect to proximal extensor and medial flexor motor neurons, as well as four other 13As (9a, 9c, 9i, 6e) projecting to body wall extensor motor neurons. The 13As-i also form reciprocal connections with 13As-ii, providing a potential substrate for oscillatory leg movements. aDN connects to homologous 13As on both sides, consistent with the bilateral coordination needed for antennal sweeping. 

      The head grooming/leg rubbing command neuron DNg12 (Guo et al., 2022)  synapses directly onto ~50 13As, predominantly those connected to proximal motor neurons. 

      While sometimes the structural connectivity suggests pathways for generating rhythmic movements, the extensive interconnections among command neurons and premotor circuits indicate that multiple motifs could contribute to the observed behaviors. Further work will be needed to determine how these inputs are dynamically engaged during normal grooming sequences. We have now added it to the discussion.

      I encourage the authors to be explicit about caveats wherever possible: e.g., ectopic expression in genetic tools, potential for other unexplored neurons as rhythm generators (rather than 13A/B), given that the authors never get complete silencing phenotypes, CsChrimson kinetics, neurotransmitter predictions, etc.

      We now explain these caveats as follows: Ectopic expression is noted in Figure 1—figure supplement 1, and we added the following to the Discussion: “While our experiments with multiple genetic lines labeling 13A/B neurons consistently implicate these cells in leg coordination, ectopic expression in some lines raises the possibility that other neurons may also contribute to this phenotype. In addition, other excitatory and inhibitory neural circuits, not yet identified, may also contribute to the generation of rhythmic leg movements. Future studies should identify such neurons that regulate rhythmic timing and their interactions with inhibitory circuits.”

      We also added a caveat regarding CsChrimson kinetics in the Results. Finally, our identification of these neurons as inhibitory is based on genetic access to the GABAergic population (we use GAD-spGAL4 as part of the intersection which targets them), rather than on predictions of neurotransmitter identity.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Detailed list of figure alterations:

      (1) Figure 1:

      (a) Figure 1B and Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1 lack information on individual cells - how can we tell that the cells targeted are indeed 13A and 13B, and which ones they are? Since off-target expression in neighboring hemilineages isn't ruled out, the interpretation of results is not straightforward.

      The neurons labeled by R35G04-DBD and GAD1-AD are identified as 13A and 13B based on their stereotyped cell body positions and characteristic neurite projections into the neuropil, which match those of 13A and 13B neurons reconstructed in the FANC and MANC connectome. While we have not generated flip-out clones in this genotype, we do isolate 13A neurons more specifically later in the manuscript using R35G04-DBD intersected with Dbx-AD, and show single-cell morphology consistent with identified 13A neurons. The purpose of including this early figure was to motivate the study by showing that silencing this population, which includes 13A/13B neurons, strongly reduces grooming in dusted flies. 

      Regarding Figure 1—Figure Supplement 1:

      This figure showed the expression patterns of all lines used throughout the manuscript. Panels C and D illustrated lines with minimal to no ectopic expression. Panels A and B show neurons with posterior cell bodies that may correspond to 13A neurons not reconstructed in our dataset but described in Soffers et al., 2025 and Marin et al., 2025 and we have provided detailed information about all VNC expressions in the figure legend.

      (b) Figure 1D lacks explanation of boxplots, asterisks, genotypes/experimental design.

      Added.

      (c) Figures 1E-F and video 1 lack quantification, scale bars.

      Added quantification.

      (2) Figure 2:

      (a) Figure 2A, Figure 2 - Supplement 3: What are the details of the hierarchical clustering? What metric was used to decide on the number of clusters? 

      We have used FANC packages to perform NBLAST clustering (Azevedo et al., 2024, Nature). We now include the full protocol in Methods.  The details are as follows:

      We performed hierarchical clustering on pairwise NBLAST similarity scores computed using navis.nblast_allbyall(). The resulting similarity matrix was symmetrized by averaging it with its transpose, and converted into a distance matrix using the transformation:

      distance=(1−similarity)\text{distance} = (1 - \text{similarity})distance=(1−similarity)

      This ensures that a perfect NBLAST match (similarity = 1) corresponds to a distance of 0.

      Clustering was performed using Ward’s linkage method (method='ward' in scipy.cluster.hierarchy.linkage), which minimizes the total within-cluster variance and is well-suited for identifying compact, morphologically coherent clusters.

      We did not predefine the number of clusters. Instead, clusters were visualized using a dendrogram, where branch coloring is based on the default behavior of scipy.cluster.hierarchy.dendrogram(). By default, this function applies a visual color threshold at 70% of the maximum linkage distance to highlight groups of similar elements. In our dataset, this corresponded to a linkage distance of approximately 1–1.5, which visually separated morphologically distinct neuron types (Figures 2A and Figure 2—figure supplement 3A). This threshold was used only as a visual aid and not as a hard cutoff for quantitative grouping.

      The Methods section says that the classification "included left-right comparisons". What does that mean? What are the implications of the authors only having proofread a subset of neurons in T1L (see below)? 

      All adult leg motor neurons and 13A neurons (except one, 13A-ε) have neurite arbors restricted to the local, ipsilateral neuropil associated with the nearest leg.  Although 13B neurons have contralateral cell bodies, their projections are also entirely ipsilateral. The Tuthill Lab, with contributions from our group, focused proofreading efforts on the left front neuropil (T1L) in FANC. This is also where the motor neuron to muscle mapping has been most extensively done. We reconstructed/proofread the 13A and 13B neurons from the right side as well (T1R). We see similar clustering based on morphology and connectivity here as well.  

      Reconstructions lack scale bars and information on orientation (also in other figures), and the figures for the 13B analysis are not consistent with the main figure (e.g., labelling of clusters in panel B along x,y axes).

      Added.  

      (b) Figure 2B: Since the cosine similarity matrix's values should go from -1 to 1, why was a color map used ranging from 0 to 1? 

      While cosine similarity values can theoretically range from -1 to 1, in our case, all vector entries (i.e., synaptic weights) are non-negative, as they reflect the number of synapses from each 13A neuron to its downstream targets. This means all pairwise cosine similarities fall within the 0 to 1 range. 

      Why are some neurons not included in this figure, like 1g, 2b, 3c-f (also in Supplement 3)?

      The few 13A neurons that don’t connect to motor neurons are not shown in the figure.

      (c) Figures 2C and D: the overlaid neurites are difficult to distinguish from one another. If the point here is to show that each 13A neuron class innervates specific motor neurons, then this is not the clearest way of doing that. For instance, the legend indicates that extensors are labelled in red, and that MNs with the highest number of synapses are highlighted in red - does that work? I could not figure out what was going on. On a more general point: if two cells are connected, does that not automatically mean that they should overlap in their projection patterns?

      We intended these panels to illustrate that 13A neurons synapse onto overlapping regions of motor neurons, thereby creating a spatial representation of muscle targets. However, we agree that overlapping multiple neurons in a single flat projection makes the figure difficult to interpret. We have therefore removed Figures 2C and 2D.

      While neurons must overlap at least somewhere if they form a synaptic connection, the amount of their neurites that overlap can vary, and more extensive overlap suggests more possible connections. Because the synapses are computationally predicted, examining the overlap helps to confirm that these predictions are consistent.

      While connected neurons must overlap locally at their synaptic sites, they do not necessarily show extensive or spatially structured overlap of their projections. For example, descending neurons or 13B interneurons may form synapses onto motor neurons without exhibiting a topographically organized projection pattern. In contrast, 13A→MN connectivity is organized in a structured manner: specialist 13A neurons align with the myotopic map of MN dendrites, whereas generalist 13As project more broadly and target MN groups across multiple leg segments, reflecting premotor synergies. This spatial organization—combining both joint-specific and multi-joint representations—was a key finding we wished to highlight, and we have revised the Results text to make this clearer.

      (d) Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 1: Why are these results presented in a way that goes against the morphological clustering results, but without explanation? Clusters 1-3 seem to overlap in their connectivity, and are presented in a mixed order. Why is this ignored? Are there similar data for 13B?

      The morphological clusters 1–3 do exhibit overlapping connectivity, but this is consistent with both their anatomical similarity and premotor connectivity. Specifically, Cluster 1 neurons connect to SE and TrE motor neurons, Cluster 2 connects only to TrE motor neurons, and Cluster 3 targets multiple motor pools, including SE and TrE (Figure 2—Figure Supplement 1B). This overlap is also reflected in the high pairwise cosine similarity among Clusters 1–3 shown in Figure 2B. Thus, their similar connectivity profiles align with their proximity in the NBLAST dendrogram.

      Regarding 13B neurons: there is no clear correlation between morphological clusters and downstream motor targets, as shown in the cosine similarity matrix (Figure 2—figure supplement 3). Moreover, even premotor 13B neurons that fall within the same morphological cluster do not connect to the same set of motor neurons (Figure 3—figure supplement 1F). For example, 13B-2a connects to LTrM and tergo-trochanteral MNs, 13B-2b connects to TiF MNs, and 13B-2g connects to Tr-F, TiE, and tergo-T MNs. Together, these results demonstrate that 13A neurons are spatially organized in a manner that correlates with their motor neuron targets, whereas 13B neurons lack such spatially structured organization, suggesting distinct principles of connectivity for these two inhibitory premotor populations.

      (e) Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 2: A comparison is made here between T1R (proofread) and T1L (largely not proofread). A general point is made here that there are "similar numbers of neurons and cluster divisions". First, no quantitative comparison is provided, making it difficult to judge whether this point is accurate. Second, glancing at the connectivity diagram, I can identify a large number of discrepancies. How should we interpret those? Can T1L be proofread? If this is too much of a burden, results should be presented with that as a clear caveat.

      The 13A and 13B neurons in the T1L hemisegment are fully proofread (Lesser et al, 2024, current publication); the T1R has been extensively analyzed as well.  To compare the clustering and match identities of 13A and 13B neurons on the left and the right, We mirrored the 13A neurons from the left side and used NBLAST to match them with their counterparts on the right.

      While individual synaptic counts differ between sides in the FANC dataset (T1L generally showing higher counts), the number of 13A neurons, their clustering, and the overall patterns of connectivity are largely conserved between T1L and T1R.

      Importantly, each 13A cluster targets the same subset of motor neurons on both sides, preserving the overall pattern of connectivity. The largest divergence is seen in cluster 9, which shows more variable connectivity.  

      (f) Figure 2 - Figure Supplements 4 & 5: Why did the authors choose to present the particular cell type in Supplement 4?  Why are the cell types in Supplement 5 presented differently? Labels in Supplement 5 are illegible, but I imagine this is due to the format of the file presented to reviewers. Why are there no data for 13B?

      We chose to present the particular cell type in Supplement 4 because it corresponds to cell types targeted in the genetic lines used in our behavioral experiments. The 13A neuron shown is also one of the primary neurons in this lineage. This example illustrates its broader connectivity beyond the inhibitory and motor connections emphasized in the main figures.

      In Supplement 5, we initially aimed to highlight that the major downstream targets of 13A neurons are motor neurons. We have now removed this figure and instead state in the text that the major downstream targets are MNs.

      We did not present 13B neurons in the same format because their major downstream targets are not motor neurons. Instead, we emphasize their role in disinhibition and their connections to 13A neurons, as shown in a specific example in Figure 3—figure supplement 2. This 13B neuron also corresponds to a cell type targeted in the genetic line used in our behavioral experiments.

      (3) Figure 3:

      (a) Figure 3A: the collection of diagrams is not clear. I'd suggest one diagram with all connections included repeated for each subpanel, with each subpanel highlighting relevant connections and greying out irrelevant ones to the type of connection discussed. The nomenclature should be consistent between the figure and the legend (e.g., feedforward inhibition vs direct MN inhibition in A1.

      The intent of Figure 3A is to highlight individual circuit motifs by isolating them in separate panels. Including all connections in every sub panel would likely reduce clarity and make it harder to follow each motif. For completeness, we show the full set of connections together in Panel D. We updated the nomenclature as suggested. 

      (b) Figure 3B: Why was the medial joint discussed in detail? Do the thicknesses of the lines represent the number of synapses? There should be a legend, in that case. Why are the green edges all the same thickness? Are they indeed all connected with a similarly low number of synapses?

      We focused on the medial joint (femur-tibia joint) because it produces alternating flexion and extension of the tibia during both head sweeps and leg rubbing, which are the main grooming actions we analyzed. During head grooming, the tarsus is typically suspended in the air, so the cleaning action is primarily driven by tibial movements generated at the medial joint. 

      The thickness of the edges represents the number of synapses, and we have now clarified this in the legend. The green edges represent connections from 13B neurons, which were manually added to the graph, as described in the Methods section. 13B neurons are smaller than 13A neurons and form significantly fewer total downstream synapses. For example, the 13B neuron shown in Figure 3—figure supplement 2 makes a total of 155 synapses to all downstream neurons, with only 22 synapses to its most strongly connected partner, a 13A neuron. The relatively sparse connectivity of 13B neurons is shown in thinner or uniform edge weights in this graph.

      (C) Figure 3C: This is a potentially important panel, but the connections are difficult to interpret. Moreover, the text says, "This organizational motif applies to multiple joints within a leg as reciprocal connections between generalist 13A neurons suggest a role in coordinating multi-joint movements in synergy". To what extent is this a representative result? The figure also has an error in the legend (it is not labelled as 3C).

      This statement is true and based on the connectivity of these neurons. We now added

      “Data for 13A-MN connections shown in Figure 2—figure supplement 1 I9, I6, I7, H9, H4, and H5; 13A-13A connections shown in Figure 3—figure supplement 1C.” to the figure legend.

      Thanks, we fixed the labelling error.

      (d) Figure 3 - Figure Supplement 1: Panel A is very difficult to interpret. Could a hierarchical diagram be used, or some other representation that is easier to digest?

      Panel A provides a consolidated view of all upstream and downstream interconnections among individual 13A and 13B neurons, allowing readers to quickly assess which neurons connect to which others without having to examine all subpanels. For a hierarchical representation, we have provided individual neuron-level diagrams in Panels C–F. 

      (e) Figure 3 - Figure Supplement 2: Why was this cell type selected?

      We selected this 13B because it is involved in the disinhibition of 13A neurons and is also present in the genetic line used for our behavioral experiments. 

      (f) Figure 3 - Figure Supplement 3: The diagram is confusing, with text aligned randomly, and colors lacking some explanations. Legend has odd formatting.

      The diagram layout and text alignment are designed to reflect the logical grouping of proprioceptors, 13A neurons, and motor neurons. To improve clarity, we have added node colors, included a written explanation for edge colors, and corrected the formatting of the figure legend.

      (4) Figure 4:

      (a) Figure 4A: This has no quantification, poor labelling, and odd units (centiseconds?). The colours between the left and right panels also don't align.

      We have fixed these issues.

      (b) Figure 4D-K: The ranges on the different axes are not the same (e.g., y axis on box plots, x axis on histograms). This obscures the fact that the differences between experimental and control, which in many cases are not big, are not consistent between the various controls. Moreover, the data that are plotted are, as far as I can tell (which is also to say: this should be explained), one value per frame. With imaging at 100Hz, this means that an enormous number of values are used in each analysis. Very small differences can therefore be significant in a statistical sense. However, how different something is between conditions is important (effect size), and this is not taken int account in this manuscript. For instance, in 4D-J, the differences in the mean seem to be minimal. Should that not be taken into consideration? A point in case is panel D in Figure 4 - Figure Supplement 1: even with near identical distributions, a statistically significant difference is detected. The same applies to Figure 4 - Figure Supplements 1-3. Also, what do the boxes and whiskers in the box plots show, exactly?

      We have re-plotted all summary panels using linear mixed-effects models (LMMs) as suggested. In the updated plots, each dot represents the mean value for a single animal, and bar height represents the group mean. Whiskers indicate the 95% confidence interval around the group mean. This approach avoids inflating sample size by using per-frame values and provides a more accurate view of both variability and effect size. 

      (e) Figure 4 - Figure Supplement 1: There are 6 cells labelled in the split line; only 4 are shown in A3. Is cluster 6 a convincing match between EM and MCFO?

      We indeed report four neurons targeted by the split-GAL4 line in flip out clones. Generating these clones was technically challenging. In our sample (n=23), we may not have labeled all of the neurons.  Alternatively, two neurons may share very similar morphology and connectivity, making it difficult to tell them apart. We have added this clarification to the revised figure legend.

      It is interesting to see data on walking in panel K, but why were these analyses not done on any of the other manipulations? What defect produced the reduction in velocity, exactly? How should this be interpreted?

      Our primary focus was on grooming, but we did observe changes in walking, so we report illustrative examples. We initially included a panel showing increased walking velocity upon 13A activation, but this effect did not survive FDR correction and was removed in the revised version. We instead included data for 13A silencing which did not affect the frequency of joint movements during walking. However, spatial aspects of walking were affected: the distance between front leg tips during stance was reduced, indicating that although flies continued to walk rhythmically, the positioning of the legs was altered. This suggests that these specific 13A neurons may influence coordination and limb placement during walking without disrupting basic rhythmicity. As reviewer #2 also noted, dust may itself affect walking, so we have chosen not to further pursue this aspect in the current study.

      (f) Figure 4 - Figure Supplement 2: panel A is identical to Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1C. This figure needs particular attention, both in content and style. Why present data on silencing these neurons in C-D, but not in E-F?

      We removed the panel Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1C and kept it in Figure 4 - Figure Supplement 2 A. E-F also shows data on silencing, as C’.

      (g) Figure 4 - Figure Supplement 3: In panel B, the authors should more clearly demonstrate the identity of 4b and 4a. Why present such a limited number of parameters in F and G?

      The cells shown in panel B represent the best matches we could identify between the light-level expression pattern and EM reconstructions. In panels F and G, we focused on bout duration, as leg position/inter-leg distance and frequency were already presented (in Figure 4). Together, these parameters demonstrate the role of 13B neurons in coordinating leg movements. Maximum angular velocity of proximal joints was not significantly affected and is therefore not included.

      (5) Figure 5:

      (a) Figure 5B: Lacks a quantification of the periodic nature of the behavior, which is required to compare to experimental conditions, e.g., in panel C.

      Added

      (b) Figure 5C: Requires a quantification; stimulus dynamics need to be incorporated.

      Added

      (c) Figure 5D: More information is needed. Does "Front leg" mean "leg rub", and "Head" "head sweep"? How do the dynamics in these behaviors compare to normal grooming behavior?

      Yes, head grooming is head sweeps and Front leg grooming is leg rub. Comparison added, shown in 5E-F

      (d) Figure 5E: How should we interpret these plots? Do these look like normal grooming/walking?

      We have now included the comparison.

      (e) Figure 5F: Needs stats to compare it to 5B'.

      Done

      (6) Figure 6:

      (a) Figure 6A: I think the circuit used for the model is lacking the claw/hook extension - 13Bs connection. Any other changes? What is the rationale?

      13Bs upstream of these particular 13As do not receive significant connections from claw/hook neurons (there’s only one ~5 synapses connection from one hook extension to one 13B neurons, which we neglected for the modeling purpose). 

      (b) Figure 6B and C: Needs labels, legend; where is 13B?

      In the figure legend we now added: “The 13B neurons in this model do not connect to each other, receive excitatory input from the black box, and only project to the 13As (inhibitory). Their weight matrix, with only two values, is not shown.” We added the colorbar and corrected the color scheme.

      (c) Figure 6D-H: plots are very difficult to interpret. Units are also missing (is "Time" correct?).

      The units are indeed Time in frames (of simulation). We added this to the figure and the legend. We clarified the units of all variables in these panels. Corrected the color scheme and added their meaning to the legend text.

      (d) Figure 6I: I think the authors should consider presenting this in a different format.

      (e)  Figure 6 J and K (also Figure Supplement): lacks labels.

      We added labels for the three joints, increased the size of fonts for clarity, and added panel titles on the top.

      More specific suggestions:

      (1) It would be helpful if the titles of all figures reflected the take-away message, like in Figure 2.

      (2) "Their dendrites occupy a limited region of VNC, suggesting common pre-synaptic inputs" - all dendrites do, so I'd suggest rephrasing to be more precise.

      (3) "We propose that the broadly projecting primary neurons are generalists, likely born earlier, while specialists are mostly later-born secondary neurons" - this needs to be explained.

      We added the explanation.

      We propose that the broadly projecting primary neurons are generalists, likely born earlier, while specialists are mostly later-born secondary neurons. This is consistent with the known developmental sequence of hemilineages, where early-born primary neurons typically acquire larger arbors and integrate across broader premotor and motor targets, whereas later-born secondary neurons often have more spatially restricted projections and specialized roles[18,19,81,82,85]. Our morphological clustering supports this idea: generalist 13As have extensive axonal arbors spanning multiple leg segments, whereas specialist neurons are more narrowly tuned, connecting to a few MN targets within a segment. Thus, both their morphology and connectivity patterns align with the expectation from birth-order–dependent diversification within hemilineages.

      (4) "We did not find any correlation between the morphology of premotor 13B and motor connections" - this needs to be explained, as morphology constrains connectivity.

      We agree that morphology often constrains connectivity. However, in contrast to 13A neurons—where morphological clusters strongly predict MN connectivity—we did not observe such a correlation for 13B neurons. As we noted in our response to comment 2d, 13B neurons can form synapses onto MNs without exhibiting extensive or spatially structured overlap of their axonal projections with MN dendrites. This suggests that 13B→MN connectivity may be governed by more local, synapse-specific rules rather than by large-scale morphological positioning, in contrast to the spatially organized premotor map we observe for 13As.

      (5) "Based on their connectivity, we hypothesized that continuously activating them might reduce extension and increase flexion. Conversely, silencing them might increase extension and reduce flexion." - these clear predictions are then not directly addressed in the results that follow.

      We have now expanded this section.

      (6) "Thus, 13A neurons regulate both spatial and temporal aspects of leg coordination" "Together, 13A and 13B neurons contribute to both spatial and temporal coordination during grooming" - are these not intrinsically linked? This needs to be explained/justified.

      The spatial (leg positioning, joint angles) and temporal (frequency, rhythm) aspects are often linked, but they can be at least partially dissociated. This has been shown in other systems: for example, Argentine ants reduce walking speed on uneven terrain primarily by decreasing stride frequency while maintaining stride length (Clifton et al., 2020), and Drosophila larvae adjust crawling speed mainly by modulating cycle period rather than the amplitude of segmental contractions (Heckscher et al., 2012). Consistent with these findings, we observe that 13A neuron manipulation in dusted flies significantly alters leg positioning without changing the frequency of walking cycles. Thus, leg positioning can be perturbed while the number of extension–flexion cycles per second remains constant, supporting the view that spatial and temporal features are at least partially dissociable.

      (7) "Connectome data revealed that 13B neurons disinhibit motor pools (...) One of these 13B neurons is premotor, inhibiting both proximal and tibia extensor MN" - these are not possible at the same time.

      We show that the 13B population contains neurons with distinct connectivity motifs:

      some inhibit premotor 13A neurons (leading to disinhibition of motor pools), while others directly inhibit motor neurons. The split-GAL4 line we use labels three 13B neurons—two that inhibit the primary 13A neuron 13A-9d-γ (which targets proximal extensor and medial flexor MNs) and one that is premotor, directly inhibiting both proximal and tibia extensor MNs. Although these functions may appear mutually exclusive, their combined action could converge to a similar outcome: disinhibition of proximal extensor and medial flexor MNs while simultaneously inhibiting medial extensor MNs. This suggests that the labeled 13B neurons act in concert to bias the network toward a specific motor state rather than producing contradictory effects.

      (8) "we often observed that one leg became locked in flexion while the other leg remained extended, (indicating contribution from additional unmapped left right coordination circuits)." - Are these results not informative? I'd suggest the authors explain the implications of this more, rather than mentioning it within brackets like this.

      We agree with the reviewer that these results are highly informative. The observation that one leg can remain locked in flexion while the other stays extended suggests that additional left–right coordination circuits are engaged during grooming. This cross-talk is likely mediated by commissural interneurons downstream of inhibitory premotor neurons, which have not yet been systematically studied. Dissecting these circuits will require a dedicated project combining bilateral connectomic reconstruction, studying downstream targets of these commissural neurons, and functional interrogation, which is beyond the scope of the current study.

      (9) "Indeed, we observe that optogenetic activation of specific 13A and 13B neurons triggers grooming movements. We also discover that" - this phrasing suggests that this has already been shown.external

      We replaced ‘indeed’ with “Consistent with this connectivity,”

      (10) "But the 13A circuitry can still produce rhythmic behavior even without those  sensory inputs (or when set to a constant value), although the legs become less coordinated." - what does this mean?

      We can train (fine-tune) the model without the descending inputs from the “black box” and the behavior will still be rhythmic, meaning that our modeled 13A circuit alone can produce rhythmic behavior, i.e. the rhythm is not generated externally (by the “black box”). We added Figure 7 to the MS and re-wrote this paragraph. In the revised manuscript we now state: “But the 13A circuitry can still produce rhythmic behavior even without those excitatory inputs from the “black box” (or when set to a constant value), although the legs become less coordinated (because they are “unaware” of each other’s position at any time). Indeed, when we refine the model (with the evolutionary training) without the “black box” (using instead a constant input of 0.1) the behavior is still rhythmic although somewhat less sustained (Figure 7). This confirms that the rhythmic activity and behavior can emerge from the modeled pre-motor circuitry itself, without a rhythmic input.”

      (11) "However, to explore the possibility of de novo emergent periodic behavior (without the direct periodic descending input) we instead varied the model's parameters around their empirically obtained values." - why do the authors not show how the model performs without tuning it first? What are the changes exactly that are happening as a result of the tuning? Are there specific connections that are lost? Do I interpret Figure 6B and C correctly when I think that some connections are lost (e.g., an SN-MN connection)? How does that compare to the text, which states that "their magnitudes must be at least 80% of the empirical weights"?

      Without the fine-tuning we do not get any behavior (the activation levels saturate). So, we tolerate 20% divergence from the empirically established weights and we keep the signs the same. However, in the previous version we allowed the weights to decrease below 20% of the empirical weight (as long as the sign didn’t change) but not above (the signs were maintained and synapses were not added or removed). We thank the reviewer for observing this important discrepancy. In the current version we ensured that the model’s weights are bounded in both directions (the tolerance = 0.2), but we also partially relaxed the constraint on adjacency matrix re-scaling (see Methods, the “The fine-tuning of the synaptic weights” section, where we now clarify more precisely how the evolving model is fitted to the connectome constraints). We then re-ran the fine-tuning process. The Figure 6B and C is now corrected with the properly constrained model, as well as other panels in the figure.  We also applied a better color scheme (now, blue is inhibitory and red is excitatory) for Fig. 6B and C.

      (12) "Interestingly, removing 13As-ii-MN connections to the three MNs (second row of the 13A → MN matrices in Figures 6B and C) does not have much effect on the leg movement (data not shown). It seems sufficient for this model to contract only one of the two antagonistic muscles per joint, while keeping the other at a steady state." - this is not clear.

      We repeated this test with the newly fine-tuned model and re-wrote the result as follows:  “...when we remove just the 13A-i-MN connections (which control the flexors of the right leg) we likewise get a complete paralysis of the leg. However, removing the 13A-ii-MN (which control the extensors of the right leg) has only a modest effect on the leg movement. So, we need the 13A-i neurons to inhibit the flexors (via motor neurons), but not extensors, in order to obtain rhythmic movements.”

      (13) The Discussion needs to reference the specific Results in all relevant sections.

      We have revised the discussion to explicitly reference the specific results.

      (14) "Flexors and extensors should alternate" - there are circumstances in which flexors and extensors should co-contract. For instance, co-contraction modulates joint stiffness for postural stability and helps generate forces required for fast movements.

      Thanks for pointing this out. We added “However, flexor–extensor co-contraction can also be functionally relevant, such as for modulating joint stiffness during postural stabilization or for generating large forces required for fast movements (Zakotnik et al., 2006; Günzel et al., 2022; Ogawa and Yamawaki 2025). Some generalist 13A neurons could facilitate co-contraction across different leg segments, but none target antagonistic motor neurons controlling the same joint. Therefore, co-contraction within a single joint would require the simultaneous activation of multiple 13A neurons.”

      (15) "While legs alternate between extension and flexion, they remain elevated during grooming. To maintain this posture, some MNs must be continuously activated while their antagonists are inactivated." - this is not necessarily correct. Small limbs, like those of Drosophila, can assume gravity-independent rest angles (10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5510-08.2009).

      We added it to discussion

      (16) The discussion "Spatial Mapping of premotor neurons in the nerve cord" seems to me to be making obvious points, and does not need to be included.

      We have now revised this section to highlight the significance of 13A spatial organization, emphasizing premotor topographic mapping, multi-joint movement modules, and parallels to myotopic, proprioceptive, and vertebrate spinal maps.

      (17) Key point, albeit a small one: "Normal activity of these inhibitory neurons is critical for grooming" - the use of the word critical is problematic, and perhaps typical of the tone of the manuscript. These animals still groom when many of these neurons are manipulated, so what does "critical" really mean?

      In this instance, we now changed “critical” to “important”. We observed that silencing or activating a large number (>8) 13A neurons or few 13A and B neurons together completely abolishes grooming in dusted flies as flies get paralyzed or the limbs get locked in extreme poses. Therefore we think we have a justification for the statement that these neurons are critical for grooming.  These neurons may contribute to additional behaviors, and there may be partially redundant circuits that can also support grooming. We have revised the manuscript  with the intention of clarifying both what we have observed and the limits.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors endeavor to capture the dynamics of emotion-related brain networks. They employ slice-based fMRI combined with ICA on fMRI time series recorded while participants viewed a short movie clip. This approach allowed them to track the time course of four non-noise independent components at an effective 2s temporal resolution at the BOLD level. Notably, the authors report a temporal sequence from input to meaning, followed by response, and finally default mode networks, with significant overlap between stages. The use of ICA offers a data-driven method to identify large-scale networks involved in dynamic emotion processing. Overall, this paradigm and analytical strategy mark an important step forward in shifting affective neuroscience toward investigating temporal dynamics rather than relying solely on static network assessments

      Strengths:

      (1) One of the main advantages highlighted is the improved temporal resolution offered by slice-based fMRI. However, the manuscript does not clearly explain how this method achieves a higher effective resolution, especially since the results still show a 2s temporal resolution, comparable to conventional methods. Clarification on this point would help readers understand the true benefit of the approach.

      (2) While combining ICA with task fMRI is an innovative approach to study the spatiotemporaldynamics of emotion processing, task fMRI typically relies on modeling the hemodynamic response (e.g., using FIR or IR models) to mitigate noise and collinearity across adjacent trials. The current analysis uses unmodeled BOLD time series, which might risk suffering from these issues.

      (3) The study's claims about emotion dynamics are derived from fMRI data, which are inherently affected by the hemodynamic delay. This delay means that the observed time courses may differ substantially from those obtained through electrophysiology or MEG studies. A discussion on how these fMRI-derived dynamics relate to - or complement - is critical for the field to understand the emotion dynamics.

      (4) Although using ICA to differentiate emotion elements is a convenient approach to tell a story, it may also be misleading. For instance, the observed delayed onset and peak latency of the 'response network' might imply that emotional responses occur much later than other stages, which contradicts many established emotion theories. Given the involvement of largescale brain regions in this network, the underlying reasons for this delay could be very complex.

      Concerns and suggestions:

      However, I have several concerns regarding the specific presentation of temporal dynamics in the current manuscript and offer the following suggestions.

      (1) One selling point of this work regarding the advantages of testing temporal dynamics is the application of slice-based fMRI, which, in theory, should improve the temporal resolution of the fMRI time course. Improving fMRI temporal resolution is critical for a research project on this topic. The authors present a detailed schematic figure (Figure 2) to help readers understand it. However, I have difficulty understanding the benefits of this method in terms of temporal resolution.

      (a) In Figure 2A, if we examine a specific voxel in slice 2, the slice acquisitions occur at 0.7s, 2.7s, and 4.7s, which implies a temporal resolution of 2s rather than 0.7s. I am unclear on how the temporal resolution could be 0.7s for this specific voxel. I would prefer that the authors clarify this point further, as it would benefit readers who are not familiar with this technology.

      We very much appreciate these concerns as they highlight shortcomings in our explanation of the method. Please note that the main explanation of the method (and comparison with expected HRF and FIR based methods) is done in Janssen et al. (2018, NeuroImage; see further explanations in Janssen et al., 2020). However, to make the current paper more selfcontained, we provided further explanation of the Slice-Based method in Figure 2. With respect to the specific concern of the reviewer, in the hypothetical example used in Figure 2, the temporal resolution of the voxel on slice 2 is 0.7s because it combines the acquisitions from stimulus presentations across all trials. Specifically, given the specific study parameters as outlined in Figures 2A and B, slice 2 samples the state of the brain exactly 0s after stimulus presentation on trial 1 (red color), 0.7s after stimulus presentation on trial 3 (green color), and 1.3s after stimulus presentation on trial 2 (yellow color). Thus after combining data acquisitions across these three 3 stimuli presentations, slice 2 has sampled the state of the brain at timepoints that are multiples of 0.7s starting from stimulus onset. This is why we say that the theoretical maximum temporal resolution is equal to the TR divided by the number of slices (in the example 2/3 = 0.7s, in the actual experiment 3/39 = 0.08s). In the current study we used temporal binning across timepoints to reduce the temporal resolution (to 2 seconds) and improve the tSNR.

      We have updated the legend of Figure 3 to more clearly explain this issue.

      (b) Even with the claim of an increased temporal resolution (0.7s), the actual data (Figure 3) still appears to have a 2s resolution. I wonder what specific benefit slice-based fMRI brings in terms of testing temporal dynamics, aside from correcting the temporal distortions that conventional fMRI exhibits.

      This is a good point. In the current experiment, the TR was 3s, but we extracted the fMRI signal at 2s temporal resolution, which means an increment of 33%. In this study we did not directly compare the impact of different temporal resolutions on the efficacy of detection of network dynamics. Indeed, we agree with the reviewer that there remain many unanswered questions about the issue of temporal resolution of the extracted fMRI signal and the impact on the ability to detect fMRI network dynamics. We think that questions such as those posed by the reviewer should be addressed in future studies that are directly focused on this issue. We have updated our discussion section (page 21-22) to more clearly reflect this point of view.

      (2) In task-fMRI, the hemodynamic response is usually estimated using a specific model (e.g., FIR, IR model; see Lindquist et al., 2009). These models are effective at reducing noise and collinearity across adjacent trials. The current method appears to be conducted on unmodeled BOLD time series.

      (a) I am wondering how the authors avoid the issues that are typically addressed by these HRF modeling approaches. For example, if we examine the baseline period (say, -4 to 0s relative to stimulus onset), the activation of most networks does not remain around zero, which could be due to delayed influences from the previous trial. This suggests that the current time course may not be completely accurate.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this issue. Let us start by reiterating what we stated above: That there are many issues related to BOLD signal extraction and fMRI network discovery in task-based fMRI that remain poorly understood and should be addressed in future work. Such work should explore, for example, the impact of using a FIR vs Slice-based method on the discovery of networks in task-fMRI. These studies should also investigate the impact of different types of baselines and baseline durations on the extraction of the BOLD signal and network discovery. For the present purposes, our goal was not to introduce a new technique of fMRI signal extraction, but to show that the slice-based technique, in combination with ICA, can be used to study the brain’s networks dynamics in an emotional task. In other words, while we clearly appreciate the reviewer’s concerns and have several other studies underway that directly address these concerns, we believe that such concerns are better addressed in independent research. See our discussion on page 21-22 that addresses this issue.

      (b) A related question: if the authors take the spatial map of a certain network and apply a modeling approach to estimate a time series within that network, would the results be similar to the current ICA time series?

      Interesting point. Typically in a modeling approach the expected HRF (e.g., the double gamma function) is fitted to the fMRI data. Importantly, this approach produces static maps of the fit between the expected HRF and the data. By contrast, model-free approaches such as FIR or slice-based methods extract the fMRI signal directly from the data without making apriori assumptions about the expected shape of the signal. These approaches do not produce static maps but instead are capable of extracting the whole-brain dynamics during the execution of a task (event-related dynamics). These data-driven approaches (FIR, SliceBased, etc) are therefore a necessary first step in the analyses of the dynamics of brain activity during a task. The subsequent step involves the analyses of these complex eventrelated brain dynamics. In the current paper we suggest that a straightforward way to do this is to use ICA which produces spatial maps of voxels with similar time courses, and hence, yields insights into the temporal dynamics of whole-brain fMRI networks. As we mentioned above, combining ICA with a high temporal resolution data-driven signal is new and there are many new avenues for research in this burgeoning new field.

      (3) Human emotion should be inherently fast to ensure survival, as shown in many electrophysiology and MEG studies. For example, the dynamics of a fearful face can occur within 100ms in subcortical regions (Méndez-Bértolo et al., 2016), and general valence and arousal effects can occur as early as 200ms (e.g., Grootswagers et al., 2020; Bo et al., 2022). In contrast, the time-to-peak or onset timing in the BOLD time series spans a much larger time range due to the hemodynamic delay. fMRI findings indeed add spatial precision to our understanding of the temporal dynamics of emotion, but could the authors comment on how the current temporal dynamics supplement those electrophysiology studies that operate on much finer temporal scales?

      We really like this point. One way that EEG and fMRI are typically discussed is that these two approaches are said to be complementary. While EEG is able to provide information on temporal dynamics, but not spatial localization of brain activity, fMRI cannot provide information on the temporal dynamics, but can provide insights into spatial localization. Our study most directly challenges the latter part of this statement. We believe that by using tasks that highlight “slow” cognition, fMRI can be used to reveal not only spatial but also temporal information of brain activity. The movie task that we used presumably relies on a kind of “slow” cognition that takes place on longer time scales (e.g., the construction of the meaning of the scene). Our results show that with such tasks, whole-brain networks with different temporal dynamics can be separated by ICA, at odds with the claim that fMRI is only good for spatial information. One avenue of future research would be to attempt such “slow” tasks directly with EEG and try to find the electrical correlates of the networks detected in the current study.

      We hope to have answered the concerns of the reviewer.

      (4) The response network shows activation as late as 15 to 20s, which is surprising. Could the authors discuss further why it takes so long for participants to generate an emotional response in the brain?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. Our study design was such that there was an initial movie clip that lasted 12.5s, which was then followed by a two-alternative forced-choice decision task (including a button press, 2.5s), and finally followed by a 10s rest period. We extracted the fMRI signal across this entire 25s period (actually 28s because we also took into account some uncertainty in BOLD signal duration). Network discovery using ICA then showed various networks with distinct time courses (across the 25s period), including one network (IC2 response) that showed a peak around 21s (see Figure 3). Given the properties of the spatial map (eg., activity in primary motor areas, Figure 4), as well as the temporal properties of its timecourse (e.g., peak close to the response stage of the task), we interpreted this network as related to generating the manual response in the two-alternative forced-choice decision task. Further analyses showed that this aspect of the task (e.g., deciding the emotion of the character in the movie clip) was also sensitive to the emotional content of the earlier movie clip (Figure 6 and 7).

      We have further clarified this aspect of our results (see pages 16-17). We thank the reviewer for pointing this out.

      (5) Related to 4. In many theories, the emotion processing stages-including perception, valuation, and response-are usually considered iterative processes (e.g., Gross, 2015), especially in real-world scenarios. The advantage of the current paradigm is that it incorporates more dynamic elements of emotional stimuli and is closer to reality. Therefore, one might expect some degree of dynamic fluctuation within the tested brain networks to reflect those potential iterative processes (input, meaning, response). However, we still do not observe much brain dynamics in the data. In Figure 5, after the initial onset, most network activations remain sustained for an extended period of time. Does this suggest that emotion processing is less dynamic in the brain than we thought, or could it be related to limitations in temporal resolution? It could also be that the dynamics of each individual trial differ, and averaging them eliminates these variations. I would like to hear the authors' comments on this topic.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting question. We are assuming the reviewer is referring to Figure 3 and not Figure 5. Indeed what Figure 3 shows is the average time course of each detected network across all subjects and trial types. This figure therefore does not directly show the difference in dynamics between the different emotions. However, as we show in further analyses that examine how emotion modulates specific aspects of the fMRI signal dynamics (time to peak, peak value, duration) of different networks, there are differences in the dynamics of these networks depending on the emotion (Figure 6 and 7). Thus, our results show that different emotions evoked by movie clips differ in their dynamics. Obviously, generalizing this to say that in general, different emotions have different brain dynamics is not straightforward and would require further study (probably using other tasks, and other emotions). We have updated the discussion section as well as the caption of Figure 3 to better explain this issue (see also comments by reviewer 2).

      (6) The activation of the default mode network (DMN), although relatively late, is very interesting. Generally, one would expect a deactivation of this network during ongoing external stimulation. Could this suggest that participants are mind-wandering during the later portion of the task?

      Very good point. Indeed this is in line with our interpretation. The late activity of the default mode network could reflect some further processing of the previous emotional experience. More work is required to clarify this further in terms of reflective, mind-wandering or regulatory processing. We have updated our discussion section to better highlight this issue (see page 19).

      We thank the reviewer for their really insightful comments and suggestions!

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examined the neural correlates of the temporal-spatial dynamics of emotional processing while participants were watching short movie clips (each 12.5 s long) from the movie "Forrest Gump". Participants not only watched each film clip, but also gave emotional responses, followed by a brief resting period. Employing fMRI to track the BOLD responses during these stages of emotional processing, the authors found four large-scale brain networks (labeled as IC0,1,2,4) were differentially involved in emotional processing. Overall, this work provides valuable information on the neurodynamics of emotional processing.

      Strengths:

      This work employs a naturalistic movie watching paradigm to elicit emotional experiences. The authors used a slice-based fMRI method to examine the temporal dynamics of BOLD responses. Compared to previous emotional research that uses static images, this work provides some new data and insights into how the brain supports emotional processing from a temporal dynamics view.

      Thank you!

      Weaknesses:

      Some major conclusions are unwarranted and do not have relevant evidence. For example, the authors seemed to interpret some neuroimaging results to be related to emotion regulation. However, there were no explicit instructions about emotional regulation, and there was no evidence suggesting participants regulated their emotions. How to best interpret the corresponding results thus requires caution.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have updated the limitations section of our Discussion section (page 20) to better qualify our interpretations.

      Relatedly, the authors argued that "In turn, our findings underscore the utility of examining temporal metrics to capture subtle nuances of emotional processing that may remain undetectable using standard static analyses." While this sentence makes sense and is reasonable, it remains unclear how the results here support this argument. In particular, there were only three emotional categories: sad, happy, and fear. These three emotional categories are highly different from each other. Thus, how exactly the temporal metrics captured the "subtle nuances of emotional processing" shall be further elaborated.

      This is an important point. We also discuss this limitation in the “limitations” section of our Discussion (page 20). We again thank the reviewer for pointing this out.

      The writing also contained many claims about the study's clinical utility. However, the authors did not develop their reasoning nor elaborate on the clinical relevance. While examining emotional processing certainly could have clinical relevance, please unpack the argument and provide more information on how the results obtained here can be used in clinical settings.

      We very much appreciate this comment. Note that we did not intend to motivate our study directly from a clinical perspective (because we did not test our approach on a clinical population). Instead, our point is that some researchers (e.g., Kuppens & Verduyn 2017; Waugh et al., 2015) have conceptualized emotional disorders frequently having a temporal component (e.g., dwelling abnormally long on negative thoughts) and that our technique could be used to examine if temporal dynamics of networks are affected in such disorders. However, as we pointed out, this should be verified in future work. We have updated our final paragraph (page 22) to more clearly highlight this issue. We thank the reviewer for pointing this out.

      Importantly, how are the temporal dynamics of BOLD responses and subjective feelings related? The authors showed that "the time-to-peak differences in IC2 ("response") align closely with response latency results, with sad trials showing faster response latencies and earlier peak times". Does this mean that people typically experience sad feelings faster than happy or fear? Yet this is inconsistent with ideas such that fear detection is often rapid, while sadness can be more sustained. Understandably, the study uses movie clips, which can be very different from previous work, mostly using static images (e.g., a fearful or a sad face). But the authors shall explicitly discuss what these temporal dynamics mean for subjective feelings.

      Excellent point! Our results indeed showed that sad trials had faster reaction times compared to happy and fearful trials, and that this result was reflected in the extracted time-to-peak measures of the fMRI data (see Figure 8D). To us, this primarily demonstrates that, as shown in other studies (e.g., Menon et al., 1997), that gross differences detected in behavioral measures can be directly recovered from temporal measures in fMRI data, which is not trivial. However, we do not think we are allowed to make interpretations of the sort suggested by the reviewer (and to be clear: we do not make such interpretations in the paper). Specifically, the faster reaction times on sad trials likely reflect some audio/visual aspect of the movie clips that result in faster reaction times instead of a generalized temporal difference in the subjective experience of sad vs happy/fearful emotions. Presumably the speed with which emotional stimuli influence the brain depends on the context. Perhaps future studies that examine emotional responses while controlling for the audio/visual experience could shed further light on this issue. We have updated the discussion section to address the reviewer’s concern.

      We thank the reviewer for the interesting points which have certainly improved our manuscript!

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor:

      (1) Please add the unit to the y-axis in Figure 7, if applicable.

      Done. We have added units.

      (2) Adding a note in the legend of Figure 3 regarding the meaning of the amplitude of the timeseries would be helpful.

      Done. We have added a sentence further explaining the meaning of the timecourse fluctuations.

      Related references:

      (1) Lindquist, M. A., Loh, J. M., Atlas, L. Y., & Wager, T. D. (2009). Modeling the hemodynamic response function in fMRI: efficiency, bias, and mis-modeling. Neuroimage, 45(1), S187-S198.

      (2) Méndez-Bértolo, C., Moratti, S., Toledano, R., Lopez-Sosa, F., Martínez-Alvarez, R., Mah, Y. H., ... & Strange, B. A. (2016). A fast pathway for fear in human amygdala. Nature neuroscience, 19(8), 1041-1049.

      (3) Bo, K., Cui, L., Yin, S., Hu, Z., Hong, X., Kim, S., ... & Ding, M. (2022). Decoding the temporal dynamics of affective scene processing. NeuroImage, 261, 119532.

      (4) Grootswagers, T., Kennedy, B. L., Most, S. B., & Carlson, T. A. (2020). Neural signatures of dynamic emotion constructs in the human brain. Neuropsychologia, 145, 106535.

      (5) Gross, J. J. (2015). The extended process model of emotion regulation: Elaborations, applications, and future directions. Psychological inquiry, 26(1), 130-137.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The conclusions of this work are based on valuable simulations of a detailed model of striatal dopamine dynamics. Establishing that lower dopamine uptake rate can lead to a "tonic" level of dopamine in the ventral but not dorsal striatum, and that dopamine concentration changes at short delays can be tracked by D1 but not D2 receptor activation, is invaluable and will be of interest to the community, particularly those studying dopamine. The model simulations provide convincing evidence for differences between dorsal and ventral striatum dopamine concentrations, while evidence for differential tracking of dopamine changes by D1 vs D2 receptors is solid.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Ejdrup, Gether and colleagues present a sophisticated simulation of dopamine (DA) dynamics based on a substantial volume of striatum with many DA release sites. The key observation is that reduced DA uptake rate in ventral striatum (VS) compared to dorsal striatum (DS) can produce an appreciable "tonic" level of DA in VS and not DS. In both areas they find that a large proportion of D2 receptors are occupied at "baseline"; this proportion increases with simulated DA cell phasic bursts but has little sensitivity to simulated DA cell pauses. They also examine, in a separate model, the effects of clustering dopamine transporters (DAT) into nanoclusters and say this may be a way of regulating tonic DA levels in VS. I found this work of interest and I think it will be useful to the community.

      The conclusion that even an unrealistically long (1s) and complete pause in DA firing has little effect on DA receptor occupancy is potentially very important. The ability to respond to DA pauses has been thought to be a key reason why D2 receptors (may) have high affinity. This simulation instead finds evidence that DA pauses may be useless, from the perspective of reward prediction error signals.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The work presents a model of dopamine release, diffusion and reuptake in a small (100 micrometer^2 maximum) volume of striatum. This extends previous work by this group and others by comparing dopamine dynamics in the dorsal and ventral striatum and by using a model of immediate dopamine-receptor activation inferred from recent dopamine sensor data. From their simulations the authors report three main conclusions: that ventral and dorsal striatum have consistently different distributions of dopamine; that dorsal striatum does not appear to have a clear "tonic" dopamine -- the sustained, relatively uniform concentration of dopamine driven by the constant 4Hz firing of dopamine neurons; and that D1 receptor activation is able to track rapid increases in dopamine concentration changes D2 receptor activation cannot -- and neither receptor-type's activation tracks pauses in pacemaker firing of dopamine neurons.

      The simulations of dorsal striatum will be of interest to dopamine aficionados as they throw doubt on the classic model of "tonic" and "phasic" dopamine actions, further show the disconnect between dopamine neuron firing and consequent release, and thus raise issues for the reward-prediction error theory of dopamine.

      There is some careful work here checking the dependence of results on the spatial volume and its discretisation. The simulations of dopamine concentration from pacemaker firing of dopamine neurons are checked over a range of values for key parameters. The model is good, the simulations are well done, and the evidence for robust differences between dorsal and ventral striatum dopamine concentration is good.

      There are a couple of weaknesses that suggest further work is needed to support the third conclusion of how DA receptors track dopamine concentration changes, before any strong conclusions are drawn about the implications for the reward prediction error theory of dopamine:

      effects of changes in affinity (EC50) are tested, and shown to be robust, but not of the receptors' binding (k_on) and unbinding (k_off) rate constants which are more crucial in setting the ability to track changes in concentration.

      bursts of dopamine were modelled as release from a cluster of local release sites (40), which is consistent with induced local release by e.g. cholinergic receptor activation, but the rate of release was modelled as the burst firing of dopamine neurons. Burst firing of dopamine neurons would produce a wide range of release site distributions, and are unlikely to be only locally clustered. Conversely, pauses in dopamine release were seemingly simulated as a blanket cessation of activity at all release sites, which implies a model of complete correlation between dopamine neurons. It would be good to have seen both release scenarios for both types of activity, as well as more nuanced models of phasic firing of dopamine neurons.

      That said, in releasing their code openly the authors have made it possible for others to extend this work to test the rate constants, the modelling of dopamine neuron bursting, and more.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      “Ejdrup, Gether, and colleagues present a sophisticated simulation of dopamine (DA) dynamics based on a substantial volume of striatum with many DA release sites. The key observation is that a reduced DA uptake rate in the ventral striatum (VS) compared to the dorsal striatum (DS) can produce an appreciable "tonic" level of DA in VS and not DS. In both areas they find that a large proportion of D2 receptors are occupied at "baseline"; this proportion increases with simulated DA cell phasic bursts but has little sensitivity to simulated DA cell pauses. They also examine, in a separate model, the effects of clustering dopamine transporters (DAT) into nanoclusters and say this may be a way of regulating tonic DA levels in VS. I found this work of interest and I think it will be useful to the community. At the same time, there are a number of weaknesses that should be addressed, and the authors need to more carefully explain how their conclusions are distinct from those based on prior models.

      We appreciate that the reviewer finds our work interesting and useful to the community. However, we acknowledge it is important to discuss how our conclusions are different from those reached based on previous model. Already in the original version of the manuscript we discussed our findings in relation to earlier models; however, this discussion has now been expanded. In particular, we would argue that our simulations, which included updated parameters, represent more accurate portrayals of in vivo conditions as it is now specifically stated in lines 466-487. Compared to previous models our data highlight the critical importance of different DAT expression across striatal subregions as a key determinant of differential DA dynamics and differential tonic levels in DS compared to VS. We find that these conclusions are already highlighted in the Abstract and Discussion. 

      (1) The conclusion that even an unrealistically long (1s) and complete pause in DA firing has little effect on DA receptor occupancy is potentially important. The ability to respond to DA pauses has been thought to be a key reason why D2 receptors (may) have high affinity. This simulation instead finds evidence that DA pauses may be useless. This result should be highlighted in the abstract and discussed more.“

      This is an interesting point. We have accordingly carried out new simulations across a range of D2R affinities to assess how this will affect the finding that even a long pause in DA firing has little effect on DR2 receptor occupancy. Interestingly, the simulations demonstrate that this finding is indeed robust across an order of magnitude in affinity, although the sensitivity to a one-second pause goes up as the affinity reaches 20 nM. The data are shown in a revised Figure S1H. For description of the results, please see revised text lines 195-197. The topic is now mentioned in the abstract as well as further commented in the Discussion in lines 500-504.

      “(2) The claim of "DAT nanoclustering as a way to shape tonic levels of DA" is not very well supported at present. None of the panels in Figure 4 simply show mean steady-state extracellular DA as a function of clustering. Perhaps mean DA is not the relevant measure, but then the authors need to better define what is and why. This issue may be linked to the fact that DAT clustering is modeled separately (Figure 4) to the main model of DA dynamics (Figures 1-3) which per the Methods assumes even distribution of uptake. Presumably, this is because the spatial resolution of the main model is too coarse to incorporate DAT nanoclusters, but it is still a limitation.”

      We agree with the reviewer that steady-state extracellular DA as a function of DAT clustering is a useful measure. We have therefore simulated the effects of different nanoclustering scenarios on this measure. We found that the extracellular concentrations went from approximately 15 nM for unclustered DAT to more than 30 nM in the densest clustering scenario. These results are shown in revised Figure 4F and described in the revised text in lines 337-349.

      Further, we fully agree that the spatial resolution of the main model is a limitation and, ideally, that the nanoclustering should be combined with the large-scale release simulations. Unfortunately, this would require many orders of magnitude more computational power than currently available.

      “As it stands it is convincing (but too obvious) that DAT clustering will increase DA away from clusters, while decreasing it near clusters. I.e. clustering increases heterogeneity, but how this could be relevant to striatal function is not made clear, especially given the different spatial scales of the models.”

      Thank you for raising this important point. While it is true that DAT clustering increases heterogeneity in DA distribution at the microscopic level, the diffusion rate is, in most circumstances, too fast to permit concentration differences on a spatial scale relevant for nearby receptors. Accordingly, we propose that the primary effect of DAT nanoclustering is to decrease the overall uptake capacity, which in turn increases overall extracellular DA concentrations. Thus, homogeneous changes in extracellular DA concentrations can arise from regulating heterogenous DAT distribution. An exception to this would be the circumstance where the receptor is located directly next to a dense cluster – i.e. within nanometers. In such cases, local DA availability may be more directly influenced by clustering effects. Please see revised text in lines 354-362 for discussion of this matter.  

      “(3) I question how reasonable the "12/40" simulated burst firing condition is, since to my knowledge this is well outside the range of firing patterns actually observed for dopamine cells. It would be better to base key results on more realistic values (in particular, fewer action potentials than 12).”

      We fully agree that this typically is outside the physiological range. The values are included in addition to more realistic values (3/10 and 6/20) to showcase what extreme situations would look like. 

      “(4) There is a need to better explain why "focality" is important, and justify the measure used.”

      We have expanded on the intention of this measure in the revised manuscript (please see lines 266-268).  Thank you for pointing out this lack of clarification.  

      “(5) Line 191: " D1 receptors (-Rs) were assumed to have a half maximal effective concentration (EC50) of 1000 nM" The assumptions about receptor EC50s are critical to this work and need to be better justified. It would also be good to show what happens if these EC50 numbers are changed by an order of magnitude up or down.”

      We agree that these assumptions are critical. Simulations on effective off-rates across a range of EC50 values has now been included in the revised version in Figure 1I and is referred to in lines 188-189.  

      “(6) Line 459: "we based our receptor kinetics on newer pharmacological experiments in live cells (Agren et al., 2021) and properties of the recently developed DA receptor-based biosensors (Labouesse & Patriarchi, 2021). Indeed, these sensors are mutated receptors but only on the intracellular domains with no changes of the binding site (Labouesse & Patriarchi, 2021)" 

      This argument is diminished by the observation that different sensors based on the same binding site have different affinities (e.g. in Patriarchi et al. 2018, dLight1.1 has Kd of 330nM while dlight1.3b has Kd of 1600nM).”

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. We fully recognize the fundamental importance of absolute and relative DA receptor kinetics for modeling DA actions and acknowledge that differences in affinity estimates from sensor-based measurements highlight the inherent uncertainty in selecting receptor kinetics parameters. While we have based our modeling decisions on what we believe to be the most relevant available data, we acknowledge that the choice of receptor kinetics is a topic of ongoing debate. Importantly, we are making our model available to the research community, allowing others to test their own estimates of receptor kinetics and assess their impact on the model’s behavior. In the revised manuscript, we have further elaborated the rationale behind our parameter choices. Please see revised text in lines in lines 177-178 of the Results section and in lines 481-486 of the Discussion. 

      “(7) Estimates of Vmax for DA uptake are entirely based on prior fast-scan voltammetry studies (Table S2). But FSCV likely produces distorted measures of uptake rate due to the kinetics of DA adsorption and release on the carbon fiber surface.”

      We fully agree that this is a limitation of FSCV. However, most of the cited papers attempt to correct for this by way of fitting the output to a multi-parameter model for DA kinetics. If newer literature brings the Vmax values estimated into question, we have made the model publicly available to rerun the simulations with new parameters.

      “(8) It is assumed that tortuosity is the same in DS and VS - is this a safe assumption?”

      The original paper cited does not specify which region the values are measured in. However, a separate paper estimates the rat cerebellum has a comparable tortuosity index (Nicholson and Phillips, J Physiol. 1981), suggesting it may be a rather uniform value across brain regions. This is now mentioned in lines 98-99 and the reference has been included. 

      “(9) More discussion is needed about how the conclusions derived from this more elaborate model of DA dynamics are the same, and different, to conclusions drawn from prior relevant models (including those cited, e.g. from Hunger et al. 2020, etc)”.

      As part of our revision, we have expanded the current discussion of our finding in the context of previous models in the manuscript in lines 466-487.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      The work presents a model of dopamine release, diffusion, and reuptake in a small (100 micrometers^2 maximum) volume of striatum. This extends previous work by this group and others by comparing dopamine dynamics in the dorsal and ventral striatum and by using a model of immediate dopamine-receptor activation inferred from recent dopamine sensor data. From their simulations, the authors report two main conclusions. The first is that the dorsal striatum does not appear to have a sustained, relatively uniform concentration of dopamine driven by the constant 4Hz firing of dopamine neurons; rather that constant firing appears to create hotspots of dopamine. By contrast, the lower density of release sites and lower rate of reuptake in the ventral striatum creates a sustained concentration of dopamine. The second main conclusion is that D1 receptor (D1R) activation is able to track dopamine concentration changes at short delays but D2 receptor activation cannot. 

      The simulations of the dorsal striatum will be of interest to dopamine aficionados as they throw some doubt on the classic model of "tonic" and "phasic" dopamine actions, further show the disconnect between dopamine neuron firing and consequent release, and thus raise issues for the reward-prediction error theory of dopamine. 

      There is some careful work here checking the dependence of results on the spatial volume and its discretisation. The simulations of dopamine concentration are checked over a range of values for key parameters. The model is good, the simulations are well done, and the evidence for robust differences between dorsal and ventral striatum dopamine concentration is good. 

      However, the main weakness here is that neither of the main conclusions is strongly evidenced as yet. The claim that the dorsal striatum has no "tonic" dopamine concentration is based on the single example simulation of Figure 1 not the extensive simulations over a range of parameters. Some of those later simulations seem to show that the dorsal striatum can have a "tonic" dopamine concentration, though the measurement of this is indirect. It is not clear why the reader should believe the example simulation over those in the robustness checks, for example by identifying which range of parameter values is more realistic.”

      We appreciate that the reviewer finds our work interesting and carefully performed.The reviewer is correct that DA dynamics, including the presence and level of tonic DA, are parameter-dependent in both the dorsal striatum (DS) and ventral striatum (VS). Indeed, our simulations across a broad range of biological parameters were intended to help readers understand how such variation would impact the model’s outcomes, particularly since many of the parameters remain contested. Naturally, altering these parameters results in changes to the observed dynamics. However, to derive possible conclusions, we selected a subset of parameters that we believe best reflect the physiological conditions, as elaborated in the manuscript. In response to the reviewer’s comment, we have placed greater emphasis on clarifying which parameter values we believe reflect the physiological conditions the most (see lines 155-157 and 254-255). Additionally, we have underscored that the distinction between tonic and non-tonic states is not a binary outcome but a parameter-dependent continuum (lines 222-225)—one that our model now allows researchers to explore systematically.  Finally, we have highlighted how our simulations across parameter space not only capture this continuum but also identify the regimes that produce the most heterogeneous DA signaling, both within and across striatal regions (lines 266-268).  

      “The claim that D1Rs can track rapid changes in dopamine is not well supported. It is based on a single simulation in Figure 1 (DS) and 2 (VS) by visual inspection of simulated dopamine concentration traces - and even then it is unclear that D1Rs actually track dynamics because they clearly do not track rapid changes in dopamine that are almost as large as those driven by bursts (cf Figure 1i).”

      We would like to draw the attention to Figure 1I, where the claim that D1R track rapid changes is supported in more depth (Figure S1 in original manuscript - moved to main figure to highlight this in the revised manuscript). According to this figure, upon coordinated burst firing, the D1R occupancy rapidly increased as diffusion no longer equilibrated the extracellular concentrations on a timescale faster than the receptors – and D1R receptor occupancy closely tracked extracellular DA with a delay on the order of tens of milliseconds. Note that the brief increases in [DA] from uncoordinated stochastic release events from tonic firing in Figure 1H are too brief to drive D1 signaling, as the DA concentration diffuses into the remaining extracellular space on a timescale of 1-5 ms. This is faster than the receptors response rate and does not lead to any downstream signaling according to our simulations. This means D1 kinetics are rapid enough to track coordinated signaling on a ~50 ms timescale and slower, but not fast enough to respond to individual release events from tonic activity.

      “The claim also depends on two things that are poorly explained. First, the model of binding here is missing from the text. It seems to be a simple bound-fraction model, simulating a single D1 or D2 receptor. It is unclear whether more complex models would show the same thing.”

      We realize that this is not made clear in the methods and, accordingly, we have updated the method section to elaborate on how we model receptor binding. The model simulates occupied fraction of D1R and D2R in every single voxel of the simulation space. Please see lines 546-555.

      “Second, crucial to the receptor model here is the inference that D1 receptor unbinding is rapid; but this inference is made based on the kinetics of dopamine sensors and is superficially explained - it is unclear why sensor kinetics should let us extrapolate to receptor kinetics, and unclear how safe is the extrapolation of the linear regression by an order of magnitude to get the D1 unbinding rate.”

      We chose to use the sensors because it was possible to estimate precise affinities/off-rates from the fluorescent measurements. Although there might some variation in affinities that could be attributable to the mutations introduced in the sensors, the data clearly separated D1R and D2R with a D1R affinity of ~1000 nM and a D2R affinity of ~7 nM (Labouesse & Patriarchi, 2021) consistent with earlier predictions of receptor affinities. From our assessment of the literature, we found that this was the most reasonable way to estimate affinities and thereby off-rates. Importantly, the model has been made publicly available, so should new measurements arise, the simulations can be rerun with tweaks to the input parameters. To address the concern, we have also expanded a bit on the logic applied in the updated manuscript (please see lines 177-178).

      Reviewing editor Comments : 

      The paper could benefit from a critical confrontation not only with existing modeling work as mentioned by the reviewers, but also with existing empirical data on pauses, D2 MSN excitability, and plasticity/learning.”

      We thank both the editor and the reviewers for their suggestions on how to improve the manuscript. We have incorporated further modelling on D1R and D2R response to pauses and bursts and expanded our discussion of the results in relation to existing evidence (please see our responses to the reviewers above and the revised text in the manuscript).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      “(1) Many figure panels are too small to read clearly - e.g. "cross-section over time" plots.”

      We agree with the reviewer and have increased the size of panels in several of the figures.

      (2) Supplementary Videos of the model in action might be useful (and fun to watch).”

      Great idea. We have generated videos of both bursts in the 3D projections and the resulting D1R and D2R occupancy in 2D. The videos are included as supplementary material as Videos S1 and S2 and referred to in the text of the revised manuscript.

      ” (3) Line 305: " Further, the cusp-like behaviour of Vmax in VS was independent of both Q and R%..." 

      It is not clear what the "cusp" refers to here.”

      We agree this is a confusing sentence. We have rewritten and eliminated the use of the vague “cusp” terminology in the manuscript.

      ” (4) Line 311: "We therefore reanalysed data from our previously published comparison of fibre photometry and microdialysis and found evidence of natural variations in the release-uptake balance of the mice (Figure 5F,G)" This figure seems to be missing altogether.”

      The manuscript missed “S” in the mentioned sentence to indicate a supplementary figure. We apologies for the confusion and have corrected the text.

      (5) Figure 1: 

      1b: need numbers on the color scale.”

      We have added numbers in the updated manuscript.

      ”1c: adding an earlier line (e.g. 2ms) could be helpful?”

      We have added a 2 ms line to aid the readers.

      ”1d: do the colors show DA concentration on the visible surfaces of the cube or some form of projection?”

      The colors show concentrations on the surface. We have expanded the text to clarify this.

      ”1e: is this "cross-section" a randomly-selected line (i.e. 1D) through the cube?”

      The cross-section is midway through the cube. We have clarified this in the text.

      ”1f: "density" misspelled.”

      We thank the reviewer for the keen eye. The error has been corrected.

      ”1g: color bars indicating stimulation time would be improved if they showed the individual stimulation pulses instead.”

      The burst is simulated as a Poisson distribution and individual pulses may therefore be misleading.

      ” Why does the burst simulation include all release sites in a 10x10x10µm cube? Please justify this parameter choice.

      1h: "1/10" - the "10" is meaningless for a single pulse, right?”

      Yes, we agree. 

      ”1i: is this the concentration for a single voxel? Or the average of voxels that are all 1µm from one specific release site?”

      Thank you for pointing out the confusing language. The figure is for a voxel containing a release site (with a voxel size of 1 um in diameter).

      The legend seems a bit different from the description in the main text ("within 1µm"). As it stands, I also can't tell whether the small DA peaks are related to that particular release site, or to others. 

      We have updated the text to clear up the confusing language.

      ” (6) Figure 2: 

      2h: I'm not sure that the "relative occupancy" normalized measure is the most helpful here.”

      We believe the figure aids to illustrate the sphere of influence on receptors from a single burst is greater in VS than DS, suggesting DS can process information with tighter spatial control. Using a relative measure allows for more accessible comparison of the sphere of influence in a single figure. 

      ” (7) Figure 3: 

      The schematics need improvement.

      3a – would be more useful if it corresponded better to the actual simulation (e.g. we had a spatial scale shown). 

      3d – is this really useful, given the number of molecules shown is so much lower than in the simulation? 

      3h, 3j – need more explanation, e.g. axis labels. ”

      The schematics are intended to quickly inform the readers what parameters are tuned in the following figures, and not to be exact representations. However, we agree Figures 3h and 3j need axis labels, and we have accordingly added these.

      (8) Figure 4: 

      4m, n were not clearly explained. 

      We agree and have elaborated the explanation of these figures in the manuscript (lines 374-377.

      ” (9) From Figure S1 it appears that the definition of "DS" and "VS" used is above and below the anterior commissure, respectively. This doesn't seem reasonable - many if not most studies of "VS" have examined the nucleus accumbens core, which extends above the anterior commissure. Instead, it seems like the DAT expression difference observed is primarily a difference between accumbens Shell and the rest of the striatum, rather than DS vs VS.”

      We assume that the reviewer refers to Figure S3 and not S1. First, we would like to highlight that we had mislabeled VMAT2 and DAT in Figure S3C (now corrected). Apologies for the confusion. Second, as for striatal subregions, we have intentionally not distinguished between different subregions of the ventral striatum. The majority of literature we base our parameters on do not specify between e.g., NAcC vs. NAcS or DLS vs. DMS. The four slices we examined in Figure 3A-C were not perfectly aligned in the accumbal region, and we therefore do not believe we can draw any conclusions between core and shell.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) Modelling assumptions: 

      The burst activity simulations seem conceptually flawed. How were release sites assigned to the 150 neurons? The burst activity simulations such as Figure 1g show a spatially localised release, but this means either (1) the release sites for one DA neuron are all locally clustered, or (2) only some release sites for each DA neuron are receiving a burst of APs, those release sites are close together, and the DA neurons' other release sites are not receiving the burst. Either way, this is not plausible.”

      We apologize for the confusion; however, we disagree that the simulations seem conceptually flawed. It is important to note that the burst simulation is spatially restricted to investigate local DA dynamics and how well different parts of the striatum can gate spill-over and receptor activation. The conditions may mimic local action potentials generated by nicotinic receptor activation (see e.g. Liu et al. Science 2022 or Matityahu et al, Nature Comm 2023), We have accordingly expanded on this is the manuscript on lines 148-151.

      (2) Data and its reporting: 

      Comparison to May and Wightman data: if we're meant to compare DS and VS concentrations, then plot them together; what were the experimental results (just says "closely resembled the earlier findings")?”

      Unfortunately, the quantitative values of the May and Wightman (1989) data are not publicly available. We are therefore limited to visual comparison and cannot replot the values.

      ” Figures S3b and c do not agree: Figure S3b shows DAT staining dropping considerably in VS; Fig 3c does not, and neither do the quoted statistics.”

      We had accidentally mixed up the labels in Figure S3c. Thank you for spotting this. We have corrected this in the updated manuscript.

      ” How robust are the results of simulations of the same parameter set? Figures S3D and E imply 5 simulations per burst paradigm, but these are not described.”

      The bursts are simulated with a Poisson distribution as described in Methods under Three-dimensional finite difference model. This induces a stochastic variation in the simulations that mimics the empirical observations (see Dreyer et al., J. Neurosci., 2010).

      ” I found it rather odd that the robustness of the receptor binding results is not checked across the changes in model parameters. This seems necessary because most of the changes, such as increasing the quantal release or the number of sites, will obviously increase dopamine concentration, but they do not necessarily meaningfully increase receptor activation because of saturation (and, in more complex receptor binding models, because of the number of available receptors).”

      This is an excellent point. However, we decided not to address this in the present study as we would argue that such additional simulations are not a necessity for our main conclusions. Instead, we decided in the revised version to focus on simulations mirroring a range of different receptor affinities as described in detail above. 

      ” Figure 4H: how can unclustered simulations have a different concentration at the centre of a "cluster" than outside, when the uptake is homogenous? Why is clustering of DAT "efficient"? [line 359]”

      This is a great observation. The drop is compared to the average of the simulation space. Despite no clusters, the uniform scenario still has a concentration gradient towards the surface of the varicosity. We have elaborated on this in the manuscript on lines 346-349.

      ” The Discussion conclusions about what D1Rs and D2Rs cannot track are not tested in the paper (e.g. ramps). Either test them or make clear what is speculation.”

      An excellent point that some of the claims in the discussion were not fully supported. We have added a simulation with a chain of burst firings to highlight how the temporal integration differs between the two receptors and updated the wording in the discussion to exclude ramps as this was not explicitly tested. See lines 191-193 and Figure S1G.

      ” (3) Organisation of paper: 

      Consistency of terminology. These terms seem to be used to describe the same thing, but it is unclear if they are: release sites, active terminals (Table 1), varicosity density. Likewise: release probability, release fraction.”

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised the manuscript and cleared up terminology on release sites. However, release probability and release-capable fraction of varicosities are two separate concepts.

      ” The references to the supplementary figure are not in sequence, and the panels assigned to the supplemental figures seem arbitrary in what is assigned to each figure and their ordering. As Figures 1 and 2 are to be directly compared, so plot the same results in each. Figure S1F is discussed as a key result, but is in a supplemental figure. ”

      Thank you for identifying this. We have updated figure references and further moved Figure S1F into the main as we agree this is a main finding.

      ” The paper frequently reads as a loose collection of observations of simulations. For example, why look at the competitive inhibition of DA by cocaine [Fig 3H-I]? The nanoclustering of DAT (Figure 4) seems to be partial work from a different paper - it is unclear why the Vmax results warrant that detailed treatment here, especially as no rationale is offered for why we would want Vmax to change.”

      We apologize if the paper reads as a loose collection of observations of simulations. This is certainly not the case. As for the cocaine competition, we used this because this modulates the Km value for DA and because we wanted to examine how dependent the dopamine dynamics are to changing different parameters in the model (Km in this case). We noticed Vmax had a separate effect between DS and VS. Accordingly, we gave it particular focus because it is physiological parameter than be modified and, if modified, it can have potential large impact on striatal DA dynamics.  Importantly, it is well known that the DA transporter (DAT) is subject to cellular regulation of its surface expression e.g. by internalization /recycling and thereby of uptake capacity (Vmax). Furthermore, we demonstrate in the present study evidence that uptake capacity on a much faster time scale can be modulated by nanoclustering, which posits a potentially novel type of synaptic plasticity. We find this rather interesting and decided therefore to focus on this in the manuscript. 

      ” What are the axes in Figure 3H and Figure 3J?”

      We have updated the figures to include axis. Thank you for pointing out this omission.

      ” Much is made of the sensitivity to Vmax in VS versus DS, but this was hard work to understand. It took me a while to work out that Figure 3K was meant to indicate the range of Vmax that would be changed in VS and DS respectively. "Cusp-like behaviour" (line 305) is unclear.”

      We agree that the original language was unclear – including the terminology “cusplike behavior”. We have updated the description and cut the confusion terminology. See line 366.

      ” The treatment of highly relevant prior work, especially that of Hunger et al 2020 and Dreyer et al (2010, 2014), is poor, being dismissed in a single paragraph late in the Discussion rather than explicating how the current paper's results fit into the context of that work. The authors may also want to discuss the anticipation of their conclusions by Wickens and colleagues, including dopamine hotspots (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tins.2006.12.003) and differences between DS and VS dopamine release (https://doi.org/10.1196/annals.1390.016).”

      We thank the reviewer for the suggested discussion points and have included and discussed references to the work by Wickens and colleagues (see lines 407-411 and 418-420).

      ” (4) Methods: 

      Clarify the FSCV simulations: the function I_FSCV was convolved with the simulated [DA] signal?”

      Yes. We have clarified this in the method section on lines 593-594.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The study by Gupta et al. investigates the role of mast cells (MCs) in tuberculosis (TB) by examining their accumulation in the lungs of M. tuberculosis-infected individuals, non-human primates, and mice. The authors suggest that MCs expressing chymase and tryptase contribute to the pathology of TB and influence bacterial burden, with MC-deficient mice showing reduced lung bacterial load and pathology. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) The study addresses an important and novel topic, exploring the potential role of mast cells in TB pathology. 

      (2) It incorporates data from multiple models, including human, non-human primates, and mice, providing a broad perspective on MC involvement in TB. 

      (3) The finding that MC-deficient mice exhibit reduced lung bacterial burden is an interesting and potentially significant observation. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The evidence is inconsistent across models, leading to divergent conclusions that weaken the overall impact of the study. 

      The strength of the study is the use of multiple models including mouse, nonhuman primate as well as human samples. The conclusions have now been refined to reflect the complexity of the disease and the use of multiple models.

      (2) Key claims, such as MC-mediated cytokine responses and conversion of MC subtypes in granulomas, are not well-supported by the data presented.

      To address the reviewer’ s comments we will carry out further experimentation to strengthen the link between MC subtypes and cytokine responses. 

      (3) Several figures are either contradictory or lack clarity, and important discrepancies, such as the differences between mouse and human data, are not adequately discussed. 

      We will further clarify the figures and streamline the discussions between the different models used in the study. 

      (4) Certain data and conclusions require further clarification or supporting evidence to be fully convincing. 

      We will either provide clarification or supporting evidence for some of the key conclusions in the paper. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The submitted manuscript aims to characterize the role of mast cells in TB granuloma. The manuscript reports heterogeneity in mast cell populations present within the granulomas of tuberculosis patients. With the help of previously published scRNAseq data, the authors identify transcriptional signatures associated with distinct subpopulations. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) The authors have carried out a sufficient literature review to establish the background and significance of their study. 

      (2) The manuscript utilizes a mast cell-deficient mouse model, which demonstrates improved lung pathology during Mtb infection, suggesting mast cells as a potential novel target for developing host-directed therapies (HDT) against tuberculosis. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The manuscript requires significant improvement, particularly in the clarity of the experimental design, as well as in the interpretation and discussion of the results. Enhanced focus on these areas will provide better coherence and understanding for the readers. 

      The strength of the study is the use of multiple models including mouse, nonhuman primate as well as human samples. The conclusions have now been refined to reflect the complexity of the disease and the use of multiple models.

      (2) Throughout the manuscript, the authors have mislabelled the legends for WT B6 mice and mast cell-deficient mice. As a result, the discussion and claims made in relation to the data do not align with the corresponding graphs (Figure 1B, 3, 4, and S2). This discrepancy undermines the accuracy of the conclusions drawn from the results. 

      We apologize for the discrepancy which will be corrected in the revised manuscript 

      (3) The results discussed in the paper do not add a significant novel aspect to the field of tuberculosis, as the majority of the results discussed in Figure 1-2 are already known and are a re-validation of previous literature.

      This is the first study which has used mouse, NHP and human TB samples from Mtb infection to characterize and validate the role of MC in TB. We believe the current study provides significant novel insights into the role of MC in TB. 

      (4) The claims made in the manuscript are only partially supported by the presented data. Additional extensive experiments are necessary to strengthen the findings and enhance the overall scientific contribution of the work.

      We will either provide clarification or supporting evidence for some of the key conclusions in the paper.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In the study by Gupta et al., the authors report an accumulation of mast cells (MCs) expressing the proteases chymase and tryptase in the lungs of M. tuberculosis-infected individuals and non-human primates, as compared to healthy controls and latently infected individuals. They also MCs appear to play a pathological role in mice. Notably, MC-deficient mice show reduced lung bacterial burden and pathology during infection.

      While the topic is of interest, the study is overall quite preliminary, and many conclusions are not wellsupported by the presented data. The reliance on three different models, each suggesting divergent outcomes, weakens the ability to draw definitive conclusions. Specifically, the claim that "MCs (...) mediate cytokine responses to drive pathology and promote Mtb susceptibility and dissemination during TB" is not substantiated by the data.

      Major comments

      (1) In human samples, the authors conclude that "While MCTCs accumulated in early immature granulomas within TB lesions, MCCs accumulated in late granulomas in TB patients" and that MCTs "likely convert first to MCTCs in early granulomas before becoming MCCs in late mature granulomas with necrotic cores." However, Figure 1B shows the opposite. Furthermore, the assertion that MCTs "convert" into MCTCs is not justified by the data.

      Corrections have been made to the figures to ensure clarity for the reader. We demonstrate accumulation of tryptase-expressing MCs in healthy individuals, while the dual tryptase and chymaseexpressing MCs were seen in early granulomas, and only chymase-associated MCs were observed in late granulomas depicting more pathology of the disease. We have removed the line as advised by the reviewer.

      (2) In Figure 2 I and J, the panels do not demonstrate co-expression of chymase and tryptase in clusters 0, 1, and 3 in PTB samples, which contradicts the histology data. This discrepancy is left unaddressed and raises concerns about the conclusions drawn from Figures 1 and 2.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We revisited the data and now show the coexpression of the dual expressing cells in the data (Figure 2H). This discrepancy stemmed from the crossspecies nature of the dataset. It turns out the there is a considerable diversity in sequence similarity and tryptase function between human and NHPs (Trivedi et al., 2007). We explain this in the section now (line 313-364). Briefly, while humans express TPSG1 (encoding  tryptase) and TPSD1 (encoding  tryptase) and have the same gene name in NHP, the gene name for more widely expressed TPSAB1(encoding  /  tryptase) is different for NHP and the gene names are not shared as they are still predicated putative protein. The putative genes from NHP that map to human TPSAB1 is LOC699599 for M. mulatta and LOC102139613 for M. fasicularis, respectively. Thus, looking for TPSAB1 gene yielded no result in our previous analysis but examining these orthologous gene names, now phenocopy the results we see in the histology data. To strengthen our findings, we have now analyzed an additional single-cell dataset from the lungs of NHP M. fasicularis (Figure 2J-L) and found the co-expression of chymase and tryptase, adding an important validation to our histological findings.

      (3) Figure 2 serves more as a resource and contributes little to the core findings of the study. It might be better suited as supplementary material.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion; however, we believe that Figure 2 serves as an independent validation in a different species (NHP), showing heterogeneity in MCs across species in a TB model. The figure adds value as there are only a handful of studies (Tauber et al., 2023, Derakhshan et al., 2022, Cildir et al., 2021) but none in TB, describing MCs at single cell level, of which one is published from our group showing MC cluster in Mtb infected macaques (Esaulova et al., 2021). We feel strongly that dissecting MCs as specifically done here provides an important insight into the transcriptional heterogeneity of these cells linked to disease states. We have also added an additional NHP lung single cell dataset (Gideon et al., 2022) to complement our analysis, thus adding another validation, strengthening these findings. So, we believe in retaining the figure as an integral part of the main paper.

      (4) In lines 275-277, the data referenced should be shown to support the claims.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. The text originally noted by the reviewer now appears in the revised manuscript at line 370-372 and the corresponding data has now been included as supplementary Figure S3. 

      (5) In Figure 3B, the difference between the two mouse strains becomes non-significant by day 150 pi, weakening the overall conclusion that MCs contribute to the bacterial burden.

      At 100 dpi, MC-deficient mice exhibit lower Mtb CFU in both the lung and spleen, indicating improved protection. By 150 dpi, lung CFU differences are no longer significant; however, dissemination to the spleen remains reduced in MC-deficient mice. Thus, the overall conclusion that MCs contribute to increased bacterial burden remains valid, particularly with respect to dissemination. This conclusion is further supported by new data showing that adoptive transfer of MCs into B6 Mtb-infected mice increased Mtb dissemination to the spleen (Figure 5E). 

      (6) Figures 3D and E are not particularly convincing.

      Figures 3D and 3E illustrate lung inflammation in MC-deficient mice compared to wild-type which more distinctly show that MC-deficient mice exhibit significantly less inflammation at 150 dpi, supporting the role of MCs in driving lung.

      (7) In Figures 4 and S3, the color coding in panels A-F appears incorrect but is accurate in G. This inconsistency is confusing.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this. The color coding has been corrected to ensure consistency across all figures.

      (8) In the mouse model, MCs seem to disappear during infection, in contrast to observations in human and macaque samples. This discrepancy is not discussed in the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation. In response, we performed a new analysis of lung MCs at baseline in wild-type and MC-deficient mice. Our data show that naïve wild-type lungs contain a small population of MCs, which is further reduced in MC-deficient mice. Following Mtb infection, MCs progressively accumulate in wild-type mice, whereas this accumulation is significantly impaired in MC-deficient mice. These new data are now included in Figure (Figure 4A) and also updated in the text (line 395-403).

      (9) In lines 306-307, data should be shown to support the claims.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. The text originally noted by the reviewer now appears in the revised manuscript at line 399-400 and the corresponding data has now been included as supplementary Figure S4. 

      Minor comments

      (1) What does "granuloma-associated" cells mean in samples from healthy controls?

      We thank the reviewer for this point. The language has been revised to accurately refer to cells in the lung parenchyma in the Figure 1, rather than “granuloma associated” cells.

      (2) In line 229, it is unclear what "these cells" refers to.

      The phrase “these cells” refers to tryptase-expressing mast cells. This has now been clarified in the revised manuscript (line 276-277).

      (3) The citation of Figure 3A in lines 284-285 is misplaced in the text and should be corrected.

      The figure citation has been corrected in the text in the revised manuscript (lines 376-379).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The data presented in Figure 1 seems to be a re-validation of the already known aspects of mast cells in TB granulomas. While distinct roles for mast cells in regulating Mtb infection have been reported, the manuscript appears to be a failed opportunity to characterize the transcriptional signatures of the distinct subsets and identify their role in previously reported processes towards controlling TB disease progression.

      We thank the reviewer for the insight. While it was not our intent to investigate the bulk transcriptome, owing to the high number of cells required to get enough RNA for transcriptomic sequencing, it is technically challenging due to the low abundance of mast cells during TB infection (Figure 2). The motivation for Figure 2, that we utilized a more sensitive transcriptomic analysis to find the different transcriptional states in the distinct TB disease states. We believe that this analysis captures the essence of what the reviewer and provides meaningful insights into mast cell heterogeneity during TB.

      (2) The experiments lack uniformity with respect to the strains of Mtb used for experimentation. For eg: Mtb strain HN878 was used for aerosol infection of mice while Mtb CDC1551 was used for macaques. If there were experimental constraints with respect to the choice, the same should be mentioned.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. The Mtb strain usage has been consistent within each species: HN878 for mice and CDC1551 for non-human primates (NHPs), in line with prior studies from our lab. The species-specific choice reflects the differences in pathogenicity of these strains in mice versus NHPs. CDC1551, which exhibits lower virulence, allows the development of a macaque model that recapitulates human latent to chronic TB when administered via aerosol at low to moderate doses (Kaushal et al., 2015; Sharan et al., 2021; Singh et al., 2025). In contrast, the more virulent HN878 strain leads to severe disease and high mortality in NHPs and is therefore not suitable for these models. Using CDC1551 in macaques provides a controlled and clinically relevant platform to study immunological and pathophysiological mechanisms of TB, justifying its use in the current study. This explanation has now been added to the manuscript method section (lines 109-114).

      (3) Line 84- 85, the authors state that "Chymase positive MCs contribute to immune pathology and reduced Mtb control". Previous reports including Garcia-Rodriguez et al., 2021 associate high MCTCs with improved lung function. Additionally, in the macaques model of latent TB infection reported in the manuscript, the number of chymase-expressing MCs seems to significantly decrease. The authors should justify the same. 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In Garcia-Rodriguez et al., 2021, chymase-expressing MCs accumulate in fibrotic lung lesions. Fibrosis is a result of excessive inflammation in TB infection and is associated with lung damage. Similarly, in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, higher density and percentage of chymase-expressing MCs correlate positively with fibrosis severity (Andersson et al., 2011). In our study, although fibrosis was not directly assessed, chymase-positive MCs increased in late lung granulomas, consistent with advanced inflammatory disease. Therefore, our conclusion that chymaseproducing MCs contribute to lung pathology is justified and aligns with prior observations.

      (4) The manuscript would benefit from a brief description of the experimental conditions for the previously published scRNAseq data used in the current study.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, and the information has been included in the final manuscript (lines 294-297) and represented as Figure 2A.

      (5) The authors have not mentioned the criteria used to categorize early and late granulomas in TB patients. A lucid description of the same is necessary.

      Based on reviewer’s comment the detailed categorization of early and late granulomas in TB patients is now included in the revised manuscript (line 256-260). Early granulomas: Discrete conglomerates of immune cells and resident stromal cells with defined borders and absence of central necrosis, and Late granulomas: Large and dense clusters of immune cells and resident cells with an evident necrotic center containing bacteria and dead neutrophils and lymphocytic infiltrating cells on the periphery of the necrotic center. MCs were measured in the periphery and inside early granulomas, while in the late granulomas, they were mainly quantified in the periphery.

      (6) The authors mention that "While MCTCs accumulated in early immature granulomas within TB lesions, MCCs accumulated in late granulomas in TB patients". While this is evident from the representative, the quantification in Figure 1B seems to indicate otherwise.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The labeling in the quantitative analysis shown in Figure 1B has been corrected in the revised manuscript to accurately reflect the accumulation of MC<sub>TC</sub>s in early granulomas and MC<sub>C</sub>s in late granulomas.

      (7) The labelling followed in Figures 3, 4 and S2 do not match with the discussion. Such errors should be rectified to minimize any ambiguity within the text of the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this. The color coding has been corrected to ensure consistency across all figures.

      (8) The mast cell deficient mice model has a differential number of immune cells at the site of granuloma as reported in the manuscript. This could contribute to the altered mycobacterial survival and inflammation cytokine production in the lung and hence might not be a direct effect of mast cell depletion. The authors can consider reconstituting mast cell populations to analyze the mast cell function.

      We thank the reviewers for this suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have adoptively transferred MCs into WT mice before Mtb challenge to assess if this would increase inflammation and Mtb CFU in the lung and spleen. Our results show that while lung inflammation was not impacted, we found that the dissemination to the spleen and the frequency of neutrophils in the lung were increased in WT mice that received MCs (Figure 5, lines 429-443).

      (9) Line 295- 297, the authors state "MCs continued to accumulate in the lung up to 100 dpi in CgKitWsh mice, following which the MC numbers decreased at later stages". However, the quantification in Figure 4A does not reflect the same. This should be addressed.

      In response to the reviewers' comments, we conducted a new analysis of lung MCs at baseline, comparing wild-type and MC-deficient mice. The revised data show that MC-deficient mice have fewer mast cells at baseline compared to B6 mice. Furthermore, mast cell numbers increase during infection, peaking at 100 days post-infection (dpi) and subsequently stabilize by 150 dpi. The revised data has been included in Figure 4A and text line 395-403.

      (10) Additionally, while the scRNAseq data reflects a lower production of TNF in pulmonary TB granulomas, the mice deficient in mast cells are discussed to have a lower production of proinflammatory cytokines.

      Mast cells increasing and contributing to the TB pathogenesis is the theme of the paper and as such we see and increase in the IFNG pathway genes and similar reduction in the production of pro- inflammatory cytokines. The relative decrease in the TNF pathway gene expression can be reconciled by the fact that less TNF gene expression in PTB could also represent loss of Mtb control and increased pathogenesis (Yuk et al., 2024), which is maintained in the LTBI/HC clusters. Higher bacterial burden of Mtb can also decrease the host TNF production, which is in line with what we observe here (Olsen et al., 2016, Reed et al., 2004, Kurtz et al., 2006).

      (11) The authors have not annotated Figure 2 I and J in the text while describing their results and interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this and the figure 2 has been revised and the results as pointed out have been added to the revised manuscript.

      (12) In line 284, the authors have discussed the results pertaining to Figure 3B, however, mentioned it as Figure 3A in the text.

      We thank the reviewer for noting this and the corrections have been made in the revised manuscript (lines 379-384).

      References

      ANDERSSON, C. K., ANDERSSON-SJOLAND, A., MORI, M., HALLGREN, O., PARDO, A., ERIKSSON, L., BJERMER, L., LOFDAHL, C. G., SELMAN, M., WESTERGREN-THORSSON, G. & ERJEFALT, J. S. 2011. Activated MCTC mast cells infiltrate diseased lung areas in cystic fibrosis and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. Respir Res, 12, 139.

      CILDIR, G., YIP, K. H., PANT, H., TERGAONKAR, V., LOPEZ, A. F. & TUMES, D. J. 2021. Understanding mast cell heterogeneity at single cell resolution. Trends Immunol, 42, 523-535.

      DERAKHSHAN, T., BOYCE, J. A. & DWYER, D. F. 2022. Defining mast cell differentiation and heterogeneity through single-cell transcriptomics analysis. J Allergy Clin Immunol, 150, 739-747.

      ESAULOVA, E., DAS, S., SINGH, D. K., CHORENO-PARRA, J. A., SWAIN, A., ARTHUR, L., RANGEL-MORENO, J., AHMED, M., SINGH, B., GUPTA, A., FERNANDEZ-LOPEZ, L. A., DE LA LUZ GARCIA-HERNANDEZ, M., BUCSAN, A., MOODLEY, C., MEHRA, S., GARCIA-LATORRE, E., ZUNIGA, J., ATKINSON, J., KAUSHAL, D., ARTYOMOV, M. N. & KHADER, S. A. 2021. The immune landscape in tuberculosis reveals populations linked to disease and latency. Cell Host Microbe, 29, 165-178 e8.

      GARCIA-RODRIGUEZ, K. M., BINI, E. I., GAMBOA-DOMINGUEZ, A., ESPITIA-PINZON, C. I., HUERTA-YEPEZ, S., BULFONE-PAUS, S. & HERNANDEZ-PANDO, R. 2021. Differential mast cell numbers and characteristics in human tuberculosis pulmonary lesions. Sci Rep, 11, 10687.

      GIDEON, H. P., HUGHES, T. K., TZOUANAS, C. N., WADSWORTH, M. H., 2ND, TU, A. A., GIERAHN, T. M., PETERS, J. M., HOPKINS, F. F., WEI, J. R., KUMMERLOWE, C., GRANT, N. L., NARGAN, K., PHUAH, J. Y., BORISH, H. J., MAIELLO, P., WHITE, A. G., WINCHELL, C. G., NYQUIST, S. K., GANCHUA, S. K. C., MYERS, A., PATEL, K. V., AMEEL, C. L., COCHRAN, C. T., IBRAHIM, S., TOMKO, J. A., FRYE, L. J., ROSENBERG, J. M., SHIH, A., CHAO, M., KLEIN, E., SCANGA, C. A., ORDOVAS-MONTANES, J., BERGER, B., MATTILA, J. T., MADANSEIN, R., LOVE, J. C., LIN, P. L., LESLIE, A., BEHAR, S. M., BRYSON, B., FLYNN, J. L., FORTUNE, S. M. & SHALEK, A. K. 2022. Multimodal profiling of lung granulomas in macaques reveals cellular correlates of tuberculosis control. Immunity, 55, 827846 e10.

      KAUSHAL, D., FOREMAN, T. W., GAUTAM, U. S., ALVAREZ, X., ADEKAMBI, T., RANGEL-MORENO, J., GOLDEN, N. A., JOHNSON, A. M., PHILLIPS, B. L., AHSAN, M. H., RUSSELL-LODRIGUE, K. E., DOYLE, L. A., ROY, C. J., DIDIER, P. J., BLANCHARD, J. L., RENGARAJAN, J., LACKNER, A. A., KHADER, S. A. & MEHRA, S. 2015. Mucosal vaccination with attenuated Mycobacterium tuberculosis induces strong central memory responses and protects against tuberculosis. Nat Commun, 6, 8533.

      KURTZ, S., MCKINNON, K. P., RUNGE, M. S., TING, J. P. & BRAUNSTEIN, M. 2006. The SecA2 secretion factor of Mycobacterium tuberculosis promotes growth in macrophages and inhibits the host immune response. Infect Immun, 74, 6855-64.

      OLSEN, A., CHEN, Y., JI, Q., ZHU, G., DE SILVA, A. D., VILCHEZE, C., WEISBROD, T., LI, W., XU, J., LARSEN, M., ZHANG, J., PORCELLI, S. A., JACOBS, W. R., JR. & CHAN, J. 2016. Targeting Mycobacterium tuberculosis Tumor Necrosis Factor Alpha-Downregulating Genes for the Development of Antituberculous Vaccines. mBio, 7.

      REED, M. B., DOMENECH, P., MANCA, C., SU, H., BARCZAK, A. K., KREISWIRTH, B. N., KAPLAN, G. & BARRY, C. E., 3RD 2004. A glycolipid of hypervirulent tuberculosis strains that inhibits the innate immune response. Nature, 431, 84-7.

      SHARAN, R., SINGH, D. K., RENGARAJAN, J. & KAUSHAL, D. 2021. Characterizing Early T Cell Responses in Nonhuman Primate Model of Tuberculosis. Front Immunol, 12, 706723.

      SINGH, D. K., AHMED, M., AKTER, S., SHIVANNA, V., BUCSAN, A. N., MISHRA, A., GOLDEN, N. A., DIDIER, P. J., DOYLE, L. A., HALL-URSONE, S., ROY, C. J., ARORA, G., DICK, E. J., JR., JAGANNATH, C., MEHRA, S., KHADER, S. A. & KAUSHAL, D. 2025. Prevention of tuberculosis in cynomolgus macaques by an attenuated Mycobacterium tuberculosis vaccine candidate. Nat Commun, 16, 1957.

      TAUBER, M., BASSO, L., MARTIN, J., BOSTAN, L., PINTO, M. M., THIERRY, G. R., HOUMADI, R., SERHAN, N., LOSTE, A., BLERIOT, C., KAMPHUIS, J. B. J., GRUJIC, M., KJELLEN, L., PEJLER, G., PAUL, C., DONG, X., GALLI, S. J., REBER, L. L., GINHOUX, F., BAJENOFF, M., GENTEK, R. & GAUDENZIO, N. 2023. Landscape of mast cell populations across organs in mice and humans. J Exp Med, 220.

      TRIVEDI, N. N., TONG, Q., RAMAN, K., BHAGWANDIN, V. J. & CAUGHEY, G. H. 2007. Mast cell alpha and beta tryptases changed rapidly during primate speciation and evolved from gamma-like transmembrane peptidases in ancestral vertebrates. J Immunol, 179, 6072-9.

      YUK, J. M., KIM, J. K., KIM, I. S. & JO, E. K. 2024. TNF in Human Tuberculosis: A Double-Edged Sword. Immune Netw, 24, e4.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study demonstrates a reduction in airway hyperresponsiveness (one of the mechanisms of allergic asthma) in the absence of IgM in a house dust mite-induced mouse model of allergic asthma. While this result suggests a new mechanistic role for IgM, the proposed new function is not as yet robustly supported by the current experiments and thus the evidence remains incomplete. A connection between the findings and human disease is not established so far, but the study will be interest to clinical immunologists.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary:

      The authors of this study sought to define a role for IgM in responses to house dust mites in the lung. 

      Strengths: 

      Unexpected observation about IgM biology 

      Combination of experiments to elucidate function 

      Weaknesses: 

      Would love more connection to human disease 

      We thank the reviewer for these comments. At the time of this publication, we have not made a concrete link with human disease. While there is some anecdotal evidence of diseases such as Autoimmune glomerulonephritis, Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, Bronchial polyp, SLE, Celiac disease and other diseases in people with low IgM. Allergic disorders are also common in people with IgM deficiency, other studies have reported as high as 33-47%. The mechanisms for the high incidence of allergic diseases are unclear as generally, these patients have normal IgG and IgE levels. IgM deficiency may represent a heterogeneous spectrum of genetic defects, which might explain the heterogeneous nature of disease presentations.   

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The manuscript by Hadebe and colleagues describes a striking reduction in airway hyperresponsiveness in Igm-deficient mice in response to HDM, OVA and papain across the B6 and BALB-c backgrounds. The authors suggest that the deficit is not due to improper type 2 immune responses, nor an aberrant B cell response, despite a lack of class switching in these mice. Through RNA-Seq approaches, the authors identify few di]erences between the lungs of WT and Igm-deficient mice, but see that two genes involved in actin regulation are greatly reduced in IgM-deficient mice. The authors target these genes by CRISPR-Cas9 in in vitro assays of smooth muscle cells to show that these may regulate cell contraction. While the study is conceptually interesting, there are a number of limitations, which stop us from drawing meaningful conclusions. 

      Strengths:

      Fig. 1. The authors clearly show that IgMKO mice have striking reduced AHR in the HDM model, despite the presence of a good cellular B cell response. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Fig. 2. The authors characterize the cd4 t cell response to HDM in IGMKO mice.They have restimulated medLN cells with antiCD3 for 5 days to look for IL-4 and IL-13, and find no discernible di]erence between WT and KO mice. The absence of PBStreated WT and KO mice in this analysis means it is unclear if HDM-challenged mice are showing IL-4 or IL-13 levels above that seen at baseline in this assay. 

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. We would like to mention that a very minimal level of IL-4 and IL-13 in PBS mice was detected. We have indicated with a dotted line on the Figure 2B to show levels in unstimulated or naïve cytokines. Please see Author response image 1 below from anti-CD3 stimulated cytokine ELISA data. The levels of these cytokines are very low (not detectable) and are not changed in control WT and IgM- KO mice challenge with PBS, this is also true for PMA/ionomycin-stimulated cells

      Author response image 1.

      The choice of 5 days is strange, given that the response the authors want to see is in already primed cells. A 1-2 day assay would have been better. 

      We agree with the reviewer that a shorter stimulation period would work. Over the years we have settled for 5-day re-stimulation for both anti-CD3 and HDM. We have tried other time points, but we consistently get better secretion of cytokines after 5 days. 

      It is concerning that the authors state that HDM restimulation did not induce cytokine production from medLN cells, since countless studies have shown that restimulation of medLN would induce IL-13, IL-5 and IL-10 production from medLN. This indicates that the sensitization and challenge model used by the authors is not working as it should. 

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. In our recent paper showing how antigen load a]ects B cell function, we used very low levels of HDM to sensitise and challenge mice (1 ug and 3 ug respectively). See below article, Hadebe et al., 2021 JACI. This is because Labs that have used these low HDM levels also suggested that antigen load impacts B cell function, especially in their role in germinal centres. We believe the reason we see low or undetectable levels of cytokines is because of this low antigen load sensitisation and challenge. In other manuscripts we have published or about to publish, we have shown that normal HDM sensitisation load (1 ug or 100 ug) and challenge (10 ug) do induce cytokine release upon restimulation with HDM. See the below article by Khumalo et al, 2020 JCI Insight (Figure 4A).

      Sabelo Hadebe*, Jermaine Khumalo, Sandisiwe Mangali, Nontobeko Mthembu, Hlumani Ndlovu, Amkele Ngomti, Martyna Scibiorek, Frank Kirstein, Frank Brombacher*. Deletion of IL-4Ra signalling on B cells limits hyperresponsiveness depending on antigen load. doi.org/10.1016/j.jaci.2020.12.635).

      Jermaine Khumalo, Frank Kirstein, Sabelo Hadebe*, Frank Brombacher*. IL-4Rα signalling in regulatory T cells is required for dampening allergic airway inflammation through inhibition of IL-33 by type 2 innate lymphoid cells. JCI Insight. 2020 Oct 15;5(20):e136206. doi: 10.1172/jci.insight.136206

      The IL-13 staining shown in panel c is also not definitive. One should be able to optimize their assays to achieve a better level of staining, to my mind. 

      We agree with the reviewer that much higher IL-13-producing CD4 T cells should be observed. We don’t think this is a technical glitch or non-optimal set-up as we see much higher levels of IL-13-producing CD4 T cells when using higher doses of HDM to sensitise and challenge, say between 7 -20% in WT mice (see Author response image 2 of lung stimulated with PMA/ionomycin+Monensin, please note this is for illustration purposes only and it not linked to the current manuscript, its merely to demonstrate a point from other experiments we have conducted in the lab).

      Author response image 2.

      In d-f, the authors perform a serum transfer, but they only do this once. The half life of IgM is quite short. The authors should perform multiple naïve serum transfers to see if this is enough to induce FULL AHR. 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We apologise if this was not clear enough on the Figure legend and method, we did transfer serum 3x, a day before sensitisation, on the day of sensitisation and a day before the challenge to circumvent the short life of IgM. In our subsequent experiments, we have now used busulfan to deplete all bone marrow in IgM-deficient mice and replace it with WT bone marrow and this method restores AHR (Figure 3B).

      This now appears in line 515 to 519 and reads

      Adoptive transfer of naïve serum

      Naïve wild-type mice were euthanised and blood was collected via cardiac puncture before being spun down (5500rpm, 10min, RT) to collect serum. Serum (200µL) was injected intraperitoneally into IgM-deficient mice. Serum was injected intraperitoneally at day -1, 0, and a day before the challenge with HDM (day 10).

      The presence of negative values of total IgE in panel F would indicate some errors in calculation of serum IgE concentrations. 

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. For better clarity, we have now indicated these values as undetected in Figure 2F, as they were below our detection limit.

      Overall, it is hard to be convinced that IgM-deficiency does not lead to a reduction in Th2 inflammation, since the assays appear suboptimal. 

      We disagree with the reviewer in this instance, because we have shown in 3 di]erent models and in 2 di]erent strains and 2 doses of HDM (high and low) that no matter what you do, Th2 remains intact. Our reason for choosing low dose HDM was based on our previous work and that of others, which showed that depending on antigen load, B cells can either be redundant or have functional roles. Since our interest was to tease out the role of B cells and specifically IgM, it was important that we look at a scenario where B cells are known to have a function (low antigen load). We did find similar findings at high dose of HDM load, but e]ects on AHR were not as strong, but Th2 was not changed, in fact in some instances Th2 was higher in IgM-deficient mice.

      Fig. 3. Gene expression di]erences between WT and KO mice in PBS and HDM challenged settings are shown. PCA analysis does not show clear di]erences between all four groups, but genes are certainly up and downregulated, in particular when comparing PBS to HDM challenged mice. In both PBS and HDM challenged settings, three genes stand out as being upregulated in WT v KO mice. these are Baiap2l1, erdr1 and Chil1. 

      Noted

      Fig. 4. The authors attempt to quantify BAIAP2L1 in mouse lungs. It is di]icult to know if the antibody used really detects the correct protein. A BAIAP2L1-KO is not used as a control for staining, and I am not sure if competitive assays for BAIAP2L1 can be set up. The flow data is not convincing. The immunohistochemistry shows BAIAP2L1 (in red) in many, many cells, essentially throughout the section. There is also no discernible di]erence between WT and KO mice, which one might have expected based on the RNA-Seq data. So, from my perspective, it is hard to say if/where this protein is located, and whether there truly exists a di]erence in expression between wt and ko mice. 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We are certain that the antibody does detect BAIAP2L1, we have used it in 3 assays, which we admit may show varying specificities since it’s a Polyclonal antibody. However, in our western blot (Figure 5A), the antibody detects a band at 56.7kDa, apart from what we think are isoforms. We agree that BAIAP2L1 is expressed by many cell types, including CD45+ cells and alpha smooth muscle negative cells and we show this in our Figure 5 – figure supplement 1A and B. Where we think there is a di]erence in expression between WT and IgM-deficient mice is in alpha-smooth muscle-positive cells. We have tested antibodies from di]erent companies (Proteintech and Abcam), and we find similar findings. We do not have access to BAIAP2L1 KO mice and to test specificity, we have also used single stain controls with or without secondary antibody and isotype control which show no binding in western blot and Immunofluorescence assays and Fluorescence minus one antibody in Flow cytometry, so that way we are convinced that the signal we are seeing is specific to BAIAP2L1.

      Here we have also added additional Flow cytometry images using anti-BAIAP2L1 (clone 25692-1-AP) from Proteintech

      Author response image 3.

      Figure similar to Figure 5C and Figure 5 -figure supplement 1A and B.

      Fig. 5 and 6. The authors use a single cell contractility assay to measure whether BAIAP2L1 and ERDR1 impact on bronchial smooth muscle cell contractility. I am not familiar with the assay, but it looks like an interesting way of analysing contractility at the single cell level.

      The authors state that targeting these two genes with Cas9gRNA reduces smooth muscle cell contractility, and the data presented for contractility supports this observation. However, the e]iciency of Cas9-mediated deletion is very unclear. The authors present a PCR in supp fig 9c as evidence of gene deletion, but it is entirely unclear with what e]iciency the gene has been deleted. One should use sequencing to confirm deletion. Moreover, if the antibody was truly working, one should be able to use the antibody used in Fig 4 to detect BAIAP2L1 levels in these cells. The authors do not appear to have tried this. 

      We thank the reviewer for these observations. We are in a process to optimise this using new polyclonal BAIAP2L1 antibodies from other companies, since the one we have tried doesn’t seem to work well on human cells via western blot. So hopefully in our new version, we will be able to demonstrate this by immunofluorescence or western blot.

      Other impressions: 

      The paper is lacking a link between the deficiency of IgM and the e]ects on smooth muscle cell contraction. 

      The levels of IL-13 and TNF in lavage of WT and IGMKO mice could be analysed. 

      We have measured Th2 cytokine IL-13 in BAL fluid and found no di]erences between IgM-deficient mice and WT mice challenged with HDM (Author response image 4 below). We could not detected TNF-alpha in the BAL fluid, it was below detection limit.

      Figure legend. IL-13 levels are not changed in IgM-deficient mice in the lung. Bronchoalveolar lavage fluid in WT or IgM-deficient mice sensitised and challenged with HDM. TNF-a levels were below the detection limit.

      Author response image 4.

      Moreover, what is the impact of IgM itself on smooth muscle cells? In the Fig. 7 schematic, are the authors proposing a direct role for IgM on smooth muscle cells? Does IgM in cell culture media induce contraction of SMC? This could be tested and would be interesting, to my mind. 

      We thank the Reviewer for these comments. We are still trying to test this, unfortunately, we have experienced delays in getting reagents such as human IgM to South Africa. We hope that we will be able to add this in our subsequent versions of the article. We agree it is an interesting experiment to do even if not for this manuscript but for our general understanding of this interaction at least in an in vitro system.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This paper by Sabelo et al. describes a new pathway by which lack of IgM in the mouse lowers bronchial hyperresponsiveness (BHR) in response to metacholine in several mouse models of allergic airway inflammation in Balb/c mice and C57/Bl6 mice. Strikingly, loss of IgM does not lead to less eosinophilic airway inflammation, Th2 cytokine production or mucus metaplasia, but to a selective loss of BHR. This occurs irrespective of the dose of allergen used. This was important to address since several prior models of HDM allergy have shown that the contribution of B cells to airway inflammation and BHR is dose dependent. 

      After a description of the phenotype, the authors try to elucidate the mechanisms. There is no loss of B cells in these mice. However, there is a lack of class switching to IgE and IgG1, with a concomitant increase in IgD. Restoring immunoglobulins with transfer of naïve serum in IgM deficient mice leads to restoration of allergen-specific IgE and IgG1 responses, which is not really explained in the paper how this might work. There is also no restoration of IgM responses, and concomitantly, the phenotype of reduced BHR still holds when serum is given, leading authors to conclude that the mechanism is IgE and IgG1 independent. Wild type B cell transfer also does not restore IgM responses, due to lack of engraftment of the B cells. Next authors do whole lung RNA sequencing and pinpoint reduced BAIAP2L1 mRNA as the culprit of the phenotype of IgM-/- mice. However, this cannot be validated fully on protein levels and immunohistology since di]erences between WT and IgM KO are not statistically significant, and B cell and IgM restoration are impossible. The histology and flow cytometry seems to suggest that expression is mainly found in alpha smooth muscle positive cells, which could still be smooth muscle cells or myofibroblasts. Next therefore, the authors move to CRISPR knock down of BAIAP2L1 in a human smooth muscle cell line, and show that loss leads to less contraction of these cells in vitro in a microscopic FLECS assay, in which smooth muscle cells bind to elastomeric contractible surfaces. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) There is a strong reduction in BHR in IgM-deficient mice, without alterations in B cell number, disconnected from e]ects on eosinophilia or Th2 cytokine production.

      (2) BAIAP2L1 has never been linked to asthma in mice or humans 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) While the observations of reduced BHR in IgM deficient mice are strong, there is insu]icient mechanistic underpinning on how loss of IgM could lead to reduced expression of BAIAP2L1. Since it is impossible to restore IgM levels by either serum or B cell transfer and since protein levels of BAIAP2L1 are not significantly reduced, there is a lack of a causal relationship that this is the explanation for the lack of BHR in IgMdeficient mice. The reader is unclear if there is a fundamental (maybe developmental) di]erence in non-hematopoietic cells in these IgM-deficient mice (which might have accumulated another genetic mutation over the years). In this regard, it would be important to know if littermates were newly generated, or historically bred along with the KO line. 

      We thank the reviewer for asking this question and getting us to think of this in a di]erent way. This prompted us to use a di]erent method to try and restore IgM function and since our animal facility no longer allows irradiation, we opted for busulfan. We present this data as new data in Figure 3. We had to go back and breed this strain and then generated bone marrow chimeras. What we have shown now with chimeras is that if we can deplete bone marrow from IgM-deficient mice and replace it with congenic WT bone marrow when we allow these mice to rest for 2 months before challenge with HDM (Figure 3 -figure supplement 1A-C) We also show that AHR (resistance and elastance) is partially restored in this way (Figure 3A and B) as mice that receive congenic WT bone marrow after chemical irradiation can mount AHR and those that receive IgM-deficient bone marrow, can’t mount AHR upon challenge with HDM. If the mice had accumulated an unknown genetic mutation in non-hematopoietic cells, the transfer of WT bone marrow would not make a di]erence. So, we don’t believe the colony could have gained a mutation that we are unaware of. We have also shipped these mice to other groups and in their hands, this strains still only behaves as an IgM only knockout mice. See their publication below.

      Mark Noviski, James L Mueller, Anne Satterthwaite, Lee Ann Garrett-Sinha, Frank Brombacher, Julie Zikherman 2018. IgM and IgD B cell receptors di]erentially respond to endogenous antigens and control B cell fate. eLife 2018;7:e35074. DOI: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.35074

      we have also added methods for bone marrow chimaeras and added results sections and new Figures related to these methods.

      Methods appear in line 521-532 of the untracked version of the article.

      Busulfan Bone marrow chimeras

      WT (CD45.2) and IgM<sup>-/-</sup> (CD45.2) congenic mice were treated with 25 mg/kg busulfan (Sigma-Aldrich, Aston Manor, South Africa) per day for 3 consecutive days (75 mg/kg in total) dissolved in 10% DMSO and Phosphate bu]ered saline (0.2mL, intraperitoneally) to ablate bone marrow cells. Twenty-four hours after last administration of busulfan, mice were injected intravenously with fresh bone marrow (10x10<sup>6</sup> cells, 100µL) isolated from hind leg femurs of either WT (CD45.1) or IgM<sup>-/-</sup> mice [33]. Animals were then allowed to complement their haematopoietic cells for 8 weeks. In some experiments the level of bone marrow ablation was assessed 4 days post-busulfan treatment in mice that did not receive donor cells. At the end of experiment level of complemented cells were also assessed in WT and IgM<sup>-/-</sup> mice that received WT (CD45.1) bone marrow. 

      Results appear in line 198-228 of the untracked version of the article

      Replacement of IgM-deficient mice with functional hematopoietic cells in busulfan mice chimeric mice restores airway hyperresponsiveness.

      We then generated bone marrow chimeras by chemical radiation using busulfan (Montecino-Rodriguez and Dorshkind, 2020). We treated mice three times with busulfan for 3 consecutive days and after 24 hrs transferred naïve bone marrow from congenic CD45.1 WT mice or CD45.2 IgM KO mice (Figure 3A and Figure 3 -figure supplement 1A). We showed that recipient mice that did not receive donor bone marrow after 4 days post-treatment had significantly reduced lineage markers (CD45<sup>+</sup>Sca-1<sup>+</sup>) or lineage negative (Lin<sup>-</sup>) cells in the bone marrow when compared to untreated or vehicle (10% DMSO) treated mice (Figure 3 -figure supplements 1B-C). We allowed mice to reconstitute bone marrow for 8 weeks before sensitisation and challenge with low dose HDM (Figure 3A). We showed that WT (CD45.2) recipient mice that received WT (CD45.1) donor bone marrow had higher airway resistance and elastance and this was comparable to IgM KO (CD45.2) recipient mice that received donor WT (CD45.1) bone marrow (Figure 3B). As expected, IgM KO (CD45.2) recipient mice that received donor IgM KO (CD45.2) bone marrow had significantly lower AHR compared to WT (CD45.2) or IgM KO (CD45.2) recipient mice that received WT (CD45.1) bone marrow (Figure 3B). We confirmed that the di]erences observed were not due to di]erences in bone marrow reconstitution as we saw similar frequencies of CD45.1 cells within the lymphocyte populations in the lungs and other tissues (Figure 3 -figure supplement 1D). We observed no significant changes in the lung neutrophils, eosinophils, inflammatory macrophages, CD4 T cells or B cells in WT or IgM KO (CD45.2) recipient mice that received donor WT (CD45.1/CD45.2) or IgM KO (CD45.2) bone marrow when sensitised and challenged with low dose HDM (Figure 3C).

      Restoring IgM function through adoptive reconstitution with congenic CD45.1 bone marrow in non-chemically irradiated recipient mice or sorted B cells into IgM KO mice (Figure 2 -figure supplement 1A) did not replenish IgM B cells to levels observed in WT mice and as a result did not restore AHR, total IgE and IgM in these mice (Figure 2 -figure supplements 1B-C). 

      The 2 new figures are Figure 3 which moved the rest of the Figures down and Figure 3- figure supplement 1AD), which also moved the rest of the supplementary figures down.

      Discussion appears in line 410-419 of the untracked version of the article.To resolve other endogenous factors that could have potentially influenced reduced AHR in IgM-deficient mice, we resorted to busulfan chemical irradiation to deplete bone marrow cells in IgM-deficient mice and replace bone marrow with WT bone marrow. While it is well accepted that busulfan chemical irradiation partially depletes bone marrow cells, in our case it was not possible to pursue other irradiation methods due to changes in ethical regulations and that fact that mice are slow to recover after gamma rays irradiation. Busulfan chemical irradiation allowed us to show that we could mostly restore AHR in IgM-deficient recipient mice that received donor WT bone marrow when challenged with low dose HDM.

      (2) There is no mention of the potential role of complement in activation of AHR, which might be altered in IgM-deficient mice   

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have not directly looked at complement in this instance, however, from our previous work on C3 knockout mice, there have been comparable AHR to WT mice under the HDM challenge.

      (3) What is the contribution of elevated IgD in the phenotype of the IgM-deficient mice. It has been described by this group that IgD levels are clearly elevated 

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We believe that IgD is essentially what drives partial class switching to IgG, we certainly have shown that in the case of VSV virus and Trypanosoma congolense and Trypanosoma brucei brucei that elevated IgD drive delayed but e]ective IgG in the absence of IgM (Lutz et al, 2001, Nature). This is also confirmed by Noviski et al., 2018 eLife study where they show that both IgM and IgD do share some endogenous antigens, so its likely that external antigens can activate IgD in a similar manner to prompt class switching.

      (4) How can transfer of naïve serum in class switching deficient IgM KO mice lead to restoration of allergen specific IgE and IgG1? 

      We thank the Reviewer for these comments, we believe that naïve sera transferred to IgM deficient mice is able to bind to the surface of B cells via IgM receptors (FcμR / Fcα/μR), which are still present on B cells and this is su]icient to facilitate class switching. Our IgM KO mouse lacks both membrane-bound and secreted IgM, and transferred serum contains at least secreted IgM which can bind to surfaces via its Fc portion. We measured HDM-specific IgE and we found very low levels, but these were not di]erent between WT and IgM KO adoptively transferred with WT serum. We also detected HDM-specific IgG1 in IgM KO transferred with WT sera to the same level as WT, confirming a possible class switching, of course, we can’t rule out that transferred sera also contains some IgG1. We also can’t rule out that elevated IgD levels can partially be responsible for class switched IgG1 as discussed above.

      In the discussion line 463-464, we also added the following

      “We speculate that IgM can directly activate smooth muscle cells by binding a number of its surface receptors including FcμR, Fcα/μR and pIgR (Liu et al., 2019; Nguyen et al., 2017b; Shibuya et al., 2000). IgM binds to FcμR strictly, but shares Fcα/μR and pIgR with IgA (Liu et al., 2019; Michaud et al., 2020; Nguyen et al., 2017b). Both Fcα/μR and pIgR can be expressed by non-structural cells at mucosal sites (Kim et al., 2014; Liu et al., 2019). We would not rule out that the mechanisms of muscle contraction might be through one of these IgM receptors, especially the ones expressed on smooth muscle cells(Kim et al., 2014; Liu et al., 2019). Certainly, our future studies will be directed towards characterizing the mechanism by which IgM potentially activates the smooth muscle.”

      We have discussed this section under Discussion section, line 731 to 757. In addition, since we have now performed bone marrow chimaeras we have further added the following in our discussion in line 410-419.

      To resolve other endogenous factors that could have potentially influenced reduced AHR in IgM-deficient mice, we resorted to busulfan chemical irradiation to deplete bone marrow cells in IgM-deficient mice and replace bone marrow with WT bone marrow. While it is well accepted that busulfan chemical irradiation partially depletes bone marrow cells, in our case it was not possible to pursue other irradiation methods due to changes in ethical regulations and that fact that mice are slow to recover after gamma rays irradiation. Busulfan chemical irradiation allowed us to show that we could mostly restore AHR in IgM-deficient recipient mice that received donor WT bone marrow when challenged with low dose HDM. 

      We removed the following lines, after performing bone marrow chimaeras since this changed some aspects. 

      Our efforts to adoptively transfer wild-type bone marrow or sorted B cells into IgMdeficient mice were also largely unsuccessful partly due to poor engraftment of wildtype B cells into secondary lymphoid tissues. Natural secreted IgM is mainly produced by B1 cells in the peritoneal cavity, and it is likely that any transfer of B cells via bone marrow transfer would not be su]icient to restore soluble levels of IgM<sup>3,10</sup>.

      (5) lpha smooth muscle antigen is also expressed by myofibroblasts. This is insu]iciently worked out. The histology mentions "expression in cells in close contact with smooth muscle". This needs more detail since it is a very vague term. Is it in smooth muscle or in myofibroblasts. 

      We appreciate that alpha-smooth muscle actin-positive cells are a small fraction in the lung and even within CD45 negative cells, but their contribution to airway hyperresponsiveness is major. We also concede that by immunofluorescence BAIAP2L1 seems to be expressed by cells adjacent to alpha-smooth muscle actin (Figure 5B), however, we know that cells close to smooth muscle (such as extracellular matrix and myofibroblasts) contribute to its hypertrophy in allergic asthma.

      James AL, Elliot JG, Jones RL, Carroll ML, Mauad T, Bai TR, et al. Airway Smooth Muscle Hypertrophy and Hyperplasia in Asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med [Internet]. 2012; 185:1058–64. Available from: https://doi.org/10.1164/rccm.201110-1849OC

      (6) Have polymorphisms in BAIAP2L1 ever been linked to human asthma? 

      No, we have looked in asthma GWAS studies, at least summary statistics and we have not seen any SNPs that could be associated with human asthma.

      (7) IgM deficient patients are at increased risk for asthma. This paper suggests the opposite. So the translational potential is unclear 

      We thank the reviewer for these comments. At the time of this publication, we have not made a concrete link with human disease. While there is some anecdotal evidence of diseases such as Autoimmune glomerulonephritis, Hashimoto’s thyroiditis, Bronchial polyp, SLE, Celiac disease and other diseases in people with low IgM. Allergic disorders are also common in people with IgM deficiency as the reviewer correctly points out, other studies have reported as high as 33-47%. The mechanisms for the high incidence of allergic diseases are unclear as generally, these patients have normal or higher IgG and IgE levels. IgM deficiency may represent a heterogeneous spectrum of genetic defects, which might explain the heterogeneous nature of disease presentations.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors trained a variational autoencoder (VAE) to create a high-dimensional "voice latent space" (VLS) using extensive voice samples, and analyzed how this space corresponds to brain activity through fMRI studies focusing on the temporal voice areas (TVAs). Their analyses included encoding and decoding techniques, as well as representational similarity analysis (RSA), which showed that the VLS could effectively map onto and predict brain activity patterns, allowing for the reconstruction of voice stimuli that preserve key aspects of speaker identity.

      Strengths:

      This paper is well-written and easy to follow. Most of the methods and results were clearly described. The authors combined a variety of analytical methods in neuroimaging studies, including encoding, decoding, and RSA. In addition to commonly used DNN encoding analysis, the authors performed DNN decoding and resynthesized the stimuli using VAE decoders. Furthermore, in addition to machine learning classifiers, the authors also included human behavioral tests to evaluate the reconstruction performance.

      Weaknesses:

      This manuscript presents a variational autoencoder (VAE) to evaluate voice identity representations from brain recordings. However, the study's scope is limited by testing only one model, leaving unclear how generalizable or impactful the findings are. The preservation of identity-related information in the voice latent space (VLS) is expected, given the VAE model's design to reconstruct original vocal stimuli. Nonetheless, the study lacks a deeper investigation into what specific aspects of auditory coding these latent dimensions represent. The results in Figure 1c-e merely tested a very limited set of speech features. Moreover, there is no analysis of how these features and the whole VAE model perform in standard speech tasks like speech recognition or phoneme recognition. It is not clear what kind of computations the VAE model presented in this work is capable of. Inclusion of comparisons with state-of-the-art unsupervised or self-supervised speech models known for their alignment with auditory cortical responses, such as Wav2Vec2, HuBERT, and Whisper, would strengthen the validation of the VAE model and provide insights into its relative capabilities and limitations.

      The claim that the VLS outperforms a linear model (LIN) in decoding tasks does not significantly advance our understanding of the underlying brain representations. Given the complexity of auditory processing, it is unsurprising that a nonlinear model would outperform a simpler linear counterpart. The study could be improved by incorporating a comparative analysis with alternative models that differ in architecture, computational strategies, or training methods. Such comparisons could elucidate specific features or capabilities of the VLS, offering a more nuanced understanding of its effectiveness and the computational principles it embodies. This approach would allow the authors to test specific hypotheses about how different aspects of the model contribute to its performance, providing a clearer picture of the shared coding in VLS and the brain.

      The manuscript overlooks some crucial alternative explanations for the discriminant representation of vocal identity. For instance, the discriminant representation of vocal identity can be either a higher-level abstract representation or a lower-level coding of pitch height. Prior studies using fMRI and ECoG have identified both types of representation within the superior temporal gyrus (STG) (e.g., Tang et al., Science 2017; Feng et al., NeuroImage 2021). Additionally, the methodology does not clarify whether the stimuli from different speakers contained identical speech content. If the speech content varied across speakers, the approach of averaging trials to obtain a mean vector for each speaker-the "identity-based analysis"-may not adequately control for confounding acoustic-phonetic features. Notably, the principal component 2 (PC2) in Figure 1b appears to correlate with absolute pitch height, suggesting that some aspects of the model's effectiveness might be attributed to simpler acoustic properties rather than complex identity-specific information.

      Methodologically, there are issues that warrant attention. In characterizing the autoencoder latent space, the authors initialized logistic regression classifiers 100 times and calculated the tstatistics using degrees of freedom (df) of 99. Given that logistic regression is a convex optimization problem typically converging to a global optimum, these multiple initializations of the classifier were likely not entirely independent. Consequently, the reported degrees of freedom and the effect size estimates might not accurately reflect the true variability and independence of the classifier outcomes. A more careful evaluation of these aspects is necessary to ensure the statistical robustness of the results.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their thoughtful and constructive comments. Below, we address the key points raised:

      New comparitive models. We agree there are still many open questions on the structure of the VLS and the specific aspects of auditory coding that its latent dimensions represent. The features tested in Figure 1c-e are not speech features, but aspects related to speaker identity: age, gender and unique identity. Nevertheless we agree the VLS could be compared to recent speech models (not available when we started this project): we have now included comparisons with Wav2Vec and HuBERT in the encoding section (new Figure 2-S3). The comparison of encoding results based on LIN, the VLS, Wav2Vec and HuBERT (new Fig2S3) indicates no clear superiority of one model over the others; rather, different sets of voxels are better explained by the different models. Interestingly all four models yielded best encoding results for the m and a TVA, indicating some consistency across models.

      On decoding directly from spectrograms. We have now added decoding results obtained directly from spectrograms, as requested in the private review. These are presented in the revised Figure 4, and allow for comparison with the LIN- and VLS-based reconstructions. As noted, spectrogram-based reconstructions sounded less vocal-like and faithful to the original, confirming that the latent spaces capture more abstract and cerebral-like voice representations.

      On the number and length of stimuli. The rationale for using a large number of brief, randomly spliced speech excerpts from different languages was to extract identity features independent of specific linguistic cues. Indeed, the PC2 could very well correlate with pitch; we were not able to extract reliable f0 information from the thousands of brief stimuli, many of which are largely inharmonic (e.g., fricatives), such that this assumption could not be tested empirically. But it would be relevant that the weight of PC2 correlates with pitch: although the average fundamental frequency of phonation is not a linguistic cue, it is a major acoustical feature differentiating speaker identities.

      Statistics correction.  To address the issue of potential dependence between multiple runs of logistic regression, we replaced our previous analysis with a Wilcoxon signedrank test comparing decoding accuracies to chance. The results remain significant across classifications, and the revised figure and text reflect this change.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Lamothe et al. collected fMRI responses to many voice stimuli in 3 subjects. The authors trained two different autoencoders on voice audio samples and predicted latent space embeddings from the fMRI responses, allowing the voice spectrograms to be reconstructed. The degree to which reconstructions from different auditory ROIs correctly represented speaker identity, gender, or age was assessed by machine classification and human listener evaluations. Complementing this, the representational content was also assessed using representational similarity analysis. The results broadly concur with the notion that temporal voice areas are sensitive to different types of categorical voice information.

      Strengths:

      The single-subject approach that allows thousands of responses to unique stimuli to be recorded and analyzed is powerful. The idea of using this approach to probe cortical voice representations is strong and the experiment is technically solid.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper could benefit from more discussion of the assumptions behind the reconstruction analyses and the conclusions it allows. The authors write that reconstruction of a stimulus from brain responses represents 'a robust test of the adequacy of models of brain activity' (L138). I concur that stimulus reconstruction is useful for evaluating the nature of representations, but the notion that they can test the adequacy of the specific autoencoder presented here as a model of brain activity should be discussed at more length. Natural sounds are correlated in many feature dimensions and can therefore be summarized in several ways, and similar information can be read out from different model representations. Models trained to reconstruct natural stimuli can exploit many correlated features and it is quite possible that very different models based on different features can be used for similar reconstructions. Reconstructability does not by itself imply that the model is an accurate brain model. Non-linear networks trained on natural stimuli are arguably not tested in the same rigorous manner as models built to explicitly account for computations (they can generate predictions and experiments can be designed to test those predictions). While it is true that there is increasing evidence that neural network embeddings can predict brain data well, it is still a matter of debate whether good predictability by itself qualifies DNNs as 'plausible computational models for investigating brain processes' (L72). This concern is amplified in the context of decoding and naturalistic stimuli where many correlated features can be represented in many ways. It is unclear how much the results hinge on the specificities of the specific autoencoder architectures used. For instance, it would be useful to know the motivations for why the specific VAE used here should constitute a good model for probing neural voice representations.

      Relatedly, it is not clear how VAEs as generative models are motivated as computational models of voice representations in the brain. The task of voice areas in the brain is not to generate voice stimuli but to discriminate and extract information. The task of reconstructing an input spectrogram is perhaps useful for probing information content, but discriminative models, e.g., trained on the task of discriminating voices, would seem more obvious candidates. Why not include discriminatively trained models for comparison?

      The autoencoder learns a mapping from latent space to well-formed voice spectrograms. Regularized regression then learns a mapping between this latent space and activity space. All reconstructions might sound 'natural', which simply means that the autoencoder works. It would be good to have a stronger test of how close the reconstructions are to the original stimulus. For instance, is the reconstruction the closest stimulus to the original in latent space coordinates out of using the experimental stimuli, or where does it rank? How do small changes in beta amplitudes impact the reconstruction? The effective dimensionality of the activity space could be estimated, e.g. by PCA of the voice samples' contrast maps, and it could then be estimated how the main directions in the activity space map to differences in latent space. It would be good to get a better grasp of the granularity of information that can be decoded/ reconstructed.

      What can we make of the apparent trend that LIN is higher than VLS for identity classification (at least VLS does not outperform LIN)? A general argument of the paper seems to be that VLS is a better model of voice representations compared to LIN as a 'control' model. Then we would expect VLS to perform better on identity classification. The age and gender of a voice can likely be classified from many acoustic features that may not require dedicated voice processing.

      The RDM results reported are significant only for some subjects and in some ROIs. This presumably means that results are not significant in the other subjects. Yet, the authors assert general conclusions (e.g. the VLS better explains RDM in TVA than LIN). An assumption typically made in single-subject studies (with large amounts of data in individual subjects) is that the effects observed and reported in papers are robust in individual subjects. More than one subject is usually included to hint that this is the case. This is an intriguing approach. However, reports of effects that are statistically significant in some subjects and some ROIs are difficult to interpret. This, in my view, runs contrary to the logic and leverage of the single-subject approach. Reporting results that are only significant in 1 out of 3 subjects and inferring general conclusions from this seems less convincing.

      The first main finding is stated as being that '128 dimensions are sufficient to explain a sizeable portion of the brain activity' (L379). What qualifies this? From my understanding, only models of that dimensionality were tested. They explain a sizeable portion of brain activity, but it is difficult to follow what 'sizable' is without baseline models that estimate a prediction floor and ceiling. For instance, would autoencoders that reconstruct any spectrogram (not just voice) also predict a sizable portion of the measured activity? What happens to reconstruction results as the dimensionality is varied?

      A second main finding is stated as being that the 'VLS outperforms the LIN space' (L381). It seems correct that the VAE yields more natural-sounding reconstructions, but this is a technical feature of the chosen autoencoding approach. That the VLS yields a 'more brain-like representational space' I assume refers to the RDM results where the RDM correlations were mainly significant in one subject. For classification, the performance of features from the reconstructions (age/ gender/ identity) gives results that seem more mixed, and it seems difficult to draw a general conclusion about the VLS being better. It is not clear that this general claim is well supported.

      It is not clear why the RDM was not formed based on the 'stimulus GLM' betas. The 'identity GLM' is already biased towards identity and it would be stronger to show associations at the stimulus level.

      Multiple comparisons were performed across ROIs, models, subjects, and features in the classification analyses, but it is not clear how correction for these multiple comparisons was implemented in the statistical tests on classification accuracies.

      Risks of overfitting and bias are a recurrent challenge in stimulus reconstruction with fMRI. It would be good with more control analyses to ensure that this was not the case. For instance, how were the repeated test stimuli presented? Were they intermingled with the other stimuli used for training or presented in separate runs? If intermingled, then the training and test data would have been preprocessed together, which could compromise the test set. The reconstructions could be performed on responses from independent runs, preprocessed separately, as a control. This should include all preprocessing, for instance, estimating stimulus/identity GLMs on separately processed run pairs rather than across all runs. Also, it would be good to avoid detrending before GLM denoising (or at least testing its effects) as these can interact.

      We appreciate Reviewer #2’s careful reading and numerous suggestions for improving clarity and presentation. We have implemented the suggested text edits, corrected ambiguities, and clarified methodological details throughout the manuscript. In particular, we have toned down several sentences that we agree were making strong claims (L72, L118, L378, L380-381).

      Clarifications, corrections and additional information:

      We streamlined the introduction by reducing overly specific details and better framing the VLS concept before presenting specifics.

      Clarified the motivation for the age classification split and corrected several inaccuracies and ambiguities in the methods, including the hearing thresholds, balancing of category levels, and stimulus energy selection procedure.

      Provided additional information on the temporal structure of runs and experimental stimuli selection.

      Corrected the description of technical issues affecting one participant and ensured all acronyms are properly defined in the text and figure legends.

      Confirmed that audiograms were performed repeatedly to monitor hearing thresholds and clarified our use of robust scaling and normalization procedures.

      Regarding the test of RDM correlations, we clarified in the text that multiple comparisons were corrected using a permutation-based framework.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Lamothe et al. sought to identify the neural substrates of voice identity in the human brain by correlating fMRI recordings with the latent space of a variational autoencoder (VAE) trained on voice spectrograms. They used encoding and decoding models, and showed that the "voice" latent space (VLS) of the VAE performs, in general, (slightly) better than a linear autoencoder's latent space. Additionally, they showed dissociations in the encoding of voice identity across the temporal voice areas.

      Strengths:

      The geometry of the neural representations of voice identity has not been studied so far. Previous studies on the content of speech and faces in vision suggest that such geometry could exist. This study demonstrates this point systematically, leveraging a specifically trained variational autoencoder. 

      The size of the voice dataset and the length of the fMRI recordings ensure that the findings are robust.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall, the VLS is often only marginally better than the linear model across analysis, raising the question of whether the observed performance improvements are due to the higher number of parameters trained in the VAE, rather than the non-linearity itself. A fair comparison would necessitate that the number of parameters be maintained consistently across both models, at least as an additional verification step.

      The encoding and RSM results are quite different. This is unexpected, as similar embedding geometries between the VLS and the brain activations should be reflected by higher correlation values of the encoding model.

      The consistency across participants is not particularly high, for instance, S1 seemed to have demonstrated excellent performances, while S2 showed poor performance.

      An important control analysis would be to compare the decoding results with those obtained by a decoder operating directly on the latent spaces, in order to further highlight the interest of the non-linear transformations of the decoder model. Currently, it is unclear whether the non-linearity of the decoder improves the decoding performance, considering the poor resemblance between the VLS and brain-reconstructed spectrograms.

      We thank Reviewer #3 for their comments. In response:

      Code and preprocessed data are now available as indicated in the revised manuscript.

      While we appreciate the suggestion to display supplementary analyses as boxplots split by hemisphere, we opted to retain the current format as we do not have hypotheses regarding hemispheric lateralization, and the small sample size per hemisphere would preclude robust conclusions.

      Confirmed that the identities in Figure 3a are indeed ordered by age and have clarified this in the legend.

      The higher variance observed in correlations for the aTVA in Figure 3b reflects the small number of data points (3 participants × 2 hemispheres), and this is now explained.

      Regarding the cerebral encoding of gender and age, we acknowledge this interesting pattern. Prior work (e.g., Charest et al., 2013) found overlapping processing regions for voice gender without clear subregional differences in the TVAs. Evidence on voice age encoding remains sparse, and we highlight this novel finding in our discussion.

      We again thank the reviewers for their insightful comments, which have greatly improved the quality and clarity of our work.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) A set of recent advances have shown that embeddings of unsupervised/self-supervised speech models aligned to auditory responses to speech in the temporal cortex (e.g. Wav2Vec2: Millet et al NeurIPS 2022; HuBERT: Li et al. Nat Neurosci 2023; Whisper: Goldstein et al.bioRxiv 2023). These models are known to preserve a variety of speech information (phonetics, linguistic information, emotions, speaker identity, etc) and perform well in a variety of downstream tasks. These other models should be evaluated or at least discussed in the study. 

      We fully agree - the pace of progress in this area of voice technology has been incredible. Many of these models were not yet available at the time this work started so we could not use them in our comparison with cerebral representations.

      We have now implemented Reviewer #1’s suggestion and evaluated Wav2Vec and HuBERT. The results are presented in supplementary Figure 2-S3. Correlations between activity predicted by the model and the real activity were globally comparable with those obtained with the LIN and VLS models. Interestingly both HuBERT and Wav2Vec yielded highest correlations in the mTVA, and to a lesser extent, the aTVA, as the LIN and VLS models.

      (2) The test statistics of the results in Fig 1c-e need to be revised. Given that logistic regression is a convex optimization problem typically converging to a global optimum, these multiple initializations of the classifier were likely not entirely independent. Consequently, the reported degrees of freedom and the effect size estimates might not accurately reflect the true variability and independence of the classifier outcomes. A more careful evaluation of these aspects is necessary to ensure the statistical robustness of the results. 

      We thank Reviewer #1 for pointing out this important issue regarding the potential dependence between multiple runs of the logistic regression model. To address this concern, we have revised our analyses and used a Wilcoxon signed-rank test to compare the decoding accuracy to chance level. The results showed that the accuracy was significantly above chance for all classifications (Wilcoxon signed-rank test, all W=15, p=0.03125). We updated Figure 1c-e and the corresponding text (L154-L155) to reflect the revised analysis. Because the focus of this section is to probe the informational content of the autoencoder’s latent spaces, and since there are only 5 decoding accuracy values per model, we dropped the inter-model statistical test.

      (3) In Line 198, the authors discuss the number of dimensions used in their models. To provide a comprehensive comparison, it would be informative to include direct decoding results from the original spectrograms alongside those from the VLS and LIN models. Given the vast diversity in vocal speech characteristics, it is plausible that the speaker identities might correlate with specific speech-related features also represented in both the auditory cortex and the VLS. Therefore, a clearer understanding of the original distribution of voice identities in the untransformed auditory space would be beneficial. This addition would help ascertain the extent to which transformations applied by the VLS or LIN models might be capturing or obscuring relevant auditory information.

      We have now implemented Reviewer #1’s suggestion. The graphs on the right panel b of revised Figure 4 now show decoding results obtained from the regression performed directly on the spectrograms, rather than on representations of them, for our two example test stimuli. They can be listened to and compared to the LIN- and VLS-based reconstructions in Supplementary Audio 2. Compared to the LIN and VLS, the SPEC-based reconstructions sounded much less vocal or similar to the original, indicating that the latent spaces indeed capture more abstract voice representations, more similar to cerebral ones.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      L31: 'in voice' > consider rewording (from a voice?).

      L33: consider splitting sentence (after interactions). 

      L39: 'brain' after parentheses. 

      L45-: certainly DNNs 'as a powerful tool' extend to audio (not just image and video) beyond their use in brain models. 

      L52: listened to / heard. 

      L63: use second/s consistently. 

      L64: the reference to Figure 5D is maybe a bit confusing here in the introduction. 

      We thank Reviewer #2 for these recommendations, which we have implemented.

      L79-88: this section is formulated in a way that is too detailed for the introduction text (confusing to read). Consider a more general introduction to the VLS concept here and the details of this study later. 

      L99-: again, I think the experimental details are best saved for later. It's good to provide a feel for the analysis pipeline here, but some of the details provided (number of averages, denoising, preprocessing), are anyway too unspecific to allow the reader to fully follow the analysis. 

      Again, thank you for these suggestions for improving readability: we have modified the text accordingly.

      L159: what was the motivation for classifying age as a 2-class classification problem? Rather than more classes or continuous prediction? How did you choose the age split? 

      The motivation for the 2 age classes was to align on the gender classification task for better comparison. The cutoff (30 years) was not driven by any scientific consideration, but by practical ones, based on the median age in our stimulus set. This is now clarified in the manuscript (L149).

      L263: Is the test of RDM correlation>0 corrected for multiple comparisons across ROIs, subjects, and models?

      The test of RDM correlation>0 was indeed corrected for multiple comparisons for models using the permutation-based ‘maximum statistics’ framework for multiple comparison correction (described in Giordano et al., 2023 and Maris & Oostenveld, 2007). This framework was applied for each ROI and subject. It was described in the Methods (L745) but not clearly enough in the text—we thank Reviewer #2 and clarified it in the text (L246, L260-L261).

      L379: 'these stimuli' - weren't the experimental stimuli different from those used to train the V/AE? 

      We thank Reviewer #2 for spotting this issue. Indeed, the experimental stimuli are different from those used to train the models. We corrected the text to reflect this distinction (L84-L85).

      L443: what are 'technical issues' that prevented subject 3 from participating in 48 runs?? 

      We thank Reviewer #2 for pointing out the ambiguity in our previous statement. Participant 3 actually experienced personal health concerns that prevented them from completing the whole number of runs. We corrected this to provide a more accurate description (L442-L443).

      L444: participants were instructed to 'stay in the scanner'!? Do you mean 'stay still', or something? 

      We thank the Reviewer for spotting this forgotten word. We have corrected the passage (L444).

      L463: Hearing thresholds of 15 dB: do you mean that all had thresholds lower than 15 dB at all frequencies and at all repeated audiogram measurements? 

      We thank Reviewer #2 for spotting this error: we meant thresholds below 15dB HL. This has been corrected (L463). Indeed participants were submitted to several audiograms between fMRI sessions, to ensure no hearing loss could be caused by the scanner noise in these repeated sessions.

      L472: were the 4 category levels balanced across the dataset (in number of occurrences of each category combination)? 

      The dataset was fully balanced, with an equal number of samples for each combination of language, gender, age, and identity. Furthermore, to minimize potential adaptation effects, the stimuli were also balanced within each run according to these categories, and identity was balanced across sessions. We made this clearer in Main voice stimuli (L492-L496).

      L482: the test stimuli were selected as having high energy by the amplitude envelope. It is unclear what this means (how is the envelope extracted, what feature of it is used to measure 'high energy'?) 

      The selection of sounds with high energy was based on analyzing the amplitude envelope of each signal, which was extracted using the Hilbert transform and then filtered to refine the envelope. This envelope, which represents the signal's intensity over time, was used to measure the energy of each stimulus, and those that exceeded an arbitrary threshold were selected. From this pool of high-energy stimuli, likely including vowels, we selected six stimuli to be repeated during the scanning session, then reconstructed via decoding. This has been clarified in the text (L483-L484). 

      L500 was the audio filtered to account for the transfer function of the Sensimetrics headphones? 

      We did not perform any filtering, as the transfer function of the Sensimetrics is already very satisfactory as is. This has been clarified in the text (L503).

      L500: what does 'comfortable level' correspond to and was it set per session (i.e. did it vary across sessions)? 

      By comfortable we mean around 85 dB SPL. The audio settings were kept similar across sessions. This has been added to the text (L504).

      L526- does the normalization imply that the reconstructed spectrograms are normalized? Were the reconstructions then scaled to undo the normalization before inversion? 

      The paragraph on spectrogram standardization was not well placed inducing confusion. We have placed this paragraph in its more suitable location, in the Deep learning section (L545L550)

      L606: does the identity GLM model the denoised betas from the first GLM or simply the BOLD data? The text indicates the latter, but I suspect the former. 

      Indeed: this has been clarified (L601-L602).

      L704: could you unpack this a bit more? It is not easy to see why you specify the summing in the objective. Shouldn't this just be the ridge objective for a given voxel/ROI? Then you could just state it in matrix notation. 

      Thanks for pointing this out: we kept the formula unchanged but clarified the text, in particular specified that the voxel id is the ith index (L695).

      L716: you used robust scaling for the classifications in latent space but haven't mentioned scaling here. Are we to assume that the same applies?  

      Indeed we also used robust scaling here, this is now made clear (L710-L711).

      L720: Pearson correlation as a performance metric and its variance will depend on the choice of test/train split sizes. Can you show that the results generalize beyond your specific choices? Maybe the report explained variance as well to get a better idea of performance. 

      We used a standard 80/20 split. We think it is beyond the scope of this study to examine the different possible choices of splits, and prefer not to spend additional time on this point which we think is relatively minor.

      Could you specify (somewhere) the stimulus timing in a run? ISI and stimulus duration are mentioned in different places, but it would be nice to have a summary of the temporal structure of runs.

      This is now clarified at the beginning of the Methods section (L437-441)

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Code and data are not currently available. 

      Code and preprocessed data are now available (L826-827).

      In the supplementary material, it would be beneficial to present the different analyses as boxplots, as in the main text, but with the ROIs in the left and right hemispheres separated, to better show potential hemispheric effect. Although this information is available in the Supplementary Tables, it is currently quite tedious to access it. 

      Although we provide the complete data split by hemisphere in the Tables, we do not believe it is relevant to illustrate left/right differences, as we do not have any hypotheses regarding hemispheric lateralization–and we would be underpowered in any case to test them with only three points by hemisphere.

      In Figure 3a, it might be beneficial to order the identities by age for each gender in order to more clearly illustrate the structure of the RDMs,  

      The identities are indeed already ordered by increasing age: we now make this clear.

      In Figure 3b, the variance for the correlations for the aTVA is higher than in other regions, why? 

      Please note that the error bar indicates variance across only 6 data points (3 subjects x 2 hemispheres) such that some fluctuations are to be expected.

      Please make sure that all acronyms are defined, and that they are redefined in the figure legends. 

      This has been done.

      Gender and age are primarily encoded by different brain regions (Figure 5, pTVA vs aTVA). How does this finding compare with existing literature?

      This interesting finding was not expected. The cerebral processing of voice gender has been investigated by several groups including ours (Charest et al., 2013, Cerebral Cortex). Using an fMRI-adaptation design optimized using a continuous carry-over protocol and voice gender continua generated by morphing, we found that regions dealing with acoustical differences between voices of varying gender largely overlapped with the TVAs, without clear differentiation between the different subparts. Evidence for the role of the different TVAs in voice age processing remains scarce.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this descriptive study, Tateishi et al. report a Tn-seq based analysis of genetic requirements for growth and fitness in 8 clinical strains of Mycobacterium intracellulare Mi), and compare the findings with a type strain ATCC13950. The study finds a core set of 131 genes that are essential in all nine strains, and therefore are reasonably argued as potential drug targets. Multiple other genes required for fitness in clinical isolates have been found to be important for hypoxic growth in the type strain.

      Strengths:

      The study has generated a large volume of Tn-seq datasets of multiple clinical strains of Mi from multiple growth conditions, including from mouse lungs. The dataset can serve as an important resource for future studies on Mi, which despite being clinically significant remains a relatively understudied species of mycobacteria.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary claim of the study that the clinical strains are better adapted for hypoxic growth is yet to be comprehensively investigated. However, this reviewer thinks such an investigation would require a complex experimental design and perhaps forms an independent study.

      Comments on revisions:

      The revised manuscript has responded to the previous concerns of the reviewers, albeit modestly. The overemphasis on hypoxic adaptation of the clinical isolates persist as a key concern in the paper. The authors have compared the growth-curve of each of the clinical and ATCC strains under normal and hypoxic conditions (Fig. 8), but don't show how mutations in some of the genes identified in Tn-seq would impact the growth phenotype under hypoxia. They largely base their arguments on previously published results.

      As I mentioned previously, the paper will be better without over-interpreting the TnSeq data in the context of hypoxia.

      Other points:

      The y-axis legends of plots in Fig.8c are illegible.

      The statements in lines 376-389 are convoluted and need some explanation. If the clinical strains enter the log phase sooner than ATCC strain under hypoxia, then how come their growth rates (fig. 8c) are lower? Aren't they are expected to grow faster?

    2. Reviewer #5 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the research article, "Functional genomics reveals strain-specific genetic requirements conferring hypoxic growth in Mycobacterium intracellulare" Tateshi et al focussed their research on pulmonary disease caused by Mycobacterium avium-intracellulare complex which has recently become a major health concern. The authors were interested in identifying the genetic requirements necessary for growth/survival within host and used hypoxia and biofilm conditions that partly replicate some of the stress conditions experienced by bacteria in vivo. An important finding of this analysis was the observation that genes involved in gluconeogenesis, type VII secretion system and cysteine desulphurase were crucial for the clinical isolates during standard culture while the same were necessary during hypoxia in the ATCC type strain.

      Strength of the study:

      Transposon mutagenesis has been a powerful genetic tool to identify essential genes/pathways necessary for bacteria under various in vitro stress conditions and for in vivo survival. The authors extended the TnSeq methodology not only to the ATCC strain but also to the recently clinical isolates to identify the differences between the two categories of bacterial strains. Using this approach they dissected the similarities and differences in the genetic requirement for bacterial survival between ATCC type strains and clinical isolates. They observed that the clinical strains performed much better in terms of growth during hypoxia than the type strain. These in vitro findings were further extended to mouse infection models and similar outcomes were observed in vivo further emphasising the relevance of hypoxic adaptation crucial for the clinical strains which could be explored as potential drug targets.

      Weakness:

      The authors have performed extensive TnSeq analysis but fail to present the data coherently. The data could have been well presented both in Figures and text. In my view this is one of the major weakness of the study.

      Comments on revisions:

      There is quite a lot of data and this could have been a really impactful study if the the authors had channelized the Tn mutagenesis by focussing on one pathway or network. It looks scattered. However, from the previous version, the authors have made significant improvements to the manuscript and have provided comments that fairly address my questions.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this descriptive study, Tateishi et al. report a Tn-seq based analysis of genetic requirements for growth and fitness in 8 clinical strains of Mycobacterium intracellulare Mi), and compare the findings with a type strain ATCC13950. The study finds a core set of 131 genes that are essential in all nine strains, and therefore are reasonably argued as potential drug targets. Multiple other genes required for fitness in clinical isolates have been found to be important for hypoxic growth in the type strain.

      Strengths:

      The study has generated a large volume of Tn-seq datasets of multiple clinical strains of Mi from multiple growth conditions, including from mouse lungs. The dataset can serve as an important resource for future studies on Mi, which despite being clinically significant remains a relatively understudied species of mycobacteria.

      Thank you for the comment on the significance of our manuscript on the basic research of non-tuberculous mycobacteria.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary claim of the study that the clinical strains are better adapted for hypoxic growth is yet to be comprehensively investigated. However, this reviewer thinks such an investigation would require a complex experimental design and perhaps forms an independent study

      Thank you for the comment on the issue of the claim of better adaptation for hypoxic growth in the clinical strains being not completely revealed. We agree the reviewer’s comment that comprehensive investigation of adaptation for hypoxic growth in the clinical strains should be a future project in terms of the complexity of an experimental design.

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study Tateishi et al. used TnSeq to identify 131 shared essential or growth defect-associated genes in eight clinical MAC-PD isolates and the type strain ATCC13950 of Mycobacterium intracellulare which are proposed as potential drug targets. Genes involved in gluconeogenesis and the type VII secretion system which are required for hypoxic pellicle-type biofilm formation in ATCC13950 also showed increased requirement in clinical strains under standard growth conditions. These findings were further confirmed in a mouse lung infection model.

      Strengths:

      This study has conducted TnSeq experiments in reference and 8 different clinical isolates of M. intracellulare thus producing large number of datasets which itself is a rare accomplishment and will greatly benefit the research community

      Thank you for the comment on the significance of our manuscript on the basic research of non-tuberculous mycobacteria.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A comparative growth study of pure and mixed cultures of clinical and reference strains under hypoxia will be helpful in supporting the claim that clinical strains adapt better to such conditions. This should be mentioned as future directions in the discussion section along with testing the phenotype of individual knockout strains.

      Thank you for the comment on the idea of a comparative growth assay of pure and mixed cultures of clinical and reference strains under hypoxia. We appreciate the idea that showing the phenomenon of advantage of bacterial growth of the clinical strains under hypoxia in mixed culture with the ATCC strain would be important to strengthen the claim of better adaptation for hypoxic growth in the clinical strains. However, co-culture conditions introduce additional variables, including inter-strain competition or synergy, which can obscure the specific contributions of hypoxic adaptation in each strain. Therefore, we consider that our current approach using monoculture growth curves under defined oxygen conditions offers a clearer interpretation of strain-specific hypoxic responses.

      Following the comment, we have added the mention of the mixed culture experiment and the growth assay using individual knockout strains as future directions (page 35 lines 614-632 in the revised manuscript).

      “We have provided the data suggesting the preferential hypoxic adaptation in clinical strains compared to the ATCC type strain by the growth assay of individual strains. To strengthen our claim, several experiments are suggested including mixed culture experiments of clinical and reference strains under hypoxia. However, co-culture conditions introduce additional variables, including inter-strain competition or synergy, which can obscure the specific contributions of hypoxic adaptation in each strain. Therefore, we took the current approach using monoculture growth curves under defined oxygen conditions, which offers a clearer interpretation of strainspecific hypoxic responses. Furthermore, one of the limitations of this study is the lack of validation of TnSeq results with individual gene knockouts. Contrary to the case of Mtb, the technique of constructing knockout mutants of slow-growing NTM including M. intracellulare has not been established long time. We have just recently succeeded in constructing the vector plasmids for making knockout mutants of M intracellulare (Tateishi. Microbiol Immunol. 2024). Growth assay of individual knockout strains of genes showing increased genetic requirements such as pckA, glpX, csd, eccC5 and mycP5 in the clinical strains is suggested to provide the direct involvement of these genes on the preferential hypoxic adaptation in clinical strains. We have a future plan to construct knockout mutants of these genes to confirm the involvement of these genes on preferential hypoxic adaptation.”

      Reference

      Tateishi, Y., Nishiyama, A., Ozeki, Y. & Matsumoto, S. Construction of knockoutmutants in Mycobacterium intracellulare ATCC13950 strain using a thermosensitive plasmid containing negative selection marker rpsL<sup>+</sup>. Microbiol Immunol 68, 339-347 (2024).

      (2) Authors should provide the quantitative value of read counts for classifying a gene as "essential" or "non-essential" or "growth-defect" or "growthadvantage". Merely mentioning "no insertions in all or most of their TA sites" or "unusually low read counts" or "unusually high low read counts" is not clear

      Thank you for the comment on the issue of not providing the quantitative value of read counts for classifying the gene essentiality. In this study, we used an Hidden Markov Model (HMM) to predict gene essentiality. The HMM does not classify the 4 gene essentiality uniquely by the quantitative number of read counts but uses a probabilistic model to estimate the state at each TA based on the read counts and consistency with adjacent sites (Ioerger. Methods Mol Biol 2022).

      The HMM uses consecutive data of read counts and calculates transition probability for predicting gene essentiality across the genome. The HMM allows for the clustering of insertion sites into distinct regions of essentiality across the entire genome in a statistically rigorous manner, while also allowing for the detection of growth-defect and growth-advantage regions. The HMM can smooth over individual outlier values (such as an isolated insertion in any otherwise empty region, or empty sites scattered among insertion in a non-essential region) and make a call for a region/gene that integrates information over multiple sites. The gene-level calls are made based on the majority call among the TA sites within each gene. The HMM automatically tunes its internal parameters (e.g. transition probabilities) to the characteristics of the input datasets (saturation and mean insertion counts) and can work over a broad range of saturation levels (as low as 20%) (DeJesus. BMC Bioinformatics 2013). Thus, HMM can represent the more nuanced ways the growth of an organism might be affected by the disruption of its genes (https://orca1.tamu.edu/essentiality/Tn-HMM/index.html)

      Thus, the prediction of gene essentiality by the HMM does not rely on the quantitative threshold of Tn insertion reads independently at each TA site, but rather it is the most probable states for the whole sequence taken together (computed using Vitebri algorithm). Of the statistical methods, the HMM is a standard method for predicting gene essentiality in TnSeq (Ioerger TR. Methods Mol Biol. 2022) since a substantial number of TnSeq studies adopt this method for predicting gene essentiality (Akusobi. mBio 2025, DeJesus. mBio 2017, Dragset mSystems 2019, Mendum. BCG Genomics 2019). The HMM can be applied in many bioinformatics fields such as profiling functional protein families, identifying functional domains, sequence motif discoveries and gene prediction.

      Taken together, we do not have the quantitative value of read counts for classifying gene essentiality by an HMM because the statistical methods for predicting gene essentiality do not uniquely use the quantitative value of read counts but use the transition of the read counts across the genome.

      Reference

      Ioerger TR. Analysis of Gene Essentiality from TnSeq Data Using Transit. Methods Mol Biol. 2022 ; 2377: 391–421. doi:10.1007/978-1-0716-1720-5_22.

      DeJesus MA, Ioerger TR (2013) A Hidden Markov Model for identifying essential and 5 growth-defect regions in bacterial genomes from transposon insertion sequencing data. BMC Bioinformatics 14:303 [PubMed: 24103077]

      Website by Ioerger: A Hidden Markov Model for identifying essential and growthdefect regions in bacterial genomes from transposon insertion sequencing data. https://orca1.tamu.edu/essentiality/Tn-HMM/index.html

      Akusobi. C. et al. Transposon-sequencing across multiple Mycobacterium abscessus isolates reveals significant functional genomic diversity among strains. mBio 6, e0337624 (2025).

      DeJesus, M.A. et al. Comprehensive essentiality analysis of the Mycobacterium tuberculosis genome via saturating transposon mutagenesis. mBio 8, e02133-16 (2017).

      Dragset, M.S., et al. Global assessment of Mycobacterium avium subsp. hominissuis genetic requirement for growth and virulence. mSystems 4, e00402-19 (2019). Mendum T.A., et al. Transposon libraries identify novel Mycobacterium bovis BCG genes involved in the dynamic interactions required for BCG to persist during in vivo passage in cattle. BMC Genomics 20, 431 (2019)

      (3) One of the major limitations of this study is the lack of validation of TnSeq results with individual gene knockouts. Authors should mention this in the discussion section.

      Thank you for the comment on the issue of the lack of validation of TnSeq results by using individual knockout mutants. We agree that the lack of validation of TnSeq results is one of the limitations of this study. We have just recently succeeded in constructing the vector plasmids for making knockout mutants of M intracellulare (Tateishi. Microbiol Immunol. 2024). We will proceed to the validation experiment of TnSeq-hit genes by constructing knockout mutants.

      Following the comment, we have added the description in the Discussion (page 35 lines 622-632 in the revised manuscript) as follows: “Furthermore, one of the limitations of this study is the lack of validation of TnSeq results with individual gene knockouts. Contrary to the case of Mtb, the technique of constructing knockout mutants of slow-growing NTM including M. intracellulare has not been established long time. We have just recently succeeded in constructing the vector plasmids for making knockout mutants of M intracellulare (Tateishi. Microbiol Immunol 2024). Growth assay of individual knockout strains of genes showing increased genetic requirements such as pckA, glpX, csd, eccC5 and mycP5 in the clinical strains is suggested to provide the direct involvement of these genes on the 6 preferential hypoxic adaptation in clinical strains. We have a future plan to construct knockout mutants of these genes to confirm the involvement of these genes on preferential hypoxic adaptation.”

      Reference

      Tateishi, Y., Nishiyama, A., Ozeki, Y. & Matsumoto, S. Construction of knockout mutants in Mycobacterium intracellulare ATCC13950 strain using a thermosensitive plasmid containing negative selection marker rpsL + . Microbiol Immunol 68, 339-347 (2024).

      Reviewer #5 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the research article, "Functional genomics reveals strain-specific genetic requirements conferring hypoxic growth in Mycobacterium intracellulare" Tateshi et al focussed their research on pulmonary disease caused by Mycobacterium avium-intracellulare complex which has recently become a major health concern. The authors were interested in identifying the genetic requirements necessary for growth/survival within host and used hypoxia and biofilm conditions that partly replicate some of the stress conditions experienced by bacteria in vivo. An important finding of this analysis was the observation that genes involved in gluconeogenesis, type VII secretion system and cysteine desulphurase were crucial for the clinical isolates during standard culture while the same were necessary during hypoxia in the ATCC type strain.

      Strength of the study:

      Transposon mutagenesis has been a powerful genetic tool to identify essential genes/pathways necessary for bacteria under various in vitro stress conditions and for in vivo survival. The authors extended the TnSeq methodology not only to the ATCC strain but also to the recently clinical isolates to identify the differences between the two categories of bacterial strains. Using this approach they dissected the similarities and differences in the genetic requirement for bacterial survival between ATCC type strains and clinical isolates. They observed that the clinical strains performed much better in terms of growth during hypoxia than the type strain. These in vitro findings were further extended to mouse 7 infection models and similar outcomes were observed in vivo further emphasising the relevance of hypoxic adaptation crucial for the clinical strains which could be explored as potential drug targets.

      Thank you for the comment on the significance of our manuscript on the basic research of non-tuberculous mycobacteria.

      Weakness:

      The authors have performed extensive TnSeq analysis but fail to present the data coherently. The data could have been well presented both in Figures and text. In my view this is one of the major weakness of the study.

      Thank you for the comment on the issue of data presentation. Our point-by-point response to the Reviewer’s comments is shown below.

      Reviewer #5 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments:

      (1) The result section could have been better organized by splitting into multiple sections with each section focusing on a particular aspect.

      Thank you for the comment on the organization of the section. We have split into multiple sections with each section focusing on a particular aspect as follows:

      (1) Common essential and growth-defect-associated genes representing the genomic diversity of M. intracellulare strains (page 6 lines 102-103 in the revised manuscript)

      (2) The sharing of strain-dependent and accessory essential and growth-defectassociated genes with genes required for hypoxic pellicle formation in the type strain ATCC13950 (page 8 lines 129-131 in the revised manuscript)

      (3) Partial overlap of the genes showing increased genetic requirements in clinical MAC-PD strains with those required for hypoxic pellicle formation in the type strain ATCC13950 (page 9 lines 151-153 in the revised manuscript)

      (4) Minor role of gene duplication on reduced genetic requirements in clinical MACPD strains (page 11 lines 184-185 in the revised manuscript)

      (5) Identification of genes in the clinical MAC-PD strains required for mouse lung infection (page 12 lines 210-211 in the revised manuscript) 8

      (6) Effects of knockdown of universal essential or growth-defect-associated genes in clinical MAC-PD strains (page 17 lines 305-306 in the revised manuscript)

      (7) Differential effects of knockdown of accessory/strain-dependent essential or growth-defect-associated genes among clinical MAC-PD strains (page 19 lines 325- 326 in the revised manuscript)

      (8) Preferential hypoxic adaptation of clinical MAC-PD strains evaluated with bacterial growth kinetics (page 21 lines 365-366 in the revised manuscript)

      (9) The pattern of hypoxic adaptation not simply determined by genotypes (page 22 line 386 in the revised manuscript)

      (2) The different strains that were used in the study, how they were isolated and some information on their genotypes could have been mentioned in brief in the main text and a table of different strains included as a supplementary table

      Thank you for the comment on the information on the clinically isolated strains used in this study. All clinical strains were isolated from sputum of MAC-PD patients (Tateishi. BMC Microbiol. 2021, BMC Microbiol. 2023). Sputum samples were treated by the standard method for clinical isolation of mycobacteria with 0.5% (w/v) Nacetyl-L-cysteine and 2% (w/v) sodium hydroxide and plated on 7H10/OADC agar plates. Single colonies were picked up for use in experiments as isolated strains.

      Following the comment, we have added the description on the information of the strains (page 37 lines 652-660 in the revised manuscript). “All eleven clinical strains from MAC-PD patients in Japan were isolated from sputum (Tateishi. BMC Microbiol 2021, BMC Microbiol 2023). Sputum samples were treated by the standard method for clinical isolation of mycobacteria with 0.5% (w/v) N-acetyl-L-cysteine and 2% (w/v) sodium hydroxide and plated on 7H10/OADC agar. Single colonies were picked up for use in experiments as isolated strains. Of these strains, ATCC13950, M.i.198, M.i.27, M018, M005 and M016 belong to the typical M. intracellulare (TMI) genotype and M001, M003, M019, M021 and MOTT64 belong to the M. paraintracellulare-M. indicus pranii (MP-MIP) genotype (Fig. 1, new Supplementary Table 1)”

      Moreover, we have added the Supplementary Table showing the information on genotypes of each strain and the purpose of the use of study strains as new Supplementary Table 1

      References

      Tateishi, Y. et al. Comparative genomic analysis of Mycobacterium intracellulare: implications for clinical taxonomic classification in pulmonary Mycobacterium aviumintracellulare complex disease. BMC Microbiol 21, 103 (2021). Tateishi, Y. et al. Virulence of Mycobacterium intracellulare clinical strains in a mouse model of lung infection - role of neutrophilic inflammation in disease severity. BMC Microbiol 23, 94 (2023).

      (3) As stated by the previous reviews, an explanation for the variation in the Tn insertion across different strains has not been provided and how they derive conclusions when the Tn frequency was not saturating.

      Thank you for the comment on how to predict gene essentiality from our TnSeq data under the variation in the Tn insertion reads with suboptimal levels of saturation without reaching full saturation of Tn insertion.

      As for the overcome of the Tn insertion variation, we normalized data by using Beta-Geometric correction (BGC), a non-linear normalization method. BGC normalizes the datasets to fit an “ideal” geometric distribution with a variable probability parameter ρ, and BGC improves resampling by reducing the skew. On TRANSIT software, we set the replicate option as Sum to combine read counts. And we normalized the datasets by Beta-Geometric correction (BGC) to reduce variabilities and performed resampling analysis by using normalized datasets to compare the genetic requirements between strains.

      Following the comment, we have explained the variation in the Tn insertion across different strains in the manuscript (pages 39-40, lines 700-708 in the revised manuscript). “The number of Tn insertion in our datasets varied between 1.3 to 5.8 million among strains. To reduce the variation in the Tn insertion across strains, we adopt a non-linear normalization method, Beta-Geometric correction (BGC). BGC normalizes the datasets to fit an “ideal” geometric distribution with a variable probability parameter ρ, and BGC improves resampling by reducing the skew. On TRANSIT software, we set the replicate option as Sum to combine read counts. And we normalized the datasets by BGC and performed resampling analysis by using normalized datasets to compare the genetic requirements between strains.”

      As for the issue of saturation levels of Tn insertion in our Tn mutant libraries, we made a description in the Discussion in the 1st version of the revised manuscript (pages 33-35 lines 592-613 in the 2nd version of the revised manuscript). The saturation of our Tn mutant libraries became 62-79% as follows: ATCC13950: 67.6%, M001: 72.9%, M003: 63.0%, M018: 62.4%, M019: 74.5%, M.i.27: 76.6%, M.i.198: 68.0%, MOTT64: 77.6%, M021: 79.9% by combining replicates. That is, we calculated gene essentiality from the Tn mutant libraries with 62-79% saturation in each strain. The levels of saturation of transposon libraries in our study are similar to the very recent TnSeq anlaysis by Akusobi where 52-80% saturation libraries (so-called “high-density” transposon libraries) are used for HMM and resampling analyses (Supplemental Methods Table 1[merged saturation] in Akusobi. mBio. 2025). The saturation of Tn insertion in individual replicates of our libraries is also comparable to that reported by DeJesus (Table S1 in mBio 2017). Thus, we consider that our TnSeq method of identifying essential genes and detecting the difference of genetic requirements between clinical MAC-PD strains and ATCC13950 is acceptable.

      As for the identification of essential or growth-defect-associated genes by an HMM analysis, we do not consider that we made a serious mistake for the classification of essentiality by an HMM method in most of the structural genes that encode proteins. Because, as DeJesus shows, the number essential genes identified by TnSeq are comparable in large genes possessing more than 10 TA sites between 2 and 14 TnSeq datasets, most of which seem to be structural genes (Supplementary Fig 2 in mBio 2017). If the reviewer intends to regard our libraries far less saturated due to the smaller replicates (n = 2 or 3) than the previous DeJesus’ and Rifat’s reports using 10-14 replicates obtained to acquire so-called “high-density” transposon libraries (DeJesus. mBio 2017, Rifat. mBio 2021), there is a possibility that not all genes could be detected as essential due to the incomplete 11 covering of Tn insertion at nonpermissive TA sites, especially the small genes including small regulatory RNAs. Even if this were the case, it would not detract from the findings of our current study

      As for the identification of genetic requirements by a resampling analysis, we consider that our data is acceptable because we compared the normalized data between strains whose saturation levels are similar to the previous report by Akusobi with “high-density” transposon libraries as mentioned above.

      References

      DeJesus, M.A., Ambadipudi, C., Baker, R., Sassetti, C. & Ioerger, T.R. TRANSIT--A software tool for Himar1 TnSeq analysis. PLoS Comput Biol 11, e1004401 (2015). Akusobi. C. et al. Transposon-sequencing across multiple Mycobacterium abscessus isolates reveals significant functional genomic diversity among strains. mBio 6, e0337624 (2025).

      DeJesus, M.A. et al. Comprehensive essentiality analysis of the Mycobacterium tuberculosis genome via saturating transposon mutagenesis. mBio 8, e02133-16 (2017).

      Rifat, D., Chen L., Kreiswirth, B.N. & Nuermberger, E.L.. Genome-wide essentiality analysis of Mycobacterium abscessus by saturated transposon mutagenesis and deep sequencing. mBio 12, e0104921 (2021).

      (4) ATCC strain is missing in the mouse experiment.

      Thank you for the comment on the necessity of setting ATCC13950 as a control strain of mouse TnSeq experiment. To set ATCC13950 as a control strain in mouse infection experiments would be ideal. However, we have proved that ATCC13950 is eliminated within 4 weeks of infection in mice (Tateishi. BMC Microbiol 2023). To perform TnSeq, it is necessary to collect colonies at least the number of TA sites mathematically (Realistically, colonies with more than the number of TA sites are needed to produce biologically robust data.). That means, it is impossible to perform in vivo TnSeq study using ATCC13950 due to the inability to harvest sufficient number of colonies.

      To make these things understood clearly, we have added the description of being unable to perform in vivo TnSeq in ATCC13950 in the result section (page 13 lines 221-222 in the revised manuscript).

      “(It is impossible to perform TnSeq in lungs infected with ATCC13950 because ATCC13950 is eliminated within 4 weeks of infection) (Tateishi. BMC Microbiol 2023)”

      Reference

      Tateishi, Y. et al. Virulence of Mycobacterium intracellulare clinical strains in a mouse model of lung infection - role of neutrophilic inflammation in disease severity. BMC Microbiol 23, 94 (2023).

      (5) The viability assays done in 96 well plate may not be appropriate given that mycobacterial cultures often clump without vigorous shaking. How did they control evaporation for 10 days and above?

      Thank you for the comment on the issue of viability assay in terms of bacterial clumping. As described in the Methods (page 44 lines 778-781 in the revised manuscript), we have mixed the culture containing 250 μL by pipetting 40 times to loosen clumping every time before sampling 4 μL for inoculation on agar plates to count CFUs. By this method, we did not observe macroscopic clumping or pellicles like of Mtb or M. bovis BCG as seen in statistic culture.

      We used inner wells for culture of bacteria in hypoxic growth assay. To control evaporation of the culture, we filled the distilled water in the outer wells and covered the plates with plastic lids. We cultured the plates with humidification at 37°C in the incubator.

      (6) Fig. 7a many time points have only two data points and in few cases. The Y axis could have been kept same for better comparison for all strains and conditions.

      Thank you for the comments on the data presentation of hypoxic growth assay in original Fig. 7a (new Fig 8a). The reason of many time points with only two data points is the close values of data in individual replicates. For example, the log10- transformed values of CFUs in ATCC13950 under aerobic culture are 4.716, 4.653, 4.698 at day 5, 4.949, 5.056, 4.954 at day 6, and 5.161, 5.190, 5.204 at day 8. We have added the numerical data of CFUs used for drawing growth curves as new Supplementary Table 19. Therefore, the data itself derives from three independent replicates.

      Following the comment, we have revised the data presentation in new Fig 8a (original Fig. 7a) by keeping the same maximal value of Y axis across all graphs. In addition, we have revised the legend to designate clearly how we obtained the data of growth curves as follows (page 63 lines 1107-1108 in the revised manuscript): “Data on the growth curves are the means of three biological replicates from one experiment. Data from one experiment representative of three independent 13 experiments (N = 3) are shown.”

      (7) The relevance of 7b is not well discussed and a suitable explanation for the difference in the profiles of M001 and MOTT64 between aerobic and hypoxia is not provided. Data representation should be improved for 7c with appropriate spacing.

      Thank you for the comments on the relevance of original Fig. 7b (new Fig. 8b). In order to compare the pattern of logarithmic growth curves between strains quantitatively, we focused on time and slope at midpoint. The time at midpoint is the timing of entry to logarithmic growth phase. The earlier the strain enters logarithmic phase, the smaller the value of the time at midpoint becomes.

      The two strains belonging to the MP-MIP subgroup, MOTT64 and M001 showed similar time at midpoint under aerobic conditions. However, the time at midpoint was significantly different between MOTT64 and M001 under hypoxia, the latter showing great delay of timing of entry to logarithmic phase. In contrast to the majority of the clinical strains that showed reduced growth rate at midpoint under hypoxia, neither strain showed such phenomenon under hypoxia. Although the implication in clinical situations has not been proven, strains without slow growth under hypoxia may have different (possibly strain-specific) mechanisms of hypoxic adaptation corresponding to the growth phenotypes under hypoxia.

      Following the comment, we have added the explanation on the difference in the profiles of M001 and MOTT64 between aerobic and hypoxia in the Discussion (page 31 lines 552-557, page 32 lines 562-567 in the revised manuscript). “The two strains belonging to the MP-MIP subgroup, MOTT64 and M001 showed similar time at midpoint under aerobic conditions. However, the time at midpoint was significantly different between MOTT64 and M001 under hypoxia, the latter showing great delay of timing of entry to logarithmic phase. In contrast to the majority of the clinical strains that showed slow growth at midpoint under hypoxia, neither strain showed such phenomenon.”.

      ” Our inability to construct knockdown strains in M001 and MOTT64 prevented us from clarifying the factors that discriminate against the pattern of hypoxic adaptation. Although the implication in clinical situations has not been proven, strains without slow growth under hypoxia may have different (possibly strainspecific) mechanisms of hypoxic adaptation corresponding to the growth phenotypes under hypoxia.”

      Following the comment, we have made the space between new Fig. 8b and 14 new Fig. 8c (original Fig. 7b and Fig. 7c).

      (8) Fig. 8a, the antibiotic sensitivity at early and later time points do not seem to correlate. Any explanation?

      Thank you for the comment on the uncorrelation of data of growth inhibition in knockdown strains of universal essential genes between early and later time points. The diminished effects of growth inhibition observed at Day 7 in knockdown strains may be due to the “escape” clones of knockdown strains under long-term culture by adding anhydrotetracycline (aTc) that induces sgRNA. As described in the Methods (pages 42-43 lines 754-758), we added aTc repeatedly every 48 h to maintain the induction of dCas9 and sgRNAs in experiments that extended beyond 48 h (Singh. Nucl Acid Res 2016). Such phenomenon has been reported by McNeil (Antimicrob Agent Chem. 2019) showing the increase in CFUs by day 9 with 100 ng/mL aTc with bacterial growth being detected between 2 and 3 weeks. These phenotypes of “escape” mutants is considered to be attributed to the promotor responsiveness to aTc.

      Nevertheless, except for gyrB in M.i.27, the effect of growth inhibition at Day 7 in knockdown strains of universal essential genes was 10-1 or less of comparative growth rates of knockdown strains to vector control strains (y-axis of original Fig. 8). In this study, we judged the positive level of growth inhibition as 10-1 or less of comparative growth rates of knockdown strains to vector control strains (y-axis of new Fig. 7). Thus, we consider that the CRISPR-i data overall validated the essentiality of these genes.

      References

      Singh A.K., et al. Investigating essential gene function in Mycobacterium tuberculosis using an efficient CRISPR interference system, Nucl Acid Res 44, e143 (2016) McNeil M.B. &, Cook, G.M. Utilization of CRISPR interference to validate MmpL3 as a drug target in Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Antimicrob Agent Chem 63, e00629-19 (2019)

      (9) Fig. 8b and c very data representation could have been improved. Some strains used in 7 are missing. The authors refer to technical challenge with respect to M001. Is it the same for others as well (MOTT64). The interpretation of data in result and discussion section is difficult to follow. Is the data subjected to statistical analysis?

      Thank you for the comment on data presentation in original Fig. 8b (new Fig 7b). As 15 mentioned in the Discussion (page 18 lines 316-31 in the revised manuscript), the reason of missing M001 and MOTT64 in CRISPR-i experiment in original Fig. 7 (new Fig. 8) was we were unable to construct the knockdown strains in M001 and MOTT64. We consider these are the same technical challenges between M001 and MOTT64.

      Following the comment, we have added the explanation of the technical challenge with respect to M001 and MOTT64 in the Discussion (page 32 lines 561- 566 in the revised manuscript). ”Our inability to construct knockdown strains in M001 and MOTT64 prevented us from clarifying the factors that discriminate against the pattern of hypoxic adaptation. Although the implication in clinical situations has not been proven, strains without slow growth under hypoxia may have different (possibly strain-specific) mechanisms of hypoxic adaptation corresponding to the growth phenotypes under hypoxia.”

      As for the interpretation of growth suppression in knockdown experiments described in original Fig. 8 (new Fig. 7), We judged the positive level of growth inhibition as 10-1 or less of comparative growth rates of knockdown strains to vector control strains (y-axis of new Fig. 7). We interpreted the results based on whether the level of growth inhibition was positive or not (i.e. the comparative growth rates of knockdown strains to vector control strains became below 10-1 or not). Since our aim was to investigate whether knockdown of the target genes in each strain leads to growth inhibition, we did not perform statistical analysis between strains or target genes.

      The major weakness of the study is the organization and data representation. It became very difficult to connect the role of gluconeogenesis, secretion system and others identified by authors to hypoxia, pellicle formation. The authors may consider rephrasing the results and discussion sections.

      Thank you for the comments on the issue of organization and data presentation. Following the comment, we have revised the manuscript to indicate the relevance of the role of gluconeogenesis, secretion system and others defined by us more clearly (page 23 lines 404-408 in the revised manuscript).

      “Because the profiles of genetic requirements reflect the adaptation to the environment in which bacteria habits, it is reasonable to assume that the increase of genetic requirements in hypoxia-related genes such as gluconeogenesis (pckA, glpX), type VII secretion system (mycP5, eccC5) and cysteine desulfurase (csd) play an important role on the growth under hypoxia-relevant conditions in vivo.”

      Following the comments, we have exchanged the order of data presentation as follows: in vitro TnSeq (pages 6-12 lines 102-208 in the revised manuscript) , Mouse TnSeq (pages 12-17 lines 210-303 in the revised manuscript), Knockdown experiment (pages 17-21 lines 305-363 in the revised manuscript), Hypoxic growth assay (pages 21-23 lines 365-408 in the revised manuscript).

      In association with the exchange of the order of data presentation, we have changed the order of the contents of the Discussion as follows: Preferential carbohydrate metabolism under hypoxia such as pckA and glpX (pages 24-26 lines 424-466 in the revised manuscript), Cysteine desulfurase gene (csd) (pages 26-27 lines 467-482 in the revised manuscript), Conditional essential genes in vivo such as type VII secretion system (pages 27-28 lines 483-497 in the revised manuscript), Knockdown experiment (pages 28-30 lines 498-536 in the revised manuscript), Hypoxic growth pattern (pages 30-32 lines 537-571 in the revised manuscript), Failure of assay using PckA inhibitors (pages 32-33 lines 572-578 in the revised manuscript), Transformation efficiencies (page 33 lines 579-591 in the revised manuscript), Saturation of Tn insertion (pages 33-35 lines 592-613 in the revised manuscript), Suggested future experiment plan (pages 35-36 lines 614-632 in the revised manuscript).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors performed an elegant investigation to clarify the roles of CHD4 in chromatin accessibility and transcription regulation. In addition to the common mechanisms of action through nucleosome repositioning and opening of transcriptionally active regions, the authors considered here a new angle of CHD4 action through modulating the off-rate of transcription factor binding. Their suggested scenario is that the action of CHD4 is context-dependent and is different for highly-active regions vs low-accessibility regions.

      Strengths:

      This is a very well-written paper that will be of interest to researchers working in this field. The authors performed a large amount of work with different types of NGS experiments and the corresponding computational analyses. The combination of biophysical measurements of the off-rate of protein-DNA binding with NGS experiments is particularly commendable.

      Weaknesses:

      This is a very strong paper. I have only very minor suggestions to improve the presentation:

      (1) It might be good to further discuss potential molecular mechanisms for increasing the TF off rate (what happens at the mechanistic level).

      (2) To improve readability, it would be good to make consistent font sizes on all figures to make sure that the smallest font sizes are readable.

      (3) upDARs and downDARs - these abbreviations are defined in the figure legend but not in the main text.

      4) Figure 3B - the on-figure legend is a bit unclear; the text legend does not mention the meaning of "DEG".

      (5) The values of apparent dissociation rates shown in Figure 5 are a bit different from values previously reported in literature (e.g., see Okamoto et al., 20203, PMC10505915). Perhaps the authors could comment on this. Also, it would be helpful to add the actual equation that was used for the curve fitting to determine these values to the Methods section.

      (6) Regarding the discussion about the functionality of low-affinity sites/low accessibility regions, the authors may wish to mention the recent debates on this (https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-025-08916-0; https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2025.10.12.681120v1).

      (7) It may be worth expanding figure legends a bit, because the definitions of some of the terms mentioned on the figures are not very easy to find in the text.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study leverages acute protein degradation of CHD4 to define its role in chromatin and gene regulation. Previous studies have relied on KO and/or RNA interference of this essential protein and, as such, are hampered by adaptation, cell population heterogeneity, cell proliferation, and indirect effects. The authors have established an AID2-based method to rapidly deplete the dMi-2 remodeller to circumvent these problems. CHD4 is gone within an hour, well before any effects on cell cycle or cell viability can manifest. This represents an important technical advance that, for the first time, allows a comprehensive analysis of the immediate and direct effect of CHD4 loss of function on chromatin structure and gene regulation.

      Rapid CHD4 degradation is combined with ATAC-seq, CUT&RUN, (nascent) RNA-seq, and single-molecule microscopy to comprehensively characterise the impact on chromatin accessibility, histone modification, transcription, and transcription factor (NANOG, SOX2, KLF4) binding in mouse ES cells.

      The data support the previously developed model that high levels of CHD4/NuRD maintain a degree of nucleosome density to limit TF binding at open regulatory regions (e.g., enhancers). The authors propose that CHD4 activity at these sites is an important prerequisite for enhancers to respond to novel signals that require an expanded or new set of TFs to bind.

      What I find even more exciting and entirely novel is the finding that CHD4 removes TFs from regions of limited accessibility to repress cryptic enhancers and to suppress spurious transcription. These regions are characterised by low CHD4 binding and have so far never been thoroughly analysed. The authors correctly point out that the general assumption that chromatin regulators act on regions where they seem to be concentrated (i.e., have high ChIP-seq signals) runs the risk of overlooking important functions elsewhere. This insight is highly relevant beyond the CHD4 field and will prompt other chromatin researchers to look into low-level binding sites of chromatin regulators.

      The biochemical and genomic data presented in this study are of high quality (I cannot judge single microscopy experiments due to my lack of expertise). This is an important and timely study that is of great interest to the chromatin field.

      I have a number of comments that the authors might want to consider to improve the manuscript further:

      (1) Figure 2 shows heat maps of RNA-seq results following a time course of CHD4 depletion (0, 1, 2 hours...). Usually, the red/blue colour scale is used to visualise differential expression (fold-difference). Here, genes are coloured in red or blue even at the 0-hour time point. This confused me initially until I discovered that instead of fold-difference, a z-score is plotted. I do not quite understand what it means when a gene that is coloured blue at the 0-hour time point changes to red at a later time point. Does this always represent an upregulation? I think this figure requires a better explanation.

      (2) Figure 5D: NANOG, SOX2 binding at the KLF4 locus. The authors state that the enhancers 68, 57, and 55 show a gain in NANOG and SOX2 enrichment "from 30 minutes of CHD4 depletion". This is not obvious to me from looking at the figure. I can see an increase in signal from "WT" (I am assuming this corresponds to the 0 hours time point) to "30m", but then the signals seem to go down again towards the 4h time point. Can this be quantified? Can the authors discuss why TF binding seems to increase only temporarily (if this is the case)?

      (3) The is no real discussion of HOW CHD4/NuRD counteracts TF binding (i.e. by what molecular mechanism). I understand that the data does not really inform us on this. Still, I believe it would be worthwhile for the authors to discuss some ideas, e.g., local nucleosome sliding vs. a direct (ATP-dependent?) action on the TF itself.

    3. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) It might be good to further discuss potential molecular mechanisms for increasing the TF off rate (what happens at the mechanistic level). 

      This is now expanded in the Discussion

      (2) To improve readability, it would be good to make consistent font sizes on all figures to make sure that the smallest font sizes are readable. 

      We have normalised figure text as much as is feasible.

      (3) upDARs and downDARs - these abbreviations are defined in the figure legend but not in the main text. 

      We have removed references to these terms from the text and included a definition in the figure legend. 

      (4) Figure 3B - the on-figure legend is a bit unclear; the text legend does not mention the meaning of "DEG". 

      We have removed this panel as it was confusing and did not demonstrate any robust conclusion. 

      (5) The values of apparent dissociation rates shown in Figure 5 are a bit different from values previously reported in literature (e.g., see Okamoto et al., 20203, PMC10505915). Perhaps the authors could comment on this. Also, it would be helpful to add the actual equation that was used for the curve fitting to determine these values to the Methods section. 

      We have included an explanation of the curve fitting equation in the Methods as suggested.

      The apparent dissociation rate observed is a sum of multiple rates of decay – true dissociation rate (𝑘<sub>off</sub>), signal loss caused by photobleaching 𝑘<sub>pb</sub>, and signal loss caused by defocusing/tracking error (𝑘<sub>tl</sub>).

      k<sub>off</sub><sup>app</sup>= k<sub>off</sub> + K<sub>pb</sub> + k<sub>tl</sub>

      We are making conclusions about relative changes in k<sub>off</sub><sup>app</sup> upon CHD4 depletion, not about the absolute magnitude of true k<sub>off</sub> or TF residence times. Our conclusions extend to true k<sub>off</sub> based on the assumption that K<sub>pb</sub> and k<sub>tl</sub> are equal across all samples imaged due to identical experimental conditions and analysis.

      K<sub>pb</sub> and k<sub>tl</sub> vary hugely across experimental set-ups, especially with diZerent laser powers, so other k<sub>off</sub> or k<sub>off</sub><sup>app</sup> values reported in the literature would be expected to diZer from ours. Time-lapse experiments or independent determination of K<sub>pb</sub> (and k<sub>tl</sub>) would be required to make any statements about absolute values of k<sub>off</sub>.

      (6) Regarding the discussion about the functionality of low-affinity sites/low accessibility regions, the authors may wish to mention the recent debates on this (https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-025-08916-0; https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2025.10.12.681120v1). 

      We have now included a discussion of this point and referenced both papers.

      (7) It may be worth expanding figure legends a bit, because the definitions of some of the terms mentioned on the figures are not very easy to find in the text. 

      We have endeavoured to define all relevant terms in the figure legends. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      (1) Figure 2 shows heat maps of RNA-seq results following a time course of CHD4 depletion (0, 1, 2 hours...). Usually, the red/blue colour scale is used to visualise differential expression (fold-difference). Here, genes are coloured in red or blue even at the 0-hour time point. This confused me initially until I discovered that instead of folddifference, a z-score is plotted. I do not quite understand what it means when a gene that is coloured blue at the 0-hour time point changes to red at a later time point. Does this always represent an upregulation? I think this figure requires a better explanation. 

      The heatmap displays z-scores, meaning expression for each gene has been centred and scaled across the entire time course. As a result, time zero is not a true baseline, it simply shows whether the gene’s expression at that moment is above or below its own mean. A transition from blue to red therefore indicates that the gene increases relative to its overall average, which typically corresponds to upregulation, but it doesn’t directly represent fold-change from the 0-hour time point. We have now included a brief explanation of this in the figure legend to make this point clear.  

      (2) Figure 5D: NANOG, SOX2 binding at the KLF4 locus. The authors state that the enhancers 68, 57, and 55 show a gain in NANOG and SOX2 enrichment "from 30 minutes of CHD4 depletion". This is not obvious to me from looking at the figure. I can see an increase in signal from "WT" (I am assuming this corresponds to the 0 hours time point) to "30m", but then the signals seem to go down again towards the 4h time point. Can this be quantified? Can the authors discuss why TF binding seems to increase only temporarily (if this is the case)? 

      We have edited the text to more accurately reflect what is going on in the screen shot. We have also replaced “WT” with “0” as this more accurately reflects the status of these cells. 

      (3) The is no real discussion of HOW CHD4/NuRD counteracts TF binding (i.e. by what molecular mechanism). I understand that the data does not really inform us on this. Still, I believe it would be worthwhile for the authors to discuss some ideas, e.g., local nucleosome sliding vs. a direct (ATP-dependent?) action on the TF itself. 

      We now include more speculation on this point in the Discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      The main weakness can be summarised as relating to the fact that authors interpret all rapid changes following CHD4 degradation as being a direct effect of the loss of CHD4 activity. The possibility that rapid indirect effects arise does not appear to have been given sufficient consideration. This is especially pertinent where effects are reported at sites where CHD4 occupancy is initially low. 

      We acknowledge that we cannot definitively say any effect is a direct consequence of CHD4 depletion and have mitigated statements in the Results and Discussion. 

      Reviewing Editor Comments: 

      I am pleased to say all three experts had very complementary and complimentary comments on your paper - congratulations. Reviewer 3 does suggest toning down a few interpretations, which I suggest would help focus the manuscript on its greater strengths. I encourage a quick revision to this point, which will not go back to reviewers, before you request a version of record. I would also like to take this opportunity to thank all three reviewers for excellent feedback on this paper. 

      As advised we have mitigated the points raised by the reviewers.

    1. I also realized that if design was problem solving, then we all design to some degree. When you rearrange your room to better access your clothes, you’re doing interior design. When you create a sign to remind your roommates about their chores, you’re doing information design. When you make a poster or a sign for a club, you’re doing graphic design. We may not do any of these things particularly well or with great expertise, but each of these is a design enterprise that has the capacity for expertise and skill

      I like how this reading reframed design as problem-solving rather than just visuals, because I used to think design was mostly about how things look. I also agree with the idea that everyone designs in some way, even if it isn’t professional, because it makes design feel less exclusive and more like a skill anyone can grow. The discussion about power and design justice stood out to me, and it made me think more about who gets left out when only certain people make decisions for everyone else.

    1. founders of a State ought to know the general forms in which poets should cast their tales, and the limitswhich must be observed by them, but to make the tales is not their business.

      I believe that stories are able to broach any topic, as long as it's done correctly.

    2. Vice may be had in abundance without trouble

      Indeed, vice is easier to obtain than virtue. But some may not even realize that an alternative to it exists, so how are they supposed to realize that?